100% found this document useful (2 votes)

988 views1,570 pages

S15 - New IQ

The document provides service information for technicians working on a Chery S15 vehicle, including an introduction on how to use the service manual, vehicle identification information, circuit diagnosis information, and abbreviations. The manual contains procedures for diagnosis, removal/installation, inspection, and adjustment to aid technicians in repairing and maintaining the vehicle.

Uploaded by

Alejandro Lloyd

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

100% found this document useful (2 votes)

988 views1,570 pages

S15 - New IQ

Uploaded by

Alejandro Lloyd

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

CHERY S15 CAUTION:

This manual is only for specialized

technicians. If non-specialized or uncertified
Service Manual individuals perform repairs or maintenance
privately only referring to this manual or

2014 without proper equipment and tools, it may

cause damage to the customer's vehicle
and injury to you and other persons nearby.
01

In order to prevent dangerous operation and

FOREWORD damage to the vehicle, be sure to follow the
instructions shown below:
This manual contains on-vehicle diagnosis
and service procedures for Chery S15. - The contents in this manual must be read
thoroughly. Have a good understanding of
It is very important to read and be familiar all the contents written in the
with this manual thoroughly for proper repair PRECAUTION of "INTRODUCTION"
and maintenance. This manual should be section.
kept in a handy place for quick and easy
reference. - Before performing the repair procedures,
be sure to put on protective tools properly
The contents in this manual, including all to avoid personal injury.
illustrations and specifications, are current at
the time of printing. As modifications affecting - When performing the repair procedures,
repair and maintenance occur, relevant be sure to use specified and
information supplementary to this volume will recommended tools to prevent damage to
be made available at Chery dealers. the customer's vehicle. Be sure to confirm
the safety of the technicians before
Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. reserves all operating to avoid personal injury.
rights. Specifications and contents in this
manual are subject to change without - If a part needs to be replaced, use Chery
notification, and the Chery Automobile Co., genuine part with the same part number.
Ltd. takes no legal obligations and Do not use any inferior part.
responsibilities. - Observe the "WARNING" and
All rights reserved. Any unit or individual "CAUTION" in this manual carefully in
shall not reproduce or copy this manual in order to reduce the risk of personal injury
any form or by any means, or transmit it on and vehicle damage due to improper
the network by any form for any purpose operation during service and
without written permission of Chery maintenance.
Automobile Co., Ltd.
This manual only applies to the model listed
below:
S15 1.0 L MT

All Rights Reserved © 2014

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.
FOREWORD 01
INTRODUCTION 02
PREPARATION 03
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04
MAINTENANCE 05
SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06
SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL 07
SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM 08
SQR371F EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM 09
SQR371F INTAKE SYSTEM 10
SQR371F EXHAUST SYSTEM 11
SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM 12
SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM 13
SQR371F IGNITION SYSTEM 14
SQR371F STARTING SYSTEM 15
SQR371F CHARGING SYSTEM 16
QR512MHG TRANSMISSION 17
CLUTCH 18
DRIVE SHAFT 19
DIFFERENTIAL 20
AXLE 21
SUSPENSION 22
TIRE AND WHEEL 23
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM 24
BRAKE 25
PARKING BRAKE 26
STEERING COLUMN 27
HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING 28
AIR CONDITIONING 29
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM 30
SEAT BELT 31
LIGHTING SYSTEM 32
WIPER AND WASHER 33
DOOR LOCK 34
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 35
AUDIO SYSTEM 36
REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM 37
HORN 38
OTHER SYSTEM 39
WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS 40
REAR VIEW MIRROR 41
INSTRUMENT PANEL 42
SEAT 43
ENGINE HOOD/DOOR 44
EXTERIOR 45
INTERIOR 46
BODY DIMENSIONS 47
WIRE HARNESS 48
INTRODUCTION
SERVICE INFORMATION 02-3 Diagnosis and Troubleshooting 02-13
How to Use This Manual 02-3 Circuit Simulation Test 02-14
Preparation 02-4 Precautions for Control Module and
Service Operation 02-7 Electrical Components Inspection 02-17

VEHICLE INFORMATION 02-10

How to Check Connector 02-18 02
Vehicle Identification Information 02-10 CIRCUIT INFORMATION 02-20
Symbols 02-12 How to Read Circuit Diagram 02-20
Circuit Diagram Index 02-23
CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
INFORMATION 02-13 ABBREVIATION TABLE 02-25
How to Use Tester 02-13 Abbreviation Table 02-25
ECM Control System
Troubleshooting 02-13

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 02–1

02–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

02 - INTRODUCTION

SERVICE INFORMATION
INTRODUCTION

How to Use This Manual

1. General information
This manual includes all the necessary procedures for service operations.
These procedures can be divided into three categories:
• Diagnosis 02
• Removal and installation, replacement, disassembly and assembly, inspection and adjustment
• Inspection
The following procedures are omitted from this manual. However, they must be performed.
• Use a transmission carrier or lifter to perform the operations.
• Clean all the removed parts.
• Perform visual check.
This manual includes the following prompt information:

WARNING This indicates that injuries to you or other people may happen.
This indicates that damage to the repairing components may
CAUTION
happen.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Dispose of the waste materials according to local regulations.
Provide additional information to help you with the service
HINT
operations.

2. Service procedure
Illustrations attached with the service procedure are used to identify components, show the assembling
relevance of the parts, and explain the visual check for the parts. Removal and installation procedures are
explained in words.
Service procedures include:
• Detailed removal and installation instruction
• Illustration
• Torque specifications
• Specifications
Sometimes, the illustrations of similar models are used. In this case, minor details may be different from
the actual vehicle.
3. Diagnosis procedure
Diagnosis procedures are divided as below:
• Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
DTC is an important hint when troubleshooting is difficult to simulate. The malfunction can be
diagnosed quickly and accurately by performing the specified DTC diagnosis and check.
• Problem symptoms table
The malfunction locations can be determined quickly by troubleshooting in accordance with the
symptom type.
4. Specifications
This manual categorizes specifications as below:
• Torque specification
• Clearance specification
• Capacity specification

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 02–3

02 - INTRODUCTION

Preparation
1. Preparation for vehicle service

6 3

RS15020010

02–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

02 - INTRODUCTION

• Always wear a clean uniform.

1 Attire
• A hat and safety shoes must be worn.
Before operation, prepare radiator grille cover, fender cover, seat cover
2 Vehicle Protection
and floor mat.
• When working with two or more persons, be sure to check safety for
each other.
• When working with the engine running, make sure to provide 02
ventilation for exhaust gas in the workshop.
• If working on high temperature, high pressure, rotating, moving, or
3 Safety Operation
vibrating parts, be sure to wear appropriate safety equipment and take
extra care not to injure yourself or others.
• When jacking up the vehicle, be sure to support the specified location
with a safety stand.
• Use appropriate safety equipment to lift the vehicle.
Preparation for Tools and Before operation, prepare a tool stand, special tools, gauge, oil and parts
4
Measuring Gauge for replacement.
• Diagnose after thoroughly understanding the proper service
procedures and the reported problem.
• Before removing the parts, inspect the general condition of the
assembly to check for any deformation or damage.
• When the assembly is complicated, take notes. For example, note the
Removal and Installation,
total number of electrical connections, bolts, or hoses that are
5 Disassembly and
removed.
Assembly Operations
• Add matchmarks to ensure that each component is assembled to its
original position. Temporarily mark the hoses and their joints as
necessary.
• Clean and wash the removed parts as necessary and assemble them
after a thorough inspection.
• Place the removed parts in a separate box to avoid mixing them up
with the new parts or contaminating the new parts.
6 Removed Parts • For non-reusable parts such as gaskets, O-rings, and self-locking
nuts, replace them with new ones as instructed in this manual.
• Retain the removed parts for customer inspection, if requested.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 02–5

02 - INTRODUCTION

2. Jacking up and supporting vehicle

Care must be taken when jacking up and supporting the vehicle. Be sure to jack up and support the vehicle
at proper locations.
a. Precautions for using a swing arm type lifter
• Follow the safety procedures described in the instruction.
• Keep the vehicle stable when using a lifter to prevent the vehicle from tilting during the operation.
Keep the vehicle stable by adjusting the length of the lifter arm and vehicle position.
02
Lifter Center

Front

RS15020020

02–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

02 - INTRODUCTION

b. Precautions for using a plate type lifter

• Follow the safety procedures described in the instruction.
• Use plate type lifter attachments (rubber lifting blocks) on the surface of the plate.

Attachment

RS15020030

Service Operation
1. How to use the fasteners

WARNING

• Using incorrect fasteners may cause damage to the components. Injury and death may occur without
observing the instructions below.

• The reference values of fasteners and torque specifications in this service manual use metric unit.
• Recycling all the fasteners (nuts, bolts, etc.) during maintenance and service operation is important for
assembly.
If it's impossible to recycle the fasteners, be sure to use other fasteners with the same specifications.
2. Remove the parts
When repairing the malfunction, try to determine
the cause. Before starting the operation, parts or
sub-assemblies that have to be removed and
replaced should be confirmed first. After removing
the parts, all the holes and ports should be blocked
to prevent foreign objects from entering.

RS15020040

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 02–7

02 - INTRODUCTION

3. Disassemble the components

If the disassembly procedures are complicated and multiple parts are to be disassembled, make sure that
the disassembly methods won't affect the performance or appearance of the parts. Identify each part for
assembly.
4. Check the parts
After removal, check each part for deformation, damage or other problems.
5. Arrange the parts
02 Carefully arrange all the disassembled parts to make it easier for assembly.
Always separately arrange the parts to be replaced and parts that are reusable, and mark them.
6. Clean the parts
Carefully make a thorough cleaning for the parts to be reused.

WARNING

• Blowing out the dirt or other particles with compressed air may hurt your eyes. Thus, be sure to wear
goggles during operation.

7. Assemble the components

When assembling the parts, always strictly use the standard values (tightening torque and clearance
value, etc.).
If the following parts need to be replaced, replace
them with new ones.
Oil Seal Cotter Pin
• Oil seal
• Gasket
• O-ring
Gasket Nylon Nut
• Lock washer
• Cotter Pin
• Nylon nut O-ring
Lock
Washer

RS15020050

8. Lubrication and seal

Use seal gum and gasket based on the position.
If seal gum is applied, install the components before the seal gum dries to prevent leakage.
Apply lubricant to movable area and friction area of the components.
During assembly, apply permitted lubricant or grease to the specified area (such as oil seal).
9. Adjustment
Use proper meter and tester for adjustment.
10.Pre-coated parts
Pre-coated parts are bolts and nuts that are coated
with seal lock adhesive in the factory.
If a pre-coated part is retightened, loosened, or
moved in any way, be sure to reapply the specified
adhesive.

Seal Lock Adhesive

RS15020060

02–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

02 - INTRODUCTION

11. Rubber parts and rubber hoses

Avoid gasoline or oil dripping on the rubber parts or rubber hoses.
12.Hose clamp
Before removing the hose, observe the position of Elastic Clamp
the clamp so as to reinstall it to the same position.
Replace the deformed or dented clamps with new
ones.
When reusing the hose, fix the clamp on the clamp 02
track portion of the hose.
For elastic clamp, push the tabs in the direction
indicated by the arrows in the illustration after Clamp Track
installation to widen the tabs slightly.
RS15020070

13.Vise
When using the vise, install protective plates on the
jaws of the vise to prevent the parts from being
damaged.

RS15020080

14.Dynamometer
When testing the vehicle on the dynamometer, pay attention to the following:
• Place a fan in front of the vehicle. It's best to use a fan of which the power changes in proportion to the
vehicle speed.
• Connect an exhaust gas ventilator.

WARNING

• Exhaust gas may cause injury and death. There is odorless, colorless Carbon Oxide (CO) in the exhaust
gas. People will faint and get poisoned after inhaling it.

• Cool the exhaust pipe with a fan.

• Keep the area around the vehicle clean and tidy.
• Monitor the engine coolant thermometer.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 02–9

02 - INTRODUCTION

VEHICLE INFORMATION
Vehicle Identification Information
1. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
VIN is located on the front left part of instrument *
LVVXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
*
panel.
02

RS15020090

The code can also be found on the body bottom

board under the front right seat. *
*
LVVXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

RS15020100

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) consists of World Manufacturer Identifier (WMI), Vehicle
Descriptor Section (VDS) and Vehicle Indicator Section (VIS), with a total of 17-digit characters. The
specifications are as follows:

WMI VDS VIS

ƶƶƶ ƶƶƶƶƶƶ ƶƶƻƻƻƻƻƻ

1 2 3 4 5 6

RS15020110

□: represents a letter or a number (letters I, O and Q cannot be used); ○: represents a number.

02–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

02 - INTRODUCTION

No. Definition
1 World Manufacturer Identifier
2 Vehicle Features
3 Accuracy Check Digit
4 Model Year
5 Production Plant 02
6 Sequential Number

• The first three digits of VIN represent world manufacturer identifier.

No. WMI Code Vehicle Category

1 LVV Category M1 (for vehicle type number started with 7)

• The fourth digit of VIN represents the type of the vehicle.

- The letter "D" means all vehicles in the category M1.
• The fifth digit of VIN represents the vehicle body type and drive type.
- The letter "B" means 5-door hatchback 4 × 2 type.
• The sixth digit of VIN represents transmission type.
- "1" means manual transmission
• The seventh digit of VIN represents dynamic characteristics.
- "2" means the gasoline engine that is less than 1.5 L (1.5 L excluded).
• The eighth digit of VIN represents restraints system.
- "A" means seat belt.
- "B" means seat belt and airbag.
• The ninth digit of VIN represents check digit.
- It is used to check the accuracy of VIN record, and it is made out through computation after
confirming the other sixteen digits of the VIN.
• The tenth digit of VIN represents model year:
- "D" represents 2013.
• The eleventh digit of VIN represents assembly plant code.
- "B" represents "Chery Commercial Vehicle (Anhui) Co., Ltd."
• The last six digits of VIN represent production sequence number.
- The number means the real production serial number of this model.
2. Vehicle data plate
The vehicle data plate is located on upper part of
the right shock absorber seat in the engine Chassis NO:
*
Engine NO:
*
* *
compartment, and it is marked with chassis number MADE IN CHINA

and engine number.

RS15020120

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 02–11

02 - INTRODUCTION

3. Engine number
The engine number is located between the engine
intake manifold and the generator. * *
SQRXXXXXX

8EV
3711008140BA

02
RS15020130

4. Transmission number
The transmission number is stamped on the
transmission case near the transmission shift
mechanism.

* *
QRXXXXXXX

RS15020140

Symbols
The symbols below are instrument cluster display symbols and some international standard symbols.

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12

+ -

13 14 15 16 17 18

1 - Seat Belt Reminder Light 2 - ABS Warning Light

3 - Door Open Warning Light 4 - Brake System Warning Light
5 - High Coolant Temperature Warning Light 6 - Turn Signal Indicator
7 - Low Fuel Level Warning Light 8 - SRS Warning Light (if equipped)
9 - High Beam Indicator 10 - Position Light Indicator
11 - Rear Fog Light Indicator 12 - Engine Malfunction Warning Light
13 - Insufficient Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light 14 - Charging System Warning Light
15 - Maintenance Indicator 16 - Daytime Running Light Indicator
17 - Hazard Warning Light 18 - Horn

02–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

02 - INTRODUCTION

CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

How to Use Tester
Connect the tester cable to DLC, turn the ignition
switch to II (ON) and try to use the tester. If
communication malfunction appears on the display, it
indicates that the vehicle or tester is defective.
• If the communication is normal when the tester is
02
connected to another vehicle, inspect the DLC on
the original vehicle.

ཽ⪔⊳䖜
• If the communication is still not possible when the
tester is connected to another vehicle, the tester
itself is probably defective.
RS15020150

ECM Control System Troubleshooting

This model uses the ECM control system. Most malfunction inspection procedures only involve in checking
the circuits of ECM control system one by one. An adequate understanding of the system and a basic
knowledge of electricity are enough to perform effective troubleshooting, accurate diagnosis and necessary
repairs.

Diagnosis and Troubleshooting

1. Diagnosis basis and troubleshooting methods

Procedure Types Details Troubleshooting Methods

• Use eliminating methods to
determine the malfunctioning
parts in accordance with DTC
Diagnosis procedure is based on detection conditions.
Diagnosis based on DTC
stored DTC. • Inspect relevant parts with the
tester and eliminate the
possible malfunctions one by
one.
• Use eliminating methods to
determine the malfunctioning
parts in accordance with the
Diagnosis based on symptoms (no Diagnosis procedure is based on symptoms.
DTCs stored) problem symptoms. • Inspect relevant parts with the
tester and eliminate the
possible malfunctions one by
one.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 02–13

02 - INTRODUCTION

2. Detailed troubleshooting steps

Steps Description
1 Obtain detailed information when electrical malfunction occurs.
Operate the affected system, and perform a road test as necessary.
2 Confirm the malfunction parameter.
If it is impossible to duplicate the malfunction, refer to "Electrical Malfunction Simulation Test".
02 Collect proper diagnosis materials, which includes:
• Circuit Diagram
• System Schematic Diagram
3 • Relevant Chapter in the Service Manual
• Service Bulletin
Perform diagnosis according to the mastered system operation knowledge and customer's
feedback.
Check if there is any bonding, loose connector or damaged wire harness in the system.
4 Determine the related circuits and components, and diagnose according to the circuit diagram
and wire harness layout diagram.
5 Repair the circuit and replace the component as necessary.
Operate the system in all modes. Confirm that the system can operate normally in all
6 conditions. Confirm that you have not inadvertently created new malfunctions during your
diagnosis or repair steps.

Circuit Simulation Test

The non-regular malfunctions and other malfunctions that cannot be detected through a road test can be
detected by circuit simulation test. The possible vehicle malfunction can be determined efficiently by
simulating the condition/environment when the malfunction occurs.
Simulation test can be classified into the following 7 types:
• Vehicle vibration test
• Thermosensitive test
• Freezing test
• Leakage test
• Load test
• Cold/hot start test
• Voltage drop test
HINT:
It is extremely important to listen carefully to customer's description about the malfunction for simulating the
conditions when the symptoms occur.
1. Vehicle vibration test
When the vehicle is running on an uneven road or the engine is vibrating (A/C is on and engine is idling),
malfunctions may occur. In this case, check the conditions related to the vibration. Check the following
areas on the vehicle:

02–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

02 - INTRODUCTION

a. Connector and wire harness

Slightly Vibrate
Determine the connectors and wire harnesses
that may affect the electrical system being
inspected. When monitoring whether the system
has malfunctions that are being simulated,
vibrate or wiggle each connector and wire
harness slightly. This test may show electrical
connections that are loose or poor.
Slightly Vibrate 02
Slightly Wiggle
RS15020160

HINT:
When the connector is exposed to humid environment, a layer of corrosive film may form on its
terminals. With the connector connected, this condition may not be found by visual check. If an
intermittent malfunction occurs, it may be caused by corrosion. It is recommended that the terminals of
the relevant connectors in the system should be checked and cleaned after disconnecting the
connectors.
b. Sensor and relay
Vibrate the sensors and relays in the system being checked slightly. The sensors or relays that are
loose or poorly installed may be found through this test.
c. Engine compartment
• There are many reasons for the electrical malfunction that occurred due to vibration of the vehicle,
and it is necessary to check the following conditions:
- The connectors are not installed correctly.
- The wire harness is not long enough, so it is extended when the engine is vibrating or shaking.
- The wire harness hangs over the bracket or movable components.
- The ground wire is loose, dirty or corrosive.
- The wire harness is too close to the high temperature components.
• To inspect the components under the engine hood, first confirm that the ground connection is in
perfect condition (refer to the grounding inspection described below). First confirm that the system is
correctly grounded. Then slightly vibrate the wire harness or components as previously instructed to
check if the connection is loose. Refer to the circuit diagram to check the continuity of wire harness.
d. Backside of instrument panel
• Improper wire clamping will cause the wire harnesses to twist together when installing the
accessories. The vibration of the vehicle will cause the wire harnesses near the bracket or mounting
screw to wind excessively.
• When the vehicle vibrates, unclamped or loose wire harness will be stuck in the seat components
(such as slide guide). If the wire harness passes through the underside of the mounting area, check
if the wire harness is damaged or stuck.
2. Thermosensitive test
In hot weather or after the vehicle is parked for a short time, the user may worry about the vehicle
condition. At this time, it is necessary to perform thermosensitive test.
Perform the test by heating the components with a heat gun or equivalent.

CAUTION

• DO NOT heat the components to a temperature higher than 60°C (140°F).

• If malfunction occurs when performing heating test on the components, replace or properly insulate the
components as necessary.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 02–15

02 - INTRODUCTION

3. Freezing test
If the malfunction disappears after warming up the vehicle in winter, it may be caused by freeze of some
parts in the wire harness/electrical system. Use the following two methods to check this condition:
Method 1: Put the vehicle outdoors overnight. Make sure that the temperature is low enough to duplicate
the malfunction. Perform a quick and thorough diagnosis on the component that may be affected in the
morning.
Method 2: Put the suspected part in the refrigerating room and wait until it is frozen. Reinstall the
component to the vehicle and check if the malfunction reoccurs. If the malfunction occurs, repair or replace
02 the component.
4. Leakage test
The malfunction may occur only during high humidity
or in rainy or snowy weather. In this case, the
malfunction may occur due to water entering the
electrical parts. The leakage can be checked by
spraying water to the vehicle (similar to car wash).

RS15020170

5. Load test
The malfunction occurs only when the electrical
device is turned on. Turn on the electrical equipment
(A/C, rear window defogger, radio, fog light, etc.
included) one by one and determine the relationship
between the electrical equipment and the 1 2 3
4

malfunction. Confirm the malfunction by a load test.

A/C

RS15020180

6. Cold/hot start test

Some malfunctions occur in cold start and disappear when the engine warms up. In this case, keep the
vehicle without operation for a whole night and restart it the next day. Perform the test and determine the
cause quickly.
7. Voltage drop test
Generally the voltage drop test is used to find out the possible causes that affect the normal function of the
electrical components or circuits.
Check the circuit with a digital multimeter.
If the resistance of single wire harness measured by a digital multimeter is very low (0 Ω or close to 0 Ω),
the wire harness or circuit is normal.
The unnecessary resistance in the circuit may be caused by poor, loose grounding, corrosive switch
contact and loose wire connector or adapter.

02–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

02 - INTRODUCTION

Precautions for Control Module and Electrical Components Inspection

• Before performing electrical operations, turn the
ignition switch to "B" ("LOCK") and disconnect the
negative battery cable, then wait for 2 minutes until
the backup power supply of the airbag module is
depleted (w/ airbag system).

RS15020190

• Disconnecting the battery cable will delete the clock, audio and DTC records. Therefore, it is necessary to
confirm these records before disconnecting the cable.
• Never connect the electrodes of the battery terminals reversely.
• Only install components that meet the vehicle specifications.
1. Before replacing the control module, inspect the input and output conditions of the components and their
functions.
• When disconnecting the components:
- Do not use excessive force when disconnecting the connector.
- If the connector is installed by tightening the bolt, loosen the mounting bolt and then disconnect the
connector by hand.
• When connecting the components:
- Before installing the connector, make sure that the terminals are not bent or damaged, and then
connect it correctly.
- When installing the connector by tightening the bolt, tighten the mounting bolt until the painted area
of the connector is flush with the surface.
• Do not drop or hit the control module to prevent excessive impact.
• Note that the condensation is not formed on the control module due to extreme change of temperature
and keep it free from water drop or rain. If water is found on the control module, dry it thoroughly and
then install it to the vehicle.
• Be careful not to allow the fluid to adhere to the control module connector.
• Avoid cleaning the control module with volatile fluid.
• When using the digital multimeter, be careful not
to get the testing probes to contact with each
other to result in a short circuit. Avoid damaging
the battery due to short circuit in the power
transistor inside the control module.

RS15020200

• Use the specified test adapter to check the input and output signals of the control module.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 02–17

02 - INTRODUCTION

2. Check the fuse

• Check that the wire of the fuse is connected.

Good Blown
02

RS15020210

• If the wire in the fuse is blown, confirm that there is no short in the circuit.
• When replacing a fuse, a fuse with the same rated amperage must be used.

How to Check Connector

Many electrical malfunctions are caused by electrical
Crimping Looseness
connections or wire malfunctions, and also may be
caused by the bonding of components or relays. Cord Wire
Before determining if the malfunction is caused by
components or wire harness assembly, check if the
connection of the connectors is good.

Terminal
Deformation
Slightly Pull

RS15020220

1. Check the connector with a digital multimeter

• Damaged connectors and poor connections are caused by incorrect connector detection during the
circuit inspection.
• The probe of the digital multimeter may be connected incorrectly with the socket of the connector. To
detect the connector correctly, use a "T" shaped pin and follow the procedures below. To obtain the
optimal connection, clamp the "T" shaped needle with a spring clamp.
Detect from wire harness side
• If there is a back cover for the connector, remove the back cover before detecting the terminal.
• Do not detect the water-proof connector from the wire harness side. Failure to do this may damage
the seal between the wire harness and the connector.
Detect from terminal side
• Female terminal:
Do not insert any object that is bigger than the male terminal into the female connector.
• Male terminal:
Carefully detect the contact surfaces of each terminal with a "T" shaped needle. Do not bend the
terminal.
2. Check if the tension of terminal contact spring is proper
• The contact spring on the terminal may produce intermittent signals in the circuit.
• If intermittent open circuit occurs, follow the procedures below to check the open wire harness and the
contact spring on the female terminal.
- Use a male terminal matched with the female terminal.
- Disconnect the suspected defective connector and secure the terminal side upward.

02–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

02 - INTRODUCTION

- When securing the wire harness of the male terminal, try to insert the male terminal into the female
terminal.
- Move the connector and check if the male terminal can be inserted easily.
HINT:
If the male terminal can be inserted into the female terminal easily, replace the female terminal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 02–19

02 - INTRODUCTION

CIRCUIT INFORMATION
How to Read Circuit Diagram
1. Connector symbols
• Most of the connector symbols in circuit
diagrams indicate the terminal side.
02
Terminal Side

Harness Side

RS15020230

• The terminal side view in the circuit diagram is

shown at the bottom of the circuit diagram.
Female

Connector Symbol Connector

RS15020240

2. Option splices

MANUAL TRANSMISSION AUTO TRANSMISSION

CONTROL CONTROL
UNIT UNIT
E-106 E-106

E-106 E-106
16 15 8 4
E-106 E-106

SENSOR SENSOR
E-106 E-106

RS15020250

Option splice is indicated by diamonds (solid line), and marked with pin number inside.

02–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

02 - INTRODUCTION

3. Circuit diagram example

EXAMPLE

[1] BATTERY
IGNITION SWITCH
ON OR START [13]
B+ ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
[14]
[2] SB5
30A
FUSE AND RELAY BOX
E-014 02
E-049
D3
[3] A
A11 A13

2 3
INSTRUMENT
[4] MAIN
RELAY EF14 PANEL FUSE [15]
AND RELAY BOX
10A
1 5 I-004
EF19
15A

A4 A3 A1 [12]
VR
SENSOR
I-003
BW

[5]
RW

1 2

G
B
I-013
[6] 2 E-010

[8] [16]
BW

10 13 3 4
1 CONTROL
MODULE
I-001
MOTOR 5 7
[7] M E-011
GR

TO BACKLIGHT [17]
V

POWER
I-006
2 6 1 6
B-008 SWITCH
[9]
B

I-009
5 [19]
[18]
[10] LIGHT
E-014 [11]
B-003 3 5
4

B-002 I-006

D1 D2 D3 D4 D5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
A6 A5 A4
A13 A12 A11 A10
A3 A2 A1
[20] D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12

E-049
I-001 I-004 [21] W
W W

2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 5 6 1 2 B+
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 6 5 4 3
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
E-014
I-009 I-003
B-008 I-013 B-003
E-011 W W
W W W
Gr
ES15480000

The connector pin layout is shown at the bottom of the circuit diagram.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 02–21

02 - INTRODUCTION

The following is a list of the symbols defined in the circuit diagram.

No. Definition Description

It indicates the power supply from the battery positive to the electrical
1 Battery
equipment.
This symbol indicates a fuse; "SB5" indicates the fuse number; "30A"
2 Fuse
indicates the rated amperage of the fuse.
02 3 Splice Point The solid circle indicates that each intersecting wire is interconnected.
This symbol indicates a relay; "MAIN RELAY" indicates the relay
4 Relay
name; "1, 2, 3 and 5" indicate the terminal number of the relay.
It indicates the color of this wire. The color codes are as follows:
B = Black;
W = White;
R = Red;
G = Green;
L = Blue;
Y = Yellow;
5 Color Br = Brown;
O = Orange;
Gr = Gray;
P = Pink;
V = Violet;
Lg = Light Green.
For example: "BrR" indicates that the main color of the wire is brown,
and the second color is red.
It indicates the plug-in connector. "Λ" is the female connector, and
"I-013" is the applicable number; "◊" is the male connector, and "E-010"
6 Connector
is the applicable number. The number "2" inside the male connector
indicates the terminal number.
7 Motor This symbol indicates a motor.
8 Component Name It indicates the name of the component.
"E-011" indicates the connector number of this component, and the
letter "E" indicates the wire harness code in which the connector is
located. The connector codes are as follows:
E = Engine Wire Harness, Injector and Ignition Wire Harness and
Engine Compartment Wire Harness;
I = Instrument Panel Wire Harness;
B = Body Wire Harness;
9 Connector No. F = Front Left Door Wire Harness;
H = Front Right Door Wire Harness;
L = Rear Left Door Wire Harness;
R = Rear Right Door Wire Harness;
T = Back Door Wire Harness;
A = Airbag Wire Harness;
N = Battery Negative Wire Harness.
10 Ground Point It indicates the ground connection.

02–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

02 - INTRODUCTION

No. Definition Description

11 Bulb This symbol indicates a bulb.
12 Terminal No. It indicates the terminal number in the connector of this component.
It indicates the power supply from the ignition switch to the electrical
13 Ignition Switch
equipment.
It indicates that the wire harness is connected to the circuit diagram
14 Connected to … on next page. The letter "A" is connected with "A" in the circuit 02
diagram on the next page.
15 Fuse and Relay Box Name It indicates the name of the fuse and relay box.
16 Twisted-pair It indicates that the two wires are twisted.
It indicates the backlight power supply output from the fuse of the
17 Backlight Power Supply
front position light.
It is used for indicators, warning lights or illuminations in the switches
18 LED
or instrument cluster.
19 Switch This symbol indicates a switch.
It indicates the cross section of the connector and description of the
20 Connector View
terminal arrangement.
The letter "W" indicates the color of the connector. The color codes
21 Connector Color
are the same as above.

Circuit Diagram Index

Use the table below to find the location of components or vehicle systems in the circuit diagram. It is easy to
find the circuit diagrams throughout the service manual based on components or vehicle systems.
It has been marked under "If There Is Any Circuit Diagram" column that if there is any circuit diagram in the
components or vehicle systems.

Service Manual Chapter If There Is Any Circuit Diagram

Foreword -
Introduction -
Preparation -
Service Specifications -
Maintenance -
Engine Control System Yes
SQR371F Engine Mechanical -
SQR371F Fuel Supply System Yes
SQR371F Emission Control System Yes
SQR371F Intake System Yes
SQR371F Exhaust System -
SQR371F Cooling System Yes
SQR371F Lubrication System -
SQR371F Ignition System Yes
SQR371F Starting System Yes

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 02–23

02 - INTRODUCTION

Service Manual Chapter If There Is Any Circuit Diagram

SQR371F Charging System Yes
QR512 Transmission -
Clutch -
Drive Shaft -
Differential -
02
Axle -
Suspension -
Tire and Wheel -
Brake Control System Yes
Brake -
Parking Brake Yes
Steering Column -
Hydraulic Assist Steering -
Air Conditioning Yes
Supplemental Restraints System Yes
Seat Belt Yes
Lighting System Yes
Wiper and Washer Yes
Door Lock Yes
Instrument Cluster Yes
Audio System Yes
Reversing Radar System Yes
Horn Yes
Other System Yes
Windshield/Window Glass Yes
Rear View Mirror Yes
Instrument Panel -
Seat -
Engine Hood/Door -
Exterior -
Interior -
Body Dimensions -
Wire harness -

02–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

02 - INTRODUCTION

ABBREVIATION TABLE
Abbreviation Table
Term Abbreviation
Anti-lock Brake System ABS
Acceleration Sensor AES 02
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor APS
Automatic Temperature Control ATC
Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF
Body Control Module BCM
Brake Pressure Sensor BPS
Camshaft position sensor CMP
Clutch Pedal Position Switch CPP Switch
Crankshaft Position Sensor CKP
Data Link Connector DLC
Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC
Engine Control Module ECM
Engine Coolant Temperature ECT
Engine Speed RPM
Evaporative Emission EVAP
Evaporative Emission Canister EVAP Canister
Evaporative Emission System EVAP System
Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve EGR Valve
Front Left Wheel Speed Sensor FLS
Front Right Wheel Speed Sensor FRS
Rear Left Wheel Speed Sensor RLS
Rear Right Wheel Speed Sensor RRS
Ground GND
Heated Oxygen Sensor O2S
Idle Air Control IAC
Intake Temperature IAT
Ignition IGN
Ignition Control IC
Immobilizer Control Module ICM
Injector INJ
Input Shaft Speed Sensor ISS Sensor
Knock Sensor KS
Manifold Absolute Pressure MAP

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 02–25

02 - INTRODUCTION

Term Abbreviation
Mass Air Flow MAF
Malfunction Indicator Light MIL
Oil Pressure Switch OPS
Output Shaft Speed Sensor OSS Sensor
Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve PCV Valve
02
Power Supply PWR
SRS Airbag Control System SRC
Throttle Position Sensor TPS
Transaxle Control Module TCM
Turbine Speed Sensor TSS
Vehicle Identification Number VIN
Vehicle Speed Sensor VSS

02–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

PREPARATION
SQR371F CHERY ENGINE HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING 03-25
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 03-3 Tools 03-25
Tools 03-3
AIR CONDITIONING 03-26
SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL 03-5 Tools 03-26
Tools 03-5
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS
SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM 03-9 SYSTEM 03-27 03
Tools 03-9 Tools 03-27

SQR371F EMISSION CONTROL SEAT BELT 03-28

SYSTEM 03-10 Tool 03-28
Tool 03-10
LIGHTING SYSTEM 03-29
SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM 03-11 Tool 03-29
Tools 03-11
WIPER AND WASHER 03-30
SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM 03-12 Tool 03-30
Tools 03-12
DOOR LOCK 03-31
SQR371F STARTING SYSTEM 03-13 Tools 03-31
Tool 03-13
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 03-32
SQR371F CHARGING SYSTEM 03-14 Tools 03-32
Tool 03-14
AUDIO SYSTEM 03-33
QR512MHG TRANSMISSION 03-15 Tool 03-33
Tools 03-15
REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM 03-34
CLUTCH 03-17 Tool 03-34
Tools 03-17
HORN 03-35
DIFFERENTIAL 03-18 Tool 03-35
Tools 03-18
WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS 03-36
AXLE 03-19 Tools 03-36
Tools 03-19
REAR VIEW MIRROR 03-37
SUSPENSION 03-20 Tool 03-37
Tool 03-20
INSTRUMENT PANEL 03-38
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM 03-21 Tools 03-38
Tools 03-21
ENGINE HOOD/DOOR 03-39
BRAKE 03-22 Tool 03-39
Tools 03-22
EXTERIOR 03-40
PARKING BRAKE 03-23 Tool 03-40
Tool 03-23
INTERIOR 03-41
STEERING COLUMN 03-24 Tool 03-41
Tools 03-24

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 03–1

03–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

03 - PREPARATION

SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

PREPARATION

Tools
Special Tool

༛⨲≑䔺
X-431 3G Diagnostic Tester

RS15350021

General Tools

Fuel Injector Cleaning Analyzer

RS15060002

Ignition Timing Light

RS15060003

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 03–3

03 - PREPARATION

6
4

60 80
100
40

8
2
120
20
140
0
10

0
Vacuum Gauge

RS15060004

Cylinder Pressure Gauge

RS15071007

Fuel Pressure Gauge

RS15080030

Oscilloscope
YES ENTER

ESC
NO

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 0

RS15060001

03–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

03 - PREPARATION

SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Tools
Special Tools

03
Power Steering Pump Drive Belt Installer

RS15000092

Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation Guide

RS15000093

Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installer

RS15000095

Valve Oil Seal Installer

RS15000098

Valve Oil Seal Pulling Plier

RS15070006

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 03–5

03 - PREPARATION

Valve Cotter Installer

RS15070007

Valve Spring Compressor

RS15000094

Flywheel Holding Tool

RS15071002

Piston Installer

RS15000097

Oil Filter Remover

RS15130030

03–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

03 - PREPARATION

Guide Special Tool for Driven Disc Assembly, Clutch

Cover Assembly

RS15071003

03
General Tools

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Flexional Magnetic Rod

RS15071004

Engine Hoist

RS15071005

Engine Equalizer

RS15071006

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 03–7

03 - PREPARATION

Transmission Carrier

RS15080040

Fuel Pressure Gauge

RS15080030

Cylinder Pressure Gauge

RS15071007

Engine Service Platform

RS15071008

Feeler Gauge

RS15170130

03–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

03 - PREPARATION

SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

Tools
General Tools

03
Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Fuel Pressure Gauge

RS15080030

Transmission Carrier

RS15080040

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 03–9

03 - PREPARATION

SQR371F EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

Tool
General Tool

03
Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

03–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

03 - PREPARATION

SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

Tools
General Tools

03
Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Cooling System Pressure Tester

RS15120020

Freezing Point Tester

RS15120030

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 03–11

03 - PREPARATION

SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Tools
Special Tools

03
Oil Pan Remover and Scraper

RS15130020

Oil Filter Remover

RS15130030

General Tool

Oil Pressure Tester

Bearing Remover

RS15200020

Punch

RS15200030

Differential Oil Seal Installer

RS15000090

Input Shaft Front Oil Seal Installer

RS15000091

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 03–15

03 - PREPARATION

5th Synchronizer Remover

RS15000099

03
General Tools

Transmission Carrier

RS15080040

Hydraulic Press

RS15210013

Flexional Magnetic Rod

RS15071004

Feeler Gauge

RS15170130

03–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

03 - PREPARATION

CLUTCH
PREPARATION

Tools
Special Tool

03
Clutch Pressure Plate Installer

RS15180030

General Tool

Vernier Caliper

RS15180040

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 03–17

03 - PREPARATION

DIFFERENTIAL
Tools
Special Tools

03
Bearing Remover

RS15200020

Punch

RS15200030

General Tools
20
10

30
0

40
90

Dial Indicator
50
80

60
70

RS15210012

Hydraulic Press

RS15210013

03–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

03 - PREPARATION

AXLE
Tools
Special Tool

03
Ball Pin Separator

RS15210011

General Tools

20
10

30
0

40
90
Dial Indicator

50
80

60
70

RS15210012

Transmission Carrier

RS15080040

Hydraulic Press

20
10

30
0

40
90

Dial Indicator
50
80

60
70

RS15210012

Vernier Caliper

RS15180040

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

03–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

03 - PREPARATION

PARKING BRAKE
Tool
General Tool

03
Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 03–23

03 - PREPARATION

STEERING COLUMN
Tools
Special Tool

03
Steering Wheel Remover

RS15270020

General Tool

Electric Drill

RS15270011

03–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

03 - PREPARATION

HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

Tools
Special Tools

03
Ball Pin Separator

RS15210011

Power Steering Pump Drive Belt Installer

RS15000092

General Tool

Transmission Carrier

RS15080040

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 03–25

03 - PREPARATION

AIR CONDITIONING
Tools
General Tools

03
Refrigerant Recycling Machine

RS15290030

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

03–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

03 - PREPARATION

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

Tools
Special Tool

༛⨲≑䔺
X-431 3G Diagnostic Tester

RS15350021

General Tool

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 03–27

03 - PREPARATION

SEAT BELT
Tool
General Tool

03
Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

03–28 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

03 - PREPARATION

LIGHTING SYSTEM
Tool
General Tool

03
Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 03–29

AUDIO SYSTEM
Tool
General Tool

03
Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 03–33

03 - PREPARATION

REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM

Tool
General Tool

03
Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

03–34 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

03 - PREPARATION

HORN
Tool
General Tool

03
Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 03–35

03 - PREPARATION

WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS
Tools
Special Tool

03
Interior Crow Plate

RS15460020

General Tool

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

03–36 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

03 - PREPARATION

REAR VIEW MIRROR

Tool
General Tool

03
Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 03–37

03 - PREPARATION

INSTRUMENT PANEL
Tools
Special Tools

03
Steering Wheel Remover

RS15420020

Interior Crow Plate

RS15420030

03–38 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

03 - PREPARATION

ENGINE HOOD/DOOR
Tool
Special Tool

03
Interior Crow Plate

RS15460020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 03–39

03 - PREPARATION

EXTERIOR
Tool
Special Tool

03
Interior Crow Plate

RS15460020

03–40 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

03 - PREPARATION

INTERIOR
Tool
Special Tool

03
Interior Crow Plate

RS15460020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 03–41

- MEMO -

03–42 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS
SQR371F CHERY ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM 04-28
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 04-3 Specifications 04-28
Specifications 04-3
BRAKE 04-29
SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL 04-4 Specifications 04-29
Specifications 04-4
PARKING BRAKE 04-31
SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM 04-11 Specifications 04-31
Specifications 04-11
STEERING COLUMN 04-32 04
SQR371F EMISSION CONTROL Specifications 04-32
SYSTEM 04-12
Specification 04-12
HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING 04-33
Specifications 04-33
SQR371F INTAKE SYSTEM 04-13
Specifications 04-13
AIR CONDITIONING 04-34
Specifications 04-34
SQR371F EXHAUST SYSTEM 04-14
Specifications 04-14
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS
SYSTEM 04-36
SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM 04-15 Specifications 04-36
Specifications 04-15
SEAT BELT 04-37
SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM 04-16 Specifications 04-37
Specifications 04-16
LIGHTING SYSTEM 04-38
SQR371F IGNITION SYSTEM 04-17 Specifications 04-38
Specifications 04-17
WIPER AND WASHER 04-39
SQR371F STARTING SYSTEM 04-18 Specifications 04-39
Specifications 04-18
DOOR LOCK 04-40
SQR371F CHARGING SYSTEM 04-19 Specifications 04-40
Specifications 04-19
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 04-41
QR512MHG TRANSMISSION 04-20 Specification 04-41
Specifications 04-20
AUDIO SYSTEM 04-42
CLUTCH 04-22 Specifications 04-42
Specifications 04-22
REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM 04-43
DRIVE SHAFT 04-23 Specification 04-43
Specifications 04-23
HORN 04-44
DIFFERENTIAL 04-24 Specifications 04-44
Specifications 04-24
WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS 04-45
AXLE 04-25 Specifications 04-45
Specifications 04-25
REAR VIEW MIRROR 04-46
SUSPENSION 04-26 Specifications 04-46
Specifications 04-26
INSTRUMENT PANEL 04-47
TIRE AND WHEEL 04-27 Specifications 04-47
Specifications 04-27

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–1

SEAT 04-48 EXTERIOR 04-51
Specifications 04-48 Specifications 04-51

ENGINE HOOD/DOOR 04-49 INTERIOR 04-52

Specifications 04-49 Specifications 04-52

04–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Coolant Temperature Sensor 9.5 ± 1.5
Knock Sensor Mounting Bolt 20 ± 5
Oxygen Sensor 45 ± 5 04
Crankshaft Position Sensor Mounting Bolt 7±1
Camshaft Position Sensor Mounting Bolt 8±1
Vehicle Speed Sensor Mounting Bolt 7±1
Intake Pressure/Temperature Sensor Mounting Bolt 8±1
Engine Control Module Mounting Bolt 7±1

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–3

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Specifications
SQR371F Engine Specifications

Item Specification
Type Vertical, in-line 3-cylinder, water-cooled, 4-stroke, DOHC
Engine Type SQR371F

04 Cylinder Diameter (mm) 71

Piston Stroke (mm) 83.9
Displacement (ml) 998
Compression Ratio 11:1
Fuel Supply Type Electronic controlled sequential multiport fuel injection
Combustion Chamber Type Basin cone compound type
Ignition Sequence 1-2-3
Idle Speed (r/min) 850 ± 50
Idle Stability ≤ 20%
Rated Power (kW) 51
Rated Power Speed (r/min) 6000
Max. Torque (N·m) 93
Max. Torque Speed (r/min) 3500 ~ 4500
Min. Fuel Consumption Rate (Total
270
Output) (g/kW·h)
Oil and Fuel Consumption
≤ 0.15
Percentage
Crankshaft Rotation Angle (°) With
374.5
Intake Valve Open of 1 mm
Crankshaft Rotation Angle (°) With
567
Intake Valve 1 mm Before Close
Crankshaft Rotation Angle (°) With
141.5
Exhaust Valve Open of 1 mm
Crankshaft Rotation Angle (°) With
343
Exhaust Valve 1 mm Before Close
Net Weight (kg) 98
Fuel Octane Number (Not Less
Unleaded gasoline, octane number 93
Than)
Oil Capacity (L) 2.80 ± 0.2
Summer SAE 10W-40 (SM or higher)
Oil Octane Number Winter SAE 5W-40 (SM or higher)
Full year SAE 5W-30 (SM or higher)
Crankshaft Rotation Direction Clockwise (viewed from engine V-ribbed belt)

04–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

Item Specification
Starting Method Electrical Starting

Cooling Type Forced circulation type antifreeze cooling

Coolant Type 50% glycol + 50% soft water (volume ratio)

Lubrication Type Compound type (pressure, splash lubrication)

Cylinder Compression Pressure
1.00 ~ 1.35
(MPa)
Low idling speed (800 ± 50 r/min) 120 - 150
Oil Pressures (kPa) High Idle Speed (2000 r/min) 320 - 350
04
High Speed (4000 r/min) 370 ± 50

Thermostat Operation Open Temperature 82 ± 2

Temperature (°C) Full Open Temperature 95
Boundary Dimension
331 × 535 × 709
(Length × Width × Height) (mm)
Electronic Fuel Injection System S15 1.0L MT model UAES electronic control system
With the atmospheric temperature at -30°C, the engine can start
smoothly within 8 seconds without taking special measures. Starting
Starting Performance
test can be performed 3 times consecutively. If it fails to start, perform
starting again after 2 minutes.

Engine Mechanical Specifications

Item Specification
Intake Cam 41.512
Cam Height (mm)
Exhaust Cam 40.302
First Intake Camshaft -0.050
φ34 -0.066
Journal
Other Intake Camshaft -0.040
φ23 -0.053
Journal
Camshaft Camshaft Journal (mm)
First Exhaust Camshaft -0.040
φ26 -0.053
Journal
Other Exhaust Camshaft -0.040
φ23 -0.053
Journal

Camshaft Axial Clearance Intake Cam 0.125 - 0.225

(mm) Exhaust Cam 0.125 - 0.225
Lower Surface Flatness (mm) 0.04
Overall Height (mm) 113 ± 0.05
Cylinder Head Max. Grinding Amount of Cylinder Head (mm) 0.15
Max. Total Grinding Amount of Cylinder Block and Cylinder
0.20
Head

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–5

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

Item Specification

Valve Head Margin Thickness Intake Valve 0.3 ± 0.15

(mm) Exhaust Valve 0.3 ± 0.15
Intake Valve φ5.5 ± 0.2
Valve Lifter Diameter (mm)
Exhaust Valve φ5.5 ± 0.2
Intake Valve 1.402
Seal Band Width (mm)
Exhaust Valve 1.256
Valve
Clearance Between Valve Intake Valve 0.038 - 0.053
04 Lifter and Guide (mm) Exhaust Valve 0.048 - 0.063
Intake Valve 16.4°
Inclination Angle
Exhaust Valve 17.1°
Intake Valve 88.5
Height (mm)
Exhaust Valve 89.2
Free Height (mm) 52

Valve Spring Height Under 256 N Pressure (mm) 26.4

Perpendicularity 1.3

Valve Guide Length (mm) 34.7 ± 0.1

Inner Diameter (mm) φ5 + 0.018

+0.066
Outer Diameter (mm) φ10 +0.055
Valve Guide Intake 10 ± 0.2
Depression Depth
Exhaust 9.5 ± 0.2

Valve Lifter Protrusion Intake Valve 34.17

Amount (mm) Exhaust Valve 34
First Ring 0.03 - 0.07
Side Clearance (mm)
Second Ring 0.02 - 0.06
First Ring 0.2 - 0.35
End Clearance (mm)
Second Ring 0.4 - 0.55
Piston Ring First Ring 0.7 - 1.1
Back Clearance (mm)
Second Ring 0.7 - 1.1
-0.01
First Ring 1.0 -0.03
-0.01
Height (mm) Second Ring 1.0 -0.03
+0.02
Oil Ring 1.5 0
-0.01
First Ring 1.0 -0.02
+0.03
Piston Ring Groove Height (mm) Second Ring 1.0 +0.01
+0.03
Oil Ring 1.5 +0.01
-0.001
Diameter (mm) φ18 -0.005
Piston Pin Length (mm) 47 ± 0.2
+0.007
Piston Pin Hole Diameter (mm) φ18 +0.002

04–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

Item Specification
-0.01
Cylinder 1 Piston Diameter (mm) φ71 -0.022
-0.01
Piston Cylinder 2 Piston Diameter (mm) φ71 -0.022
-0.01
Cylinder 3 Piston Diameter (mm) φ71 -0.022
-0.004
Diameter φ44 -0.020

Crankshaft Main Journal Coaxially 0.05

(mm) Cylindricity 0.008
Crankshaft Roundness 0.005

Connecting Rod Journal Diameter

-0.004
φ40 -0.020 04
(mm) Parallelism to Main Journal 0.006
Radial Clearance (mm) 0.020 - 0.065
Overall Height (mm) 257 ± 0.05
Bore Diameter (mm) φ71.025
Bore Roundness/Straightness (mm) 0.008/0.01
Cylinder Block Upper Surface Flatness (mm) 0.04
Max. Grinding Amount of Cylinder Block (mm) 0.15
Max. Total Grinding Amount of Cylinder Block and Cylinder
0.20
Head
Connecting Rod Shell Radial Clearance (mm) 0.034 - 0.066
Connecting Rod
Big End Axial Clearance (mm) 0.15 - 0.37

Engine Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Coupling Bolt Between Generator Adjustment
22.5 ± 2.5
Bracket and Generator
Generator Fixing Bolt 42.5 ± 2.5
Coupling Bolt Between Torsion Damper and 1st step: Tighten to 80 ± 5
Crankshaft 2nd step: Rotate 48° ± 5°clockwise
Canister Solenoid Valve Outlet Bracket Fixing Bolt 9.5 ± 1.5
Cylinder Head Cover Fixing Bolt 9.5 ± 1.5
Rear Mounting Bracket Fixing Bolt 60 ± 5
Coupling Bolt Between Rear Mounting Bracket and
100 ± 10
Rear Mounting Cushion Assembly
Locking Nut for Rear Mounting Cushion Assembly
100 ± 10
Through Bolt
Rear Mounting Front Bracket Fixing Bolt 100 ± 10
Coupling Bolt Between Left Mounting Cushion
60 ± 5
Assembly and Left Mounting Bracket
Left Mounting Cushion Assembly Fixing Bolt 60 ± 5
Left Mounting Bracket Fixing Bolt 60 ± 5

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–7

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

Description Torque (N·m)

Right Mounting Cushion Assembly Carrier Locking
60 ± 5
Nut
Right Mounting Cushion Assembly Fixing Bolt 60 ± 5
Accelerator Cable Bracket Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
A/C High/Low Pressure Line Fixing Bolt 25 ± 4
Steering Pump High Pressure Line Joint Bolt 35 ± 3
Timing Chain Tensioner Fixing Bolt 9.5 ± 1.5

04 Timing Chain Movable Guide Rail Fixing Bolt 20 ± 2

Timing Chain Fixing Guide Rail Fixing Bolt 9.5 ± 1.5
Intake Sprocket Fixing Bolt 55 ± 5
Exhaust Sprocket Fixing Bolt 55 ± 5
Timing Chain Nozzle Fixing Bolt 7±1
Camshaft First Bearing Cap Fixing Bolt 22.5 ± 2.5
Camshaft Bearing Cap Fixing Bolt 10 ± 1
Small Circulation Metal Tube Fixing Nut 25 ± 3
Small Circulation Metal Tube Fixing Bolt 25 ± 3
1st step: Tighten to 30 ± 2
Cylinder Head Fixing Bolt 2nd step: Tighten to 50 ± 2 after rotating 180°
3rd step: Rotate 60° ± 5°clockwise
Camshaft Position Sensor Fixing Bolt 8±1
Cooling Water Pipe I Fixing Bolt 8±1
Water Temperature Sensor 9.5 ± 1.5
Engine Rear Lifting Eye Fixing Bolt 20 - 25
Cylinder Head Intake Side Stud 10
Cylinder Head Exhaust Side Stud 10
Small Circulation Metal Tube Side Stud 10
Clutch Pressure Plate Bolt 23 ± 2
Flywheel Fixing Bolt 70 ± 3
Rear Oil Seal Bracket Fixing Bolt 9.5 ± 1.5
Piston Cooling Nozzle 7±1
1st step: Tighten to 14 - 16
Connecting Rod Bearing Cap Fixing Bolt
2nd step: Rotate 55°- 65°clockwise
1st step: Tighten to 22 - 28
Main Bearing Cap Fixing Bolt
2nd step: Rotate 85°- 95°clockwise

04–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

Lubrication Areas during Engine Assembly

Kind of lubricant: engine lubrication oil
Lubrication Oil Octane Number:

Summer SAE 10W-40 (SM or higher)

Winter SAE 5W-40 (SM or higher)
Full Year SAE 5W-30 (SM or higher)

No. Lubrication Area Note

1 Joint Surface of Connecting Rod Bolt Head 04
2 Thread of Connecting Rod Bolt
3 Outer Circumference of Piston Pin
4 Inner Wall of Piston Pin Bore
5 Piston and Piston Ring
6 Inner Wall of Cylinder Bore
7 Crankshaft Main Journal
8 Connecting Rod Journal
9 Upper and Lower Main Bearing Shells (Inner)
10 Upper and Lower Connecting Rod Bearing Shells (Inner)
11 Crankshaft Thrust Washer (Oil Groove Side)
12 Front Oil Seal and Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Journal
13 Rear Oil Seal and Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Journal
14 Oil Seal Lip and Outer Circumference
15 Rear Oil Seal Bracket Race Bore
16 Valve Retainer Hole
17 Valve Lifter and Valve Guide Hole
18 Outer Circumference of Valve Lifter and Lifter Bore
19 Camshaft Journal and Bearing Race Bore
20 Cam
21 Oil Filter Bracket Grommet Surface

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–9

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

Areas with Seal Gum Applied during Engine Assembly

Area with Seal Gum

Seal Gum Type Width of Seal Gum Note
Applied
Cylinder Head Bowl Plug Loctite 648 -
Water Temperature
Loctite 577 Evenly around
Sensor Thread
Oil Pressure Switch
Loctite 577 -
Thread
Rear Oil Seal Bracket Loctite 5910 φ3 - φ4 mm
04 Oil Pan Joint Surface Loctite 5910 φ3 - φ4 mm
Timing Sprocket Cover
Loctite 5910 1.5 - 3 mm
Joint Surface

04–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Manual Brake Cable Bracket Fixing Bolt 10 ± 1.5
Electric Fuel Pump Assembly Cap Fixing Bolt 5±1
Fuel Tank Fixing Bolt 23 ± 2 04
Fuel Rail Fixing Bolt 8±1
Worm Clamp 2.5 ± 0.5

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Expansion Tank Bracket Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Thermostat Housing Fixing Bolt 15 ± 1
Water Pump Mounting Bolt 25 ± 1.5 04
Cooling Fan Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Radiator Upper Support Fixing Bolt 9 ± 1.5
Sub Frame Fixing Bolt 45 ± 5
Coupling Bolt Between Generator Adjustment
22.5 ± 2.5
Bracket and Generator
Generator Fixing Bolt 42.5 ± 2.5

Coolant Capacity

Item Capacity (L)

Cooling System 4.4 ± 0.2

Coolant Concentration

Ethylene Glycol Soft Water

50% 50%

Coolant Freezing Point

Item Freezing Point Value (°C)

Coolant -37

Cooling System Pressure

Item System Pressures (kPa)

Cooling System (Test Pressure) 88 ± 12

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–15

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Specifications
System Pressures

Condition Pressure (kPa)

Low Idling Speed (800 ± 50 r/min) 120 - 150
High Idling Speed (2000 ± 50 r/min) 320 - 350

04 High Speed (4000 r/min) 370 ± 50

Engine Oil Specifications

Engine Type SQR371F

Oil Capacity (L) 2.8 ± 0.2
Summer: SAE 10W-40 (SM or higher)
Oil Specifications Winter: SAE 5W-40 (SM or higher)
Full year: SAE 5W-30 (SM or higher)

Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Drain Plug 35 ± 3
Oil Filter 20 - 25
Oil Filter Bracket Fixing Bolt 22.5 ± 2.5
Oil Strainer Fixing Bolt 10 ± 1
Oil Pressure Switch 20 + 5
Coupling Bolt Between Compressor and Oil Pan 22.5 ± 2.5
Timing Sprocket Case Cover and Oil Pump
18 ± 2
Assembly Fixing Bolt
Coupling Bolt Between Cylinder Head Cover and
Timing Sprocket Case Cover and Oil Pump 9.5 ± 1.5
Assembly

Oil Pan Bolt Specifications

Bolt Type Torque (N·m) Number

M6 × 16
10 ± 1 2
(Inner Hexagon Bolt)
M6 × 16 10 ± 1 5
M8 × 20 25 ± 3 6
M8 × 65 25 ± 3 2

04–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

SQR371F IGNITION SYSTEM

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Spark Plug 20 ± 3
Ignition Coil Fixing Bolt 7±1

04
Spark Plug Specifications

Engine Type SQR371F

Spark Plug Type 3707AAGE
Spark Plug Gap (mm) 0.8 - 0.9

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–17

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

SQR371F STARTING SYSTEM

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Starter Power Cable Nut 9±1
Starter Fixing Bolt 50 ± 10

04–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

SQR371F CHARGING SYSTEM

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Description Torque (N·m)

Clutch Pressure Plate Fixing Bolt 23 ± 2
1st step: Tighten the bolt to 20 ± 3
Flywheel Fixing Bolt
2nd step: Retighten the bolt by 30 ± 5°
04
Clutch Fork Fixing Bolt 32 ± 3
Coupling Nut Between Cable and Body Front Baffle
7 ± 1.5
Plate

Clutch Driven Disc Specifications

Measurement Item Specification (mm)

Clutch Driven Disc Standard Thickness 7.3 ± 0.3
Minimum Rivet Depth 0.8
Height Between Clutch Pedal and Brake Pedal 2 - 10

04–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

DRIVE SHAFT
Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Drive Shaft Assembly Fixing Nut 260 ± 20
Coupling Bolt Between Steering Knuckle and Shock
85 ± 8.5
Absorber
04

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–23

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

DIFFERENTIAL
Specifications
Torque Specification

Description Torque (N·m)

Final Drive Driven Gear Bolt 100 ± 5

Clearance Specification
04
Description Acceptable Range (mm)
Clearance Between Differential Case and Planetary
0.08 - 0.20
Gear

04–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

AXLE
Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Coupling Bolt Between Control Arm Assembly and
60 ± 5
Body
Coupling Bolt Between Control Arm Assembly Ball
Pin and Steering Knuckle
85 ± 5 04
Front Stabilizer Bar Assembly Locking Nut 80 ± 5
Coupling Bolt Between Front Shock Absorber
84 ± 6
Assembly and Steering Knuckle Assembly
Coupling Nut Between Middle Part of Rear Trailing
110 ± 10
Arm Assembly and Rear Shaft Assembly
Coupling Nut Between Rear Part of Rear Trailing
110 ± 10
Arm Assembly and Rear Shaft Assembly
Coupling Nut Between Lower Part of Rear Shaft
55 ± 5
Support Rod Assembly and Rear Shaft Assembly
Coupling Bolt Between Lower Part of Rear Shock
55 ± 5
Absorber Assembly and Rear Shaft Assembly
Steering Tie Rod Ball Pin Locking Nut 35 ± 3.5
Front Axle Shaft Assembly Fixing Nut 260 ± 20
ABS Wheel Speed Sensor Fixing Bolt 25 ± 4
Front Axle Hub Fixing Bolt 34 - 36
Rear Shaft Assembly Locking Nut 240 ± 20
Rear Brake Hose Assembly Fixing Plug 18 ± 2
Rear Shaft Assembly Fixing Bolt 25 ± 3

Clearance Specifications

Description Specified Condition (mm)

Rear Axle Hub Runout 0.05

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–25

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

SUSPENSION
SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Wheel Mounting Nut 110 ± 10
Coupling Bolt Between Front Part of Lower Carrier
45 ± 5
Assembly and Body
04 Coupling Bolt Between Rear Part of Lower Carrier
45 ± 5
Assembly and Body
Coupling Bolt Between Rear Part of Lower Carrier
15 ± 1
Assembly and Body
Coupling Bolt Between Front Crossmember and
45 ± 5
Body
Coupling Nut Between Front Shock Absorber
25 ± 3
Assembly and Body
Coupling Bolt Between Front Shock Absorber
84 ± 6
Assembly and Steering Knuckle Assembly
Coupling Nut Between Front Part of Rear Trailing
110 ± 10
Arm Assembly and Body
Coupling Nut Between Middle Part of Rear Trailing
110 ± 10
Arm Assembly and Rear Shaft Assembly
Coupling Nut Between Rear Part of Rear Trailing
110 ± 10
Arm Assembly and Rear Shaft Assembly
Coupling Nut Between Upper Part of Rear Shaft
55 ± 5
Support Rod Assembly and Body
Coupling Nut Between Lower Part of Rear Shaft
55 ± 5
Support Rod Assembly and Rear Shaft Assembly
Coupling Nut Between Upper Part of Rear Shock
83 ± 7
Absorber Assembly and Body
Coupling Bolt Between Lower Part of Rear Shock
55 ± 5
Absorber Assembly and Body
ABS Wheel Speed Sensor Fixing Bolt 25 ± 4
Engine Compartment Fuse and Relay Box Fixing
5±1
Bolt
Front Shock Absorber Assembly Fixing Nut 60 - 80
Front Hose Left Bracket Fixing Bolt 25 ± 3
Front Stabilizer Bar Assembly Fixing Nut 80 ± 5
Parking Brake Cable Bracket Fixing Bolt 10 ± 1.5
Steering Tie Rod Ball Pin Locking Nut 55 ± 5.5

04–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

TIRE AND WHEEL

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Wheel Mounting Nut 110 ± 10

Tire Type
04
Description Parameter
Tire Type 165/60 R14 75H

Rim Type

Description Parameter
Rim Type 14 × 5J

Tire Pressure Specifications of Cold Tire

Description Pressure (kPa)

Front Tire (Unloaded) 220
Rear Tire (Unloaded) 220
Spare Tire 250

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–27

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Wheel Mounting Nut 110 ± 10
Brake Pipe Coupling Plug 18 ± 2

04 ABS Control Module Assembly Mounting Bracket

Fixing Bolt
10 ± 1.5

ABS Control Module Assembly Mounting Bracket

10 ± 1.5
Fixing Nut
ABS Control Module Assembly Fixing Nut 8 ± 1.5
Front Wheel Speed Sensor Fixing Bolt 25 ± 4
Front Wheel Speed Sensor Lower Fixing Bolt 10 ± 1.5
Front Wheel Speed Sensor Upper Fixing Bolt 10 ± 1.5
Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Fixing Bolt 25 ± 4
Proportioning Valve Assembly Fixing Nut 25 ± 4

04–28 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

BRAKE
Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Wheel Mounting Nut 110 ± 10
Front Hub Bearing Locking Nut 260 ± 20
Coupling Plug Between Brake Master Cylinder and
Brake Pipe
18 ± 2 04
Coupling Plug Between Front Brake Pipe and Front
18 ± 2
Brake Hose
Coupling Plug Between Rear Brake Pipe and Rear
18 ± 2
Brake Hose
Brake Line Support Coupling Nut 25 ± 4
Fixing Nut Between Brake Pedal Support
25 ± 2.5
Mechanism Assembly and Brake Booster
Brake Pedal Fixing Nut 40 ± 3
Fixing Nut Between Brake Master Cylinder and
25 ± 4
Brake Booster
Front Brake Hose Joint Bolt 25 ± 3
Coupling Bolt between Front Brake Caliper and
74 - 91
Front Steering Knuckle
Front Brake Caliper Guide Bolt 22 - 23
Front Brake Caliper Bleeder Plug 10 ± 1.5
Rear Drum Brake Bleeder Plug 10 ± 1.5
Rear Brake Wheel Cylinder Fixing Bolt 8 - 12
Coupling Bolt Between Rear Brake Bottom Board
25 ± 3
and Rear Shaft Assembly

Front Disc Brake

Standard Thickness Minimum Thickness

Description Maximum Runout (mm)
(mm) (mm)
Front Brake Disc 12.3 10.3 0.05

Description Standard Thickness (mm) Minimum Thickness (mm)

Front Brake Lining 10 3

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–29

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

Rear Drum Brake

Description Standard Thickness (mm) Minimum Thickness (mm)

Rear Brake Shoe Lining 4 1.5

Description Standard Inner Diameter (mm) Maximum Inner Diameter (mm)

Rear Brake Drum 180 182.2

04–30 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

PARKING BRAKE
Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Wheel Mounting Nut 110 ± 10
Parking Brake Cable Bracket Fixing Bolt 10 ± 1.5
Parking Brake Lever Assembly Fixing Bolt 25 ± 3 04

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–31

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

STEERING COLUMN
Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Steering Wheel Fixing Nut 35 ± 3.5
Combination Switch Cover Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5

04 Combination Switch Base Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5

Steering Column Upper Bracket Fixing Nut 23 ± 2.5
Steering Column Lower Bracket Fixing Nut 23 ± 2.5
Fixing Bolt Between Intermediate Shaft and
30 ± 3
Universal Joint
Fixing Bolt Between Lower Universal Joint and
30 ± 3
Steering Gear Input Shaft

Data Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Steering Wheel Free Play (Rotation Angle) ≤ 15°
Steering Wheel Centering/Returnability (Rotation
> 70°
Angle)

04–32 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Coupling Bolt Between Lower Universal Joint and
30 ± 3
Steering Gear Input Shaft
Ball Pin Locking Nut 35 ± 3.5
Bolt Between Steering Gear and High Pressure Pipe
04
30 ± 3
Joint
Bolt Between Steering Gear and Fluid Return Pipe
30 ± 3
Joint
Steering Gear Bracket Fixing Bolt 60 ± 6
Fixing Nut Between High Pressure Pipe and Fluid
7 ± 1.5
Return Pipe Lower Bracket
High Pressure Pipe Upper Bracket Fixing Nut 7 ± 1.5
Fluid Return Pipe Upper Bracket Fixing Nut 7 ± 1.5
Tie Rod Adjustment Nut 55 ± 5.5
Hollow Bolt Between Steering Pump and High
40 ± 4
Pressure Pipe Joint
High Pressure Pipe I and High Pressure Pipe II Joint
30 ± 3
Bolt and Nut
Steering Pump Pulley Fixing Bolt 23 ± 2
Coupling Bolt Between Steering Pump and Steering
23 ± 2
Pump Bracket
Steering Pump Bracket Fixing Bolt 23 ± 2
Rear Mounting Locking Nut 100 ± 10

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–33

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

AIR CONDITIONING
Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Coupling Nut Between A/C Line Holder and Body 9 ± 1.5
Coupling Nut Between A/C Line and Expansion
9 ± 1.5
Valve
04 Coupling Bolt Between A/C Low Pressure Line and
25 ± 4
Compressor Assembly
Coupling Bolt Between A/C High Pressure Line and
25 ± 4
Compressor Assembly
A/C Low Pressure Line Jointed Panel Coupling Nut 9 ± 1.5
Coupling Bolt Between Condenser Assembly and
9 ± 1.5
Tank Crossmember
Coupling Nut Between Inlet Assembly and Body 3.5 ± 0.5
Coupling Nut Between HVAC Assembly and Body 3.5 ± 0.5
Coupling Screw Between HVAC Assembly and Body 3.5 ± 0.5
A/C Control Panel Assembly Fixing Screw 2.5 ± 0.5
Generator Upper Fixing Bolt 40 ± 5
Generator Bracket Fixing Bolt 20 ± 5
Generator Bracket Adjustment Bolt 20 ± 5
Compressor Assembly Mounting Bracket Fixing Bolt 20 - 25
Compressor Assembly Fixing Bolt 20 - 25
Fixing Nut Between A/C Line and Condenser
9 ± 1.5
Assembly
Blower Speed Resistor Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.2
Air Inlet Filter Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.2
Blower Housing Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.2
Heating Box Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.2
Evaporator Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.2

Refrigerant Charging Specification

Description Charging Capacity (g)

R134a Refrigerant 400 ± 10

04–34 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

Refrigerant Oil Charging Specifications

Description Charging Capacity (ml)

It is necessary to pour out 50 ml of refrigerant oil
Compressor Assembly Replacement
from the new compressor assembly
Condenser Replacement 40
Evaporator Replacement 30
A/C Line Replacement 10

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–35

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Driver Airbag Fixing Bolt 10 ± 1.5
Spiral Cable Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5

04 Front Passenger Airbag Fixing Bolt 12 ± 2

SRS Control Module Assembly Fixing Bolt 10 ± 1.5

04–36 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

SEAT BELT
Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Front Seat Belt Assembly Lower Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5
Front Seat Belt Assembly Retractor Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5
Front Seat Belt Assembly Upper Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5 04
Front Seat Belt Assembly Center Fixing Screw 3 ± 0.5
Front Seat Belt Buckle Assembly Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5
Rear Seat Belt Assembly Lower Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5
Rear Seat Belt Assembly Upper Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5
Rear Seat Belt Retractor Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5
Rear Seat Center Belt Assembly Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5
Rear Seat Double Buckle Belt Assembly Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–37

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

LIGHTING SYSTEM
Specifications
Bulb Specifications

Bulb Name Nominal Light Source (Model/Type)

Headlight H4 60/55W
Front Position Light W5W

04 Front Turn Signal Light HY21W

Brake Light P21/5W
Rear Fog Light P21W
License Plate Light C5W
High Mounted Stop Light LED
Rear Position Light P21/5W
Rear Turn Signal Light P21W
Back-up Light P21W
Side Turn Signal Light W5W
Daytime Running Light 17W

Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Front Combination Light Fixing Bolt 5±1
Rear Combination Light Fixing Nut 5±1
Rear Fog Light Fixing Screw 2±1
Dome Light Fixing Screw 2 ± 0.5
Back-up Light Fixing Screw 2±1
High Mounted Stop Light Fixing Screw 2±1
Fog Light Combination Switch Set Fixing Screw 2.5 ± 0.5

04–38 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

WIPER AND WASHER

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Front Wiper Motor Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Front Wiper Link Rod Fixing Nut 7 ± 1.5
Front Wiper Arm Assembly Fixing Nut 15 ± 2.5 04
Rear Wiper Arm Assembly Fixing Nut 10 ± 1.5
Rear Wiper Motor Assembly Fixing Bolt 7±1
Rear Wiper Motor Assembly Fixing Nut 7±1
Washer Fluid Reservoir Fixing Bolt 4.5 ± 1
Guide Pipe Assembly Fixing Bolt 4.5 ± 1
High Mounted Stop Light Fixing Screw 2±1

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–39

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

DOOR LOCK
Specifications
Torque Specifications

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM

Specification
Torque Specification

Description Torque (N·m)

Fixing Bolt Between Reversing Radar Control
7 ± 1.5
Module Assembly and Body

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–43

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

HORN
Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

High Pitched Horn Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
High Pitched Horn Bracket Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5

04 Horn Cover Fixing Bolt 10 ± 1.5

04–44 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS
Specifications
Description Torque (N·m)
Front Door Glass Front Guide Rail Fixing Screw 3.5 ± 0.5
Front Door Glass Front Guide Rail Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Front Door Glass Rear Guide Rail Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Rear Door Glass Front Guide Rail Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
04
Rear Door Glass Rear Guide Rail Fixing Screw 3.5 ± 0.5
Front Door Glass Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Rear Door Glass Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Front Door Power Glass Regulator Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Rear Door Power Glass Regulator Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Front Door Power Glass Regulator Motor Fixing
3.5 ± 0.5
Screw
Rear Door Power Glass Regulator Motor Fixing
3.5 ± 0.5
Screw
Front Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Rear Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Blower Speed Switch Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Fog Switch Set Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Air Spring Hinge Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Fixing Bolt Between Back Door Hinge and Rear
7 ± 1.5
Windshield Assembly
Back Door Outside Handle Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–45

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

REAR VIEW MIRROR

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Outside Rear View Mirror Fixing Nut 7 ± 1.5
Inside Rear View Mirror Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5

04 Inside Rear View Mirror Seat Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5

04–46 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

INSTRUMENT PANEL
Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Auxiliary Fascia Console Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Driver side Lower Protector Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Front Passenger Airbag Assembly Fixing Bolt 12 ± 2 04
Blower Switch Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Instrument Panel Assembly Fixing Bolt 5±1
Instrument Panel Assembly Fixing Screw 3.5 ± 0.5
CD Player Mounting Bracket Body Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
CD Player Tray Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
A/C Duct Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Instrument Panel Positioning Hole Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Defroster Duct Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Defroster Duct Upper Body Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Defroster Duct Upper Body Bracket Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Crossmember Ground Wire Fixing Nut 7 ± 1.5
Crossmember Ground Wire Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Steering Column Upper Bracket Fixing Nut 25 ± 2.5
Steering Column Upper Bracket Fixing Bolt 30 ± 3
Instrument Panel Crossmember Upper Fixing Bolt 25 ± 3
Instrument Panel Crossmember Lower Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Instrument Panel Crossmember Lower Bracket
7 ± 1.5
Fixing Bolt
Body Controller Fixing Nut 7 ± 1.5
Single Disc CD Player Fixing Bolt 5±1
Instrument Panel Fuse and Relay Box Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 04–47

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

SEAT
Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Front Seat Rear Fixing Bolt 25 ± 3
Front Seat Front Fixing Bolt 25 ± 3

04 Front Seat Belt Buckle Bolt 50 ± 5

Rear Seat Fixing Bolt 25 ± 3
Rear Seatback Lock Fixing Bolt 25 ± 3
Rear Seatback Upper Lock Hook 25 ± 2

04–48 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

ENGINE HOOD/DOOR
Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Hood Support Rod Assembly Fixing Screw 2 ± 0.5
Hood Upper Lock Body Assembly Fixing Screw 7 ± 1.5
Hood Lower Lock Body Assembly Fixing Screw 7 ± 1.5 04
Fixing Nut Between Hood and Hood Hinge 20 ± 2
Fixing Bolt Between Hood and Hood Hinge 25 ± 2
Front Door Inside Handle Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Front Door Protector Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Front Door Inside Armrest Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Front Speaker Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Front Door Protector Bracket Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Front Door Upper Hinge Fixing Bolt (Door Side) 32 ± 3
Front Door Lower Hinge Fixing Bolt (Door Side) 32 ± 3
Front Door Upper Hinge Fixing Bolt (Body Side) 32 ± 3
Front Door Lower Hinge Fixing Bolt (Body Side) 32 ± 3
Front Door Lock Striker Fixing Screw 20 ± 2
Front Power Door Lock Assembly Fixing Screw 7 ± 1.5
Front Power Door Lock Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Rear Door Lock Striker Fixing Screw 20 ± 2
Front Door Contact Switch Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Rear Door Contact Switch Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Fixing Screw Between Back Door Lock Striker and
7 ± 1.5
Rear Wiper Motor Assembly
Back Door Outside Handle Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Rear Speaker Cover Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Back Door Hinge Assembly Fixing Nut 15 ± 2.5
Spring Hinge Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Air Spring Ball Pin 20 ± 3
Rear Door Upper Hinge Fixing Bolt (Door Side) 32 ± 3
Rear Door Lower Hinge Fixing Bolt (Door Side) 32 ± 3
Rear Door Upper Hinge Fixing Bolt (Body Side) 32 ± 3
Rear Door Lower Hinge Fixing Bolt (Body Side) 32 ± 3
Rear Power Door Lock Assembly Fixing Screw 7 ± 1.5
Rear Door Outside Handle Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5

C-pillar Lower Protector Assembly Fixing Screw 5 ± 0.5
Rear Doorsill Pressure Plate Assembly Fixing screw 5 ± 0.5
Interior Front Dome Light Fixing Screw 2 ± 0.5
Sun Visor Holder A Assembly Fixing Screw 7±2
Sun Visor Holder B Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Passenger Grip Assembly Fixing Screw 7±2
Instrument Panel Assembly Fixing Screw 3.5 ± 0.5
Rear Speaker Cover Fixing Screw 5 ± 0.5
Rear Speaker Cover Bracket Fixing Screw 5 ± 0.5

04–52 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE ITEMS 05-3 INSPECTION ITEMS 05-7
Maintenance Schedule Table 05-3 Outboard Inspection 05-7
Inboard Inspection 05-7
REPLACEMENT INSTRUCTION 05-5
Engine Inspection 05-7
ADJUSTMENT ITEM 05-6 Brake System Inspection 05-8
Power Steering System
Inspection 05-8
Chassis Inspection 05-9

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 05–1

05–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

05 - MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE ITEMS
MAINTENANCE

Maintenance Schedule Table

The maintenance schedule table lists the vehicle maintenance items required to be performed. Please take
your vehicle to a Chery authorized service station for maintenance service according to the mileage specified
in the maintenance schedule table.
Maintenance Schedule Table (Note: I = Inspect, adjust and replace as necessary; R = Replace; C = Clean;
L = Lubricate)

1. Check the brake fluid level.

CAUTION
05
• Generally, the brake fluid level will change slightly because of the wear of the brake lining, but it must be
kept between the "MIN" and "MAX" lines.

a. Park the vehicle on a level ground.

b. Make sure that there is no air in the brake system, and the feel when depressing the brake pedal is
well. Perform brake bleeding procedures if necessary (See page 25-11).
c. Check if the brake fluid level is between the
"MAX" and "MIN" lines.
d. If the brake fluid level drops to the "MIN" line or
lower, add brake fluid and check the brake
system for leakage.

RS15250060

HINT:
• When the brake fluid level drops close to the "MIN" line, the wear of the brake lining may approach
to its limit.
• After the brake lining is replaced, the brake fluid level should be at the upper limit between the
"MAX" and "MIN" lines.
2. Check the brake pedal (See page 25-23).
3. Check the wheel and tire (spare tire included) (See page 25-10).
4. Check the front disc brake assembly (See page 25-29).
5. Check the rear drum brake assembly (See page 25-43).

Power Steering System Inspection

1. Check the steering wheel free play (See page 27-7).
2. Check the steering wheel centering/returnability (See page 27-7).
3. Check the power steering fluid level.
a. Park the vehicle on a level ground.
b. Start the engine. With the engine running, turn the steering wheel left or right to the maximum stroke
and repeat the operation several times.

05–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

05 - MAINTENANCE

c. Check if the fluid in the steering fluid reservoir is foamed or emulsified. Perform bleeding procedures if
necessary.
d. If the fluid is normal, check if the steering fluid
level is between the "MIN" and "MAX" lines.
e. If the fluid level is above the "MAX" line, drain
the excessive steering fluid. If the fluid level is
below the "MIN" line, add steering fluid to proper
level, and check the power steering system for
leakage.

RS15280220

05
4. Check the tie rod ball pin (See page 28-11).
5. Check the tie rod and tie rod boot (See page 28-13).
6. Check the power steering system for leakage.

CAUTION

• Generally, the leakage of the power steering system commonly occurs on the high pressure line.

a. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition witch, and remove the key.
b. Support and raise the vehicle.
c. Check the power steering system.
If power steering fluid is found on the steering system lines or other components, check the steering
system for leakage. Replace the related parts if necessary.
Components to be checked mainly include:
• Steering pump
• Steering fluid reservoir
• Steering gear
• Steering gear high pressure line
• Steering gear return line
• Steering gear suction line

Chassis Inspection
1. Check the front axle hub.
2. Check the control arm and control arm ball pin (See page 21-16).
3. Check the rear axle hub (See page 21-17).
4. Check the stabilizer bar assembly and stabilizer bar assembly rubber support and bush (See page 22-19).
5. Check the rear coil spring assembly (See page 22-25).
6. Check the rear shaft support rod assembly (See page 22-27).
7. Check the rear trailing arm assembly (See page 22-29).

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 05–9

- MEMO -

05–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION 06-3 P0202 06-77
Description 06-3 P0203 06-77
System Function 06-4 P0230 06-84
Precautions 06-5 P0628 06-84
Specifications 06-6 P0629 06-84
Tools 06-6 P0300 06-89
ECM Pin Definition 06-8 P0301 06-89
Circuit Diagram 06-10 P0302 06-89
P0303 06-89
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 06-18
P0324 06-97 06
Diagnostic Help 06-18
P0325 06-97
Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting 06-18
P0335 06-102
Ground Inspection 06-18
P0336 06-102
Idle Actuator Self-learning 06-19
P0340 06-107
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
P0341 06-107
Chart 06-19
P0443 06-113
ECM Power Supply Circuit &
Ground Circuit Test 06-22 P0458 06-113
P0106 06-30 P0459 06-113
P0107 06-30 P0560 06-120
P0108 06-30 P0562 06-120
P0112 06-36 P0563 06-120
P0113 06-36 P0601 06-126
P0116 06-42 P0645 06-127
P0117 06-42 P0646 06-127
P0118 06-42 P0647 06-127
P0122 06-47 P2177 06-131
P0123 06-47 P2178 06-131
P0131 06-53 P2187 06-131
P0132 06-53 P2188 06-131
P0133 06-53 P0351 06-137
P0134 06-53 P0352 06-137
P0031 06-59 P0353 06-137
P0032 06-59 P0685 06-143
P0135 06-59 P0686 06-143
P0136 06-64 P0687 06-143
P0137 06-64 P0532 06-147
P0138 06-64 P0533 06-147
P0140 06-64 P0506 06-152
P2270 06-64 P0507 06-152
P2271 06-64 P0480 06-158
P0037 06-70 P0481 06-158
P0038 06-70 P0691 06-158
P0141 06-70 P0692 06-158
P0201 06-77 P0693 06-158
P0694 06-158

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–1

P0501 06-165 Operation 06-217
P0502 06-165 Removal 06-217
P0420 06-170 Installation 06-217
P0650 06-173 Intake Pressure/Temperature
Engine Problem Symptom Sensor 06-218
Diagnosis 06-176 Description 06-218
Operation 06-218
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 06-210
Removal 06-218
Coolant Temperature Sensor 06-210
Installation 06-218
Description 06-210
Ignition Coil 06-219
Operation 06-210
Description 06-219
Removal 06-210
Operation 06-219
Installation 06-211
Removal 06-219
Knock Sensor 06-212
Installation 06-219
Description 06-212
06 Operation 06-212
Electric Fuel Pump 06-220
Description 06-220
Removal 06-212
Operation 06-220
Installation 06-212
Removal 06-220
Oxygen Sensor 06-213
Installation 06-220
Description 06-213
Fuel Injector 06-221
Operation 06-213
Description 06-221
Upstream Oxygen Sensor 06-213
Operation 06-221
Downstream Oxygen Sensor 06-213
Removal 06-221
Removal & Installation -
Installation 06-221
Upstream Oxygen Sensor 06-213
Throttle Assembly 06-222
Removal & Installation -
Downstream Oxygen Sensor 06-214 Description 06-222
Camshaft Position Sensor 06-215 Operation 06-222
Description 06-215 Removal 06-222
Operation 06-215 Installation 06-222
Removal 06-215 Canister Solenoid Valve 06-223
Installation 06-215 Description 06-223
Engine Speed Sensor 06-216 Operation 06-223
Description 06-216 Removal 06-223
Operation 06-216 Installation 06-223
Removal 06-216 Engine Control Module (ECM) 06-224
Installation 06-216 Description 06-224
Vehicle Speed Sensor 06-217 Operation 06-224
Description 06-217 Removal 06-224
Installation 06-224

06–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Description
The 1.0 L engine on S15 model uses Chery engine management system. This system mainly consists of
three parts: Engine Control Module (ECM), sensor and actuator, which controls the intake air amount,
injection volume, ignition timing, etc. when the engine is operating.
In the engine management system, the sensors are used as the input part to measure the various physical
signals (temperature, pressure, etc.), and converts them into corresponding electrical signals; the function of
ECM is to receive the input signals from the sensors and perform calculation according to the set procedure,
producing the corresponding control signals and outputting them to the power drive circuit. The power drive
circuit drives each actuator to perform various actions, thus making the engine run according to the preset
program.
Also, the trouble diagnosis system of ECM monitors each component and control function in the system.
Once detecting and confirming a fault, it will store the trouble code and recall the "Limp Home" function. When
detecting that the fault has been eliminated, it will return to use the normal value. 06
Basic Components of Engine Management System

4
13

2 11
7

8 9 7
3

6
5

RS15060888

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–3

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

1 - Engine Control Module (ECM) 2 - Intake Pressure/Temperature Sensor

3 - Throttle Position Sensor 4 - Camshaft Position Sensor
5 - Coolant Temperature Sensor 6 - Crankshaft Position Sensor
7 - Oxygen Sensor 8 - Idle Actuator
9 - Knock Sensor 10 - Ignition Coil
11 - Fuel Injector 12 - Electric Fuel Pump
13 - Canister Solenoid Valve

System Function
• Calculate the air flow by engine aerothermodynamics
ECM calculates the air flow entering the cylinder by the signals from intake pressure/temperature sensor,
06 and then adjusts the injection volume to make the air-fuel ratio meet the requirements of various operating
conditions.
• Measure the crankshaft position and the engine speed
ECM determines the crankshaft position and engine speed according to the signals from ring gear and
accurately controls the engine ignition and the injection timing.
• Determine the operating sequence of cylinders
ECM recognizes the top dead center of No.1 cylinder by the camshaft position sensor, so as to determine
the operating sequence of cylinders.
• Fuel control
There are two modes of fuel control: closed-loop fuel control and open-loop fuel control. The closed-loop
fuel control can accurately regulate the air-fuel ratio of engine, thus effectively controlling emissions. The
open-loop fuel control is applied when the engine is starting or warming up and the oxygen sensor is
malfunctioning.
• Ignition control
The ignition control system of the engine adopts sequential control.
• Knock control
When a knocking is detected by the knock sensor, the system will calculate the ignition advance angle that
needs to be delayed or advanced according to the current operating conditions and knock intensity and
adjusts the ignition angle, thus avoiding or reducing knocking.
• Emission control
The three-way catalytic converter can convert the engine exhaust gas into harmless gas and discharge it
into the atmosphere. When the engine temperature becomes normal after warming up, ECM will activate
the closed-loop fuel control to correct the air-fuel ratio, thus realizing the optimum conversion efficiency of
the three-way catalytic converter.
• Three-way catalytic converter protection
The engine management system has the function to protect the three-way catalytic converter. The ECM
estimates the three-way catalytic converter temperature according to the engine operating conditions.
When it is estimated that the exhaust temperature will exceed the converter's maximum permissible
temperature for a long time, ECM will automatically activate the protection function of the three-way
catalytic converter to keep the temperature normal.
• System voltage protection
When the system voltage becomes extremely high due to the charging system malfunction, the engine
management system will activate the protection program to limit the engine speed, thus avoiding damage
ECM and battery.

06–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Precautions
General service requirements
• Only digital multimeter can be used to perform inspection for the engine management system.
• Use genuine components to perform service work, otherwise, the appropriate engine management system
operation cannot be guaranteed.
• Only use unleaded gasoline during servicing.
• Please observe the normative service and diagnostic flowchart to perform service work.
• Never disassemble the components of the engine management system during servicing.
• When holding the electronic elements (ECM, sensor, etc.) during servicing, take extra care not to drop
them on the ground.
• Set up the consciousness of environmental protection and dispose of the waste effectively that is produced
during servicing.

Precautions during servicing 06

1. Do not causally remove any component or its connector of the engine management system from its
installation position to prevent damage accidentally, or the foreign matter, such as moisture, oil from
entering the connector, which will affect the normal operation of engine management system.
2. Be sure to turn the ignition switch off when disconnecting and connecting the connector, otherwise, the
electronic elements may be damaged.
3. When simulating the hot operating condition of malfunction and performing other service work that may
cause the temperature to rise, never allow ECM temperature to exceed 80°C.
4. As the supplying pressure of fuel system is high (approximately 400 kPa), all the fuel pipes are high
pressure resistant pipe. The fuel pressure in the fuel lines is still high even when the engine is not running.
Therefore, be careful not to casually remove the fuel pipe during servicing; when it is necessary to service
the fuel system, discharge the pressure in the fuel system before removing the fuel pipe. The way to
discharge the pressure is as follows:
Remove the fuel pump relay, start the engine and idle it until the engine stops running by itself. Then
attempt to start the engine 2 - 3 times to ensure the fuel pressure is discharged completely. The removal of
fuel pipe and the replacement of fuel filter should be performed in a well-ventilated area by the professional
service man.
5. Do not energize the electric fuel pump when removing it from the fuel tank to prevent electric sparks, which
will cause a fire.
6. Running test for the fuel pump is prohibited when it is empty or in the water; otherwise, it will shorten the
service life; never connect the positive and negative of the fuel pump in reverse.
7. When checking the ignition system, only perform the spark jump test when it is necessary and the time
should be shortened as much as possible. Do not open the throttle during test; otherwise, a large amount
of unburned gasoline will enter the exhaust pipe, causing damage to the three-way catalytic converter.
8. As the idling adjustment is performed by the engine management system completely, the manual
adjustment is not required. The accelerator pedal stopper screw of the throttle body has been adjusted at
the factory, and the user is not allowed to change its original position.
9. Do not connect the battery with its polarity reversed to prevent damage to the electronic elements. This
system adopts negative ground.
10.Never remove the battery cable when the engine is running.
11. The positive, negative battery cables and ECM must be removed before performing welding on the
vehicle.
12.Do not puncture the wire outer coat to detect the electric signals input and output by the components.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–5

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Coolant Temperature Sensor 9.5 ± 1.5
Knock Sensor Mounting Bolt 20 ± 5
Oxygen Sensor 45 ± 5
Crankshaft Position Sensor Mounting Bolt 7±1
Camshaft Position Sensor Mounting Bolt 8±1
Vehicle Speed Sensor Mounting Bolt 7±1
Intake Pressure/Temperature Sensor Mounting Bolt 8±1
06 Engine Control Module Mounting Bolt 7±1

Tools
Special Tool

༛⨲≑䔺
X-431 3G Diagnostic Tester

RS15350021

General Tools

Fuel Injector Cleaning Analyzer

RS15060002

Ignition Timing Light

RS15060003

06–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

6
4

60 80
100
40

8
2
120
20
140
0
10

0
Vacuum Gauge
06
RS15060004

Cylinder Pressure Gauge

RS15071007

Fuel Pressure Gauge

RS15080030

Oscilloscope
YES ENTER

ESC
NO

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 0

RS15060001

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–7

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

ECM Pin Definition

Pin No. Definition Pin No. Definition
1 Ignition Coil 2 (Output) 42 Idle Control B Low (Output)
2 GND 43 -
3 GND 44 Main Relay (Output)
4 Ignition Coil 1 (Output) 45 -
5 - 46 -
6 Fuel Injector 1 (Output) 47 Upstream Oxygen Sensor (Input)
7 Fuel Injector 2 (Output) 48 Downstream Oxygen Sensor (Input)
8 - 49 Coolant Temperature (Input)
06 9 Fuel Pump Relay (Output) 50 -
10 A/C Compressor Relay (Output) 51 Vehicle Speed (Input)
Coolant Temperature/Evaporator
11 Engine Speed Sensor Low (Input) 52
Temperature Ground
12 - 53 -
13 - 54 Intake Pressure Signal (Input)
14 - 55 Headlight Switch Signal (Input)
15 Coolant Temperature (Output) 56 -
16 - 57 -
17 Fan High Speed Control (Output) 58 Oxygen Sensor Ground
18 Engine Speed (Output) 59 -
19 Malfunction Warning Light (Output) 60 Power Steering Pressure Switch (Input)
20 Idle Control A High (Output) 61 Fuel Consumption (Output)
21 Idle Control A Low (Output) 62 Ignition Coil 3 (Output)
22 - 63 -
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater
23 64 Canister Solenoid Valve (Output)
(Output)
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater
24 65 Fan Low Speed Control (Output)
(Output)
25 Fuel Injector 3 (Output) 66 5 V Voltage
26 - 67 Battery Power Supply (Input)
27 Throttle Position Sensor 68 Ignition Switch (Input)
28 A/C Evaporator Temperature (Input) 69 -
29 - 70 5 V Power Supply
30 Engine Speed Sensor High (Input) 71 Intake Temperature Sensor High (Input)
31 - 72 -
32 - 73 Knock Sensor Ground
Camshaft Position/Throttle Position
33 - 74
Sensor Ground

06–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Pin No. Definition Pin No. Definition

34 - 75 Diagnostic Communication Interface
35 - 76 Intake Temperature Sensor Ground
36 - 77 Camshaft Position Sensor (Input)
37 Knock Sensor (Input) 78 -
38 CAN Communication Low 79 A/C Pressure Switch High (Input)
39 CAN Communication High 80 -
40 - 81 -
41 Idle Control B High (Output)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–9

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram
Circuit Diagram (Page 1 of 8)

BATTERY

B+
ENGINE
A COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
F04 SB5 RELAY BOX
30A 40A E-014
E-049
B E-050

3 2 COOLING 3 2 30 85 COOLING

06
FAN FAN
(LOW F13 F14 MAIN (HIGH
SPEED) 15A 5A RELAY SPEED)
5 1 RELAY 5 1 87 86 RELAY

F10 E1 E9 E11 E10 F12 E18

RW
RL

RL
C

WR
GR

1
GL
LB

COOLING
L

FAN MOTOR
E-033

M
2 65 44 17
B

ECM
E-055
E-063

1
3 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
E-055 E-033
3 B B
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
B

E-014

F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 E-049 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050
F10 F11 F12 F13 E13 E14 E15 E16
F7 F8 F9 F14 F15 F16 W E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 W

ES15060010

06–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram (Page 2 of 8)

A
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
F07 F05 F23 FUSE AND
RELAY BOX
10A 15A 10A
E-043
B E-050

3 2 3 2
A/C FUEL
COMPRESSOR PUMP
RELAY RELAY
5 1 5 1

E8 E20 H8 E2 E5

C C
06
GR

INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
I-027
O

E-062 21
3
O
E-023
E-044 I-035
GR

15
B-036 4 B-001
O

1 3 1
A/C FUEL LEVEL
COMPRESSOR SENSOR AND
E-030 FUEL PUMP
B-013
4 2
WR
WL

B-009 B-008
10 9 67

ECM
E-055

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
16 21 26 31 36 41
3 7 11
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 15 20 25 30 35 40
5 4 2 6 10
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 14 19 24 29 34 39
1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 E-055
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 B E-062
B

1 2
1 2 3 4 B-013
B 3 4 5 6

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050 E-044
E13 E14 E15 E16
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 W W
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

H1 H2 H3 E-043
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 W
I-027 B-001
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
L E-030 B
1
W ES15060020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–11

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram (Page 3 of 8)

E-062
6
E-023
RL

RL
C
RW

RL
4 4
06 UPSTREAM
OXYGEN
DOWNSTREAM
OXYGEN
2 SENSOR SENSOR
CANISTER
E-009 E-006
SOLENOID 2 1 3 2 1 3
VALVE
E-022
WG

WG
1
WG
WR

YW
YG

YB
LY

E-023
22 15 33 28 12 23 E-062
WG
WR

YW
YG

YB
LY

64 47 24 58 48 23

ECM
E-055

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
16 21 26 31 36 41
3 7 11
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 15 20 25 30 35 40
5 4 2 6 10
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 14 19 24 29 34 39
1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
E-062
B

E-055
B
1 2 3 4
E-006 E-009
E-022
1 2 B B
B
ES15060030

06–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram (Page 4 of 8)

C
IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION
COIL 1 COIL 2 COIL 3
4 E-017 E-021 E-020 E-019
E-018

B
1 1 1

B
RW

2 3 2 3 2 3
RW

YR
R

P
L
1 1 1

INJECTOR 1
E-026
INJECTOR 2
E-025
INJECTOR 3
E-024 06
2 2 2
YG

B
E-018
1 2 3 6 7 8 9
E-017

YW
GB
BR

BY
BL

Y
E-023
13 18 16 2 32 7 9 E-062
B

YW
GB
BR

BY
BL

Y
E-054
6 7 25 4 1 62

ECM
E-055

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4 16 21 26 31 36 41
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 3 7 11
15 20 25 30 35 40
2 6 10
3 14 19 24 29 34 39
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

E-062
B

E-055
B
1 2 3

4 5 6
E-017
E-019 E-020 E-021 E-024 E-025 E-026
1 2 3 1 2 B
Gr Gr Gr B B B 7 8 9

ES15060040

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–13

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram (Page 5 of 8)

IGNITION SWITCH
ON OR START

A11
INSTRUMENT PANEL
EF03 FUSE AND RELAY BOX
20A I-001
E-048
C3

D4 ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
F16 F18 RELAY BOX
10A 10A E-041
E-050
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
06
E12 E15 E14
RW

I-027
RB

27 20 7 23 31 10
RW

BrW

E-062 HEADLIGHT
8
E-023 SWITCH
I-014 5 I-029
E-057
RW

1 3

OBr

BrY
OG

OB
VEHICLE Br
V

2 OW OW
SPEED 25
SENSOR E-023 E-062
E-008
3 I-014 14 1 4 11 2 9
B

E-057
E-023
34
E-062
OBr

BrY
OG

OB
B

Br
V

68 E-058 19 51 15 61 18 55
ECM
E-055

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
16 21 26 31 36 41
3 7 11
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 15 20 25 30 35 40
5 4 2 6 10
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 14 19 24 29 34 39
1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
E-062
B
D1 D2
D3 D4
E-008
1 2 3 E-041
E-055 B
W
B

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050 C1 C2 C3 E-048
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 E13 E14 E15 E16 B
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 W
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

2 1
I-027
I-029
L A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 I-001 6 5 4 3
A13 A12 A11 A10 W
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 W
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 E-057
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 W ES15060050

06–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram (Page 6 of 8)

KNOCK STEP S ENGINE

SENSOR MOTOR SPEED DIAGNOSTIC
E-003 E-011 SENSOR CONNECTOR
N
E-007 I-038

1 2 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 7 14 6
BrW
GW

GY
LR

Gr
W

06
G

B
L

L
E-023 15 26 25 I-014
35 40 39 38 14 19 24 21 34
E-062 E-057
BrW
GW

GY
LR

Gr
W
G

B
L

L
E-058

37 73 41 42 21 20 11 30 75 38 39

ECM
E-055

E-007
1 2 3 B
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 E-055
B
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

1 2 4 3 2 1

E-003 E-011
B B
42 37 32 27 22 17 12 8 4
41 36 31 26 21 16 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
11 7 3 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
E-023 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
40 35 30 25 20 15 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
10 6 2 B
39 34 29 24 19 14
38 33 28 23 18 13 9 5 1
I-038 I-014
W ES15060060
W

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–15

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram (Page 7 of 8)

ECM
E-055

66 71 54 76 52 49 28 79

BBr
LW

RB
G
L

06 E-062
41 42 30 10 29 20 E-057
E-023 10 20
I-014

WB
GW

BBr
LW

RB
G
L

3 2 4 1 1 2 2 1 1
A/C
PRESSURE
SWITCH
E-059
ENGINE COOLANT A/C EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE 2
INTAKE PRESSURE/ SENSOR SENSOR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR E-005 I-018 TO A/C
E-016 SWITCH

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

E-005 E-016 I-018

2 1 B 1 2 3 4 2 1 E-057 E-059
B W
W W
ES15060070

06–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram (Page 8 of 8)

ECM
E-055

74 77 70 27 60 2 3
BW

BBr
GR
RY

YR
Y

B
36 37 17 26 27 E-062 06
E-023

E-054
BW

BW
GR
RY

YR
Y

1 2 3 1 3 2 1
POWER STEERING
PUMP SWITCH
E-027

CAMSHAFT THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

POSITION E-015
SENSOR
E-004

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 16 21 26 31 36 41
4 3 7 11
5 15 20 25 30 35 40
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
2 6 10
14 19 24 29 34 39
3 1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

E-062
B

E-055
B E-004
1 E-015 E-027 1 2 3
3 1 B
2 B G

ES15060080

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–17

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Diagnostic Help
1. Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC), and make it
communicate with the vehicle electronic module by the data network.
2. Confirm that the malfunction is current, and carry out the diagnostic test and repair procedures.
3. If the DTC cannot be deleted, the malfunction is current.
4. Only use a digital multimeter to measure the voltage of the electronic system.
5. Refer to any Technical Bulletin that may apply to the malfunction.
6. Visually check the related wire harness.
7. Check and clean all the Engine Control Module (ECM) grounds related to the current DTC.
8. If multiple trouble codes were set, use the circuit diagrams and look for any common ground circuit or
power supply circuit applied to the DTC.
06
Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting
If the malfunction is intermittent, perform the following:
• Check if the connectors are loose.
• Check if the wire harnesses are worn, pierced, pinched or partially broken.
• Monitor the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) data that is related to this circuit.
• Wiggle the related wire harness and connector and observe if the signal is interrupt in the related circuit.
• If possible, try to duplicate the conditions under which the DTC was set.
• Look for the data that has changed or the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
• Look for broken, bent, protruded or corroded terminals.
• Inspect the sensor and mounting areas for damage, foreign matter, etc. that will cause incorrect signals.
• A data recorder and/or oscilloscope can be helpful in diagnosing the intermittent malfunction.
• Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) from the malfunctioning vehicle and install it to a new vehicle
and perform a test. If the DTC cannot be cleared, ECM is malfunctioning. If the DTC can be cleared,
reinstall the ECM to the original vehicle.

Ground Inspection
Ground points are very important to the proper operation of the electrical equipment and circuits. Ground
points are often exposed to moisture, dirt and corrosive elements. Corrosion (rust) may form additional
resistance. This additional resistance will change the way in which a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can affect
the electronically controlled circuit. Perform the following operations when checking the ground points:
1. Remove the ground bolt or screw.
2. Check all the contact surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
3. Clean as necessary to ensure that the contacting is in a good condition.
4. Reinstall the bolt or screw securely.
5. Check for the accessories which may interfere with the ground circuit.
6. If several wires are crimped into one ground terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure that all the wire
harnesses are clean, securely fastened and good contacted without crimping any excessive insulation
coat.

06–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Idle Actuator Self-learning

Perform the idle actuator self-learning in the following conditions:
• Remove the battery and disconnect the negative battery cable
• Replace ECM
• Disconnect and reconnect ECM
• Replace or clean the idle actuator
Idle actuator self-learning conditions:
• Battery voltage is normal
• Turn the ignition switch to II (on)
• The engine stops
• No problem in the engine
Idle actuator self-learning procedures:
Turn the ignition switch to II (ON), wait for 5 seconds, and then start the engine. If the engine idles poorly at
this time, repeat the above procedures. 06

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Chart

DTC Code DTC Definition
P0031 Front O2 Sensor Heater Short to Low
P0032 Front O2 Sensor Heater Short to High
P0037 Rear O2 Sensor Heater Short to Low
P0038 Rear O2 Sensor Heater Short to High
P0106 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Signal Not Plausible
P0107 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit Low or Open
P0108 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit High
P0112 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Low
P0113 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit High or Open
P0116 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Signal Not Plausible
P0117 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Low or Open
P0118 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit High
P0122 Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short to Low or Open
P0123 Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short to High
P0131 Front O2 Sensor Short to Low
P0132 Front O2 Sensor Short to High
Front O2 Sensor Slow Response (Cycle Time over Up-limit)/
P0133 Front O2 Sensor Integrator Max Value Aging/
Front O2 Sensor Integrator Min Value Aging
P0134 Front O2 Sensor Open
P0135 Front O2 Sensor Heater Fault
P0136 Rear O2 Sensor Signal Not Plausible (Dynamic Test Aging)
P0137 Rear O2 Sensor Short to Low
P0138 Rear O2 Sensor Short to High

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–19

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Code DTC Definition

P0140 Rear O2 Sensor Open
P0141 Rear O2 Sensor Heater Fault
P0201 Injector Circuit Fault - Cylinder 1
P0202 Injector Circuit Fault - Cylinder 2
P0203 Injector Circuit Fault - Cylinder 3
P0230 Fuel Pump Relay Fault
P0300 Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected
P0301 Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected
P0302 Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected
P0303 Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected
06
P0324 Knock Control System Error
P0325 Knock Sensor Fault
P0336 Crankshaft Position Sensor Noisy Signal
P0335 Crankshaft Position Sensor No Signal
P0341 Camshaft Position Sensor Signal Not Plausible
P0340 Camshaft Position Sensor No Signal
P0351 Ignition Coil Circuit Fault - Cylinder 1
P0352 Ignition Coil Circuit Fault - Cylinder 2
P0353 Ignition Coil Circuit Fault - Cylinder 3
P0420 Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold
P0443 Charcoal Canister Purge Control Valve Circuit Output Fault
P0458 Charcoal Canister Purge Control Valve Circuit Short to Low
P0459 Charcoal Canister Purge Control Valve Circuit Short to High
P0480 Fan 1 Control Circuit Fault
P0481 Fan 2 Control Circuit Fault
P0501 Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal Not Plausible
P0502 Vehicle Speed Sensor No Signal
P0506 Idle RMP Too Low
P0507 Idle RMP Too High
P0560 System Voltage Not Plausible
P0562 System Voltage Low
P0563 System Voltage High
P0601 ROM Check Sum Error
P0628 Fuel Pump Control Circuit Short to Low
P0629 Fuel Pump Control Circuit Short to High
P0650 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Fault
P0685 Main Relay Control Circuit Fault

06–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Code DTC Definition

P0686 Main Relay Control Circuit Short to Low
P0687 Main Relay Control Circuit Short to High
P0691 Fan 1 Control Circuit Short to Low
P0692 Fan 1 Control Circuit Short to High
P0693 Fan 2 Control Circuit Short to Low
P0694 Fan 2 Control Circuit Short to High
P1336 58X Tooth Error Not Learned
P0645 A/C Clutch Control Circuit Output Fault
P0646 A/C Clutch Control Circuit Short to Low
P0647 A/C Clutch Control Circuit Short to High
06
P0532 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit Low or Open
P0533 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit High
P2177 Fuel Trim Too Lean Off Idle
P2178 Fuel Trim Too Rich Off Idle
P2187 Fuel Trim Too Lean at Idle
P2188 Fuel Trim Too Rich at Idle
P2270 O2 Sensor Voltage Stuck Low
P2271 O2 Sensor Voltage Stuck High

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–21

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

ECM Power Supply Circuit & Ground Circuit Test

Power Supply Circuit

IGNITION SWITCH
ON OR START

BATTERY
A11
INSTRUMENT PANEL
EF03 FUSE AND RELAY BOX
I-001
20A
E-048
C3

D4 B+

06 ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
F16 F23 FUSE AND
3 2 RELAY BOX
10A 10A
E-014
MAIN
E-041
RELAY
E-050
5 1

E12 E10 E5
RW

68 44 67

ECM
E-055

D1 D2
D3 D4

E-041
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 W
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
E-055
3 B C1 C2 C3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1 E-048
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
B

E-014

A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 I-001 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050

A13 A12 A11 A10 E13 E14 E15 E16
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 W W
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20

ES15061000

06–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Ground Circuit

ECM
E-055

2 3

BBr
B

E-054

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

E-055
B

ES15061010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–23

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON), start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
• Using the tester, select Read Datastream.
• If the datastream is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the datastream is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM power supply circuit

06 a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
c. Measure the voltage between the terminal of ECM
connector E-055 and the body ground. V
+ -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
E-055 (67) - 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
Always 11 to 14 V 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
3
Body ground 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

E-055

RS15061010

OK Go to step 4

2 Check ECM fuse

a. Remove the ECM fuse F23 (10 A) from the engine compartment fuse and relay box.
b. Measure the resistance of the fuse F23.
Standard Resistance:
Below 1 Ω

NG Replace ECM fuse

06–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

3 Check wire harness and connector (ECM - engine compartment fuse and relay box)

a. Disconnect the engine compartment fuse and relay

box connector E-050.
b. Check the wire harness between the terminals of
the wire harness side connector.
Check for open + -

Specified
Multimeter Connection
Condition 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
5 4
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
E-055 (67) - E-050 (E5) Continuity 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

Check for short

06
E-055
Specified
Multimeter Connection
Condition
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8
E13 E14 E15 E16
E-055 (67) or E-050 (E5) - Body E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20
No voltage
ground E-050 RS15061011

E-055 (67) or E-050 (E5) - Battery

No voltage
positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector

Repair or replace engine compartment fuse and relay box or wire harness (engine compartment fuse
and relay box - battery)

4 Check main relay circuit voltage

a. Remove the main relay from the engine

compartment fuse and relay box.
b. Measure the voltage between the terminals of main
relay and the body ground.
V
+ -
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
Main relay
terminals 2 and 2
5
1

3 (engine
3

compartment Always 11 to 14 V
fuse and relay
box side) - Body
ground

RS15061012

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–25

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (main relay - battery)

5 Check main relay

a. Check for continuity between the main relay

terminals.
+ -
Multimeter
Specified Condition 3 2
Connection
3-5 No continuity
Continuity
06 3-5 (When battery voltage is applied to 5 1
terminals 1 and 2)

1
5
3

2
RS15061013

NG Replace main relay

6 Check wire harness and connector (ECM - engine compartment fuse and relay box)

a. Disconnect the fuse and relay box connector E-050.

b. Check the wire harness between the connector
terminals.
Check for open
+ -

Specified
Multimeter Connection
Condition
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
E-055 (44) - E-050 (E10) Continuity 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

Check for short

Specified E-055
Multimeter Connection
Condition
E-055 (44) or E-050 (E10) - E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8
No voltage E13 E14 E15 E16
Body ground E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20

E-055 (44) or E-050 (E10) - E-050 RS15061014

No voltage
Battery positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector

06–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

7 Check ECM power supply circuit (ignition switch voltage)

a. Connect the fuse and relay box connector E-050.

b. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
c. Measure the voltage between ECM connector
terminals. V
+ -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-055 (68) - E-
Ignition switch II
055 (2) or E-055 11 to 14 V 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
(ON) 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
(3) 3

06
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

E-055

RS15061015

OK Replace ECM

8 Check ECM fuse

a. Remove the ECM fuse F16 (10 A) from the engine compartment fuse and relay box.
b. Remove the ECM fuse EF03 (20 A) from the instrument panel fuse and relay box.
c. Measure the resistance of the fuses F16 and EF03.
Standard Resistance:
Below 1 Ω

NG Replace ECM fuse

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–27

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Check wire harness and connector (ECM - body ground and engine compartment fuse and
9 relay box)

a. Disconnect the engine compartment fuse and relay

box connector E-050.
b. Check the wire harness between the terminals of
the wire harness side connector.
Check for open + -

Specified
Multimeter Connection
Condition 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
5 4
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
E-055 (68) - E-050 (E12) Continuity 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

Check for short

06 E-055
Specified
Multimeter Connection
Condition
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8
E13 E14 E15 E16
E-055 (68) or E-050 (E12) - Body E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20
No voltage
ground E-050 RS15061016

E-055 (68) or E-050 (E12) -

No voltage
Battery positive

c. Disconnect the ECM ground point E-054.

d. Check the ECM ground point (See page 06-18).
e. Check the ECM ground wire harness.
Check for open
+ -

Specified
Multimeter Connection
Condition
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
E-055 (2) or E-055 (3) - Ground 3
Continuity 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
point E-054 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

E-055

E-054
RS15061017

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector

06–28 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

10 Check ignition switch assembly (See page 15-12)

NG Replace ignition switch assembly

Repair or replace engine compartment fuse and relay box or wire harness (engine compartment fuse
and relay box - ignition switch)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–29

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0106 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Signal Not Plausible

DTC P0107 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit Low or Open

DTC P0108 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit High

ECM
E-055

66 71 54 76

06 LW

G
L

E-062
41 42 30 10
E-023
LW

G
L

3 2 4 1

INTAKE PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
E-016

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
16 21 26 31 36 41
3 7 11
15 20 25 30 35 40
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 2 6 10
5 4 14 19 24 29 34 39
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
E-062
B

1 2 3 4 E-016
E-055 B
B

ES15061020

06–30 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
P0106 • Intake Pressure
Signal Not Plausible
• Ignition switch II Sensor
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (ON)
P0107 • Wire harness or
Circuit Low or Open
• Engine running connector
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor • ECM
P0108
Circuit High

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC). 06
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace the ground wire

harness or ground point

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–31

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

2 Check intake pressure/temperature sensor connector

a. Disconnect the intake pressure/temperature sensor

connector E-016.
b. Check the intake pressure/temperature sensor
connector.

RS15061024

06
NG Repair or replace connector

3 Check intake pressure sensor signal voltage

a. Connect the intake pressure/temperature sensor

connector E-016.
b. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON), and start the
engine.
c. Using the diagnostic tester, measure the intake
pressure sensor signal voltage, or using the
Datastream

Datastream name Value Unit

multimeter, measure the voltage between the engine coolant temperature sensor voltage 2.25 volts

terminal 4 of the connector E-016 and the body intake air temperature sensor voltage 2.61 volts

ground.
intake manifold pressure sensor voltage 1.52 volts

throttle position sensor voltage 0.53 volts

average injection pulse 3.84 ms

Multimeter Specified
Condition
desired idle speed 860 Rpm

Connection Condition intake air mass flow 4 kg/h

relative air charge 21.75 %

Approximately
1.5 V (value
Idling
changes with
model)
RS15061020
E-016 (4) - Momentary
Body ground voltage is
Depress the
approximately
accelerator
4 V or less
pedal quickly
(value changes
with model)

OK Go to step 8

06–32 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

4 Check intake pressure sensor power supply voltage

a. Disconnect the intake pressure/temperature sensor

connector E-016.
b. Measure the voltage between the terminal of the
intake pressure/temperature sensor connector and
V
the body ground. + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
4 3 2 1
E-016 (3) - Ignition switch II
5V
Body ground (ON)
E-016

RS15061021

OK Go to step 6

5 Check intake pressure sensor power supply circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
c. Check the wire harness between the terminals of
the intake pressure/temperature sensor connector
and ECM connector. + -

Check for open 4 3 2 1

Multimeter Specified
Condition E-016
Connection Condition
E-016 (3) - E-
Always Continuity 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
055 (66) 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
5 4
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1
Check for short

Multimeter Specified
Condition E-055
Connection Condition
RS15061022
E-016 (3) or E-
055 (66) - Body Always No voltage
ground
E-016 (3) or E-
055 (66) - Always No voltage
Battery positive

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–33

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

NG Replace wire harness or connector

(intake pressure/temperature
sensor - ECM)

6 Check intake pressure sensor signal circuit

a. Check the wire harness between the terminals of

the intake pressure/temperature sensor connector
and ECM connector.
Check for open
+ -
Multimeter Specified
Condition 4 3 2 1
Connection Condition
06
E-016 (4) - E-
Always Continuity E-016
055 (54)

Check for short 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
Multimeter Specified 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1
Condition
Connection Condition
E-016 (4) or E- E-055
055 (54) - Body Always No voltage
RS15061023
ground
E-016 (4) or E-
055 (54) - Always No voltage
Battery positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (intake pressure/
temperature sensor - ECM)

7 Check intake pressure sensor

a. Remove the intake pressure/temperature sensor.

b. Check the sensor inlet for any debris or damage.

NG Clean or replace intake pressure/

temperature sensor

06–34 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

8 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P0106, P0107 or P0108 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.
06

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–35

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0112 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Low

DTC P0113 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit High or Open

ECM
E-055

66 71 54 76

G
L

06 E-062
41 42 30 10
E-023
LW

G
L

3 2 4 1

INTAKE PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
E-016

1 2 3 4 E-016
E-055 B
B

ES15061020

06–36 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
Intake Air Temperature
P0112 • Ignition switch II • Intake temperature sensor
Sensor Circuit Low
(ON) • Wire harness or connector
Intake Air Temperature • Engine running
P0113 • ECM
Sensor Circuit High

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM. 06
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace the ground wire

harness or ground point

2 Check intake pressure/temperature sensor connector

a. Disconnect the intake pressure/temperature sensor

connector E-016.
b. Check the intake pressure/temperature sensor
connector.

RS15061024

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–37

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

NG Repair or replace connector

3 Check intake temperature sensor signal

a. Connect the intake pressure/temperature sensor

connector E-016.
b. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON), and start the
engine.
c. Using the diagnostic tester, measure the intake Datastream

temperature sensor signal voltage, or using the Datastream name Value Unit

multimeter, measure the voltage between the engine coolant temperature sensor voltage 2.25 volts

terminal 2 of the connector E-016 and the body intake air temperature sensor voltage 2.61 volts

06
intake manifold pressure sensor voltage 1.52 volts

ground. throttle position sensor voltage 0.53 volts

average injection pulse 3.84 ms

Multimeter Specified desired idle speed 860 Rpm

Condition
Connection Condition intake air mass flow 4 kg/h

relative air charge 21.75 %

Approximately
2.5 V (value
changes with
Run after model), when
E-016 (2) - RS15061030
engine warmed the speed
Body ground
up increases,
signal voltage
does not
change

OK Go to step 8

4 Check intake temperature sensor voltage

a. Disconnect the intake pressure/temperature sensor

connector E-016.
b. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
c. Measure the voltage between the terminal of the V
intake temperature sensor connector and the body + -

ground.

Multimeter Specified
Condition 4 3 2 1
Connection Condition
E-016 (2) - Ignition switch II
5V E-016
Body ground (ON)

RS15061034

06–38 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

OK Go to step 6

5 Check intake temperature sensor signal circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
c. Check the wire harness between the terminals of
the intake pressure/temperature sensor connector
and the ECM connector. + -

Check for open 4 3 2 1

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-016
06
E-016 (2) - E-
Always Continuity 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
055 (71) 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
5 4
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1
Check for short

Multimeter Specified
Condition E-055
Connection Condition
RS15061031
E-016 (2) or E-
055 (71) - Body Always No voltage
ground
E-016 (2) or E-
055 (71) - Always No voltage
Battery positive

NG Replace wire harness or connector

(intake pressure/temperature
sensor - ECM)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–39

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

6 Check intake pressure sensor ground circuit

a. Check the wire harness between the terminals of

the intake pressure/temperature sensor connector
and ECM connector.
Check for open
+ -
Multimeter Specified
Condition 4 3 2 1
Connection Condition
E-016 (1) - E-
Always Continuity E-016
055 (76)

Check for short 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

06 Multimeter
Condition
Specified 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2
3
1

Connection Condition
E-016 (1) or E- E-055
055 (76) - Body Always No voltage
RS15061032
ground
E-016 (1) or E-
055 (76) - Always No voltage
Battery positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (intake pressure/
temperature sensor - ECM)

7 Check intake temperature sensor

a. Remove the intake pressure/temperature sensor.

b. Measure the intake temperature sensor resistance.
+ -

Multimeter
Specified Condition
Connection
1 2 3 4
1-2 2.5 kΩ ± 5% (at 20°C)

RS15061033

NG Replace intake pressure/temperature

sensor

06–40 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

8 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P0112 or P0113 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.
06

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–41

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0116 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Signal Not Plausible

DTC P0117 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Low or Open

DTC P0118 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit High

ECM
E-055

06 52 49
GW

E-062
29 20
E-023
GW

1 2

ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
E-005

E-005
E-055 2 1 B
B

ES15061030

06–42 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
Engine Coolant
P0116 Temperature Sensor
Signal Not Plausible
Engine Coolant • Ignition switch II • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0117 Temperature Sensor (ON) • Wire harness or connector
Circuit Low or Open • Engine running • ECM
Engine Coolant
P0118 Temperature Sensor
Circuit High

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures. 06
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the Ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–43

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

2 Check engine coolant temperature sensor connector

a. Disconnect the engine coolant temperature sensor

connector E-005.
b. Check the intake pressure/temperature sensor
connector.

RS15060510

06
NG Repair or replace connector

3 Check engine coolant temperature sensor power supply voltage

a. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).

b. Measure the voltage between the terminal of the
engine coolant temperature sensor and the body
ground.
V
+ -
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-005 (2) - Ignition switch II
5V 2 1
Body ground (ON)
E-005

RS15061040

OK Go to step 5

06–44 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

4 Check engine coolant temperature sensor power supply circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
c. Check the wire harness between the engine
coolant temperature sensor connector terminal and
the ECM connector terminal. + -

Check for open 2 1

Multimeter Specified
Condition E-005
Connection Condition
E-005 (2) - E-
Always Continuity 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
055 (49) 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
5 4

44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2
3
1 06
Check for short

Multimeter Specified
Condition E-055
Connection Condition
RS15061041
E-005 (2) or E-
055 (49) - Body Always No voltage
ground
E-005 (2) or E-
055 (49) - Always No voltage
Battery positive

NG Repair wire harness or connector

(engine coolant temperature
sensor - ECM)

5 Check engine coolant temperature sensor ground circuit

a. Check the wire harness between the engine

coolant temperature sensor connector terminal and
the ECM connector terminal.
Check for open
+ -
Multimeter Specified
Condition 2 1
Connection Condition
E-005 (1) - E-
Always Continuity E-005
055 (52)

Check for short 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
Multimeter Specified 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1
Condition
Connection Condition
E-005 (1) or E- E-055
055 (52) - Body Always No voltage
RS15061042
ground

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–45

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-005 (1) or E-
055 (52) - Always No voltage
Battery positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (engine coolant
temperature sensor - ECM)

6 Check engine coolant temperature sensor

06 a. Remove the engine coolant temperature sensor.
b. Measure the engine coolant temperature sensor
resistance. + -

1 2
Multimeter
Specified Condition
Connection
2.5 kΩ ± 5% at normal
temperature (20°C)
1-2 300 - 400 Ω in boiled water (value
changes with the boiled water
temperature) RS15061043

NG Replace engine coolant temperature

sensor

7 Check for DTCs

a. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if the DTC P0116, P0117 or P0118 exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

06–46 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0122 Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short to Low or Open

DTC P0123 Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short to High

ECM
E-055

70 27 74

BW
GR
RY

17 26 36 E-062
E-023

BW
GR
RY

1 3 2

THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR
E-015

1 E-015
3
E-055 2 B
B

ES15061040

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–47

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
Throttle Position
P0122 Sensor Circuit Short to
• Ignition switch II • Throttle position sensor
Low or Open
(ON) • Wire harness or connector
Throttle Position • Engine running • ECM
P0123 Sensor Circuit Short to
High

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
06 • Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

06–48 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

2 Check throttle position sensor connector

a. Disconnect the throttle position sensor connector

E-015.
b. Check the throttle position sensor connector.

RS15061055

06
NG Repair or replace connector

3 Check throttle position sensor signal voltage

a. Connect the throttle position sensor connector

E-015.
b. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
c. Check the throttle position sensor signal voltage
with the diagnostic tester, or measure the voltage Datastream

between the terminal of throttle position sensor Datastream name Value Unit

connector and the body ground with a multimeter. engine coolant temperature sensor voltage 2.25 volts

intake air temperature sensor voltage 2.61 volts

intake manifold pressure sensor voltage 1.52 volts

Multimeter Specified
Condition throttle position sensor voltage 0.53 volts

Connection Condition average injection pulse 3.84 ms

desired idle speed 860 Rpm

Voltage is about intake air mass flow 4 kg/h

0.3 V with relative air charge 21.75 %

throttle fully
closed; voltage
E-015 (3) - Ignition switch II
is about 3 V with
Body ground (ON)
throttle fully
RS15061050
open (value
changes with
model).

OK Go to step 8

4 Check throttle position sensor power supply voltage

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–49

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the throttle position sensor connector
E-015.
c. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON), and measure the V
voltage between the terminal of throttle position + -

sensor connector and the body ground.

Multimeter Specified 1
3
Condition 2
Connection Condition
E-015 (1) - Ignition switch II
5V E-015
Body ground (ON)

06 RS15061051

OK Go to step 6

5 Check throttle position sensor power supply circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
c. Check the wire harness between the throttle
position sensor connector terminal and the ECM
connector terminal. + -
1
3
Check for open 2

Multimeter Specified
Condition E-015
Connection Condition
E-015 (1) - E-
Always Continuity 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
055 (70) 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
5 4
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1
Check for short

Multimeter Specified
Condition E-055
Connection Condition
RS15061052
E-015 (1) or E-
055 (70) - Body Always No voltage
ground
E-015 (1) or E-
055 (70) - Always No voltage
Battery positive

NG Replace wire harness or connector

(throttle position sensor - ECM)

06–50 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

6 Check throttle position sensor signal circuit and ground circuit

a. Check the wire harness between the throttle

position sensor connector terminal and the ECM
connector terminal.
Check for open
+ -
1
Multimeter Specified 3
Condition 2
Connection Condition
E-015 (3) - E-
Always Continuity E-015
055 (27)
E-015 (2) - E-
Always Continuity 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
055 (74) 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
5 4

44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2
3
1 06
Check for short

Multimeter Specified
Condition E-055
Connection Condition
RS15061053
E-015 (3) or E-
055 (27) - Body Always No voltage
ground
E-015 (3) or E-
055 (27) - Always No voltage
Battery positive
E-015 (2) or E-
055 (74) - Body Always No voltage
ground
E-015 (2) or E-
055 (74) - Always No voltage
Battery positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (throttle position
sensor - ECM)

7 Check throttle position sensor

a. Measure the resistance of the throttle position

sensor.
+ -
Multimeter
Specified Condition
Connection
Resistance is 2 kΩ ± 20% at
1-2
normal temperature
1 2
Turn the throttle valve, and the 3

1-3 resistance changes in linear with

the throttle valve opening
RS15061054

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–51

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Multimeter
Specified Condition
Connection
Turn the throttle valve, and the
resistance changes in linear
2-3
reversely with the throttle valve
opening

NG Replace throttle position sensor

8 Check for DTCs

a. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to read the

06 ECM DTC.
b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if the DTC P0122 or P0123 exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

06–52 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0131 Front O2 Sensor Short to Low

DTC P0132 Front O2 Sensor Short to High

Front O2 Sensor Slow Response (Cycle Time Over

DTC P0133 Up-limit)/Front O2 Sensor Integrator Max Value Aging/
Front O2 Sensor Integrator Min Value Aging

DTC P0134 Front O2 Sensor Open

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–53

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

BATTERY

B+

ENGINE
3 2 COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
F13 F14 MAIN RELAY BOX
15A 5A RELAY E-014
5 1 E-050

E9 E11 E10

RW
RL

06 6
E-062
E-023

LB
RL

4
UPSTREAM
OXYGEN
SENSOR
E-009
2 1 3
WG
WR

E-023
15 33 28 E-062
WG
WR

47 24 58 44
ECM
E-055

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
16 21 26 31 36 41
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 3 7 11 E-062
5 4 15 20 25 30 35 40
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 2 6 10
14 19 24 29 34 39 B
3
E-055 1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
B
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

B
E-009
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050 1 2 3 4 B
E13 E14 E15 E16
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 W E-014
ES15061050

06–54 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
Front O2 Sensor Short
P0131
to Low
Front O2 Sensor Short
P0132
to High
Front O2 Sensor Slow • Ignition switch II • Upstream oxygen sensor
Response (Cycle Time (ON) • Wire harness or connector
Over Up-limit)/Front • Engine running • ECM
P0133 O2 Sensor Integrator
Max Value Aging/Front
O2 Sensor Integrator
Min Value Aging
P0134 Front O2 Sensor Open 06
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–55

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

2 Check upstream oxygen sensor connector

a. Disconnect the upstream oxygen sensor connector

E-009.
b. Check the upstream oxygen sensor connector.

RS15061063

06
NG Repair or replace connector

3 Check upstream oxygen sensor signal

a. Connect the upstream oxygen sensor connector

E-009.
b. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON), start the engine
and run it at idle for approximately 3 minutes.
c. Check the upstream oxygen sensor signal voltage Datastream

with the diagnostic tester, or measure the voltage Datastream name Value Unit

outputed ignition angle 188.25 Gradkw

between the terminals 2 and 1 of connector E-009. intake air temperature 36.75 GradC

absolute throttle position 6.01 %

Multimeter Specified upstream oxygen sensor voltage 0.48 volts

Condition
Connection Condition downstream oxygen sensor voltage 0.82 volts

distance travelled while MIL is activated 0 KM

Fluctuates fast system battery voltage 14.29 volts

between 0.1
relative throttle position 0 %

E-009 (2) - E- and 0.9 V (when

Engine running
009 (1) operating
temperature is
350°C)
RS15061060

OK Go to step 8

06–56 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

4 Check upstream oxygen sensor signal circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
c. Disconnect the upstream oxygen sensor connector
E-009.
+ -
d. Check the wire harness between the upstream
oxygen sensor connector terminal and the ECM
1 2 3 4
connector terminal.
Check for open E-009

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
06
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

E-009 (2) - E- 3

Always Continuity 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62

055 (47)
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

Check for short E-055

RS15061061
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-009 (2) or E-
055 (47) - Body Always No voltage
ground
E-009 (2) or E-
055 (47) - Always No voltage
Battery positive

NG Replace wire harness or connector

(upstream oxygen sensor - ECM)

5 Check upstream oxygen sensor ground circuit

a. Check the wire harness between the upstream

oxygen sensor connector terminal and the ECM
connector terminal.
Check for open
+ -
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 1 2 3 4

E-009 (1) - E-
Always Continuity E-009
055 (58)

Check for short

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

Multimeter Specified 3

Condition 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1

Connection Condition
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

E-009 (1) or E-
E-055
055 (58) - Body Always No voltage
RS15061062
ground

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–57

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-009 (1) or E-
055 (58) - Always No voltage
Battery positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (upstream oxygen
sensor - ECM)

6 Check upstream oxygen sensor

06
a. Remove the upstream oxygen sensor.
b. Check the upstream oxygen sensor for the following problems.
• Moisture enters the internal of sensor, temperature changes greatly, and probe is broken.
• Oxygen sensor is "poisoned" (Pb, S, Br, Si).

NG Replace upstream oxygen sensor

7 Check for DTCs

a. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if the DTC P0131, P0132, P0133 or P0134 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

06–58 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0031 Front O2 Sensor Heater Short to Low

DTC P0032 Front O2 Sensor Heater Short to High

DTC P0135 Front O2 Sensor Heater Fault

BATTERY

B+

06
ENGINE
3 2 COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
F13 F14 MAIN RELAY BOX
15A 5A RELAY E-014
5 1 E-050

E9 E11 E10
RW
RL

E-062
6
E-023
LB
RL

4
UPSTREAM
OXYGEN
SENSOR
E-009
2 1 3
WG
WR

E-023
15 33 28 E-062
WG
WR

47 24 58 44
ECM
E-055

B
E-009
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050 1 2 3 4 B
E13 E14 E15 E16
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 W E-014
ES15061050

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–59

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
Front O2 Sensor
P0031
Heater Short to Low • Upstream oxygen sensor
• Ignition switch II
Front O2 Sensor • Wire harness or connector
P0032 (ON)
Heater Short to High • Fuse
• Engine running
Front O2 Sensor • ECM
P0135
Heater Fault

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
06 • Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

06–60 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

2 Check upstream oxygen sensor connector

a. Disconnect the upstream oxygen sensor connector

E-009.
b. Check the upstream oxygen sensor connector.

RS15061063

06
NG Repair or replace connector

3 Check upstream oxygen sensor heater power supply voltage

a. Turn the Ignition switch to II (ON).

b. Measure the voltage between the terminal 4 of
upstream oxygen sensor connector E-009 and the
body ground.
V
+ -
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-009 (4) - Ignition switch II 1 2 3 4
11 to 14 V
Body ground (ON)
E-009

RS15061070

OK Go to step 5

4 Check upstream oxygen sensor power supply circuit

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–61

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the fuses F13, F14 and the main relay.
c. Disconnect the engine compartment fuse and relay
box connector E-050.
+ -
d. Check the wire harness between the upstream
oxygen sensor connector terminal and the engine
1 2 3 4
compartment fuse and relay box connector
terminal. E-009
Check for open

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8
E13 E14 E15 E16
E-009 (4) - E- E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20
Always Continuity
050 (E9 or E11) E-050

06 Check for short RS15061071

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-009 (4) or E-
050 (E9 or E11) - Always No voltage
Body ground
E-009 (4) or
E-050 (E9 or
Always No voltage
E11) - Battery
positive

NG Replace wire harness or connector

(upstream oxygen sensor - engine
compartment fuse and relay box)

5 Check upstream oxygen sensor heater control circuit

a. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.

b. Check the wire harness between the upstream
oxygen sensor connector terminal and the ECM
connector terminal.
Check for open + -

Multimeter Specified 1 2 3 4
Condition
Connection Condition
E-009
E-009 (3) - E-
Always Continuity
055 (24)

Check for short 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
5 4

3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-055
E-009 (3) or E- RS15061072
055 (24) - Body Always No voltage
ground

06–62 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-009 (3) or E-
055 (24) - Always No voltage
Battery positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (upstream oxygen
sensor - ECM)

6 Check upstream oxygen sensor heater

a. Measure the upstream oxygen sensor heater

06
resistance.
+ -
Multimeter Specified
Condition 4 3 2 1

Connection Condition
1 - 7 Ω (at
3-4 Always normal
temperature)

b. Check the upstream oxygen sensor terminal.

RS15061073
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
1-3 Always No continuity
1-4 Always No continuity
2-3 Always No continuity
2-4 Always No continuity

NG Replace upstream oxygen sensor

7 Check for DTCs

a. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if the DTC P0031, P0032 or P0135 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–63

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0136 Rear O2 Sensor Signal Not Plausible (Dynamic Test Aging)

DTC P0137 Rear O2 Sensor Short to Low

DTC P0138 Rear O2 Sensor Short to High

DTC P0140 Rear O2 Sensor Open

DTC P2270 O2 Sensor Voltage Stuck Low

DTC P2271 O2 Sensor Voltage Stuck High

06–64 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

BATTERY

B+

ENGINE
3 2 COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
F13 F14 MAIN RELAY BOX
15A 5A RELAY E-014
5 1 E-050

E9 E11 E10

RW
RL

6
E-062
E-023 06

LB
RL

4
DOWNSTREAM
OXYGEN
SENSOR
E-006
2 1 3
WG
YW

E-023
12 23 28 E-062
WG
YW

48 23 58 44
ECM
E-055

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
16 21 26 31 36 41
3 7 11
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 15 20 25 30 35 40
5 4 2 6 10
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 14 19 24 29 34 39
1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

E-062
B

E-055
B

B 1 2 3 4 E-006
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050 B
E13 E14 E15 E16
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 W E-014
ES15061060

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–65

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definitions Possible Cause
Condition
Rear O2 Sensor Signal
P0136 Not Plausible
(Dynamic Test Aging)
Rear O2 Sensor Short
P0137
to Low
• Downstream oxygen sensor
Rear O2 Sensor Short Ignition switch II (ON)
P0138 • Wire harness or connector
to High Engine running
• ECM
P0140 Rear O2 Sensor Open
O2 Sensor Voltage
P2270
Stuck Low

06 P2271
O2 Sensor Voltage
Stuck High

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

06–66 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

2 Check downstream oxygen sensor connector

a. Disconnect the downstream oxygen sensor

connector E-006.
b. Check the downstream oxygen sensor connector.

RS15110120

06
NG Repair or replace connector

3 Check downstream oxygen sensor signal

a. Connect the downstream oxygen sensor connector

E-006.
b. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON), start the engine
and fully warm it up.
c. Check the downstream oxygen sensor signal Datastream

voltage with the diagnostic tester, or measure the Datastream name Value Unit

voltage between the terminals 2 and 1 of connector outputed ignition angle 188.25 Gradkw

E-006.
intake air temperature 36.75 GradC

absolute throttle position 6.01 %

upstream oxygen sensor voltage 0.48 volts

Multimeter Specified
Condition
downstream oxygen sensor voltage 0.82 volts

Connection Condition distance travelled while MIL is activated 0 KM

system battery voltage 14.29 volts

Fluctuates relative throttle position 0 %

E-006 (2) -
Engine running slightly between
E-006(1)
0.7 and 0.9 V

RS15061080

OK Go to step 8

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–67

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

4 Check downstream oxygen sensor signal circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
c. Disconnect the downstream oxygen sensor
connector E-006.
+ -
d. Check the wire harness between the downstream
oxygen sensor connector terminal and the ECM
1 2 3 4
connector terminal.
Check for open E-006

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
06
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

E-006 (2) - 3

Always Continuity 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62

E-055 (48)
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

Short Inspection E-055

RS15061081
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-006 (2) or
E-055 (48) - Always No voltage
Body ground
E-006 (2) or
E-055 (48) - Always No voltage
Battery positive

NG Replace wire harness or connector

(downstream oxygen sensor - ECM)

5 Check downstream oxygen sensor ground circuit

a. Check the wire harness between the downstream

oxygen sensor connector terminal and the ECM
connector terminal.
Check for open
+ -
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 1 2 3 4

E-006 (1) -
Always Continuity E-006
E-055 (58)

Short Inspection
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

Multimeter Specified 3

Condition 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1

Connection Condition
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

E-006 (1) or
E-055
E-055 (58) - Always No voltage
RS15061082
Body ground

06–68 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-006 (1) or
E-055 (58) - Always No voltage
Battery positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (downstream oxygen
sensor - ECM)

6 Check downstream oxygen sensor

a. Remove the downstream oxygen sensor. 06

b. Check the downstream oxygen sensor for the following problems.
• Moisture enters the internal of sensor, temperature changes greatly, and probe is broken.
• Oxygen sensor is "poisoned" (Pb, S, Br, Si).

NG Replace downstream oxygen sensor

7 Check for DTCs

a. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if the DTC P0136, P0137, P0138, P0140, P2270 or P2271 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–69

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0037 Rear O2 Sensor Heater Short to Low

DTC P0038 Rear O2 Sensor Heater Short to High

DTC P0141 Rear O2 Sensor Heater Fault

06–70 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

BATTERY

B+

ENGINE
3 2 COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
F13 F14 MAIN RELAY BOX
15A 5A RELAY E-014
5 1 E-050

E9 E11 E10

RW
RL

6
E-062
E-023 06

LB
RL

4
DOWNSTREAM
OXYGEN
SENSOR
E-006
2 1 3
WG
YW

E-023
12 23 28 E-062
WG
YW

48 23 58 44
ECM
E-055

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
16 21 26 31 36 41
3 7 11
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 15 20 25 30 35 40
5 4 2 6 10
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 14 19 24 29 34 39
1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

E-062
B

E-055
B

B 1 2 3 4 E-006
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050 B
E13 E14 E15 E16
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 W E-014
ES15061060

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–71

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definitions Possible Cause
Condition
Rear O2 Sensor
P0037
Heater Short to Low
• Downstream oxygen sensor
Rear O2 Sensor Ignition switch II (ON)
P0038 • Wire harness or connector
Heater Short to High Engine running
• ECM
Rear O2 Sensor
P0141
Heater Fault

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
06
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

06–72 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

2 Check downstream oxygen sensor connector

a. Disconnect the downstream oxygen sensor

connector E-006.
b. Check the downstream oxygen sensor connector.

RS15110120

06
NG Repair or replace connector

3 Check downstream oxygen sensor heater power supply voltage

a. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).

b. Measure the voltage between the terminal 4 of
downstream oxygen sensor connector E-006 and
the body ground.
V
+ -
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
1 2 3 4

E-006 (4) - Ignition switch II

11 to 14 V
Body ground (ON) E-006

RS15061090

OK Go to step 5

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–73

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

4 Check downstream oxygen sensor power supply circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the fuses F13, F14 and the main relay.
c. Disconnect the engine compartment fuse and relay
box connector E-050.
+ -
d. Check the wire harness between the downstream
oxygen sensor connector terminal and the engine
1 2 3 4
compartment fuse and relay box connector
terminal. E-006
Check for open

Multimeter Specified
Condition
06 Connection Condition E1
E9
E2
E10 E11
E3 E4
E12
E13 E14 E15 E16
E5
E17 E18
E6 E7 E8
E19 E20
E-006 (4) -
E-050 Always Continuity E-050
(E9 or E11)
RS15061091
Short Inspection

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-006 (4) or
E-050
Always No voltage
(E9 or E11) -
Body ground
E-006 (4) or
E-050
Always No voltage
(E9 or E11) -
Battery positive

NG Replace wire harness or connector

(downstream oxygen sensor - engine
compartment fuse and relay box)

06–74 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

5 Check downstream oxygen sensor heater control circuit

a. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.

b. Check the wire harness between the downstream
oxygen sensor connector terminal and the ECM
connector terminal.
Check for open + -

Multimeter Specified 1 2 3 4

Condition
Connection Condition
E-006
E-006 (3) -
Always Continuity
E-055 (23)

Short Inspection
06
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-055
E-006 (3) or RS15061092
E-055 (23) - Always No voltage
Body ground
E-006 (3) or
E-055 (23) - Always No voltage
Battery positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (downstream oxygen
sensor - ECM)

6 Check downstream oxygen sensor heater

a. Measure the downstream oxygen sensor heater

resistance.
+ -
Multimeter Specified
Condition 4 3 2 1

Connection Condition
1-7Ω
3-4 Always (at normal
temperature)

b. Check the downstream oxygen sensor terminal.

RS15061073
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
1-3 Always No continuity
1-4 Always No continuity
2-3 Always No continuity
2-4 Always No continuity

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–75

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

NG Replace downstream oxygen sensor

7 Check for DTCs

a. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if the DTC P0037, P0038 or P0141 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

06 System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

06–76 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0201 Injector Circuit Fault - Cylinder 1

DTC P0202 Injector Circuit Fault - Cylinder 2

DTC P0203 Injector Circuit Fault - Cylinder 3

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–77

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

BATTERY

B+

ENGINE
3 2 COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
F13 F14 MAIN RELAY BOX
15A 5A RELAY E-014
5 1 E-050

E9 E11 E10

RW
RL

LB
E-062
6
E-023

06 RL
4 E-017
E-018
RW
RW

1 1 1

INJECTOR 1 INJECTOR 2 INJECTOR 3

E-026 E-025 E-024
2 2 2
YG

E-018
1 2 3
E-017
GB

LB
BR

E-023
13 18 16
E-062
GB
BR

6 7 25 44
ECM
E-055

1 2 3
B
E-055 4 5 6
E-014
B
7 8 9

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050 1 2
E-024 E-025 E-026
E13 E14 E15 E16 B B B E-017
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 W
B ES15061070

06–78 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definitions Possible Cause
Conditions
Injector Circuit Fault -
P0201
Cylinder 1
• Injector
Injector Circuit Fault -
P0202 Engine running • Wire harness or connector
Cylinder 2
• ECM
Injector Circuit Fault -
P0203
Cylinder 3

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
06
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

2 Check injector connector

a. Disconnect the injector connectors E-026, E-025 and E-024.

b. Check the injector connectors.

NG Repair or replace connector

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–79

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

3 Check injector average injection pulse width

a. Connect all injector connectors.

b. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON), start the engine
and idle it .
c. Observe the injector average injection pulse width
with the diagnostic tester. Datastream

OK: The injector average injection pulse width Datastream name Value Unit

is 3.5 ms during idling.

engine coolant temperature sensor voltage 2.25 volts

intake air temperature sensor voltage 2.61 volts

If the injector average pulse width is over 3.5 intake manifold pressure sensor voltage 1.52 volts

ms, it indicates that there may be blockage in throttle position sensor voltage 0.53 volts

the injector. average injection pulse 3.48 ms

desired idle speed 860 Rpm

HINT: intake air mass flow 4 kg/h

06 The injection pulse width will change with the

relative air charge 21.75 %

engine speed, loading and intake air volume.

RS15061100

OK Go to step 8

4 Check injector power supply voltage

a. Disconnect the injector connectors E-026, E-025

and E-024.
b. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
c. Measure the voltage between the terminal of V
injector connector and the body ground. + -

1 2
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition E-026

E-026 (1) - E-025

Body ground E-024

E-025 (1) - Ignition switch II

11 to 14 V
Body ground (ON)
E-024 (1) -
Body ground
RS15061101

OK Go to step 6

06–80 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

5 Check injector power supply circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the fuses F13, F14 and the main relay.
c. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
d. Check the wire harness between the injector
+ -
connector terminal and the engine compartment 1 2

fuse and relay box connector terminal.

E-026
Check for open
E-025

Multimeter Specified E-024

Condition
Connection Condition
E-026 (1) -
E-050 Always Continuity 06
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8
(E9 or E11) E13 E14 E15 E16
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20

E-025 (1) -
E-050
E-050 Always Continuity
RS15061102
(E9 or E11)
E-024 (1) -
E-050 Always Continuity
(E9 or E11)

Short Inspection

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-026 (1),
E-025 (1),
E-024 (1) or
Always No voltage
E-050
(E9 or E11) -
Body ground
E-026 (1),
E-025 (1),
E-024 (1) or
Always No voltage
E-050
(E9 or E11) -
Battery positive

NG Replace wire harness or connector

(injector - engine compartment fuse
and relay box)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–81

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

6 Check injector control circuit

a. Check the wire harness between the injector

connector terminal and the ECM connector
terminal.
Check for open
1 2
+ -
Multimeter Specified
Condition E-026
Connection Condition
E-025
E-026 (2) - E-024
Always Continuity
E-055 (6)
E-025 (2) -
Always Continuity
E-055 (7)
06
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

E-024 (2) - 3

Always Continuity
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

E-055 (25)

Check for open E-055

RS15061103
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-026 (2) or
E-055 (6) - Always No voltage
Body ground
E-025 (2) or
E-055 (7) - Always No voltage
Body ground
E-024 (2) or
E-055 (25) - Always No voltage
Body ground
E-026 (2) or
E-055 (6) - Always No voltage
Battery positive
E-025 (2) or
E-055 (7) - Always No voltage
Battery positive
E-024 (2) or
E-055 (25) - Always No voltage
Battery positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (injector - ECM)

06–82 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

7 Check and clean injector

a. Measure the injector resistance.

Multimeter Specified + -
Condition 2 1

Connection Condition
11.4 - 12.6 Ω
1-2 Always
(20°)

b. Clean the injector.

Clean the injector with the injector cleaning
analyzer.
RS15061104

06
NG Replace injector

8 Check for DTCs

a. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if the DTC P0201, P0202 or P0203 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–83

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0230 Fuel Pump Relay Fault

DTC P0628 Fuel Pump Control Circuit Short to Low

DTC P0629 Fuel Pump Control Circuit Short to High

06–84 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

BATTERY

B+

F05
ENGINE
15A COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
3 2 RELAY BOX
3 2
FUEL MAIN E-014
PUMP RELAY E-043
RELAY E-050
5 1
5 1

H8 E2 E10
06

LB
O

E-044
B-036 4
O

3
FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR AND
FUEL PUMP
B-013
WR

4
B

9 44

B-009 ECM
E-055

1 2

3 4 5 6

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 E-044
E-055 W
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
B
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
H1 H2 H3
H4 H5 H6 H7 H8

E-043
W

B
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050 1 2 3 4 B-013
E13 E14 E15 E16 B
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 W E-014
ES15061080

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–85

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definitions Possible Cause
Conditions
P0230 Fuel Pump Relay Fault • Fuel pump relay
Fuel Pump Control • Wire harness or connector
P0628
Circuit Short to Low Ignition switch II (ON) • ECM
Fuel Pump Control • Engine compartment fuse and relay
P0629 box
Circuit Short to High

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
06 • Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

06–86 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

2 Check fuel pump relay

a. Unplug the fuel pump relay from the engine

compartment fuse and relay box.
b. Check for continuity between the fuel pump relay + -

terminals. 3 2

Multimeter
Specified Condition
Connection
3-5 No continuity 5 1
Continuity
3-5 (When battery voltage is applied to

1
terminals 1 and 2)
06

5
3

2
RS15061013

NG Replace fuel pump relay

3 Check fuel pump relay control circuit

a. Disconnect the engine compartment fuse and relay

box connector E-050.
b. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
c. Check the wire harness between the terminals of
the connectors. + -

Check for open

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Specified 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
5 4
Multimeter Connection 3
Condition 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

E-055 (9) - E-050 (E2) Continuity

E-055
Check for short

Specified E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8
Multimeter Connection E13 E14 E15 E16
Condition E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20

E-050 RS15061110
E-055 (9) or E-050 (E2) - Body
No voltage
ground
E-055 (9) or E-050 (E2) - Battery
No voltage
positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (engine compartment fuse
and relay box - ECM)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–87

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

4 Check fuel pump relay terminal voltage

a. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).

b. Measure the voltage between the terminal of the
fuel pump relay and the body ground.
V
Multimeter Specified
Condition + -
Connection Condition
2 1
5
3

Fuel pump relay

terminal 2
(engine
Ignition switch II
compartment 11 to 14 V
06 fuse and relay
(ON)
box) - Body
ground

RS15061111

OK Go to step 6

5 Check main relay

NG Replace main relay

Repair or replace engine compartment fuse and relay box or wire harness (engine compartment fuse
and relay box - battery)

6 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P0230, P0628 or P0629 still exists.

NG Replace main relay

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

06–88 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0300 Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected

DTC P0301 Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected

DTC P0302 Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected

DTC P0303 Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–89

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

BATTERY

B+

ENGINE
3 2 COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
F13 F14 MAIN RELAY BOX
15A 5A RELAY E-014
5 1 E-050

E9 E11 E10

RW
RL

LB
IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION E-062
COIL 1 COIL 2 COIL 3 6
E-023
E-021 E-020 E-019

RL
1 1 1
B

B
B

06 4 E-017
E-018

2 3 2 3 2 3
RW
YR
R

P
B

E-018
6 7 8 9
E-017
YW

BY
B

E-023
LB

2 32 7 9 E-062
YW
B

E-054
4 1 62 44
ECM
E-055

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
16 21 26 31 36 41
3 7 11
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 15 20 25 30 35 40 E-062
5 4 2 6 10 B
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 14 19 24 29 34 39
E-055 1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 B
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

B
1 2 3

4 5 6 E-014
7 8 9

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050 E-019 E-020 E-021

1 2 3
E13 E14 E15 E16 Gr Gr Gr
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 W E-017
B ES15061090

06–90 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
Multiple Cylinder
P0300
Misfire Detected
Cylinder 1 Misfire • Ignition coil
P0301
Detected • Spark plug
Engine running
Cylinder 2 Misfire • Wire harness or connector
P0302
Detected • ECM
Cylinder 3 Misfire
P0303
Detected

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures. 06
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

2 Check ignition coil connector

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the ignition coil connectors E-021, E-020 and E-019.
c. Check the ignition coil connectors.

NG Repair or replace connector

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–91

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

3 Check spark plug of misfiring cylinder

a. Remove the spark plug of misfiring cylinder.

b. Check the spark plug for burn, crack or sediment.
c. Check the spark plug gap.
OK: 0.8 - 0.9 mm

NG Clean or replace spark plug

06 4 Check spark

a. Connect the ignition coil connectors.

b. Connect the spark plug and the ignition coil, and ground the spark plug housing.
c. Start and run the engine for no more than 2 seconds, and check if spark is generated.

NG Go to step 6

5 Check compression of misfiring cylinder

a. Measure the compression of misfiring cylinder (See page 07-15).

NG Check engine to confirm cause of

low compression

OK Check injectors, valve clearance,

intake system and fuel pressure, etc.
of misfiring cylinder

6 Check spark of misfiring cylinder with a normally functioning spark plug

a. Replace the spark plug with a normally functioning one.

b. Perform spark test.
• Connect the ignition coil connectors.
• Connect the spark plug and the ignition coil, and ground the spark plug housing.
• Start and run the engine for no more than 2 seconds, and check if spark is generated.

OK Replace spark plug

06–92 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

7 Check ignition coil

a. Check the resistance of primary winding and

secondary winding of the ignition coil (at normal
temperature). + - 3 2 1

Multimeter
Specified Condition
Connection
Resistance of primary winding:
2-3
0.7 - 0.8 Ω

RS15061120

06
NG Replace ignition coil

8 Check ignition coil power supply voltage

a. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).

b. Measure the voltage between the terminals of the
ignition coil connectors and the body ground.
V
Multimeter Specified
Condition + -
Connection Condition 1 2 3

E-021 (2), E-
E-021
020 (2), E-019 Ignition switch II
11 to 14 V E-020
(2) - Body (ON)
E-019
ground

RS15061121

OK Go to step 10

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–93

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

9 Check ignition coil power supply circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the fuse F13, F14 and main relay.
c. Check the wire harness between the ignition coil
connector terminals and engine compartment fuse
and relay box connector terminals. + -
1 2 3
Check for open
E-021
Multimeter Specified
Condition E-020
Connection Condition
E-019
E-021 (2), E-
020 (2), E-019
Always Continuity
06 (2) - E-050 (E9
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8
or E11) E9 E10 E11 E12
E13 E14 E15 E16
E17 E18 E19 E20

Check for short E-050

RS15061122
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-021 (2), E-
020 (2), E-019
(2) or E-050 (E9 Always No voltage
or E11) - Body
ground
E-021 (2), E-
020 (2), E-019
(2) or E-050 (E9 Always No voltage
or E11) - Battery
positive

NG Replace wire harness or connector

(ignition coil - engine compartment
fuse and relay box)

06–94 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

10 Check ignition coil control circuit and ground circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
c. Check the wire harness between the ignition coil
connector terminals and ECM connector terminals
and ground. + -
1 2 3
Check for open
E-021
Multimeter Specified
Condition E-020
Connection Condition E-019

E-021 (3) - E-
055 (4)
E-020 (3) - E-
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
5 4 06
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
055 (1) 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

E-019 (3) - E-
055 (62) E-055 RS15061123
Always Continuity
E-021 (1) -
Body ground
E-020 (1) -
Body ground
E-019 (1) -
Body ground

Check for short

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-021 (3) or E-
055 (4), E-020
(3) or E-055 (1),
Always No voltage
E-019 (3) or E-
055 (62) - Body
ground
E-021 (3) or E-
055 (4), E-020
(3) or E-055 (1),
Always No voltage
E-019 (3) or E-
055 (62) -
Battery positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (ignition coil - ECM,
ignition coil - body ground)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–95

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

11 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P0300, P0301, P0302 or P0303 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.
06

06–96 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0324 Knock Control System Error

DTC P0325 Knock Sensor Fault

KNOCK
SENSOR 06
E-003

1 2
GW

E-023
35 40
E-062
GW

37 73

ECM
E-055

E-003
E-055 1 2
B
B

ES15061100

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–97

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
Knock Control System • Knock sensor
P0324
Error Engine running • Wire harness or connector
P0325 Knock Sensor Fault • ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
06 • Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

2 Check knock sensor connector

a. Disconnect the knock sensor connector E-003.

b. Check the knock sensor connector.

RS15061130

06–98 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

NG Repair or replace connector

3 Check installation of knock sensor connector

a. Remove the knock sensor.

b. Check the installation area of the knock sensor for signal incorrectness caused by damage, foreign matter
or excessive movement, etc.

NG Clean installation area or replace

knock sensor

OK
06
4 Check resistance of knock sensor connector

a. Check the resistance between knock sensor

connector terminals 1 and 2.
OK: Above 1 M Ω (at normal temperature) + -
2 1

RS15061132

NG Replace knock sensor

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–99

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

5 Check knock sensor signal circuit and ground circuit

a. Disconnect the ECM wire harness connector

E-055.
b. Check the wire harness between terminals of
connector E-055 and connector E-003.
Check for open + -

Specified
Multimeter Connection 1 2
Condition
E-055 (37) - E-003 (1) Continuity E-003

E-055 (73) - E-003 (2) Continuity

06 Check for short 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
5 4
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1
Specified
Multimeter Connection
Condition
E-055 (37) or E-003 (1) - Body E-055 RS15061131
No voltage
ground
E-055 (73) or E-003 (2) - Body
No voltage
ground

NG Replace wire harness or connector

(knock sensor - ECM)

6 Check knock sensor signal

a. Install the knock sensor.

b. Slightly strike around the knock sensor with a rubber hammer, and measure if voltage is generated
between the 2 terminals of knock sensor with the multimeter at the same time.

NG Replace knock sensor

7 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P0324 or P0325 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

06–100 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–101

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0335 Crankshaft Position Sensor No Signal

DTC P0336 Crankshaft Position Sensor Noisy Signal

06 S ENGINE
SPEED
N SENSOR
E-007
2 1 3
WL

E-023
E-062 24 21 34
WL

E-058

11 30

ECM
E-055

E-007
E-055 1 2 3 B
B

ES15061110

06–102 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
Crankshaft Position • Crankshaft position sensor
P0335
Sensor No Signal • Flywheel ring gear
Engine running
Crankshaft Position • Wire harness or connector
P0336
Sensor Noisy Signal • ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM. 06
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–103

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

2 Check crankshaft position sensor signal waveform

a. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON). Start the engine and observe the signal waveform of the crankshaft
position sensor with an oscilloscope.

Normal Waveform of Crankshaft Position Sensor

Signal

Oscilloscope

06
RS15061140

OK Go to step 9

3 Check crankshaft position sensor connector

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the crankshaft position sensor connector E-007.
c. Check crankshaft position sensor connector.

NG Repair or replace crankshaft position

sensor connector

4 Check installation of crankshaft position sensor

a. Remove the crankshaft position sensor.

b. Check and clean the crankshaft position sensor and installation area for signal incorrectness caused by
damage, foreign matter or excessive movement, etc.

NG Clean or replace crankshaft position

sensor

06–104 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

5 Check resistance of crankshaft position sensor

a. Check the resistance between crankshaft position

sensor terminals 1 and 2.
Normal resistance: 860 Ω ± 10% (at normal + -
3 2 1

temperature)

RS15061141

06
NG Replace crankshaft position sensor

6 Check crankshaft position sensor circuit

a. Disconnect the crankshaft position sensor

connector E-007.
b. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
c. Check the wire harness between the crankshaft
position sensor connector terminals and ECM + -

connector terminals and ground. 1 2 3

Check for open

E-007
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-007 (1) - E- 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
055 (30) 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
3
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1
E-007 (2) - E-
Always Continuity
055 (11)
E-055
E-007 (3) - RS15061142
Body ground

Check for short

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-007 (1) or E-
055 (30),
E-007 (2) or E-
055 (11) - Body
ground
Always No voltage
E-007 (1) or E-
055 (30), E-007
(2) or E-
055 (11) -
Battery positive

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–105

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

NG Replace wire harness or connector

(crankshaft position sensor - ECM,
crankshaft position sensor - Body
ground)

7 Install a normal crankshaft position sensor and observe signal waveform

a. Install a normal crankshaft position sensor.

b. Connect the crankshaft position sensor connector.
c. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON). Start the engine and observe the signal waveform of the crankshaft
position sensor with an oscilloscope.

06 OK Replace crankshaft position sensor

8 Check flywheel ring gear

a. Turn the crankshaft and check the crankshaft and flywheel ring gear for signal incorrectness caused by
damage and foreign matter, etc.

NG Remove debris and clean flywheel

ring gear or replace flywheel (See
page 07-22)

9 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P0335 or P0336 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

06–106 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0340 Camshaft Position Sensor No Signal

DTC P0341 Camshaft Position Sensor Signal Not Plausible

ECM
E-055

74 77 70
06
BW

RY
Y

E-062
36 37 17
E-023
BW

RY
Y

1 2 3

CAMSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR
E-004

E-004
E-055 1 2 3 B
B

ES15061120

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–107

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
Camshaft Position • Camshaft position sensor
P0340
Sensor No Signal
• Camshaft
Camshaft Position Engine running
• Wire harness or connector
P0341 Sensor Signal Not
Plausible • ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
06
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

06–108 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

2 Check camshaft position sensor signal waveform

a. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON). Start the engine and observe the signal waveform of the camshaft
position sensor with an oscilloscope.

Normal Waveform of Camshaft Position Sensor

Signal

Oscilloscope

2.00 V 10.0 ms
06
RS15061153

OK Go to step 9

3 Check camshaft position sensor connector

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the camshaft position sensor connector E-004.
c. Check the camshaft position sensor connector.

NG Repair or replace camshaft position

sensor connector

4 Check camshaft position sensor power supply voltage

a. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).

b. Measure the voltage between the terminal 3 of
camshaft position sensor connector E-004 and the
ground.
V
+ -
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-004 (3) - Ignition switch II
5V 1 2 3
Body ground (ON)

E-004

RS15061150

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–109

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

OK Go to step 6

5 Check camshaft position sensor power supply circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
c. Check the wire harness between the camshaft
position sensor connector terminals and ECM
connector terminals. + -
1 2 3
Check for open

06 Multimeter
Condition
Specified E-004
Connection Condition
E-004 (3) - E-
Always Continuity
055 (70) 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
Check for short 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition E-055
RS15061151
E-004 (3) or E-
055 (70) - Body Always No voltage
ground
E-004 (3) or E-
050 (70) - Always No voltage
Battery positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (camshaft position
sensor - ECM)

OK Replace ECM

06–110 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

6 Check camshaft position sensor signal circuit and ground circuit

a. Check the wire harness between the camshaft

position sensor connector terminals and ECM
connector terminals.
Check for open
+ -
Multimeter Specified 1 2 3
Condition
Connection Condition
E-004 (2) - E- E-004
055 (77)
Always Continuity
E-004 (1) - E-
055 (74) 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
3 06
Check for short 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition E-055
RS15061152
E-004 (2) or E-
055 (77) - Body
ground
E-004 (1) or E-
055 (74) - Body
ground
Always No voltage
E-004 (2) or E-
055 (77) -
Battery positive
E-004 (1) or E-
055 (74) -
Battery positive

NG Replace wire harness or connector

(camshaft position sensor - ECM)

7 Check installation of camshaft position sensor

a. Remove the camshaft position sensor.

b. Check and clean the camshaft position sensor and installation area for signal incorrectness caused by
damage, foreign matter or excessive movement, etc.

NG Clean the installation area or replace

camshaft position sensor

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–111

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

8 Check camshaft ring gear

a. Check the camshaft ring gear for signal incorrectness caused by damage and foreign matter, such as
debris, etc.

NG Remove debris and clean camshaft

ring gear or replace camshaft

9 Install a normal camshaft position sensor and observe signal waveform

a. Install a normal camshaft position sensor.

06 b. Connect the camshaft position sensor connector.
c. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON). Start the engine and observe the signal waveform of the camshaft
position sensor with an oscilloscope.

OK Replace camshaft position sensor

10 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P0340 or P0341 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

06–112 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Charcoal Canister Purge Control Valve Circuit Output

DTC P0443
Fault

Charcoal Canister Purge Control Valve Circuit Short to

DTC P0458
Low

Charcoal Canister Purge Control Valve Circuit Short to

DTC P0459
High

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–113

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

BATTERY

B+

ENGINE
3 2 COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
F13 F14 MAIN RELAY BOX
15A 5A RELAY E-014
5 1 E-050

E9 E11 E10

RW
RL

06 6
E-062
E-023

LB
RL

2
CANISTER
SOLENOID
VALVE
E-022
1
LY

E-023
22 E-062
LY

64 44

ECM
E-055

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
16 21 26 31 36 41
3 7 11
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 15 20 25 30 35 40
5 4 2 6 10
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 14 19 24 29 34 39
1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

E-062
B

E-055
B
B E-022
1 2 B
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050
E13 E14 E15 E16 E-014
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 W
ES15061130

06–114 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
Charcoal Canister
P0443 Purge Control Valve
Circuit Output Fault
Charcoal Canister • Canister solenoid valve
P0458 Purge Control Valve Engine running • Wire harness or connector
Circuit Short to Low • ECM
Charcoal Canister
P0459 Purge Control Valve
Circuit Short to High

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures. 06
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–115

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

2 Check canister solenoid valve connector

a. Disconnect the canister solenoid valve connector

E-022.
b. Check the canister solenoid valve connector.

RS15090030

06
NG Repair or replace connector

3 Check canister solenoid valve power supply voltage

a. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).

b. Measure the voltage between the terminals of the
canister solenoid valve connector and the body
ground.
V
+ -
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-022 (2) - Ignition switch II
11 to 14 V
Body ground (ON) 1 2

E-022

RS15061160

OK Go to step 5

06–116 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

4 Check canister solenoid valve power supply circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the fuse F13, F14 and main relay.
c. Disconnect the engine compartment fuse and relay
box connector E-050.
+ -
d. Check the wire harness between the canister
solenoid valve connector terminal and engine
compartment fuse and relay box connector 1 2

terminals.
Check for open E-022

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8
06
E-022 (2) - E- E13 E14 E15 E16
Always Continuity E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20
050 (E9 or E11)
E-050
Check for short RS15061161

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-022 (2) or
E-050 (E9 or
Always No voltage
E11) - Body
ground

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (canister solenoid
valve - engine compartment fuse and
relay box)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–117

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

5 Check canister solenoid valve control circuit

a. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.

b. Check the wire harness between the terminals of
canister solenoid valve connector and ECM
connector.
Check for open + -
1 2

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition E-022

E-022 (1) - E-
Always Continuity
055 (64)
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
Check for short
06 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2
3
1

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition E-055
E-022 (1) or E- RS15061162
055 (64) - Body
ground
Always No voltage
E-022 (1) or E-
055 (64) -
Battery positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (canister solenoid
valve - ECM)

6 Check canister solenoid valve

a. Check the resistance of canister solenoid valve.

Multimeter + -
Specified Condition
Connection 2 1

1-2 26 ± 4 Ω (20°C)

b. Suction air into the valve, the valve should open

when the battery voltage is applied between the
terminals 1 and 2 and should close when no battery
voltage is applied.
RS15061163

NG Replace canister solenoid valve

06–118 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

7 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P0443, P0458 or P0459 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.
06

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–119

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0560 System Voltage Not Plausible

DTC P0562 System Voltage Low

DTC P0563 System Voltage High

IGNITION SWITCH
ON OR START

BATTERY
A11
INSTRUMENT PANEL
EF03 FUSE AND RELAY BOX
I-001
06 20A
C3
E-048

D4 B+

ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
F16 F23 FUSE AND
3 2 RELAY BOX
10A 10A
E-014
MAIN
E-041
RELAY
E-050
5 1

E12 E10 E5
RW

68 44 67

ECM
E-055

D1 D2
D3 D4

E-014

A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 I-001 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050

A13 A12 A11 A10 E13 E14 E15 E16
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 W W
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20

ES15061000

06–120 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
System Voltage Not • Fuse
P0560
Plausible
• Wire harness or connector
P0562 System Voltage Low Ignition switch II (ON) • Battery
• Battery terminal
P0563 System Voltage High • ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
06
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check battery

a. Check if the battery voltage is normal.

NG Recharge or replace battery

2 Check battery terminals

a. Check if the battery terminals are loose or corroded.

NG Tighten or replace battery terminals

3 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–121

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

4 Check ECM connector

a. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.

b. Check the ECM connector.

NG Repair or replace ECM connector

5 Check ECM power supply voltage (Battery voltage)

a. Measure the voltage between the terminal of the

06 ECM connector E-055 and the body ground.

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition +
V
-

E-055 (67) -
Always 11 to 14 V
Body ground
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

E-055

RS15061010

OK Go to step 8

6 Check ECM fuse

a. Unplug the ECM fuse F23 (10 A) from the engine compartment fuse and relay box.
b. Check the resistance of the fuse F23.

NG Replace ECM fuse

06–122 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

7 Check wire harness and connector (ECM - engine compartment fuse and relay box)

a. Disconnect the engine compartment fuse and relay

box connector E-050.
b. Check the wire harness between the terminals of
the connectors.
Check for open + -

Check for short

06
E-055
Specified
Multimeter Connection
Condition
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8
E13 E14 E15 E16
E-055 (67) or E-050 (E5) - Body E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20
No voltage
ground E-050 RS15061011

E-055 (67) or E-050 (E5) - Battery

No voltage
positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector

Repair or replace engine compartment fuse and relay box or wire harness (engine compartment fuse
and relay box - battery)

8 Check ECM power supply voltage (ignition switch voltage)

a. Connect the engine compartment fuse and relay

box connector E-050.
b. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
c. Measure the voltage between the terminals of the V
ECM connector. + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-055 (68) - E- 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
Ignition switch II 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
055 (2) or E-055 11 to 14 V 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
3
(ON) 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1
(3)

E-055

RS15061015

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–123

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

OK Go to step 11

9 Check ECM fuse

a. Unplug the ECM fuse F16 (10 A) from the engine compartment fuse and relay box.
b. Unplug the ECM fuse EF03 (20 A) from the instrument panel fuse and relay box.
c. Check the resistance of the fuses F16 and EF03.
Standard Resistance: Below 1 Ω

NG Replace ECM fuse

OK
06
Check wire harness and connector (ECM - body ground and engine compartment fuse and
10 relay box)

a. Disconnect the engine compartment fuse and relay

box connector E-050.
b. Check the wire harness between the terminals of
the wire harness side connectors.
Check for open + -

Specified
Multimeter Connection
Condition 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
5 4
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
E-055 (68) - E-050 (E12) Continuity 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

Check for short

E-055
Specified
Multimeter Connection
Condition
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8
E13 E14 E15 E16
E-055 (68) or E-050 (E12) - Body E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20
No voltage
ground E-050 RS15061016

E-055 (68) or E-050 (E12) -

No voltage
Battery positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector

06–124 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

11 Check ignition switch assembly (See page 15-12)

NG Replace ignition switch assembly

Repair or replace engine compartment fuse and relay box or wire harness (engine compartment fuse
and relay box - ignition switch)

12 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC. 06

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P0560, P0562 or P0563 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–125

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0601 ROM Check Sum Error

DTC Detection
DTC DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
The ECM detects an
P0601 ROM Check Sum Error • ECM
internal malfunction

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
06 • Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM power supply and ground circuit

a. Perform the ECM power supply and ground circuit test (See page 06-22).

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector

2 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P0601 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

06–126 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0645 A/C Clutch Control Circuit Output Fault

DTC P0646 A/C Clutch Control Circuit Short to Low

DTC P0647 A/C Clutch Control Circuit Short to High

BATTERY

B+

F07
06
ENGINE
10A COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
3 2 RELAY BOX
3 2
A/C MAIN E-014
COMPRESSOR RELAY E-050
RELAY
5 1
5 1

E8 E20 E10
GR

3 E-062
E-023
GR

1
A/C
COMPRESSOR
E-030

10 44
ECM
E-055

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
16 21 26 31 36 41
3 7 11
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 15 20 25 30 35 40
5 4 2 6 10
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 14 19 24 29 34 39
1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
E-062
B

B
E-055
B E-014

E-030 E-050
1 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8
W E13 E14 E15 E16 W
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20
ES15061140

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–127

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
A/C Clutch Control
P0645
Circuit Output Fault
• Air Conditioning Compressor Relay
A/C Clutch Control
P0646 Ignition switch II (ON) • Wire harness or connector
Circuit Short to Low
• ECM
A/C Clutch Control
P0647
Circuit Short to High

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
06 • Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

06–128 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

2 Check air conditioning compressor relay

a. Unplug the air conditioning compressor relay from

the engine compartment fuse and relay box.
b. Check the air conditioning compressor relay + -

terminals. 3 2

Multimeter
Specified Condition
Connection
3-5 No continuity 5 1
Continuity
3-5 (When battery voltage is applied to

1
terminals 1 and 2)
06

5
3

2
RS15061013

NG Replace air conditioning compressor

relay

3 Check air conditioning compressor relay control circuit

a. Disconnect the engine compartment fuse and relay

box connector E-050.
b. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
c. Check the wire harness between the ECM
connector terminal and engine compartment fuse + -

and relay box connector.

Check for open E1 E2 E3 E4
E13 E14 E15 E16
E5 E6 E7 E8
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20

Multimeter Specified E-050

Condition
Connection Condition
E-055 (10) - E-
Always Continuity 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
050 (E20) 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
5 4
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1
Check for short

Multimeter Specified
Condition E-055
RS15061170
Connection Condition
E-055 (10) or E-
050 (E20) - Always No voltage
Body ground
E-055 (10) or E-
050 (E20) - Always No voltage
Battery positive

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–129

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (ECM - engine
compartment fuse and relay box)

4 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P0645, P0646 or P0647 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

06 OK

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

06–130 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P2177 Fuel Trim Too Lean Off Idle

DTC P2178 Fuel Trim Too Rich Off Idle

DTC P2187 Fuel Trim Too Lean at Idle

DTC P2188 Fuel Trim Too Rich at Idle

BATTERY

B+

3 2
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
06
FUSE AND
F13 F14 MAIN RELAY BOX
15A 5A RELAY E-014
5 1 E-050

E9 E11 E10
RW
RL

E-062
6
E-018 E-017 E-023

LB
4
4
RW

1 1 1 UPSTREAM
OXYGEN
INJECTOR 1 INJECTOR 2 INJECTOR 3 SENSOR
E-026 E-025 E-024 E-009
3 2 1
2 2 2
YG

E-018
WG
WR
YG

1 2 3
E-017
GB
BR

E-023
33 15 28 E-062
E-023
13 18 16
E-062
WG
WR
YG
GB
BR

6 7 25 24 47 58 44
ECM
E-055

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
16 21 26 31 36 41
3 7 11 E-062
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 15 20 25 30 35 40
2 6 10 B
E-055 14 19 24 29 34 39
3
1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
B
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

B
E-009
B E-014
1 2 3 4

1 2 3
E-017
4 5 6 E-024 E-025 E-026
B
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050 B B B
E13 E14 E15 E16 7 8 9 1 2
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 W
ES15061150

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–131

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

ECM
E-055

66 71 54 76 52 49

GW
LW

RB
G
L

E-062
41 42 30 10 29 20

06
E-023

GW
LW

RB
G
L

3 2 4 1

1 2

INTAKE PRESSURE/ ENGINE COOLANT

TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEMPERATURE
E-016 SENSOR
E-005

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
16 21 26 31 36 41
3 7 11
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 15 20 25 30 35 40
5 4 2 6 10
14 19 24 29 34 39
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
E-062
B

E-055
B E-005
2 1 B
1 2 3 4 E-016
B
ES15061160

06–132 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
• Intake system leakage
Fuel Trim Too Lean Off
P2177 • PCV hose improper connection
Idle
• Intake pressure/temperature sensor
Fuel Trim Too Rich Off • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P2178
Idle • Injector blockage
Engine running • Exhaust system leakage
Fuel Trim Too Lean at • Abnormal fuel pressure
P2187
Idle • Main relay circuit
• Upstream oxygen sensor
Fuel Trim Too Rich at • Upstream oxygen sensor circuit
P2188
Idle
• ECM 06
DTC Confirmation Procedure
Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check any other DTCs output (in addition to DTC P2177, P2178, P2187 or P2188 )

a. Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
b. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON). Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature,
and then select Read Code.

Display (DTC Output) Proceed to

DTC P2177, P2178, P2187 or P2188 A
DTC P2177, P2178, P2187 or P2188 and other
B
DTCs

B Go to DTC chart, and perform

troubleshooting for other DTCs first

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–133

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

2 Read datastream

a. Read datastream using the diagnostic tester.

b. Check the datastream below.

Item OK (Idling) If it is NG, proceed to

Engine Coolant Temperature 75°C to 100°C A
Quickly fluctuates between 0.1 to
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Voltage B
0.9 V
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Slightly fluctuates between 0.7 to
B
Voltage 0.9 V
Coolant Temperature Sensor
About 2.25 V A
06 Voltage
Intake Temperature Sensor
About 2.61 V C
Voltage
Intake Pressure Sensor Voltage About 1.51 V C
Intake Air Mass Flow Rate About 4 kg/h C
Average Injection Pulse Width About 3.5 ms D

A Go to step 7

B Go to step 5

C Go to step 6

D Go to step 10

3 Check exhaust system

a. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON) and start the engine.

b. Check the exhaust system for leakage at idling or middle load.

NG Repair or replace related exhaust

system components

4 Check intake system

a. Check the intake system for leakage at idling or middle load.

NG Repair or replace related intake

system components

06–134 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

5 Check oxygen sensor

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the oxygen sensor connector.
c. Check if the oxygen sensor connector is normal.
d. Check the oxygen sensor.

NG Repair or replace oxygen sensor or

connector

06
6 Check intake pressure/temperature sensor

a. Disconnect the intake pressure/temperature sensor connector.

b. Check if the intake pressure/temperature sensor connector is normal.
c. Check the intake pressure/temperature sensor.

NG Repair or replace intake pressure/

temperature sensor or connector

7 Check engine coolant temperature sensor

a. Disconnect the engine coolant temperature sensor connector.

b. Check if the engine coolant temperature sensor connector is normal.
c. Check the engine coolant temperature sensor.

NG Repair or replace engine coolant

temperature sensor or connector

8 Check PCV hose connection

a. Check if the PCV hose connects correctly or if there is damage.

NG Repair or replace PCV hose

9 Check spark (See page 06-92)

a. Check if the injector is normal.

NG Repair or replace ignition system

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–135

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

10 Check injector (See page 08-26)

a. Check if the injector is normal.

NG Repair or replace injector

11 Check fuel pressure

a. Using a fuel pressure gauge, check the fuel pressure (See page 08-10).
06 Standard Fuel Pressure

Condition Fuel Pressure (kPa)

Key II (ON) 350
Engine Idling 400
Key B (LOCK) 350

NG Repair or replace fuel system

12 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P2177, P2178, P2187 or P2188 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

06–136 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0351 Ignition Coil Circuit Fault - Cylinder 1

DTC P0352 Ignition Coil Circuit Fault - Cylinder 2

DTC P0353 Ignition Coil Circuit Fault - Cylinder 3

BATTERY

B+

ENGINE
3 2 COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
F13 F14 MAIN RELAY BOX
15A 5A RELAY E-014

06
5 1 E-050

E9 E11 E10

RW
RL

LB
IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION E-062
COIL 1 COIL 2 COIL 3 6
E-023
E-021 E-020 E-019
RL

1 1 1
B

B
B

4 E-017
E-018

2 3 2 3 2 3
RW
YR
R

P
B

E-018
6 7 8 9
E-017
YW

BY
B

E-023
LB

2 32 7 9 E-062
YW
B

E-054
4 1 62 44
ECM
E-055

B
1 2 3

4 5 6 E-014
7 8 9

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050 E-019 E-020 E-021

1 2 3
E13 E14 E15 E16 Gr Gr Gr
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 W E-017
B ES15061090

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–137

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
Ignition Coil Circuit
P0351
Fault - Cylinder 1 • Ignition coil
Ignition Coil Circuit • Spark plug
P0352 Engine running
Fault - Cylinder 2 • Wire harness or connector
Ignition Coil Circuit • ECM
P0353
Fault - Cylinder 3

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
06 • Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

2 Check ignition coil connectors

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the ignition coil connectors E-021, E-020 and E-019.
c. Check ignition coil connectors.

NG Repair or replace connector

06–138 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

3 Check ignition coil

a. Remove the ignition coil.

b. Check the resistance of primary winding and
secondary winding of the ignition coil (at normal + - 3 2 1

temperature).

Multimeter
Specified Condition
Connection
Resistance of primary winding:
2-3
0.7 - 0.8 Ω

RS15061120

06
NG Replace ignition coil

4 Check ignition coil power supply voltage

a. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).

b. Measure the voltage between the terminals of the
ignition coil connectors and the body ground.
V
Multimeter Specified
Condition + -
Connection Condition 1 2 3

E-021 (2), E-
E-021
020 (2), E-019 Ignition switch II
11 to 14 V E-020
(2) - Body (ON)
E-019
ground

RS15061121

OK Go to step 6

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–139

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

5 Check ignition coil power supply circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

Check for short E-050

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (ignition coil - ECM,
ignition coil - body ground)

06–140 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

6 Check ignition coil control circuit and ground circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

E-019 (3) - E-
055 (62) E-055 RS15061123
Always Continuity
E-021 (1) -
Body ground
E-020 (1) -
Body ground
E-019 (1) -
Body ground

Check for short

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (ignition coil - ECM,
ignition coil - body ground)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–141

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

7 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P0351, P0352 or P0353 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.
06

06–142 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0685 Main Relay Control Circuit Fault

DTC P0686 Main Relay Control Circuit Short to Low

DTC P0687 Main Relay Control Circuit Short to High

BATTERY

B+
06
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
3 2 FUSE AND
RELAY BOX
MAIN E-014
RELAY E-050
5 1

E10
LB

ECM
E-055

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
E-055
3 B
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

B
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050
E13 E14 E15 E16 W
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 E-014
ES15061170

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–143

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
Main Relay Control
P0685
Circuit Fault
• Main relay
Main Relay Control
P0686 Ignition switch II (ON) • Wire harness or connector
Circuit Short to Low
• ECM
Main Relay Control
P0687
Circuit Short to High

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
06 • Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON), start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
• Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, select Read Datastream.
• If the datastream is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the datastream is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

06–144 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

2 Check main relay

a. Unplug the main relay from the engine

compartment fuse and relay box.
b. Check for continuity between the terminals of main + -

relay. 3 2

Multimeter
Specified Condition
Connection
3-5 No continuity 5 1
Continuity
3-5 (When battery voltage is applied to

1
terminals 1 and 2)
06

5
3

2
RS15061013

NG Replace main relay

3 Check main relay circuit voltage

a. Measure the voltage between the terminals of main

relay (engine compartment fuse and relay box side)
and body ground.

Multimeter Specified V
Condition + -
Connection Condition
Main relay
terminal 2 and 3
(engine 2
5
1

compartment Always 11 to 14 V 3

fuse and relay

box side) - Body
ground

RS15061012

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (main relay - battery)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–145

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

4 Check wire harness and connector (ECM - engine compartment fuse and relay box)

a. Disconnect the engine compartment fuse and relay

box connector E-050.
b. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
c. Check the wire harness between the terminals of
the connector. + -

Check for open

E-055 (44) - E-050 (E10) Continuity

06
E-055
Check for short

Specified
Multimeter Connection E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8
Condition E9 E10 E11 E12
E13 E14 E15 E16
E17 E18 E19 E20

E-055 (44) or E-050 (E10) - Body E-050 RS15061014

No voltage
ground
E-055 (44) or E-050 (E10) -
No voltage
Battery positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector

5 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P0685, P0686 or P0687 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

06–146 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0532 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit Low or Open

DTC P0533 A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit High

A/C SWITCH
I-012

7 06
GR

8 I-014
E-057
GR

2
A/C
PRESSURE
SWITCH
E-059
1
WB

ECM
E-055

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
5 4 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1 I-012
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
B

E-055 E-059
B 1 2 W

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 E-057
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 W
ES15061180

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–147

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definitions Possible Cause
Conditions
A/C Refrigerant
P0532 Pressure Sensor
• Air conditioning pressure switch
Circuit Low or Open
Ignition switch II (ON) • Wire harness or connector
A/C Refrigerant
• ECM
P0533 Pressure Sensor
Circuit High

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
06 • Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

2 Check air conditioning pressure switch connector

a. Disconnect the A/C pressure switch connector E-059.

b. Check the air conditioning pressure switch connector.

NG Repair or replace connector

3 Check air conditioning line pressure

a. Check if the air conditioning pressure is normal.

06–148 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Item Pressure
Low Pressure 0.15 - 0.20 MPa
High Pressure 1.5 - 1.8 MPa

NG Check air conditioning system

Check air conditioning pressure switch circuit (air conditioning pressure switch - engine
4 compartment fuse and relay box)

a. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).

b. Turn the blower switch and A/C switch on.
c. Measure the voltage between the terminals of the
06
air conditioning pressure switch connector and the V
body ground. + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
1 2

• Ignition
switch II E-059
(ON)
E-059 (2) -
• Blower 11 to 14 V
Body ground
switch on
• A/C switch
on
RS15061180

NG Check related fuse, A/C switch. wire

harness or connector (air
conditioning pressure switch -
engine compartment fuse and relay
box)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–149

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

5 Check air conditioning pressure switch circuit (air conditioning pressure switch - ECM)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
c. Check the wire harness between the terminals of
air conditioning pressure switch connector and
ECM connector. + -

Check for open

1 2

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition E-059

E-059 (1) - E-
Always Continuity
055 (79)
06
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

Check for short 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62

3
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition E-055 RS15061181
E-059 (1) or E-
055 (79) - Body
ground
Always No voltage
E-059 (1) or E-
055 (79) -
Battery positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (air conditioning pressure
switch - ECM)

6 Check air conditioning pressure switch

a. Set the air conditioning refrigerant pressure gauge.

b. Check the air conditioning pressure switch.

Multimeter Connection Pressure Condition Specified Condition

Low pressure No continuity
1-2 Normal pressure Continuity
High pressure No continuity

NG Replace air conditioning pressure

switch

7 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

06–150 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.

c. Check if DTC P0532 or P0533 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–151

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0506 Idle RMP Too Low

DTC P0507 Idle RMP Too High

STEP
MOTOR
E-011

06 2 1 BrW 3 4
LR

W
L

E-023
39 38 14 19
E-062
BrW
LR

W
L

41 42 21 20

ECM
E-055

E-055 E-011
4 3 2 1
B B

ES15061190

06–152 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definitions Possible Cause
Conditions
• Intake system leakage
P0506 Idle RMP Too Low • PCV hose improper connection
• Throttle position sensor
Engine running
• Idle control valve
P0507 Idle RMP Too High • Throttle body
• ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC). 06
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check any other DTCs output (in addition to DTC P0506 or P0507)

Display (DTC Output) Proceed to

DTC P0506 or P0507 A
DTC P0506 or P0507and other DTCs B

B Go to DTC chart, and perform

troubleshooting for other DTCs first

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–153

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

2 Read datastream

a. Use the diagnostic tester and select Read

Datastream.
b. Check if the engine speed is normal.
OK: About 860 rpm
Datastream

Datastream name Value Unit

fault number 0

calculated load value 1.95 %

engine coolant temperature 84.00 GradC

short term fuel trim factor 0.99 %

long term fuel trim factor 1.00 %

intake manifold absolute pressure 380 hpa

engine speed 854.25 rpm

06 vehicle speed 0 km/h

RS15061191

OK Go to step 10

3 Check PCV hose connection

OK: PCV hose is connected correctly and is not damaged.

NG Repair or replace PCV hose

4 Check intake system

a. Check the intake system for vacuum leaks.

OK: No leaks in intake system.

NG Repair or replace intake system

5 Check throttle body

a. Check the condition of throttle body.

b. Check if there is blockage in by-pass air channel caused by dust, oil gas, etc., leading to step motor
abnormal idle adjustment.

NG Repair, clean or replace throttle body

06–154 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

6 Check idle control valve connector

a. Disconnect the idle control valve connector.

b. Check the idle control valve connector.

NG Repair or replace connector

7 Check idle control valve circuit voltage

a. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).

b. Measure the voltage between the terminals of the
idle control valve connector and the body ground. 06
V
Multimeter Specified
Condition + -
Connection Condition (V)
E-011 (1) - Body
0
ground 4 3 2 1

E-011 (2) - Body

12
ground Ignition switch II E-011

E-011 (3) - Body (ON)

0
ground
E-011 (4) - Body
12
ground
RS15061192

OK Go to step 9

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–155

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

8 Check idle control valve circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
c. Check the wire harness between the terminals of
idle control valve connector and ECM connector.
+ -
Check for open
4 3 2 1
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-011
E-011 (1) - E-
055 (42)
E-011 (2) - E-
06
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
055 (41) 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
3
Always Continuity 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1
E-011 (3) - E-
055 (21)
E-055
E-011 (4) - E- RS15061193
055 (20)

Check for short

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-011 (1) or E-
055 (42), E-011
(2) or E-055
(41), E-011 (3)
or E-055 (21),
E-011 (4) or E-
055 (20) - Body
ground
Always No voltage
E-011 (1) or E-
055 (42), E-011
(2) or E-055
(41), E-011 (3)
or E-055 (21),
E-011(4) or E-
055(20) -
Battery positive

NG Replace wire harness or connector

(idle control valve - ECM)

06–156 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

9 Check idle control valve

a. Check the resistance of idle control valve.

Multimeter Connection Specified Condition (Ω) + - 1 2 3 4

1-2 53 ± 5.3
3-4 53 ± 5.3

RS15061190

06
NG Replace idle control valve

10 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P0506 or P0507 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–157

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0480 Fan 1 Control Circuit Fault

DTC P0481 Fan 2 Control Circuit Fault

DTC P0691 Fan 1 Control Circuit Short to Low

DTC P0692 Fan 1 Control Circuit Short to High

DTC P0693 Fan 2 Control Circuit Short to Low

DTC P0694 Fan 2 Control Circuit Short to High

06–158 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

BATTERY

B+

F04 SB5
30A 40A ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
RELAY BOX
3 2 COOLING 3 2 30 85 COOLING E-014
FAN FAN E-049
(LOW MAIN (HIGH E-050
SPEED) RELAY SPEED)
5 1 RELAY 5 1 87 86 RELAY

F10 E1 E10 F12 E18 06

WR
GR

GL
LB

COOLING
L

FAN MOTOR
E-033

M
2 65 44 17
B

ECM
E-055
E-063

E-014

F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 E-049 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050
F10 F11 F12 F13 E13 E14 E15 E16
F7 F8 F9 F14 F15 F16 W E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 W
ES15061200

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–159

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definitions Possible Cause
Conditions
Fan 1 Control Circuit
P0480
Fault
Fan 2 Control Circuit
P0481
Fault
• Cooling fan motor
Fan 1 Control Circuit
P0691 • Cooling fan relay
Short to Low
Ignition switch II (ON) • Fuse
Fan 1 Control Circuit
P0692 • Wire harness or connector
Short to High
• ECM
Fan 2 Control Circuit
P0693
Short to Low

06 P0694
Fan 2 Control Circuit
Short to High

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

2 Check cooling fan connector

a. Disconnect the cooling fan motor connector E-033.

b. Check the cooling fan connector.

06–160 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

NG Repair or replace connector

3 Check cooling fan relay

a. Unplug the cooling fan high speed and low speed

relays from the engine compartment fuse and relay
box. + -
30 85
b. Check the cooling fan high speed relay.

Multimeter
Specified Condition
Connection
30 - 87 No continuity 87 86

Continuity
06
30 - 87 (When battery voltage is applied to 87
terminals 85 and 86)

85
30
RS15061200

c. Check the cooling fan low speed relay.

Multimeter
Specified Condition + -
Connection
3 2
3-5 No continuity
Continuity
3-5 (When battery voltage is applied to
terminals 1 and 2) 5 1
1
5
3

RS15061013

NG Replace relay

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–161

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

4 Check cooling fan relay circuit voltage

a. Check the terminal voltage of the cooling fan relay

(engine compartment fuse and relay box side).

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition +
V
-
2 1

Terminal 2 and
5
3

3 (low speed
11 to 14 V
fan) - Body
ground Ignition switch II 87
85 86

Terminal 30 and (ON) 30

85 (high speed
11 to 14 V
06 fan) - Body
ground

RS15061201

NG Check cooling fan fuse, repair or

replace wire harness or connector
(fan relay - battery)

Check wire harness and connector (engine compartment fuse and relay box - ECM and
5 cooling fan motor)

a. Disconnect the engine compartment fuse and relay

box connectors E-050 and E-049.
b. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
c. Check the wire harness between the ECM
connector terminal and engine compartment fuse + -

and relay box connector.

Check for open
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

Specified 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
3

Multimeter Connection 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1
Condition
E-055 (65) - E-050 (E1) Continuity
E-055
E-055 (17) - E-050 (E18) Continuity

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8
Check for short E9 E10 E11 E12
E13 E14 E15 E16
E17 E18 E19 E20

E-050 RS15061202
Specified
Multimeter Connection
Condition
E-055 (65) or E-050 (E1), E-055
No voltage
(17) or E-050 (E18) - Body ground
E-055 (65) or E-050 (E1), E-055
(17) or E-050 (E18) - Battery No voltage
positive

06–162 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

d. Check the wire harness between the cooling fan

motor connector terminals and engine
compartment fuse and relay box connector
terminals and body ground.
Check for open + -
1
3 2

Specified
Multimeter Connection
Condition E-033

E-033 (1) - E-049 (F10) Continuity

E-033 (3) - E-049 (F12) Continuity
E-033 (2) - Body ground Continuity F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6
F10 F11 F12 F13
F7 F8 F9 F14 F15 F16
Check for short
E-049

Multimeter Connection
Specified
Condition RS15061203
06
E-033 (1) or E-049 (F10), E-033
No voltage
(3) or E-049 (F12) - Body ground
E-033 (1) or E-049 (F10), E-033
(3) or E-049 (F12) - Battery No voltage
positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector

6 Check cooling fan motor

a. Check the cooling fan motor.

Battery Positive Connection Battery Negative Connection Specified Condition

1 2 Fan low speed operation
3 2 Fan high speed operation

NG Replace cooling fan motor

7 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693 or P0694 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–163

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

06–164 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0501 Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal Not Plausible

DTC P0502 Vehicle Speed Sensor No Signal

IGNITION SWITCH
ON OR START

A11
INSTRUMENT PANEL
EF03 FUSE AND RELAY BOX
20A I-001
E-048
C3

D4 ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
F18 RELAY BOX
E-041
06
10A
E-050
INSTRUMENT
E15 E14 CLUSTER
RW

I-027
RB

27 7
RW

BrW

V
8 E-062
E-023 1 I-014
5
E-057
RB

1
VEHICLE 2 OW
OW
SPEED 25
SENSOR E-023 E-062
E-008
V

3
B

E-023 51
34
E-062 ECM
B

E-055

E-058

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
16 21 26 31 36 41
3 7 11
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 15 20 25 30 35 40
5 4 2 6 10
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 14 19 24 29 34 39
1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
E-062
B

E-008
1 2 3
E-055 B
B

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050 D1 D2 E-041
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 E13 E14 E15 E16 D3 D4 W
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 W
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

I-027
L A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 I-001
A13 A12 A11 A10
E-057 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 W
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
E-048 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 W
C1 C2 C3
B ES15061210

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–165

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definitions Possible Cause
Conditions
Vehicle Speed Sensor • Vehicle speed sensor
P0501 • Ignition switch II
Signal Not Plausible • Wire harness or connector
(ON)
Vehicle Speed Sensor • Combination meter
P0502 • Engine running
No Signal • ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
06 • Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis procedure -
Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check ECM ground point

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the ECM ground point E-054 (See page 06-18).

NG Repair or replace ground wire

harness or ground point

2 Perform road test to check speedometer

a. Drive the vehicle.

b. Check if the speedometer displays normally.

OK Go to step 8

3 Check vehicle speed sensor connector

a. Disconnect the vehicle speed sensor connector E-008.

b. Check the vehicle speed sensor connector.

06–166 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

NG Repair or replace connector

4 Check vehicle speed sensor power supply voltage

a. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).

b. Measure the voltage between the terminals of the
vehicle speed sensor connector and the body
ground.
V
+ -
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-008 (1) - Ignition switch II 1 2 3
11 to 14 V
Body ground (ON) 06
E-008

RS15061210

OK Go to step 6

5 Check vehicle speed sensor power supply circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Check the wire harness between the terminals of
vehicle speed sensor connector and engine
compartment fuse and relay box connector.
Check for open + -

Specified 1 2 3
Multimeter Connection
Condition
E-008 (1) - E-050 (E14 or E15) Continuity E-008

Check for short

Specified
Multimeter Connection E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8
Condition E9 E10 E11 E12
E13 E14 E15 E16
E17 E18 E19 E20

E-008 (1) or E-050 (E14 or E15) -

No voltage E-050
Body ground RS15061211

E-008 (1) or E-050 (E14 or E15) -

No voltage
Battery positive

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–167

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (vehicle speed sensor -
engine compartment fuse and relay
box)

OK Check fuse, wire harness or

connector (engine compartment fuse
and relay box - ignition switch)

6 Check vehicle speed sensor signal circuit and ground circuit

a. Disconnect the combination meter connector I-027.

b. Check the wire harness between the vehicle speed
sensor connector and combination meter
06 connector, ground.
Check for open + -

1 2 3
Specified
Multimeter Connection
Condition
E-008
E-008 (2) - I-027 (27) Continuity
E-008 (3) - Body ground Continuity
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Check for short 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

Specified
Multimeter Connection
Condition I-027

E-008 (2) or I-027 (27) - Body RS15061212

No voltage
ground
E-008 (2) or I-027 (27) - Battery
No voltage
positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (vehicle speed sensor -
combination meter and body ground)

7 Replace vehicle speed sensor and perform road test again to check speedometer

a. Check if the speedometer displays normally.

NG Replace combination meter

OK Replace vehicle speed sensor

06–168 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

8 Check wire harness or connector (combination meter - ECM)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the combination meter connector I-027.
c. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
d. Check the wire harness between the terminals of
+ -
combination meter connector and ECM connector. 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
Check for open

Specified I-027
Multimeter Connection
Condition
I-027 (7) - E-055 (51) Continuity
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

06
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
Check for short 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
3
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

Specified
Multimeter Connection
Condition
E-055
I-027 (7) or E-055 (51) - Body RS15061213
No voltage
ground
I-027 (7) or E-055 (51) - Battery
No voltage
positive

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector (combination meter -
ECM)

9 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P0501 or P0502 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–169

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0420 Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
• Three-way catalytic converter
Catalyst System • Exhaust system leakage
P0420 Efficiency Below Engine running • Upstream oxygen sensor
Threshold • Downstream oxygen sensor
• ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
06 • Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
• Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check any other DTCs output (in addition to DTC P0420 )

Display (DTC Output) Proceed to

DTC P0420 A
DTC P0420 and other DTCs B

B Go to DTC chart, and perform

troubleshooting for other DTCs first

2 Read datastream

a. Use the diagnostic tester and select Read Datastream.

b. Check the datastream below.

06–170 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Item OK (Idling) If it is NG, proceed to

Quickly fluctuates between 0.1 to
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Voltage A
0.9 V
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Slightly fluctuates between 0.7 to
B
Voltage 0.9 V
Average Injection Pulse Width About 3.5 ms C

A Replace upstream oxygen sensor

C Check injector, fuel pressure and

other causes for abnormal injection
pulse width
06
B

3 Check exhaust system

a. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON) and start the engine.

b. Check exhaust system for leakage.

NG Repair or replace related exhaust

system components

4 Check downstream oxygen sensor

NG Replace downstream oxygen sensor

Replace three-way catalytic converter

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–171

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

5 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P0420 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.
06

06–172 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC P0650 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Fault

INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
I-027
20

OG
06
I-014
14
E-057
OG

19
ECM
E-055

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 I-027 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
L

E-057
W

ES15061220

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–173

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
• Combination meter
Malfunction Indicator
P0650 Ignition switch II (ON) • Wire harness or connector
Lamp (MIL) Fault
• ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ECM.
06 • Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature, and then select Read Code.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent (See page 06-18).

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check engine malfunction indicator

a. Connect the diagnostic tester and turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
b. Perform Active Test with diagnostic tester.
OK: Enable the malfunction indicator and the malfunction indicator illuminates; Disable the
malfunction indicator and malfunction indicator goes off.

NG Replace combination meter

2 Check combination meter and ECM connectors

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the combination meter connector I-027.
c. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
d. Check if the connector is normal.

NG Repair or replace connector

06–174 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

3 Check signal circuit (combination meter - ECM)

a. Check the wire harness between the terminals of

combination meter connector and ECM connector.
Check for open

Specified
Multimeter Connection + -
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Condition 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

E-055 (19) - I-027 (20) Continuity

I-027
Check for short

Multimeter Connection
Specified 06
Condition 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
5 4
3
E-055 (19) or I-027 (20) - Body 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1
No voltage
ground
E-055 (19) or I-027 (20) - Battery
No voltage E-055
positive RS15061220

NG Repair or replace wire harness or

connector

4 Check for DTCs

a. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, read the ECM DTC.

b. Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure.
c. Check if DTC P0650 still exists.

NG Replace ECM

System is operating normally.

Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that the malfunction reported by the
customer has been repaired.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–175

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Engine Problem Symptom Diagnosis

Perform the primary inspection first before performing the malfunction diagnosis procedures:
1. Confirm that the engine malfunction indicator operates normally;
2. Using the diagnostic tester, check that no error messages are recorded;
3. Confirm that the malfunction complained by the customer is present, and confirm the condition under
which the malfunction occurs.
Then, perform appearance inspection:
1. Check the fuel line for leakage;
2. Check if the vacuum line is broken or twisted, and if the connection is correct;
3. Check the intake line for blockage, air leakage, crush or damage;
4. Check if the high-voltage cable of ignition system is broken or deteriorated, and if the firing order is correct;
5. Check if the wire harness ground points are clean and secure;
6. Check each sensor or actuator connector for looseness or poor contact.
06 HINT:
If the above conditions exist, repair the trouble areas first, otherwise it will affect the repair work for the
following trouble diagnosis.

Diagnostic Help:
1. Confirm that there are no trouble records for the engine;
2. Confirm that the complained trouble symptoms are present;
3. There are no abnormal conditions after performing the inspection according to the above procedures;
4. During servicing, do not ignore the vehicle maintenance condition, cylinder pressure, mechanical ignition
timing and fuel condition, etc. that can affect the system;
5. Replace ECM, and perform the test. If the trouble can be eliminated, the trouble area is in ECM;
if the trouble symptom still exists, reuse the original ECM, repeat the procedures, and perform service
again.

Problem Symptoms Table

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Battery

Engine does not crank or cranks slowly Starter motor

06-180
while starting Wire harness or ignition switch
Engine mechanical
No fuel in the tank
Fuel pump
Engine cranks normally but cannot start
Engine speed sensor 06-182
successfully while starting
Ignition coil
Engine mechanical
Water in fuel
Fuel pump
Difficult to start with hot engine Coolant temperature sensor 06-184
Fuel pressure regulator
Ignition coil

06–176 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Water in fuel
Fuel pump
Coolant temperature sensor
Difficult to start with cold engine Injector 06-186
Ignition coil
Throttle body and idle by-pass air channel
Engine mechanical
Water in fuel
Fuel pump
Coolant temperature sensor
06
Injector

Engine speed is normal, but it is difficult to Ignition coil

06-188
start at anytime Throttle body and idle by-pass air channel
Intake pipe
Ignition timing
Spark plug
Engine mechanical
Water in fuel
Injector
Spark plug
Throttle body and idle by-pass air channel
Engine starts normally, but idles roughly at
Intake pipe 06-191
anytime
Idle regulator
Ignition timing
Spark plug
Engine mechanical
Water in fuel
Coolant temperature sensor
Spark plug
Engine starts normally, but idles roughly
Throttle body and idle by-pass air channel 06-193
during warming up
Intake pipe
Idle regulator
Engine mechanical

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–177

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Water in fuel
Coolant temperature sensor
Spark plug
Engine starts normally, but idles roughly
Throttle body and idle by-pass air channel 06-195
after warming up
Intake pipe
Idle regulator
Engine mechanical
Air condition system
Engine starts normally, but idles roughly or
stalls with part load (for example, the A/C is Idle regulator 06-197
ON)
Injector
06
Throttle body and idle by-pass air channel
Vacuum pipe
Engine starts normally, but idle speed is too
Idle regulator 06-199
high
Coolant temperature sensor
Ignition timing
Water in fuel
Intake pressure/temperature sensor and
throttle position sensor
Spark plug
Throttle body and idle by-pass air channel
Low engine speed or stalls when
06-201
accelerating Intake pipe
Idle regulator
Injector
Ignition timing
Exhaust pipe
Water in fuel
Intake pressure sensor and throttle position
sensor
Spark plug
Throttle body and idle by-pass air channel
Slow response when accelerating 06-204
Intake pipe
Idle regulator
Injector
Ignition timing
Exhaust pipe

06–178 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Water in fuel
Intake pressure sensor and throttle position
sensor
Spark plug
Ignition coil
Lack of power and poor performance when Throttle body and idle by-pass air channel 06-207
accelerating
Intake pipe
Idle regulator
Injector
Ignition timing
Exhaust pipe 06

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–179

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Engine does not crank or cranks slowly while starting

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check voltage between the two battery posts when the engine starts

OK: Voltage is 8 to 12 V.

NG Replace battery

2 Check voltage of positive post of the starter motor

06
a. The ignition switch remains in START position and check the voltage of positive post of the starter motor.
OK: Voltage is 8 to 12 V.

NG Repair or replace wire harness

3 Check operation of starter motor

a. Remove the starter motor.

b. Check if the there is an open circuit or if it is stuck due to poor lubrication.

NG Repair or replace starter

4 Check engine lubricant and gear case oil

a. If the malfunction only occurs in the winter, check if the starter motor resistance is too strong because of
the improper engine lubricant and gear case oil selection.

NG Replace lubricant with appropriate

number

5 Check engine internal mechanical resistance

a. Check if the engine internal mechanical resistance is too strong, causing the starter motor not to run or run
slowly.

NG Check and repair engine internal

resistance

06–180 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Go to Diagnostic Help

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–181

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Engine cranks normally but cannot start successfully while starting

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check fuel pressure

a. Using a fuel pressure gauge, check the fuel pressure (See page 08-10).
Standard Fuel Pressure

Condition Fuel Pressure (kPa)

Key II (ON) 350
Engine Idling 400
06 Key B (LOCK) 350

NG Repair or replace fuel system

2 Using the diagnostic tester, observe if any speed signal is output

a. Connect the diagnostic tester, start the engine and select Read Datastream.
b. Observe if any speed signal is output.

NG Check crankshaft position sensor

wire harness

3 Check spark

a. Remove the ignition coil and spark plug of one cylinder, and ground the spark plug housing. Start the
engine, and check if spark is generated.
OK: Spark is generated.

NG Check and repair ignition system

4 Check pressure of cylinder

a. Measure the compression of misfiring cylinder (See page 07-15).

NG Check engine to confirm cause of

low compression

06–182 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

5 Check ECM power supply and ground

a. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.

b. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON) and check the
ECM connector terminals.
V
Multimeter Specified
Condition + -
Connection Condition
E-055 (67, 68) - Ignition switch II
11 to 14 V
E-055 (2 or 3) (ON)
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
3

06
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

E-055

RS15061230

NG Repair or replace related wire

harness

Go to Diagnostic Help

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–183

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Difficult to start with hot engine

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check fuel pressure

a. Using a fuel pressure gauge, check the fuel pressure (See page 08-10).
Standard Fuel Pressure

Condition Fuel Pressure (kPa)

Key II (ON) 350
Engine Idling 400
06 Key B (LOCK) 350

NG Repair or replace fuel system

2 Check spark

a. Remove the ignition coil and spark plug from one cylinder, and ground the spark plug housing. Start the
engine, and check if spark is generated.
OK: Spark is generated.

NG Check and repair ignition system

Disconnect coolant temperature sensor connector, start engine and observe if engine starts
3 successfully at this time

OK Check and repair wire harness or

replace sensor

4 Check fuel pressure regulator

NG Replace fuel pressure regulator

5 Check fuel condition

a. Observe if the trouble occurs just after the fuel is filled.

NG Replace fuel

06–184 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

6 Check ECM power supply and ground

a. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.

06
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

E-055

RS15061230

NG Repair or replace related wire

harness

Go to Diagnostic Help

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–185

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Difficult to start with cold engine

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check fuel pressure

a. Using a fuel pressure gauge, check the fuel pressure (See page 08-10).
Standard Fuel Pressure

Condition Fuel Pressure (kPa)

Key II (ON) 350
Engine Idling 400
06 Key B (LOCK) 350

NG Repair or replace fuel system

2 Check spark

a. Remove the ignition coil and spark plug of one cylinder, and ground the spark plug housing. Start the
engine, and check if spark is generated.
OK: Spark is generated.

NG Check and repair ignition system

Disconnect coolant temperature sensor connector, start engine and observe if engine starts
3 successfully at this time

OK Check and repair wire harness or

replace sensor

4 Depress accelerator pedal slightly, and observe if it is easy to start

OK Clean throttle

5 Check injector for leakage or blockage

NG Clean or replace injector

06–186 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

6 Check fuel condition

a. Observe if the trouble occurs just after the fuel is filled.

NG Replace fuel

7 Check pressure of cylinder

a. Measure the compression of misfiring cylinder (See page 07-15).

NG Check engine to confirm cause of 06

low compression

8 Check ECM power supply and ground

a. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.

E-055

RS15061230

NG Repair or replace related wire

harness

Go to Diagnostic Help

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–187

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Engine speed is normal, but it is difficult to start at anytime

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check air filter for blockage, and intake pipe for air leakage

NG Check and repair intake system

2 Check fuel pressure

06 a. Using a fuel pressure gauge, check the fuel pressure (See page 08-10).
Standard Fuel Pressure

Condition Fuel Pressure (kPa)

Key II (ON) 350
Engine Idling 400
Key B (LOCK) 350

NG Repair or replace fuel system

3 Check spark plug

a. Check the spark plug of each cylinder, and observe if the type and gap are as specified.

NG Replace spark plug

4 Check spark

a. Remove the ignition coil and spark plug of one cylinder, and ground the spark plug housing. Start the
engine, and check if spark is generated.
OK: Spark is generated.

NG Check and repair ignition system

Disconnect coolant temperature sensor connector, start engine and observe if engine starts
5 successfully at this time

OK Check and repair wire harness or

replace sensor

06–188 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

6 Depresse accelerator pedal slightly, and observe if it is easy to start

OK Clean throttle

7 Check injector for leakage or blockage

NG Clean or replace injector

OK 06

8 Check fuel condition

a. Observe if the trouble occurs just after the fuel is filled.

NG Replace fuel

9 Check pressure of cylinder

a. Measure the compression of misfiring cylinder (See page 07-15).

NG Check engine to confirm cause of

low compression

10 Check engine firing order and ignition timing

a. Check if the engine firing order and ignition timing are as specified.

NG Check and repair ignition timing

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–189

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

11 Check ECM power supply and ground

a. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.

06
E-055

RS15061230

NG Repair or replace related wire

harness

Go to Diagnostic Help

06–190 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Engine starts normally, but idles roughly at anytime

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check air filter for blockage, and intake pipe for air leakage

NG Check and repair intake system

2 Check if throttle body is stuck

06
NG Repair or replace throttle body

3 Check spark plug

a. Check the spark plug of each cylinder, and observe if the type and gap are as specified.

NG Replace spark plug

4 Check throttle body and idle by-pass air channel for carbon deposits

NG Clean or replace throttle body

5 Check injector for leakage or blockage

NG Clean or replace injector

6 Check fuel condition

a. Observe if the trouble occurs just after the fuel is filled.

NG Replace fuel

7 Check pressure of cylinder

a. Measure the compression of misfiring cylinder (See page 07-15).

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–191

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

NG Check engine to confirm cause of

low compression

8 Check engine firing order and ignition timing

a. Check if the engine firing order and ignition timing are as specified.

NG Check and repair ignition timing

9 Check ECM power supply and ground

06
a. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.
b. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON) and check the
ECM connector terminals.
V
Multimeter Specified
Condition + -
Connection Condition
E-055 (67, 68) - Ignition switch II
11 to 14 V
E-055 (2 or 3) (ON)
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

E-055

RS15061230

NG Repair or replace related wire

harness

Go to Diagnostic Help

06–192 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Engine starts normally, but idles roughly during warming up

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check air filter for blockage, and intake pipe for air leakage

NG Check and repair intake system

2 Check spark plug

a. Check the spark plug of each cylinder, and observe if the type and gap are as specified. 06
NG Replace spark plug

3 Check throttle body and idle by-pass air channel for carbon deposits

NG Clean or replace throttle body

Unplug coolant temperature sensor connector, start engine and observe if engine idles
4 normally during warming up

NG Check and repair wire harness or

replace sensor

5 Check injector for leakage or blockage

NG Clean or replace injector

6 Check fuel condition

a. Observe if the trouble occurs just after the fuel is filled.

NG Replace fuel

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–193

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

7 Check pressure of cylinder

a. Measure the compression of misfiring cylinder (See page 07-15).

NG Check engine to confirm cause of

low compression

8 Check ECM power supply and ground

a. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.

b. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON) and check the
06 ECM connector terminals.
V
Multimeter Specified
Condition + -
Connection Condition
E-055 (67, 68) - Ignition switch II
11 to 14 V
E-055 (2 or 3) (ON)
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

E-055

RS15061230

NG Repair or replace related wire

harness

Go to Diagnostic Help

06–194 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Engine starts normally, but idles roughly after warming up

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check air filter for blockage, and intake pipe for air leakage

NG Check and repair intake system

2 Check spark plug

a. Check the spark plug of each cylinder, and observe if the type and gap are as specified. 06
NG Replace spark plug

3 Check throttle body and idle by-pass air channel for carbon deposits

NG Clean or replace throttle body

Unplug coolant temperature sensor connector, start engine and observe if engine idles
4 normally during warming up

NG Check and repair wire harness or

replace sensor

5 Check injector for leakage or blockage

NG Clean or replace injector

6 Check fuel condition

a. Observe if the trouble occurs just after the fuel is filled.

NG Replace fuel

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–195

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

7 Check pressure of cylinder

a. Measure the compression of misfiring cylinder (See page 07-15).

NG Check engine to confirm cause of

low compression

8 Check ECM power supply and ground

a. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.

E-055

RS15061230

NG Repair or replace related wire

harness

Go to Diagnostic Help

06–196 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Engine starts normally, but idles roughly or stalls with part load (for example,
the A/C is ON)

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check throttle body and idle by-pass air channel for carbon deposits

NG Clean or replace throttle body

Observe if engine output increases when A/C is turned on. This means that observe
2 changes of ignition advance angle, injection pulse width and intake air volume using 06
diagnostic tester

OK Go to step 4

Connect ECM adapter, and disconnect pin cable of ECM corresponding terminal. Check if
3 wire harness side is HIGH-level signal with A/C ON

NG Check and repair air conditioning

system

Check if A/C system pressure, compressor magnetic clutch and A/C compressor pump are
4 normal

NG Check and repair air conditioning

system

5 Check injector for leakage or blockage

NG Clean or replace injector

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–197

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

6 Check ECM power supply and ground

a. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.

06
E-055

RS15061230

NG Repair or replace related wire

harness

Go to Diagnostic Help

06–198 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Engine starts normally, but idle speed is too high

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check if accelerator cable is stuck or too tight

NG Adjust or replace accelerator cable

2 Check intake system and connected vacuum pipe for air leakage

NG Check and repair intake system

06
OK

3 Check throttle body and idle by-pass air channel for carbon deposits

NG Clean or replace throttle body

Disconnect coolant temperature sensor connector, start engine and observe if engine idle is
4 normal at this time

NG Check and repair wire harness or

replace sensor

5 Check engine ignition timing

NG Check and repair ignition timing

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–199

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

6 Check ECM power supply and ground

a. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.

06
E-055

RS15061230

NG Repair or replace related wire

harness

Go to Diagnostic Help

06–200 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Low engine speed or stalls when accelerating

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check air filter for blockage, and intake pipe for air leakage

NG Check and repair intake system

2 Check fuel pressure

a. Using a fuel pressure gauge, check the fuel pressure (See page 08-10). 06
Standard Fuel Pressure

Condition Fuel Pressure (kPa)

Key II (ON) 350
Engine Idling 400
Key B (LOCK) 350

NG Repair or replace fuel system

3 Check spark plug

a. Check the spark plug of each cylinder, and observe if the type and gap are as specified.

NG Replace spark plug

4 Check throttle body and idle by-pass air channel for carbon deposits

NG Clean or replace throttle body

5 Check intake pressure/temperature sensor and throttle position sensor and wire harness

NG Check and repair wire harness or

replace sensor

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–201

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

6 Check injector for leakage or blockage

NG Clean or replace injector

7 Check fuel condition

a. Observe if the trouble occurs just after the fuel is filled.

NG Replace fuel

OK
06
8 Check engine firing order and ignition timing

a. Check if the engine firing order and ignition timing are as specified.

NG Check and repair ignition timing

9 Check exhaust system

a. Check exhaust system for leakage or blockage.

NG Repair or replace related exhaust

system components

10 Check ECM power supply and ground

a. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.

E-055

RS15061230

06–202 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

NG Repair or replace related wire

harness

Go to Diagnostic Help

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–203

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Slow response when accelerating

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check air filter for blockage, and intake pipe for air leakage

NG Check and repair intake system

2 Check fuel pressure

06 a. Using a fuel pressure gauge, check the fuel pressure (See page 08-10).
Standard Fuel Pressure

Condition Fuel Pressure (kPa)

Key II (ON) 350
Engine Idling 400
Key B (LOCK) 350

NG Repair or replace fuel system

3 Check spark plug

a. Check the spark plug of each cylinder, and observe if the type and gap are as specified.

NG Replace spark plug

4 Check throttle body and idle by-pass air channel for carbon deposits

NG Clean or replace throttle body

5 Check intake pressure/temperature sensor and throttle position sensor and wire harness

NG Check and repair wire harness or

replace sensor

06–204 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

6 Check injector for leakage or blockage

NG Clean or replace injector

7 Check fuel condition

a. Observe if the trouble occurs just after the fuel is filled.

NG Replace fuel

OK
06
8 Check engine firing order and ignition timing

a. Check if the engine firing order and ignition timing are as specified.

NG Check and repair ignition timing

9 Check exhaust system

a. Check exhaust system for leakage or blockage.

NG Repair or replace related exhaust

system components

10 Check ECM power supply and ground

a. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.

E-055

RS15061230

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–205

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

NG Repair or replace related wire

harness

Go to Diagnostic Help

06–206 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Lack of power and poor performance when accelerating

Diagnosis Procedure

Check if the malfunctions that clutch slipping, low tire inflation pressure, brake dragging,
1 incorrect tire size, and incorrect four-wheel alignment are present

NG Check and repair malfunctioning

component

2 Check air filter for blockage, and intake pipe for air leakage 06
NG Check and repair intake system

3 Check fuel pressure

a. Using a fuel pressure gauge, check the fuel pressure (See page 08-10).
Standard Fuel Pressure

Condition Fuel Pressure (kPa)

Key II (ON) 350
Engine Idling 400
Key B (LOCK) 350

NG Repair or replace fuel system

4 Check spark plug

a. Check the spark plug of each cylinder, and observe if the type and gap are as specified.

NG Replace spark plug

5 Check spark

a. Remove the ignition coil and spark plug of one cylinder, and ground the spark plug housing. Start the
engine, and check if spark is generated.
OK: Spark is generated.

NG Check and repair ignition system

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–207

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

6 Check throttle body and idle by-pass air channel for carbon deposits

NG Clean or replace throttle body

7 Check intake pressure/temperature sensor and throttle position sensor and wire harness

NG Check and repair wire harness or

replace sensor
06
OK

8 Check injector for leakage or blockage

NG Clean or replace injector

9 Check fuel condition

a. Observe if the trouble occurs just after the fuel is filled.

NG Replace fuel

10 Check engine firing order and ignition timing

a. Check if the engine firing order and ignition timing are as specified.

NG Check and repair ignition timing

11 Check exhaust system

a. Check exhaust system for leakage or blockage.

NG Repair or replace related exhaust

system components

06–208 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

12 Check ECM power supply and ground

a. Disconnect the ECM connector E-055.

06
E-055

RS15061230

NG Repair or replace related wire

harness

Go to Diagnostic Help

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–209

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Coolant Temperature Sensor
Description
The coolant temperature sensor is a negative temperature coefficient sensor, which is installed into the
mounting hole in the lower part of the cooling water pipe I.

Operation
The coolant temperature sensor provides an input signal for the Engine Control Module (ECM). As
temperature increases, the resistance of the sensor decreases. As the coolant temperature changes, the
coolant temperature sensor resistance also changes, resulting in a voltage value change of the coolant
temperature sensor signal circuit. The ECM uses the input signal to control the air-fuel mixture, ignition timing,
A/C compressor and radiator fan on/ off timing.
06
Removal
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Drain the cooling system.

WARNING

• Make sure that the engine is in low temperature before operating the cooling system. Never open the
expansion tank cover and remove the drain cock plug when the engine is operating or the cooling system
is in high temperature. Hot engine coolant with high pressure and steam may flow out and cause serious
injury.

3. Remove the air filter assembly (See page 10-7).

4. Loosen the elastic clamp (1), and disconnect the
connection between the engine outlet pipe and
cooing pipe I.
5. Remove the cooing pipe I fixing bolt (2), and
remove the cooing pipe I from the cylinder head.
(Tightening torque: 8 ± 1 N·m) 2

1
RS15060500

6. Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor connector

(arrow).

RS15060510

06–210 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

7. Remove the coolant temperature sensor.

(Tightening torque: 9.5 ± 1.5 N·m)

WARNING

• Remove the coolant temperature sensor when the engine cools down.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Perform sealing with the anaerobic seal gum.

• Confirm that the sensor is tightened fully when it is installed.
• After installing the engine coolant temperature sensor, add coolant and check the coolant level.
06

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–211

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Knock Sensor
Description
The knock sensor is installed on the cylinder block. The knock sensor is used to detect the engine vibration
caused by detonation.

Operation
The knock sensor contains the piezoelectric material, which constantly vibrates and sends an input voltage
(signal) to ECM when engine is running. As the intensity of the vibration increases, the knock sensor output
voltage also increases. When the knock sensor detects a knock in one of the cylinders, it sends an input
signal to the Engine Control Module (ECM). In response, ECM retards the ignition timing for this cylinder by a
certain period of time.

Removal
06 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Disconnect the knock sensor connector (1).
3. Remove the knock sensor fixing bolt (2), and
remove the knock sensor.
(Tightening torque: 20 ± 5 N·m)

RS15060520

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Never allow any kinds of gasket and washer between the sensor and the engine block. Only the metal
part of the sensor can contact with the engine block directly.
• DO NOT apply lubricant, grease or seal gum when installing the knock sensor. Keep the engine block
clean and dry, and never allow any foreign mater (such as oil) on the installation area of the knock
sensor.
• Never tap the knock sensor when installing it.

06–212 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Oxygen Sensor
Description
This vehicle is equipped with two oxygen sensors (upstream oxygen sensor and downstream oxygen sensor).
The oxygen sensors continually monitor the oxygen concentration in the exhaust gas.

Operation
The oxygen sensor generates voltage depending on the oxygen content in the exhaust gas. The sensor
generates low voltage when the oxygen content is high. The sensor generates high voltage when the oxygen
content is low. Therefore, the sensors act as a rich-lean switch.
The oxygen sensor is equipped with a heating element that keeps the sensors at proper operating
temperature under all operating conditions.

Upstream Oxygen Sensor

The input signal from the upstream heated oxygen sensor informs the Engine Control Module (ECM) of the 06
oxygen content in the exhaust gas. Based on this input signal, the ECM adjusts the air-fuel ratio finely by
adjusting injector pulse width.

Downstream Oxygen Sensor

The downstream heated oxygen sensor signal is used to detect the catalytic converter deterioration. As the
converter deteriorates, the signal from the downstream sensor begins to match the upstream sensor signal
except for a slight time delay. By comparing the signal from the upstream heated oxygen sensor to the signal
from the downstream sensor, ECM calculates the efficiency of catalytic converter.

Removal & Installation - Upstream Oxygen Sensor

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the exhaust manifold assembly heat
insulator (See page 11-6).
3. Disconnect the upstream oxygen sensor connector
(arrow) and the upstream oxygen sensor wire
harness fixing bands (1), (2).

2
1

RS15110020

4. Remove the upstream oxygen sensor from the exhaust manifold assembly.
(Tightening torque: 45 ± 5 N·m)

WARNING

• Remove the oxygen sensor after the exhaust pipe cools down.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–213

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• DO NOT apply cleaner, oily liquid or volatile solid to the oxygen sensor plug.

Removal & Installation - Downstream Oxygen Sensor

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the air filter assembly (See page 10-7).
3. Disconnect the downstream oxygen sensor
connector (arrow).

RS15110120

4. Remove the downstream oxygen sensor from the front exhaust pipe assembly.
(Tightening torque: 45 ± 5 N·m)

WARNING

• Remove the oxygen sensor after the exhaust pipe cools down.

Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• DO NOT apply cleaner, oily liquid or volatile solid to the oxygen sensor plug.

06–214 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Camshaft Position Sensor

Description
This vehicle is equipped with an intake camshaft position sensor, which is installed on the cylinder head.

Operation
The camshaft position sensor consists of a Hall type sensor and a rotor made of steel plate. The Hall type
sensor is fixed, and the rotor is installed on the camshaft. The rotor is a cylinder shaped steel blade with a
range of 180°. There is no output signal when the blade covers the Hall sensor; otherwise there is output
signal. Thus provide the crankshaft phaser information for ECM, by which the crankshaft compression top
dead center and the exhaust top dead center is distinguished.

Removal
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the air filter assembly (See page 10-7). 06
3. Disconnect the camshaft position sensor connector (1).
4. Remove the camshaft position sensor fixing bolt (2).
(Tightening torque: 8 ± 1 N·m)
1

RS15060530

5. Remove the camshaft position sensor from the cylinder head.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Apply engine oil before installation to ensure that it is installed smoothly.

• The sensor should be pressed into the mounting hole. Never use tools (such as a hammer) to strike the
sensor into the mounting hole forcibly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–215

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Engine Speed Sensor

Description
The engine speed sensor is installed on the clutch case, against the wheel gear of the flywheel. It is used to
detect the speed and position of the crankshaft.

Operation
The engine speed sensor operates by using the magnetoelectric effect. When the crankshaft rotates, it drives
the flywheel to rotate. The teeth of the flywheel cut the magnetic line, and the change of magnetic flux causes
the both ends of the sensor coil generate output voltage by certain frequency that is sent to ECM. And the
output signal can indicate the speed and position of crankshaft.

Removal
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
06 2. Remove the air filter assembly (See page 10-7).
3. Disconnect the engine speed sensor connector (1).
4. Remove the engine speed sensor fixing bolt (2),
and remove the crankshaft position sensor.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1 N·m)

RS15060540

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Press in the crankshaft position sensor rather than taping it when installing it.

06–216 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Vehicle Speed Sensor

Description
The vehicle speed sensor is installed on the transmission case.

Operation
The vehicle speed sensor generates a signal, and sends it to the Engine Control Module (ECM).

Removal
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Disconnect the vehicle speed sensor connector (1).
3. Remove the vehicle speed sensor mounting bolt (2).
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1 N·m) 2

06
1

RS15060550

4. Remove the vehicle speed sensor carefully from the transmission case.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–217

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Intake Pressure/Temperature Sensor

Description
The intake pressure/temperature sensor integrates with the intake manifold absolute pressure sensor and
intake temperature sensor, which is installed on the intake manifold upper body assembly.

Operation
The intake manifold absolute pressure sensing element is a piece of chip, which will be deformed as the
intake manifold absolute pressure changes. The piezoresistor in the sensor will also change, thus changing
the resistance. Voltage signal linearly related to the pressure is generated after processing by the signal circuit
of the silicon chip.
The intake temperature sensor is a negative temperature coefficient sensor, the resistance changes with the
intake temperature. This sensor sent the voltage of intake temperature change to the Engine Control Module
(ECM), thus monitor the change of intake temperature.
06
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition
switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the intake pressure/temperature sensor
connector (1).
4. Remove the intake pressure/temperature sensor
mounting bolt (2).
(Tightening torque: 8 ± 1 N·m)
1
2

RS15060560

5. Remove the intake pressure/temperature sensor.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Remove the foreign matter on the sensor before installation.

• Apply grease to the O-ring before installation to prevent it from being damaged during installation.

06–218 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Ignition Coil
Description
The ignition coil converts the low voltage of the primary winding into the high voltage of the secondary
winding, discharges the spark plug electrode to produce sparks and ignites the combustible air-fuel mixture in
the cylinder.

Operation
Engine Control Module (ECM) analyzes and calculates appropriate ignition advanced angle based on multi
information when engine is running. The ignition signal is transmitted to spark plug for igniting via spark plug
cable after amplified by ignition coil power.

Removal
(See page 14-8)
06
Installation
(See page 14-8)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–219

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Electric Fuel Pump

Description
The electric fuel pump consists of DC motor, vane pump and end cover (integrated with check valve, pressure
regulator and anti-electromagnetic interference element) etc. The pump and motor are installed coaxially, and
sealed in the same housing. Fuel is filled around the pump and motor in the housing, and is used for heat
dissipation and lubrication.

Operation
The battery supplies power to the electric fuel pump via the electric fuel pump relay. The electric fuel pump
circuit is turned on by the relay only when the engine is starting and running. When the engine stops running
because of an accident, the fuel pump stops running automatically. The maximum pressure at the electric fuel
pump outlet is adjusted by the pressure regulator, keeping the whole fuel system pressure at 400 kPa.

06 Removal
(See page 08-16)

Installation
(See page 08-18)

06–220 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Fuel Injector
Description
The fuel injector is located on the cylinder head near to the intake valve, and the nozzle end is located directly
above the air inlet.

Operation
The Engine Control Module (ECM) sends electric pulse to the injector coil, forming the magnetic field force.
When the magnetic field force increases enough to overcome the resultant force from return spring pressure,
needle gravity and friction force, the needle begins to rise up and the injector starts to inject fuel. The pressure
of return spring forces the needle to close again when the injection pulse stops.

Removal
(See page 08-24)
06
Installation
(See page 08-26)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–221

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Throttle Assembly
Description
The throttle assembly is located on the intake manifold upper body assembly. It is connected with the
accelerator pedal by the accelerator cable, and is used to control the air flowing into the intake manifold. The
throttle body consists of idling step motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The idling step motor is used to control
the intake air volume when idling. The throttle position sensor detects the throttle position.

Operation
The main function of the throttle assembly is to adjust the intake passage area depending on the driver's
intention, thus controlling the intake air amount and meeting the intake requirements for the engine under
different operating conditions, while feedbacking the position signals of the throttle valve plate to the control
module to achieve accurate controls.

06 Removal
(See page 10-9)

Installation
(See page 10-11)

06–222 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Canister Solenoid Valve

Description
The canister solenoid valve is located on the right side of engine. It opens when the power is on, and closes
when the power is off.

Operation
ECM controls the opening and closing of the canister solenoid valve and adjusts the vapor flow speed from
the canister to the intake manifold according to the information, such as engine load, temperature, speed.

Removal
(See page 09-7)

Installation
(See page 09-8) 06

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 06–223

06 - SQR371F CHERY ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Engine Control Module (ECM)

Description
The Engine Control Module (ECM) is installed at the right A-pillar protector of the body, and it can only be
replaced as a unit.

Operation
The ECM is a pre-programmed, microprocessor-based digital computer. It is used to regulate the ignition
timing, air-fuel ratio, emission control devices, speed control, A/C compressor and idle speed, etc. The ECM
can make its programming meet the changing operating conditions.

Removal
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the instrument panel (See page 42-12).
06 3. Disconnect the ECM connector (1).
4. Remove the ECM fixing bolts (arrow), and remove
the ECM.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1 N·m)

RS15060570

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Pay attention to the static electricity protection when installing.

• Take care to protect the connector pins.

06–224 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL
GENERAL INFORMATION 07-3 Inspection 07-32
Description 07-3 Installation 07-33
Operation 07-3 Camshaft 07-35
Specifications 07-4 Description 07-35
Tools 07-10 Removal 07-36
Inspection 07-37
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 07-15
Installation 07-39
Engine Mechanical Diagnosis 07-15
Cylinder Head 07-40
Inspection 07-15
Description 07-40
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 07-18 Removal 07-41
Drive Belt 07-18 Disassembly 07-43
Removal 07-18 Inspection 07-45
Inspection 07-18 Assembly 07-48 07
Installation 07-19 Installation 07-49
Torsion Damper 07-20 Engine Mounting Assembly 07-50
Removal 07-20 Removal & Installation - Rear
Installation 07-20 Mounting Assembly 07-50
Crankshaft Front Oil Seal 07-21 Removal & Installation - Left
Mounting Assembly 07-50
Removal 07-21
Removal & Installation - Right
Installation 07-21
Mounting Assembly 07-52
Flywheel 07-22
Removal 07-22 ENGINE UNIT REPAIR 07-53
Inspection 07-22 Engine Assembly 07-53
Installation 07-23 Removal 07-53
Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal 07-24 Installation 07-58
Removal 07-24 Engine Block 07-59
Installation 07-24 Description 07-59
Cylinder Head Cover 07-26 Disassembly 07-60
Removal 07-26 Inspection 07-63
Installation 07-28 Selection of Connecting Rod
Timing Chain 07-29 Bearing Shell 07-69
Description 07-29 Selection of Main Bearing Shell 07-70
Removal 07-30 Assembly 07-71

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–1

07–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

GENERAL INFORMATION
SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Depression Depth
Exhaust 9.5 ± 0.2

Valve Lifter Protrusion Intake Valve 34.17

Area with Seal Gum Applied Seal Gum Type Width of Seal Gum Note
Cylinder Head Bowl Plug Loctite 648 - -
Water Temperature Sensor
Loctite 577 Evenly around -
Thread
Oil Pressure Switch Thread Loctite 577 - -
Rear Oil Seal Bracket Loctite 5910 φ3 - φ4 mm -
Oil Pan Joint Surface Loctite 5910 φ3 - φ4 mm -
Timing Sprocket Cover Joint
Loctite 5910 1.5 - 3 mm -
Surface

Tools
07 Special Tools

Power Steering Pump Drive Belt Installer

RS15000092

Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation Guide

RS15000093

Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installer

RS15000095

07–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Valve Oil Seal Installer

RS15000098

Valve Oil Seal Pulling Plier

RS15070006 07

Valve Cotter Installer

RS15070007

Valve Spring Compressor

RS15000094

Flywheel Holding Tool

RS15071002

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–11

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Piston Installer

RS15000097

Oil Filter Remover

07 RS15130030

Guide Special Tool for Driven Disc Assembly,

Clutch Cover Assembly

RS15071003

General Tools

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Flexional Magnetic Rod

RS15071004

07–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Engine Hoist

RS15071005

Engine Equalizer

RS15071006 07

Transmission Carrier

RS15080040

Fuel Pressure Gauge

RS15080030

Cylinder Pressure Gauge

RS15071007

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–13

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Engine Service Platform

RS15071008

Feeler Gauge

07 RS15170130

07–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Engine Mechanical Diagnosis
Symptom Suspected Area See page
Engine oil (high or low oil level, lean or rich) 13-7
Cam -
Valve mechanism noise Valve spring seat (excessive runout) -
Valve (excessive clearance between valve
-
and guide)
Engine oil (low pressure) 13-8
Engine oil (lean) -
Connecting rod bearing cap (loose fixing
nut)
- 07
Connecting rod noise
Misaligned connecting rod -
Connecting rod bearing shell (excessive
-
radial clearance)
Connecting rod journal (out-of roundness) 07-66
Engine oil (low pressure) 13-8
Engine oil (lean) -
Main bearing shell (excessive clearance) -
Main bearing noise Excessive axial crankshaft clearance 07-69
Crankshaft journal out-of roundness or
-
worn
Loose flywheel or clutch 07-22

Inspection
1. Check the coolant (See page 12-12).
2. Check the engine oil (See page 13-7).
3. Check the battery (See page 16-7).
4. Check the air filter.
a. Remove the air filter element.
b. Visually check that there is no dirt, blockage or damage in the air filter element.
HINT:
• If there is any dirt or blockage in the air filter element, clean it with compressed air.
• If any dirt or blockage remains even after cleaning the air filter element with compressed air, replace
it.
5. Check the spark plugs (See page 14-9).

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–15

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

6. Test the cylinder compression pressure.

a. The cylinder pressure is the main index to judge the engine operation and also can be used to judge
definitely whether some system of the engine operates well or not. Therefore, it is necessary to perform
the measurement of cylinder pressure when servicing the engine.
b. Ensure that the battery is fully charged and the engine starter is in good operating condition.
Otherwise, the indicated compression pressure used for diagnosis may be invalid.
If an over-low reading occurs again to the same cylinder during the second compression test, it
indicates that there may be a malfunction in this cylinder.

CAUTION

• The recommended compression pressure is only used as a guide for diagnosing engine malfunction.
• Never determine the causes of low pressure by disassembling the engine unless there are some
malfunctions.

07 Measurement procedures

CAUTION

• Select the cylinder pressure gauge with accurate reading and reset it to zero. Otherwise, it will affect the
accuracy of reading.

• Turn off all the electrical equipment.

• Remove the ignition coil (See page 14-8).
• Disconnect all the injector connectors.
• Using a spark plug tube, loosen the spark plug of cylinder that is necessary to be measured. Do not
remove the spark plug of cylinder that is not necessary to be measured (See page 14-9).
• Install the intake manifold upper body assembly and throttle assembly.
• Slowly screw the cylinder pressure gauge
joint into the spark plug hole vertically.

RS15070300

CAUTION

• DO NOT screw the cylinder pressure gauge excessively to prevent difficult removal.

• Make sure the transmission is at neutral position, release the accelerator pedal to the bottom and
then start the engine and keep it idle for 3 to 5 seconds; record the measured pressure value.

07–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

• Press the bleeder button of the cylinder pressure gauge to reset it to zero. Measure 3 times with the
same method and record the average value.

CAUTION

• During measurement, do not turn the ignition switch to III (START) for more than 10 seconds; otherwise
the engine may be damaged.
• Ensure that the battery is fully charged when cranking the engine. The correct cylinder pressure can be
measured only when the engine is running at 200 - 300 r/min.
• Use the same method to measure the pressure of other cylinder.

Cylinder Pressure Value Judgment

- Correct cylinder pressure
The standard cylinder pressure value is between 1 and 1.35 MPa and will drop slightly with the
using of engine. But the lowest value cannot be below 0.9 MPa and the pressure difference
between each cylinder should not be above 0.3 MPa.
07
- If the cylinder pressure of engine is lower than the standard value, it indicates that the cylinder
pressure is insufficient. Add a small amount of engine oil through the spark plug hole and
perform measurement again.
If the pressure increases after adding oil, the piston ring or cylinder bore may be worn or
damaged.
If the pressure remains low, the valve may be stuck or not properly installed or there is air
leakage from the gasket.
• Install the spark plug (See page 14-10).
• Connect all the injector connectors.
• Install the ignition coil (See page 14-8)
7. Test the cylinder head gasket.
The cylinder head gasket leakage may be present between the adjacent cylinders, between the cylinder
and the adjacent water jacket or from an oil passage to the external of engine.
Possible indications of the cylinder head gasket leakage between the adjacent cylinders are as follows:
- Engine power loss
- Engine stalls
- Low fuel economy
Possible indications of the cylinder head gasket leakage between the cylinder and the adjacent water
jacket are as follows:
- Engine overheat
- Coolant loss
- Excessive steam (white smoke) emitted from the exhaust system
- Coolant foaming

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–17

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Drive Belt
Removal
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
3. Remove the power steering pump drive belt.

CAUTION

• The power steering pump drive belt should not be reused.

a. Slowly rotate the torsion damper to bring the power steering pump drive belt out of the power steering
07 pump wheel groove.
b. Remove the power steering pump drive belt.
4. Remove the V-ribbed belt.
a. Loosen and remove the coupling bolt (1)
between the generator adjustment bracket and 2
the generator.
(Tightening torque: 22.5 ± 2.5 N·m)
b. Loosen the generator fixing bolt (2).
(Tightening torque: 42.5 ± 2.5 N·m)

RS15070301

c. Remove the V-ribbed belt.

Inspection
Visually check the belt for excessive wear, frayed cords, etc. If any of the defects is found, replace the belt.
HINT:
• Cracks on the rib side of a belt are considered acceptable. If the belt has chunks missing from the ribs, it
should be replaced.
• After installing the drive belt, check that it fits
properly in the ribbed grooves. Confirm that the belt
has not slipped out of bottom slot of the crank
pulley by hand.

Right Wrong Wrong

RS15070310

• A "new belt" is a belt which has been used for less than 5 minutes with the engine running.

07–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

• A "used belt" is a belt which has been used for 5 minutes or more with the engine running.
• After installing a new belt, run the engine for approximately 5 minutes, and then recheck the tension.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
1. Remember to adjust the belt tension.
a. After installing the V-ribbed belt, adjust the tension of the V-ribbed belt by the bolt on the generator
adjustment bracket. The tension of the V-ribbed belt should be 600 N.

CAUTION

• It is necessary to adjust the V-ribbed belt deflection after installing the generator.
• The belt is tightened in place when it can be turned 90 degrees with two fingers.

WARNING 07
• Wear protective gloves when turning over the belt with fingers, and be careful to prevent the fingers from
being injured.

b. It is necessary to reassemble the V-ribbed belt that has invalid data until the tension value is proper.
2. Install the power steering pump drive belt with
special tool (arrow).

RS15070311

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–19

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Torsion Damper
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Remove the drive belt (See page 07-18).
3. Using a torque wrench, loosen and remove the coupling bolt (arrow) between the torsion damper and the
crankshaft.
(Tightening torque: first tighten the bolt to 80 ± 5 N·m, then turn the bolt 48° ± 5° clockwise)
HINT:
Loosen the coupling bolt with the transmission at
5th gear. At the same time, depress the brake
pedal, and loosen the coupling bolt between the
torsion damper and the crankshaft with a torque
wrench.

07
RS15070320

4. Remove the torsion damper.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• The torsion damper fixing bolt should be disposed after removal. Never reuse it.
• When tightening the coupling bolt between the torsion damper and the crankshaft, first tighten the bolt to
80 ± 5 N·m, then tighten 48° ± 5°.

07–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Crankshaft Front Oil Seal

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Remove the drive belt (See page 07-18).
3. Remove the torsion damper (See page 07-20).
4. Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with tape,
carefully pry off the crankshaft front oil seal (arrow).

RS15070330
07

CAUTION

• Be careful not to damage the oil seal retainer and the crankshaft surface when removing the crankshaft
front oil seal.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
1. Install torsion damper fixing bolt (1) onto the
crankshaft front oil seal installer (2), tighten the bolt
slowly and press the new oil seal into the oil seal
seat (3).
3
2
1

RS15070340

CAUTION

• Remove the dirt on the oil seal retainer and apply a coat of engine oil to the oil seal retainer and oil seal
lip before assembly.
• Be sure to prevent the lip of crankshaft front oil seal from being scratched during installation.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–21

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Flywheel
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the transmission assembly (See page 17-21).
4. Remove the clutch assembly (See page 18-12).
5. Lock the flywheel with a flywheel holding tool (1),
remove the flywheel fixing bolts (arrow) and the
flywheel.
(Tightening torque: first tighten the bolts to
20 ± 3 N·m, then turn the bolts 30° ± 5° clockwise)
1

07
RS15070420

WARNING

• Pay attention to personal safety during operation.

• DO NOT remove all the fixing bolts without any assist measure.

CAUTION

• The flywheel fixing bolts should be disposed after removal. Never reuse them.
• Remove the flywheel fixing bolts diagonally.

Inspection
1. Check if the crankshaft position signal gear is distorted or deformed. If damaged, replace the flywheel.
Clean the signal gear before installation.
2. Check if starter drive gear ring is worn. If excessively worn, replace the flywheel.
3. Check the contact surface of the clutch lining. If the contact surface is damaged or excessively worn,
replace the flywheel with a new one.

07–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Installation

CAUTION

• The flywheel fixing bolt should be disposed after removal. Never reuse it.
• Make sure to use the new flywheel fixing bolts with precoated seal gum for installation.

1. Find the mark hole on the flywheel and locate it right above. Then align the six bolt holes on the flywheel
with the bolt holes of the crankshaft rear end flange surface one to one.
2. Screw the flywheel bolts with precoated seal gum into the bolt holes 2 - 3 threads. Lock the flywheel with
the flywheel holding tool. Tighten the flywheel bolts diagonally according to the following sequence: 1st
step: tighten the flywheel bolts to 20 ± 3 N·m; 2nd step: turn the bolts 30° ± 5° clockwise.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–23

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal

Removal
1. Drain the engine oil (See page 13-9).
2. Remove the transmission assembly (See page 17-21).
3. Remove the clutch assembly (See page 18-12).
4. Remove the flywheel (See page 07-22).
5. Remove the oil pan (See page 13-14).
6. Remove the rear oil seal bracket fixing bolts (arrow)
and remove the rear oil seal bracket assembly.
(Tightening torque: 9.5 ± 1.5 N·m)
HINT:
Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape,
insert between the rear oil seal bracket and the
cylinder block to remove the cylinder head.
07

RS15070950

7. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape, remove the rear oil seal from the rear oil seal bracket
assembly.

CAUTION

• DO NOT scratch the oil seal retainer when removing the rear oil seal.

Installation

CAUTION

• Make sure the lip of the oil seal faces the crankcase.
• Make sure to protect the lip of the crankshaft rear oil seal from being scratched, preventing oil leakage
caused by damaged lip.

1. Clean the oil seal retainer. Apply engine oil to a clean cloth and wipe off the foreign matter in the oil seal
retainer.
2. Apply a coat of engine oil to the edge of the crankshaft rear oil seal and the lip of the oil seal evenly.
3. Apply seal gum to the contact surface between the
rear oil seal bracket and the cylinder block. The
seal gum track is as shown in the illustration. The
seal gum diameter is φ3 - 4 mm.

RS15070960

07–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

4. Install the rear oil seal bracket assembly, screw the

fixing bolts by hand, install the crankshaft rear oil 2
seal guide (1) into the crankshaft hole, install the
crankshaft rear oil seal (2) to make the oil seal 1
surface flush with the oil seal bracket retainer edge
or slightly lower than the oil seal bracket retainer
edge.

RS15070970

5. Tighten the rear oil seal bracket bolts (arrow).

(Tightening torque: 9.5 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15070950

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–25

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Cylinder Head Cover

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Remove the throttle assembly (See page 10-9).
3. Remove the intake manifold upper body assembly (See page 10-12).
4. Remove the ignition coil (See page 14-8)
5. Open the oil filler cap.

07
RS15130090

6. Disengage the crankcase ventilation hose fixing

clamp (1), and disconnect the connection between
the crankcase ventilation hose and the cylinder
head cover.
7. Disengage the PCV hose fixing clamp (2), and 1
disconnect the connection between the PCV hose
and the cylinder head cover.
2

RS15070350

8. Disengage the coupling clamp between he engine

wire harness and the cylinder head cover.

RS15070360

07–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

9. Loosen and remove the canister solenoid valve

outlet bracket bolt (arrow), and remove the canister
solenoid valve outlet bracket.
(Tightening torque: 9.5 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15070370

10.Remove the cylinder head cover.

CAUTION

• Blow off the dirty and debris on the upper surface of cylinder head cover with compressed air before
removing it. 07

a. Remove the cylinder head cover fixing bolts

(arrow).
(Tightening torque: 9.5 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15070380

b. Remove the cylinder head cover from the cylinder head.

CAUTION

• Clean the oil and seal gum on the cylinder head cover with a special tool.

c. Remove the cylinder head cover gasket.

RS15070390

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–27

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• It is necessary to install the new cylinder head cover gasket during installation.
• Install the new cylinder head cover gasket into the head cover grooves. Screw the cylinder head cover
bolts. Make sure the cylinder head cover and the cylinder head are closely fit, and tighten the fixing bolts
in the reverse order of removal.
(Tightening torque: 9.5 ± 1.5 N·m)

07–28 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Timing Chain
Description

2 1
3

5 6

7
07
×2

9
10

×2

RS15070540

1 - Engine Assembly 2 - Timing Chain

3 - Intake Camshaft Sprocket 4 - Intake Camshaft Sprocket Fixing Bolt
5 - Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket Fixing Bolt 6 - Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket
7 - Tensioner 8 - Movable Guide Rail
9 - Movable Guide Rail Fixing Bolt 10 - Fixing Guide Rail
11 - Crankshaft Timing Sprocket 12 - Timing Chain Nozzle

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–29

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Drain the coolant (See page 12-13).
4. Drain the steering fluid (See page 28-8).
5. Drain the engine oil (See page 13-9).
6. Remove the air filter assembly (See page 10-7).
7. Remove the throttle assembly (See page 10-9).
8. Remove the intake manifold upper body assembly (See page 10-12).
9. Remove the ignition coil (See page 14-8).
10.Remove the drive belt (See page 07-18).
11. Remove the generator (See page 16-9).
12.Remove the water pump (See page 12-19).
13.Remove the A/C compressor assembly (See page 29-47).
07 14.Remove the steering pump with bracket assembly (See page 28-17).
15.Remove the torsion damper (See page 07-20).
16.Remove the oil filter (See page 13-11).
17.Remove the oil pan (See page 13-14).
18.Remove the oil strainer (See page 13-17).
19.Use an engine equalizer to hang the engine.
20.Remove the engine right mounting (See page 07-52).
21.Remove the cylinder head cover (See page 07-26).
22.Remove the timing sprocket case cover and oil pump assembly (See page 13-18).
23.Pull out the oil dipstick tube from the engine (w/ oil dipstick).
24.Remove the timing chain.

CAUTION

• Compress the movable guide rail (1) in the direction of arrow, and insert the snap pin (2) into the locating
groove of tensioner (3) before installing the tensioner.

RS15070551

07–30 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

a. Loosen and remove the tensioner fixing bolts

(1), and remove the tensioner.
(Tightening torque: 9.5 ± 1.5 N·m)
b. Loosen and remove the movable guide rail
fixing bolt (2), and remove the movable guide
rail. 1 3
(Tightening torque: 20 ± 2 N·m)
c. Loosen and remove the fixing guide rail fixing
2
bolts (3), and remove the fixing guide rail.
(Tightening torque: 9.5 ± 1.5 N·m)
RS15070560

d. Remove the timing chain.

CAUTION

• Mark the front side and back side of the timing chain after removing it.
• The timing chain has the same service life with the engine. It can be reused if there is no serious wear or
07
cracks.

25.Remove the intake/exhaust sprocket.

a. Hold the hexagonal area of the intake camshaft
with an open-end wrench, remove the intake
sprocket fixing bolt and remove the intake
sprocket.
(Tightening torque: 55 ± 5 N·m)

RS15070570

b. Hold the hexagonal area of the exhaust

camshaft with an open-end wrench, remove the
exhaust sprocket fixing bolt and remove the
exhaust sprocket.
(Tightening torque: 55 ± 5 N·m)

RS15070580

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–31

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

26.Remove the timing chain nozzle fixing bolt (1), and

remove the timing chain nozzle.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1 N·m)
27.Remove the crankshaft sprocket (2).

RS15070590

Inspection
1. Check the contact surface between the movable
guide rail and timing chain. If abnormal wear exist,
replace the movable guide rail.
07

RS15070600

×12

1 3

3
3
4
07

10 5

RS15070641

1 - Camshaft 1st Bearing Cap 2 - Intake Camshaft Bearing Cap

3 - Exhaust Camshaft Bearing Cap 4 - Intake Camshaft
5 - Exhaust Camshaft 6 - Engine Assembly
7 - Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket 8 - Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket Fixing Bolt
9 - Intake Camshaft Sprocket Fixing Bolt 10 - Intake Camshaft Sprocket

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–35

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

RS15070650

b. Loosen and remove the camshaft bearing cap

fixing bolts in the order shown in the illustration.
1 9 6
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1 N·m) 3 11 8

4 12 7
2 10 5 RS15070660

07–36 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

c. Remove the camshaft bearing caps and place

them according to the marks on the camshaft.

RS15070670

d. Take out the intake camshaft and the exhaust camshaft.

Inspection

1. Check the cam height. 07

Using a micrometer, measure the cam height.

Specification
Measurement Item
(mm)
Intake Cam 40.302
Cam Height
Exhaust Cam 40.302

If the wear exceeds the limit, replace the camshaft.

RS15070680

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–37

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

2. Check the camshaft journal.

Using a micrometer, measure the outer diameter of
the camshaft journal.

Specification
Measurement Item
(mm)
1st Intake
-0.050
Camshaft φ34 -0.066
Journal
Other Intake
-0.040 RS15070690
Camshaft φ23 -0.053
Camshaft Journals
Journal 1st Exhaust
-0.040
Camshaft φ26 -0.053
Journal
Other Exhaust
07 Camshaft
-0.040
φ23 -0.053
Journals

If the wear exceeds the limit, replace the camshaft.

3. Check the camshaft thrust clearance.

Using a dial indicator, measure the camshaft thrust
clearance, and keep the measuring rod of dial
indicator contacting with the front end of camshaft.
70

80 20
30
60
40

90
HINT:
10
50
50
60

When measuring, push the camshaft forward and

90
10
70

80
30

backward gently (do not rotate the crankshaft) and

read the value from the dial indicator.

Specification
Measurement Item
(mm) RS15070700

Camshaft Intake Cam 0.125 - 0.225

Thrust
Clearance Exhaust Cam 0.125 - 0.225

If the measured thrust clearance exceeds the

reference value, replace the camshaft.

07–38 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Pay attention to the following items during installation:
1. Installation of the camshaft
a. Apply a light coat of engine oil to the outer
surfaces of the camshaft cam and journal. Place
the intake and exhaust camshafts by hand (pay
attention to the difference between the intake I1 I2 I3
camshaft and the exhaust camshaft).
b. Check the numbers and front marks of the
camshaft bearing caps. Check that the order is
as shown in the illustration. Then, install the
bearing caps to the cylinder head.
E1 E2 E3
RS15070710

c. Apply a light coat of engine oil to the threads

and lower heads of the camshaft bearing cap
07
12 4 7
fixing bolts. 10 2 5

d. Tighten the camshaft bearing cap fixing bolts in

the order shown in the illustration.
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1 N·m)

9 1 6
11 3 8 RS15070720

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–39

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Cylinder Head
Description

2
3

4 ×8

7
5
16
6
×6 ×8 8
07
×2

15
×6

13
12

RS15070730

07–40 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

1 - Valve Tappet 2 - Valve Cotter

3 - Valve Spring Upper Seat 4 - Valve Spring
5 - Valve Oil Seal 6 - Valve Spring Lower Seat
7 - Cylinder Head Fixing Bolt 8 - Cylinder Head Bolt Plate Washer
9 - Cylinder Head 10 - Stud Bolt
11 - Cylinder Gasket 12 - Intake Valve
13 - Exhaust Valve 14 - Rear Lifting Eye
15 - Rear Lifting Eye Fixing Bolt 16 - Camshaft 1st Bearing Cap Bush

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Release the fuel system pressure (See page 08-9).
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 07
4. Drain the coolant (See page 12-13).
5. Drain the steering fluid (See page 28-8).
6. Drain the engine oil (See page 13-9).
7. Remove the air filter assembly (See page 10-7).
8. Remove the throttle assembly (See page 10-9).
9. Remove the intake manifold (See page 10-12).
10.Remove the exhaust manifold assembly (See page 11-6).
11. Remove the fuel rail injector assembly (See page 08-24).
12.Remove the ignition coil (See page 14-8).
13.Remove the spark plug (See page 14-9).
14.Loosen the elastic clamp (1) and disconnect the
connection between the engine inlet pipe and the
thermostat housing. 3
15.Loosen the elastic clamp (2) and disconnect the
4
connection between the engine outlet pipe and the
cooling water pipe I.
16.Loosen the elastic clamp (3) and disconnect the
connection between warm air outlet pipe and the
cylinder head. 1

17.Loosen the elastic clamp (4) and disconnect the 2

connection between the warm air inlet pipe and the RS15070530
cooling water pipe I.
18.Remove the thermostat housing and the thermostat (See page 12-17).
19.Remove the drive belt (See page 07-18).
20.Remove the generator (See page 16-9).
21.Remove the water pump (See page 12-19).
22.Remove the A/C compressor assembly (See page 29-47).
23.Remove the steering pump with bracket assembly (See page 28-17).
24.Remove the torsion damper (See page 07-20).
25.Remove the oil pan (See page 13-14).
26.Remove the oil strainer (See page 13-17).
27.Use an engine equalizer to hang the engine.
28.Remove the engine right mounting (See page 07-52).

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–41

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

29.Remove the cylinder head cover (See page 07-26).

30.Remove the timing sprocket room cover and oil pump assembly (See page 13-18).
31.Pull out the oil dipstick tube from the engine (w/ oil dipstick).
32.Remove the timing chain (See page 07-30).
33.Remove the intake/exhaust sprockets (See page 07-30).
34.Loosen and remove the small circulation metal tube
fixing nuts (1) and fixing bolt (2), and remove the
small circulation metal tube and gasket.
1
(Tightening torque for fixing nut: 25 ± 3 N·m)
(Tightening torque for fixing bolt: 25 ± 3 N·m)

RS15070740
07
35.Remove the camshaft (See page 07-36).
36.Remove the cylinder head.
a. Remove the cylinder head fixing bolts in the
order shown in the illustration.
1st step: Tighten to 30 ± 2 N·m; 2 6 8 4
2nd: Tighten to 50 ± 2 N·m after turning 180°
counterclockwise;
3rd: Turn 60° ± 5° clockwise
HINT:
Insert a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape between the cylinder head and the cylinder
block, remove the cylinder head. 1 5 7 3

RS15070750

CAUTION

• Failure to follow the order to remove the cylinder head bolts will cause the cylinder head to deform.
• DO NOT damage the contact surface of the cylinder head and the cylinder block when removing the
cylinder head.

07–42 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

b. Remove the cylinder head gasket.

RS15070760

CAUTION

• Replace the used gasket with a new one.

07
Disassembly
1. Remove the thermostat housing and the thermostat (See page 12-17).
2. Loosen and remove the camshaft position sensor
fixing bolt (1), and remove the camshaft position
sensor.
(Tightening torque: 8 ± 1 N·m) 2
3. Loosen and remove the cooling water pipe I fixing
bolt (2), and remove the cooling water pipe I.
(Tightening torque: 8 ± 1 N·m) 1

RS15070770

4. Remove the coolant temperature sensor (arrow).

(Tightening torque: 9.5 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15070780

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–43

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

5. Loosen and remove the engine rear lifting eye

fixing bolt (1), and remove the engine rear lifting
eye. 2
(Tightening torque: 20 - 25 N·m)
6. Remove the cylinder head intake side stud bolts
(2).
(Tightening torque: 10 N·m)

2 1

RS15070790

7. Remove the cylinder head exhaust side stud bolts

(1) and the small circulation metal tube stud bolts
(2).
(Tightening torque: 10 N·m) 1 2
07

RS15070800

8. Remove the valve tappet.

CAUTION

• Place the removed valve tappet in the correct order.

9. Using a special tool, compress the valve spring and

remove the valve cotter.

RS15070810

07–44 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

10.Remove the valve spring upper seat (1), valve

spring (2) and valve (3) from the cylinder head.

3 1

2
RS15070820

11. Using a valve oil seal remover (1), remove the

valve oil seal.

1 07

RS15070830

12.Using a magnetic finger, remove the valve spring lower seat.

Inspection
1. Check the cylinder head flatness.
a. Clean the cylinder head lower surface.
b. Using a precision straightedge and feeler
gauge, measure the flatness of the cylinder
head lower surface.

Measurement Item Specification (mm)

Cylinder Head Lower
0.04
Surface Flatness

RS15070840

If the flatness is not as specified, adjust it. If it exceeds the limit, replace the cylinder head.
• The maximum allowable wear thickness for the cylinder head is 0.15 mm.
• The maximum sum of allowable wear thickness of the cylinder block and the cylinder head is
0.20 mm.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–45

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

CAUTION

• During replacement, the cylinder head should be fully equipped with valves, oil seals, springs, spring
seats, valve cotters, valve tappets, valve guides, valve retainers and camshafts.

2. Check the valve.

a. Clean the valve.
• Using a scraper, remove the carbon
deposited on the valve head.
• Using a wire brush, clean the valve
thoroughly.

07
RS15070850

b. Using a vernier caliper, measure the valve

height.

Specification
Measurement Item
(mm)
Intake Valve 88.5 Total Height
Valve Height
Exhaust Valve 89.2

If the height is less than specified value, replace

the valve.
RS15070870

c. Using a micrometer, measure the valve lifter

diameter.

Specification
Measurement Item
(mm)

Valve Lifter Intake Valve 5.5 ± 0.2

Diameter Exhaust Valve 5.5 ± 0.2

Measured points are as shown in the illustration:

26 mm, 52 mm and 78 mm from the valve head.
RS15070880
If the value is not within the specified range,
check the clearance between the valve lifter and
the valve guide.

07–46 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

d. Using a dial indicator, check the clearance

between the valve lifter and the valve guide. 1
Pull the valve to be checked out of the valve
guide approximately 10 mm, and shake the

80 20

30
70
1090

40
60
MC
valve gently to measure the clearance between

1
0
2
0

3
0

50
50
5
0.01mm
10
90

40
60
8020

70 30
the valve lifter and the guide.

Specification
Measurement Item
(mm) 2
Clearance Intake Valve 0.038 - 0.053
Between Valve RS15070890
Lifter and Guide Exhaust Valve 0.048 - 0.063

If the measured value is not within the specified

range, replace the valve lifter or the valve guide.
e. Using a vernier caliper, measure the valve
protrusion height. Valve Lifter End

07
Specification
Measurement Item Valve Lifter
(mm) Protrusion Height

Valve Lifter Intake Valve 34.17

Protrusion
Height Exhaust Valve 34 Valve Spring
Seat Face

If the protrusion height is less than the specified

value, replace the valve. RS15070900

3. Check the valve spring.

a. Using a vernier caliper, measure the valve
spring free length and the length under certain
pressure.

Specification
Measurement Item
(mm)
Free Height 49.4

Valve Spring Height After

Installation 33.7
(mm)
RS15070910

If the measured value is not within the specified

range, replace the valve spring.

b. Using a steel square, measure the

perpendicularity of the valve spring.

Specification
Measurement Item
(mm)
Max. Deviation:
Valve Spring Perpendicularity
1.3

If the measured value is not within the specified

range, replace the valve spring.
RS15070920

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–47

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Assembly
HINT:
Clean all the components to be assembled thoroughly before assembly.

CAUTION

• Distinguish the intake valves and the exhaust valves during installation.

1. Install the valve (1) into the cylinder head.

HINT: 5
Apply a light coat of engine oil to the valve lifter end
when assembling the valve. 4
3
2. Install the new valve spring lower seat (2) if 2
necessary.
07 3. Install the valve oil seal.
HINT:
Apply engine oil to the valve oil seal before
pressing.
a. Install the valve oil seal guide sleeve (3) to the
valve.
b. Install the valve oil seal (4) to the valve oil seal
guide sleeve. 1

c. Tap the valve oil seal installer (5) with a rubber RS15070930

hammer and install the valve oil seal in place.

4. Install the valve spring (1) and valve spring upper

4
seat (2).
3
5. Using a special tool, compress the valve spring and 2
install the valve cotter (3). 1
6. After installation, lightly tap the valve with a rubber
hammer to ensure a proper fit.
7. Install the valve tappet (4) into the cylinder head.
HINT:
During assembly, apply a light coat of engine oil to
the valve tappet. RS15070931

Other assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

07–48 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Installation
1. Ensure that the cylinder head bolt holes in the cylinder block are clean, dry (remove the residual oil or
coolant), and the threads are not damaged.
2. Do not reuse the cylinder head bolts. The new bolts should be examined before use. Replace the bolts if
they are elongated.
3. Place the new cylinder head gasket on the engine block, make sure that the gasket is located on the dowel
pin in the cylinder block.
4. Apply a light coat of engine oil to the threads before installing the bolts.
5. Tighten the bolts in sequence shown in the
illustration following below:
• 1st step: tighten the bolt to 30 ± 2 N·m; 7 3 1 5

• 2nd step: rotate the bolt for 180° counterclockwise

and tighten the bolt to 50 ± 2 N·m;
• 3rd step: rotate the bolt for 60° ± 5° clockwise.

07
8 4 2 6

RS15070940

Other installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–49

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Engine Mounting Assembly

Removal & Installation - Rear Mounting Assembly
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Support the transmission with a carrier.
3. Remove the engine rear mounting.
a. Loosen and remove the rear mounting bracket
fixing bolts (1).
(Tightening torque: 60 ± 5 N·m) 1
b. Loosen and remove the coupling bolt (2) 1
between the rear mounting bracket and the rear
mounting cushion assembly, and remove the
rear mounting bracket.
(Tightening torque: 100 ± 10 N·m)
2

07 RS15070400

c. Loosen and remove the rear mounting cushion

assembly through bolt locking nut (1), take out
the through bolt, and remove the rear mounting 1
cushion assembly (2).
(Tightening torque for fixing nut: 100 ± 10 N·m)
2 3
d. Loosen and remove the rear mounting front
bracket fixing bolt (3) from the transmission
case body, and remove the rear mounting front
bracket.
(Tightening torque: 100 ± 10 N·m)
RS15070410

Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Removal & Installation - Left Mounting Assembly

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Remove the battery (See page 16-7).
3. Remove the battery tray (See page 16-8).
4. Disconnect the back-up light switch connector
(arrow).

RS15170160

5. Remove the front wiper arm assembly (See page 33-13).

6. Remove the front windshield lower garnish (See page 45-25).

07–50 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

7. Remove the wiper motor assembly (See page 33-14).

8. Remove the front windshield crossmember front end panel (See page 45-27).
9. Remove the engine compartment crossmember (See page 45-28).
10.Use an engine equalizer to hang the engine lifting eyes.
11. Remove the left mounting assembly.
a. Loosen and remove the coupling bolts (arrow)
between the left mounting cushion assembly
and the left mounting bracket.
(Tightening torque: 60 ± 5 N·m)

RS15070430
07
b. Loosen and remove the left mounting cushion
assembly fixing bolts (arrow), and remove the
left mounting cushion assembly.
(Tightening torque: 60 ± 5 N·m)

RS15070440

c. Loosen and remove the left mounting bracket

fixing bolts (arrow) from the transmission, and
remove the left mounting bracket.
(Tightening torque: 60 ± 5 N·m)

RS15070450

Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–51

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Removal & Installation - Right Mounting Assembly

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the right headlight assembly.
4. Remove the front wiper arm assembly (See page 33-13).
5. Remove the front windshield lower garnish (See page 45-25).
6. Remove the wiper motor assembly (See page 33-14).
7. Remove the front windshield crossmember front end panel (See page 45-27).
8. Remove the engine compartment crossmember (See page 45-28).
9. Use an engine equalizer to hang the engine lifting eyes.
10.Remove the right mounting assembly.
a. Loosen and remove the right mounting cushion
assembly carrier locking nuts (arrow).
(Tightening torque: 60 ± 5 N·m)

RS15070460

b. Loosen and remove the right mounting cushion

assembly fixing bolts (arrow), and remove the
right mounting cushion assembly.
(Tightening torque: 60 ± 5 N·m)
HINT:
Remove the steering fluid reservoir assembly
from the mounting bracket and move it to one
side when removing.

RS15070470

c. Loosen and remove the studs (arrow) from the

engine.
(Tightening torque: 12 ± 1 N·m)

RS15070480

Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

07–52 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

ENGINE UNIT REPAIR

SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Engine Assembly
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Release the fuel system pressure (See page 08-9).
3. Disconnect the coupling joint (arrow) of the delivery
pipe and the fuel rail.

07
RS15080280

4. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

5. Remove the front wiper arm assembly (See page 33-13).
6. Remove the front windshield lower garnish (See page 45-25).
7. Remove the wiper motor assembly (See page 33-14).
8. Remove the front windshield crossmember front end panel (See page 45-27).
9. Remove the engine compartment crossmember (See page 45-28).
10.Remove the air filter assembly (See page 10-7).
11. Remove the battery (See page 16-7).
12.Remove the battery tray and the tray bracket (See page 16-8).
13.Remove the accelerator cable (See page 10-9).
14.Disconnect the throttle assembly position sensor
(1) and the idling step motor sensor (2).

1
2

RS15100060

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–53

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

15.Disconnect the intake pressure/temperature sensor

connector (1).
16.Loosen the elastic clamp (2) of canister solenoid 1
valve hose and disconnect the connection between
the canister solenoid valve hose and the intake
manifold. 2
17.Loosen and remove the accelerator cable bracket
fixing bolt (3). 3
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15070501

18.Loosen the vacuum booster hose fixing clamp (1),

and disconnect the connection between the
vacuum booster hose and the intake manifold.
19.Loosen the crankcase ventilation hose fixing clamp 1

07 (2), and disconnect the connection between the

PCV hose and the intake manifold.
2

RS15100120

20.Loosen and remove the intake manifold lower body

assembly fixing nuts (arrow).
(Tightening torque: 22.5 ± 2.5 N·m)

RS15100150

21.Remove the intake manifold with throttle assembly.

22.Remove the exhaust manifold assembly heat
insulator fixing bolts (arrow).
(Tightening torque: 9.5 ± 1.5 N·m)

8EV
3711008140BA

RS15110021

07–54 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

23.Move away the canister solenoid valve.

a. Disconnect the canister solenoid valve
connector (1).
b. Loosen the elastic clamp (2) and disconnect the
connection between the canister solenoid valve
outlet and the canister solenoid valve.
1

RS15070490

c. Move away the canister solenoid valve from the canister solenoid valve bracket.
24.Disconnect the following connectors:
a. Disconnect the joint (arrow) between the engine
wire harness and the engine compartment wire 07
harness.

RS15070510

b. Disconnect the downstream oxygen sensor.

c. Open the engine compartment fuse and relay
box, remove the locking nut (arrow) and
disconnect the joint between the engine wire
harness and the engine compartment fuse and
relay box.

RS15070520

d. Disconnect the transmission ground.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–55

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

25.Loosen and remove the coupling nuts (arrow)

between the exhaust manifold assembly and the
front exhaust pipe assembly, and disconnect the
exhaust manifold assembly from the front exhaust
pipe assembly.
(Tightening torque: 45 ± 5 N·m)

RS15110060

26.Remove the shim between the exhaust manifold assembly and the front exhaust pipe assembly.
27.Drain the coolant (See page 12-13).
28.Remove the expansion tank and the expansion tank bracket (See page 12-16).
29.Loosen the elastic clamp (1) and disconnect the
07 connection between the engine inlet pipe and the
thermostat housing. 3
30.Loosen the elastic clamp (2) and disconnect the
4
connection between the engine outlet pipe and the
cooling water pipe I.
31.Loosen the elastic clamp (3) and disconnect the
connection between warm air outlet pipe and the
cylinder head. 1

32.Loosen the elastic clamp (4) and disconnect the 2

connection between the warm air inlet pipe and the RS15070530
cooling water pipe I.
33.Recover the refrigerant from the A/C system (See page 29-17).
34.Remove the front bumper (See page 45-6).
35.Remove 2 fixing bolts (arrow) between the A/C
high/low pressure line and the compressor
assembly, and disengage the A/C high/low
pressure line from the compressor assembly.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 4 N·m)

RS15290630

CAUTION

• After removing the A/C line, plug the A/C line to prevent foreign matter from entering the A/C system.

07–56 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

36.Drain the steering fluid (See page 28-8).

37.Remove the high pressure line joint hollow bolt (1)
and the oil suction pipe joint (2) on the steering
pump.
(Tighten torque for high pressure line joint hollow
bolt: 40 ± 4 N·m)
2

RS15070521

38.Drain the brake fluid (See page 25-12).

39.Remove the brake fluid reservoir assembly (See page 25-13).
40.Remove the brake master cylinder (See page 25-15).
41.Using clamp pliers, loosen the clamp (arrow) from 07
the vacuum check valve and detach the brake
vacuum hose.

RS15250170

42.Drain the engine oil (See page 13-9).

43.Disengage the transmission side gear select and shift cable (See page 17-19).
44.Disengage the clutch cable (See page 18-7).
45.Remove the drive shaft assembly (See page 19-5).
46.Remove 4 fixing nuts (arrow) between the hood
and the hood hinge, and remove the hood (1).
(Tightening torque: 20 ± 2 N·m)

RS15440070

47.Use an engine equalizer to hang the engine.

48.Remove the engine rear mounting (See page 07-50).
49.Remove the engine left mounting (See page 07-50).
50.Remove the engine right mounting (See page 07-52).
51.Make sure the engine is disconnected from all the components in the engine compartment.
52.Install the engine hanger and hang the engine with transmission out of the engine compartment.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–57

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

53.Separate the engine and the transmission.

54.Install the engine to the engine service stand.
55.Remove the engine accessories from the engine.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Adjust the clutch pedal stroke after installation. Adjust it to the proper position following the
corresponding requirements when adjusting. If the free play of the clutch is too large, noise will occur
when shifting or the gear cannot be disengaged; if the free play is too small, it will result in faster lining
wear, poor power and even burned lining.

07–58 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Engine Block
Description

1
8

3 9

07
4

11
5
6

7
12

RS15070980

1 - Piston Ring Compression Ring 2 - Piston Ring Oil Ring

3 - Oil Ring Bushing Ring 4 - Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly
5 - Connecting Rod Bearing Upper Shell 6 - Connecting Rod Bearing Lower Shell
7 - Connecting Rod Bearing Cap 8 - Cylinder Head Gasket
9 - Engine Block 10 - Main Bearing Upper Shell
11 - Thrust Washer 12 - Crankshaft
13 - Main Bearing Lower Shell 14 - Main Bearing Cap

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–59

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Disassembly
1. Remove the rear oil seal bracket assembly (See page 07-24).
2. Remove the knock sensor (See page 06-212).
3. Remove the oil pressure switch (See page 13-13).
4. Remove the piston and connecting rod assembly.

CAUTION

• Attach a label with the corresponding cylinder number to each piston and connecting rod assembly to
prevent incorrect installation.
• Be careful not to scratch the cylinder wall during operation.

a. Using an open-end wrench 10 #, loosen and

remove the connecting rod bearing cap fixing
bolts (arrow), and remove the connecting rod
07 bearing cap.
(First tighten the fixing bolts to 14 - 16 N·m, then
further tighten 55° - 65°)

RS15070990

b. Using a hammer handle (1), push the piston and

connecting rod assembly (2) out of the top of 1
engine block.
HINT:
• Remove the carbon deposited on the top of
cylinder before pushing out of the piston and
2
connecting rod assembly.
• Arrange the removed parts in the correct
order.

RS15071000

5. Remove the connecting rod bearing shell.

a. Slightly push the connecting rod bearing lower
shell (1) in the direction of arrow, and remove it
from the connecting rod bearing cap carefully.
HINT:
Arrange the connecting rod bearing lower shells 1
in the correct order.

RS15071020

07–60 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

b. Slightly push the connecting rod bearing upper

shell (1) in the direction of arrow, and remove it
from the piston and the connecting rod 1
assembly carefully.
HINT:
Arrange the connecting rod bearing upper shells
in the correct order.

RS15071010

6. Remove the piston ring.

a. Using a piston ring expander, remove the
compression ring and the oil ring.

Piston Ring Expander

RS15071030

CAUTION

• Before removing the piston ring, check the piston ring side clearance (See page 07-65).
• If it is necessary to be reused, be sure to mark the piston ring position.

b. Clean the carbon deposited from the piston ring groove.

7. The piston pin is semi-floating and cannot be assembled by general process after removal, so it is not
allowable to be removed in service. If there are abnormal noises caused by improper piston pin clearance,
replace the piston and connecting rod assembly.
8. Remove the crankshaft.
a. Evenly loosen and remove the main bearing cap
fixing bolts in the order shown in the illustration,
and remove the main bearing caps.
2 6 8 4
(First tighten the bolt to 22 - 28 N·m, then further
tighten 85° - 95°)
HINT:
Arrange the main bearing caps in the correct
order.
1 5 7 3

RS15071040

b. Take out the crankshaft.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–61

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

9. Remove the crankshaft thrust washers (arrow).

RS15071050

10.Remove the main bearing shell.

a. Slightly push the main bearing upper shell (1) in
the direction of arrow, and remove it from the
engine block carefully.
07 HINT:
1
Arrange the main bearing upper shells in the
correct order.

RS15071060

b. Slightly push the main bearing lower shell (1) in

the direction of arrow, and remove it from the
main bearing cap carefully.
HINT: 1
Arrange the main bearing lower shells in the
correct order.

RS15071070

11. Loosen and remove the piston cooling nozzles

(arrow).
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1 N·m)

RS15071080

07–62 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Inspection
1. Check the engine block.
• Clean the engine block thoroughly and check all the hole passages for leakage.
• Check the engine block and cylinder bore for cracks.
• Check the bottom surface of engine block for cracks.

CAUTION

• DO NOT wash the cylinder at high temperature; otherwise the cylinder liner will stick out beyond the
engine block.

2. Check the flatness of the engine block upper

surface.
a. Clean the engine block upper surface.
b. Using a precision straightedge and feeler
gauge, check the flatness of engine block upper 07
surface.

Measurement Item Specification (mm)

Engine Block Upper
0.04
Surface Flatness
RS15071090

If the flatness of the engine block upper surface is not as specified, adjust it. If it exceeds the limit,
replace the engine block.
• The maximum allowable wear thickness for the engine block is 0.15 mm.
• The maximum sum of allowable wear thickness of the engine block and the cylinder head is 0.20
mm.
3. Check the cylinder bore.
Using a cylinder gauge, measure the cylinder bore
at positions A, B and C in the thrust and axial
directions.

Measurement Item Specification (mm)

Cylinder Bore 71.025
Cylindricity 0.008
Thrust Direction
Cylindricity calculation method (for general Front
measurement):
Axial Direction
Measure the cylinder bore at A, B and C and obtain A 10 mm
6 values. The cylindricity is half of the difference
B
between the maximum and minimum values among C
Center
6 values. 10 mm
Cylindricity = (maximum diameter - minimum RS15071100

diameter)/2
If the average bore value measured at positions A,
B and C exceeds the specified cylinder bore or the
cylindricity exceeds the specified value, replace the
engine block.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–63

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

4. Check the piston.

a. Using a scraper, remove the carbon deposited
on the top of piston.

RS15071110

b. Using a piston ring, remove the carbon

deposited in the piston ring groove.

RS15071120

c. Using a brush and solvent, thoroughly clean the

piston.

RS15071130

CAUTION

• DO NOT use a wire brush for cleaning.

07–64 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

d. Measure the piston diameter with a micrometer

at the position that is approximately 12 mm
under the piston skirt portion in the vertical
direction of the piston pin.

Specification
Measurement Item
(mm)
12 mm
-0.01
Cylinder 1 Piston Diameter φ71-0.022
-0.01
Cylinder 2 Piston Diameter φ71-0.022
-0.01
Cylinder 3 Piston Diameter φ71-0.022
RS15071140

If the piston diameter is not within the specified

range, replace the piston and connection rod
assembly.
5. Check the clearance between the piston ring and
the ring groove side.
Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance 07
between the new piston ring and the ring groove
side.

Specification
Measurement Item
(mm)

Piston Ring First Ring 0.03 - 0.07

Side Clearance Second Ring 0.02 - 0.06
RS15071150

If the piston ring side clearance is not within the

specified value, replace the piston and the
connection rod assembly.
6. Check the piston ring end gap.
a. Using a piston, push the piston ring from the top
of cylinder to a place that 45 mm from the top of
the cylinder bore.
b. Using a feeler gauge, measure the end gap.

Specification
Measurement Item
(mm) 45 mm

Piston Ring End First Ring 0.2 - 0.35

Gap Second Ring 0.4 - 0.55

If the piston ring end gap is not within the

specified range, replace the piston ring with a
new one.
If the end gas is still not within the specified
range after replacement, replace the engine
RS15071160
block.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–65

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

7. Check the diameter of the connecting rod journal.

Using a micrometer, measure the diameter of the
connecting rod journal.

Measurement Item Specification (mm)

Connecting Rod Journal -0.004
φ40-0.020
Diameter

If the connecting rod diameter is not within the

specified range, replace the connecting rod bearing
shells with new ones, and check the radial RS15071170
clearance of the connecting rod bearing shells.
If the radial clearance of the connecting rod bearing
shells is still not within the specified range after
replacement, replace the crankshaft.
8. Check the radial clearance of the connecting rod bearing shell.
07 a. Clean the connecting rod journal and the connecting rod bearing shell.
b. Place a feeler gauge (1) on the journal as shown
in the illustration.
1

RS15071180

c. Install the connecting rod bearing cap (See page 07-74).

CAUTION

• DO NOT turn the crankshaft during installation.

d. Remove the connecting rod bearing cap (See page 07-60).

e. Using the gauge scale of the feeler gauge,
measure the widest part of the compressed
feeler gauge (1) to obtain the radial clearance of
the connecting rod bearing shell as shown in the
illustration .

Measurement Item Specification (mm)

Connecting Rod Bearing
0.034 - 0.066
Shell Radial Clearance

RS15071190

If the radial clearance of the connecting rod bearing shell is not within the specified range, replace the
connecting rod bearing shell. Replace the crankshaft if necessary.

07–66 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

For selection of connecting rod bearing shell, refer to 07-69.

9. Check the axial clearance of the connecting rod.
a. Install the connecting rod bearing cap (See page 07-74).
b. Install the dial indicator towards the connecting rod side and press the measuring rod of the dial
indicator.
c. Push the connecting rod forward and backward
(do not move the crankshaft forward and
backward) and read the value on the dial
indicator.

Measurement Item Specification (mm)

Connecting Rod Axial
0.15 - 0.37
Clearance

RS15071200

07
If the axial clearance of the connecting rod is not within the specified range, replace the connecting rod
assembly.
10.Check the crankshaft main journal coaxiality.
a. Install the crankshaft onto the tester and keep it level as shown in the illustration.
b. Rotate the crankshaft slowly and read the max.
change value from the dial indicator. (Reading
from the dial indicator)/2 is the coaxiality of the
crankshaft.

Measurement Item Specification (mm)

Crankshaft Main Journal
0.05
Coaxiality

RS15071210

If the coaxiality of the crankshaft main journal is not within the specified range, replace the crankshaft.
11. Check the diameter of the crankshaft main journal.
a. Using a outside micrometer, measure the
diameter of the crankshaft main journal. Rotate
the crankshaft for 90° and perform
measurement again.

Measurement Item Specification (mm)

Crankshaft Main Journal -0.004
φ44-0.020
Diameter

RS15071220

If the diameter of the crankshaft main journal is not within the specified range, replace the main bearing
shell with a new one, and check the radial clearance of the crankshaft.
If the radial clearance of the main bearing shell is still not within the specified range after replacing the
main bearing shell with a new one, replace the crankshaft.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–67

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

b. Calculate the roundness and cylindricity by the measured values (measured area is shown in the
illustration).
Roundness and cylindricity calculation method (for general measurement):
Measure the diameter twice on the same cross section, and the roundness is half of the difference
between the maximum and the minimum values.
Roundness = (maximum diameter - minimum diameter)/2
As shown in the illustration, measure the diameter twice in different directions on the two cross sections
separately to obtain four values. The cylindricity is the half of the difference between the maximum and
the minimum values among the four values.
Cylindricity = (maximum diameter - minimum diameter)/2

Measurement Item Specification (mm)

Cylindricity 0.008
Crankshaft Main Journal
Roundness 0.005

If the roundness and cylindricity of the crankshaft main journal exceed the specified value, replace the
07 crankshaft.
12. Check the crankshaft radial clearance.
a. Clean the crankshaft main journal and main bearing shell.
b. Install the crankshaft. Place the feeler gauge (1)
on the crankshaft main journal, and make it
parallel to the crankshaft center axis and cover
the installation width range of the main bearing
cap completely. 1

RS15071230

c. Install the main bearing cap (See page 07-73).

d. Remove the main bearing cap (See page 07-61).
Using the gauge scale of the feeler gauge,
measure the widest part of compressed feeler
gauge. The measured value is the crankshaft
radial clearance.

Measurement Item Specification (mm)

Crankshaft Radial
0.020 - 0.065
Clearance

RS15071240

If the crankshaft radial clearance is not within the specified range, install the new main bearing shell.
Replace the crankshaft if necessary.
For selection of main bearing shell, refer to 07-70.

CAUTION

• Replace the bearings in pairs.

07–68 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

13.Check the crankshaft axial clearance (See page 07-73).

a. Install the main bearing cap.
b. Push the crankshaft forward and backward and
read the value from the dial indicator.

Measurement Item Specification (mm)

Crankshaft Axial
0.08 - 0.28
Clearance

RS15071250

If the crankshaft axial clearance is not within the specified range, replace the thrust washer as set.

Selection of Connecting Rod Bearing Shell 07

1. Connecting rod bearing upper shell
Select according to the marks on the connecting
rod. 1
J

Mark on
Name Color Connecting 1
J
Rod Body
Connecting Rod Red 1
Bearing Upper
Shell Blue 2

RS15071260

2. Connecting rod bearing lower shell

Select according to the marks on the crankshaft.

Mark on
Name Color
Crankshaft 222

Connecting Rod Red 1 AAAA

222

Bearing Lower
Shell Blue 2

RS15071270

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–69

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Selection of Main Bearing Shell

1. Main bearing upper shell
Select according to the marks on the engine block.

Mark on
Name Color
Engine Block

Main Bearing Red A

Upper Shell Blue B

RS15071280

2. Main bearing lower shell

Select according to the marks on the crankshaft.
07
Mark on
Name Color AAAA
Crankshaft

Main Bearing Red A AAAA

222

Lower Shell Blue B

RS15071290

07–70 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

Assembly

CAUTION

• It is very important to keep clean during assembling the engine.

• If any foreign matter (include foreign matter caused by cleaning the gasket) enters the oil passage,
coolant passage or oil pan, it may cause a engine malfunction.

1. Install the piston cooling nozzle.

2. Install the piston ring.
a. Install the rings to the pistons one by one in the
order of lower rail (5), oil ring bushing ring (4), 1
upper rail (3), second compression ring (2) and 2
first compression ring (1); pay attention to the
direction of the piston rings when assembling
the compression rings to make the side with 3 07
"371F P" mark facing up. The two rails and
4
bushing ring should be staggered by certain
degrees with the sharp angle on the bushing 5
ring connection facing toward the top of the Openings of Each Ring:
piston. Check if the openings of first Lower Rail

compression ring and second compression ring First Compression Second Compression
are staggered by 120°. The two rail openings Ring Ring

should be staggered by 180°. Check that the Front Rear

piston ring should rotate in the ring groove Bushing Ring

freely.
Upper Rail
RS15071300

b. Rotate the piston ring several turns after applying engine oil to the piston ring groove, and note that the
position of ring notch should be the same with that described above; clean the crankshaft connecting
rod journal and cylinder bore with a non-woven fabric cloth; apply engine oil to the cylinder bore and
connecting rod journal; install the piston connecting rod assembly into the cylinder bore through the
piston ring compression guide bush and push it into place; pay attention to the forward mark of the
piston and connecting rod during assembly without being reversed.
3. Install the connecting rod bearing shell.

CAUTION

• Apply a coat of engine oil to the connecting rod bearing shell inner surface.

a. Carefully install the connecting rod bearing

upper shell (1) in the direction of arrow, and
keep the groove opening of each connecting rod 1
bearing upper shell face the piston and
connecting rod assembly.

RS15071310

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–71

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

b. Carefully install the connecting rod bearing

lower shell (1) in the direction of arrow, and the
notch of each connecting rod bearing lower shell
should be aligned with the connecting rod
bearing cap.
1

RS15071320

4. Install the main bearing shell.

CAUTION

• Apply a coat of engine oil to the main bearing shell inner surface.
07

a. Carefully install the main bearing upper shell (1)

in the direction of arrow, and the notch of each
main bearing upper shell should be aligned with
the piston and engine block. The oil passage
1
hole (2) on the main bearing upper shell should
be aligned with the passage hole on the cylinder
block after installation.

RS15071330

b. Carefully install the main bearing lower shell (1)

in the direction of arrow, and the notch of each
main bearing lower shell should be aligned with
the main bearing cap.
1

RS15071340

5. Install the crankshaft thrust washer.

a. Clean the crankshaft thrust washer and cylinder block inner wall before installation.
b. Apply a coat of engine oil to the crankshaft thrust washer.
c. There are 2 crankshaft thrust washers on the cylinder, which are installed on the front and rear sides of
thrust surface (thrust surfaces on both sides of the 3rd bearing) respectively.

07–72 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

d. As shown in the illustration, the two grooves on

one side of the crankshaft thrust washer (1) face
outward while the other side without groove is
jointed with the cylinder block inside wall.

RS15071350

6. Place the crankshaft on the cylinder block carefully

and install 4 main bearing caps and their fixing bolts
respectively.

1 2 3 4 07

RS15071360

CAUTION

• Apply engine oil to the main journal, the connecting rod journal and the thrust surface.
• Distinguish the front marks and numbers on the main bearing caps during installation.

7. Tighten the main bearing cap bolts in the order

shown in the illustration.
Tighten the main bearing cap bolts: firstly, tighten 7 3 1 5
each bolt into place by hand, then tighten the main
bearing cap bolts to 22 - 28 N·m as specified, and
turn them for 55° - 65° finally.

8 4 2 6

RS15071370

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–73

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

8. Using a piston installer (1), install the piston and

connecting rod assembly (2) into the cylinder as
shown in the illustration. 2

RS15071380

CAUTION

• Apply a coat of engine oil to the piston surface and the cylinder inside wall before installation.
• Pay attention to the front marks of piston and connecting rod during assembly without being reversed.
07

RS15071390

9. Install the connecting rod bearing cap.

Screw the connecting rod bolt by hand after
covering the connecting rod bearing cap, and then
tighten it to 14 - 16 N·m as specified, and turn the
bolt for 55° - 65° finally.

RS15070990

CAUTION

• Never reuse the connecting rod bolt.

• Apply engine oil to the threads and the bottom of the bolt head before installing the new connecting rod
bolt.
• The selection numerical marks on the connecting rod upper shell should be aligned.
• Pay attention to the front marks on the connecting rod bearing cap during installation without being
reversed.

07–74 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

07 - SQR371F ENGINE MECHANICAL

RS15071400

Other assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 07–75

- MEMO -

07–76 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION 08-3 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 08-12
Description 08-3 Fuel Filter 08-12
Specifications 08-4 Removal 08-12
Tools 08-5 Installation 08-14
Fuel Supply System Line Electric Fuel Pump Assembly 08-15
Connection Diagram 08-6 On-vehicle Inspection 08-15
Circuit Diagram 08-7 Removal 08-16
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 08-9 Installation 08-18
Fuel Tank 08-19
Problem Symptoms Table 08-9
Removal 08-19
Fuel System Pressure Release 08-9
Fuel Supply System Pressure Test 08-10 Installation 08-23
Fuel Tank Accessories Description 08-23
Fuel Rail Injector Assembly 08-24
Removal 08-24
Inspection 08-26 08
Installation 08-26

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 08–1

08–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

Description

10
×6
8

12
7

5 14
9

13
2

3 15
08

6
4

1 ×4

RS15080010

1 - Fuel Rail Injector Assembly 2 - Inlet Pipe II Assembly

3 - Inlet and Return Pipe Assembly 4 - Fuel Filter
5 - Inlet Pipe I Assembly 6 - Fuel Tank Assembly
7 - Worm Clamp 8 - Fuel Tank Breather Hose
9 - Fuel Filler Hose 10 - Filler Tube Assembly
11 - Fuel Tank Cap 12 - Electric Fuel Pump Pressure Cap
13 - Electric Fuel Pump Assembly 14 - Fuel Vapor Pipe I Assembly
15 - Elastic Clamp

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 08–3

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

The engine fuel supply system provides a certain amount and concentration of combustible air-fuel mixture
and supplies it to the cylinders according to the requirements under various operating conditions of engine.
The fuel supply system consists of fuel tank assembly, electric fuel pump assembly, fuel filter assembly,
delivery pipe, fuel rail and injector, and is used for fuel storage, filtration, delivery and injection. The function of
fuel supply system is to provide gasoline with sufficient pressure to the fuel rail injector assembly by using
electric fuel pump, and the injector injects a certain amount of gasoline to the top of intake valve in the intake
manifold in accordance with the control signals from ECM.

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Manual Brake Cable Bracket Fixing Bolt 10 ± 1.5
Electric Fuel Pump Assembly Cap Fixing Bolt 5±1
Fuel Tank Fixing Bolt 23 ± 2
Fuel Rail Fixing Bolt 8±1
08 Worm Clamp 2.5 ± 0.5

Fuel Pressure Specifications

SQR371F Pressure (kPa)

Fuel Pressure on Fuel Rail - Key II (ON) 350
Fuel Pressure on Fuel Rail - Engine Idling 400
Fuel Pressure on Fuel Rail - Key B (LOCK) 350

08–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

Tools
General Tools

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Fuel Pressure Gauge

08
RS15080030

Transmission Carrier

RS15080040

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 08–5

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

Fuel Supply System Line Connection Diagram

3 4

2 1

RS15080050

1 - Electric Fuel Pump 2 - Electric Fuel Pump Assembly Pressure Regulator

3 - Fuel Filter Assembly 4 - Inlet and Return Pipe Assembly
5 - Fuel Rail Injector Assembly

When engine operates properly, the electric fuel pump (1) sucks fuel from the fuel tank and filters it through
the fuel filter (3), and then deliveries it to the inlet and return pipe assembly (4). Some fuel enters the fuel rail
(5) and is supplied to the injector. Some fuel flows back to the electric fuel pump assembly pressure regulator
(2) directly. When the fuel supply system pressure is high, the diaphragm spring in the regulator is jacked up
by the pressure, then the valve opens and the fuel flows out from the regulator. When the pressure reaches
normal value, the regulator shuts off and the fuel stops flowing out. Finally, the system pressure reaches a
steady state.

08–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram
Fuel Supply System

BATTERY

B+

F05 F25
ENGINE
15A 20A
COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
RELAY BOX
2 3 2 3 E-014
FUEL E-041
MAIN PUMP F13 F14
RELAY E-043
RELAY 15A 5A
E-050
1 5 1 5

E10 E2 H8 E9 E11 D3
L

RW
RL
A

RL
B 08
O
C
WR
LB

E-044 15 I-035
4 B-001
B-036
O

3 1
FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR AND
FUEL PUMP
B-013
4 2
B

B-009 B-008

44 9

ECM
E-055

1 2 3 4 B-013
B
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
E-055
3 B
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 1 2
2 1 E-044
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 W
3 4 5 6

E-014

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 H1 H2 H3
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 D1 D2 E-041
E13 E14 E15 E16 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 D3 D4 W
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20

E-050 B-001 E-043

W W ES15080010
B

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 08–7

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

IGNITION SWITCH
ON OR START

A11
INSTRUMENT PANEL
FUSE AND RELAY BOX
EF02 EF06 I-001
15A 10A I-002
E-048
C2 A2 B19

A
L
E-062 E-023 E-017 E-018
RL RL
B 6 4
O

RW
R

1 1 1

11 13 INJECTOR 1 INJECTOR 2 INJECTOR 3

E-026 E-025 E-024
FUEL
GAUGE
INSTRUMENT 2 2 2
CLUSTER
LOW
YG

W
ICM I-027
FUEL
08 1 2 3
E-018
21 3 E-017

GB
BR

BL
O
B

E-023
13 18 16
E-062

GB
BR

BL
I-007
6 7 25
ECM
E-055

1 2 3

4 5 6

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
I-002 7 8 9
B13 B14 B15 B16 W
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
E-017
B

I-027
L A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 I-001
A13 A12 A11 A10 C1 C2 C3 E-048
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 W B
E-024 E-025 E-026
1 2
B B B ES15080020

08–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
Fuel Supply System Problem Symptoms Table

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Fuel filter (blocked) 08-12
Fuel pressure in fuel supply system is too
low Electric fuel pump assembly (strainer
08-15
blocked)

Fuel pressure in fuel supply system is too Fuel rail injector assembly (clogged) 08-24
high Electric fuel pump assembly 08-15
Low fuel level -
Electric fuel pump has loud operating noise
Electric fuel pump assembly relay -
and operates delay
Electric fuel pump assembly 08-15
Fuel filter (blocked) 08-12
08
Fuel rail injector assembly 08-24
Injector is clogged and leaks
Poor fuel quality -
Excessive foreign matter in fuel tank -
Fuel supply system line (broken) -
Injector does not work Fuel rail injector assembly (short in coil) 08-24
Wire harness -

Fuel System Pressure Release

WARNING

• When engine is not operating, the fuel pressure in fuel supply system is still high. Before repairing or
disconnecting the fuel line or fuel supply system components, it is necessary to release the fuel supply
system pressure to prevent the fuel from spraying out accidentally. Failure to follow these instructions
may result in serious personal injury or death.

Perform the following procedures to release the fuel pressure in fuel supply system:
1. Recognize and remove the electric fuel pump
assembly relay from the engine compartment relay Fuel
pump

box.
relay

RS15080060

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 08–9

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

2. Start and run the engine until it stalls.

3. Restart the engine until it does not run.
4. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
5. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
6. Insert the electric fuel pump assembly relay into the original place.

Fuel Supply System Pressure Test

Fuel Pressure Specifications

SQR371F Pressure (kPa)

Fuel Pressure on Fuel Rail - Key II (ON) 350
Fuel Pressure on Fuel Rail - Engine Idling 400
Fuel Pressure on Fuel Rail - Key B (LOCK) 350

WARNING
08
• When operating the fuel supply system, work area should be in good ventilation and keep fire sources or
open flames away from the work area, in which fire extinguisher should be equipped.
• Before operating the fuel supply system, please touch the vehicle body to discharge static electricity;
failure to do so will cause a fire, even result in an explosion.
• Before removing and installing the fuel pipes, release the fuel supply system pressure.

CAUTION

• Make sure that the battery voltage is 11 - 14 V.

• The service life of the fuel filter should be within 15000 km.
• Make sure that the fuel supply system lines are securely connected, preventing the fuel supply system
from leaking.

1. Release the fuel system pressure (See page 08-9).

2. Disconnect the inlet hose connector and connect
the fuel pressure gauge to a position between the
inlet hose and the fuel rail.

Fuel Hose

RS15080070

08–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

3. Start the engine and run it at idle, and then read the value on the fuel pressure gauge.
Start the engine and read the value while idling:
- The standard pressure at idle should be higher than 400 kPa.
- If the measured pressure value is lower than 400 kPa, check the fuel filter for blockage.
Replace the fuel filter if necessary.
- If the measured pressure value is lower than 400 kPa and the fuel filter operates properly, check the
electric fuel pump assembly. Replace it as necessary.
- If the measured pressure value is too high, the injector may be clogged or the electric fuel pump
assembly pressure modulating valve may be malfunctioning.
Replace the injector or electric fuel pump assembly if necessary.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 08–11

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Fuel Filter
Removal

CAUTION

• DO NOT damage the disconnected fuel system line or connectors. Cover the line joints or connectors
with plastic bags or equivalent, preventing foreign matter from entering.

WARNING

• Before operating the fuel supply system, please touch the vehicle body to discharge static electricity;
failure to do so will cause a fire, even result in an explosion.
08 • When operating the fuel supply system, work area should be in good ventilation and keep the fire
sources or open flames away from the work area, in which fire extinguisher should be equipped.
• After performing the procedures for the fuel system pressure release, there still remains some pressure
in the fuel line. When disconnecting the fuel line, cover the joint with a piece of cloth or equivalent to
prevent the fuel from spraying out.
• If fuel leakage occurs when operating the fuel supply system, please handle the leaked fuel in time.

The disconnection way for all the fuel pipe coupling

joints in the following procedures is as shown in the
illustration.

RS15080080

1. Release the pressure in the fuel supply system (See page 08-9).
2. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
4. Remove the fuel filter assembly.

08–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

a. Disconnect the fuel filter ground wire harness

connector (1) and the coupling joints (2), (3) at
both ends of fuel filter.
2 3

RS15080090

b. Remove the fuel filter from the bracket in the

direction shown in the illustration.

RS15080100

CAUTION

• Cover both ends of the fuel filter with plastic bags or equivalent to prevent foreign matter from entering.

5. Remove the fuel filter ground wire.

a. Loosen and remove the manual brake cable
bracket fixing bolt (arrow).
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1.5 N·m)
1
b. Remove the fuel filter ground wire (1).

RS15080110

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• The removed fuel filter should be handled by the specialized department according to local laws and
regulations. Never discard it at will.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 08–13

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Before connecting the hose, check if there is any damage or foreign matter on the hose or joint.
• During installation, push in the fuel pipe joint clip until a click sound is heard from the coupling joint, then
check that the fuel pipe joint clip is on the collar of the fuel pipe joint. After installing the pipe joint clip,
check that the fuel pipe joint cannot be pulled out. Be careful not to damage the joint. If the clip is
damaged, replace it.
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON) (without starting the engine) to apply the fuel pressure to the fuel
supply system, and then check the connections for leakage.

08–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

Electric Fuel Pump Assembly

On-vehicle Inspection
1. Check the resistance of the electric fuel pump.
a. Using a flat tip screwdriver, pry up the electric
fuel pump assembly protective cap. 4 3 2 1
b. Connect the digital multimeter to terminals 3 and
4. Check the resistance of the electric fuel
pump.

Measurement
Specification + -
Condition
Digital multimeter
positive (+) to terminal 3 RS15080160
1.4 - 5.1 Ω
Digital multimeter
negative (-) to terminal 4

If the result is not specified, replace the electric fuel pump. 08

2. Check the electric fuel pump operation.
a. Using a flat tip screwdriver, pry up the electric
fuel pump assembly protective cap. 4 3 2 1
b. Apply battery voltage to terminals 3 and 4.
Check if the electric fuel pump operates in 10
seconds.

Measurement + -
Specification
Condition
Digital multimeter
positive (+) to terminal 3 RS15080170
Fuel pump operates
Digital multimeter
negative (-) to terminal 4

If the electric fuel pump does not operate, replace it.

HINT:
• These tests must be completed within 10 seconds to prevent the coils from burning out.
• Keep the electric fuel pump as far away from the battery as possible.
• Always switch the voltage on and off on the battery side, rather than the electric fuel pump side.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 08–15

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

Removal

WARNING

• Before operating the fuel supply system, please touch the vehicle body to discharge static electricity;
failure to do so will cause a fire, even result in an explosion.
• When operating the fuel supply system, work area should be in good ventilation and keep the fire
sources or open flames away from the work area, in which fire extinguisher should be equipped.
• After performing the procedures for the fuel system pressure release, there still remains some pressure
in the fuel line. When disconnecting the fuel line, cover the joint with a piece of cloth or equivalent to
prevent the fuel from spraying out.
• If fuel leakage occurs when operating the fuel supply system, please handle the leaked fuel in time.

CAUTION

• Only use parts approved by Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. to replace the electric fuel pump assembly.
08 • As the electric fuel pump assembly radiates through fuel, low fuel level in the fuel tank will directly
shorten the service life of the electric fuel pump assembly.
• Keep the electric fuel pump assembly and work area clean when replacing the electric fuel pump
assembly; otherwise the electric fuel pump assembly element will be clogged.
• DO NOT operate the electric fuel pump assembly when it is dry or in the water. Failure to do so will
damage the electric fuel pump.
• DO NOT damage the disconnected fuel system line or connectors. Cover the line joints or connectors
with plastic bags or equivalent, preventing foreign matter from entering.
• Keep the fuel tank and line clean, and replace the fuel filter if the electric fuel pump assembly has been
replaced.

The disconnection way for all the coupling joints in the

following procedures is as shown in the illustration.

RS15080080

08–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

1. Release the fuel system pressure (See page 08-9).

2. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
4. Open the fuel tank cap with key and release the fuel vapor from the fuel tank.
5. Turn over the rear seat cushion (See page 43-13).
6. Remove the electric fuel pump assembly.
a. Using a flat tip screwdriver, pry up the electric
fuel pump assembly protective cap.

RS15080120

08
b. Disconnect the electric fuel pump assembly
connector (arrow).
c. Disconnect the coupling joint (1) between the
electric fuel pump assembly and the inlet pipe I 2
assembly.
d. Disconnect the coupling joint (2) between the
electric fuel pump assembly and the inlet and
return pipe assembly.
1

RS15080130

CAUTION

• Before disconnecting the joint, remove all the dirt and foreign matter from the electric fuel pump
assembly pressure cap.
• DO NOT forcefully bend or twist the delivery pipe.

e. Remove 6 fixing bolts (arrow) from the electric

fuel pump assembly pressure cap.
(Tightening torque: 5 ± 1 N·m)

RS15080140

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 08–17

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

joints in the following procedures is shown in the
illustration.

RS15080080

1. Release the fuel system pressure (See page 08-9).

2. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
4. Open the fuel tank cap with the key and release the fuel vapor from the fuel tank.
5. Disconnect the electric fuel pump assembly connector.
a. Turn over the rear seat cushion (See page 43-13).

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 08–19

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

b. Using a flat tip screwdriver, pry up the electric

fuel pump assembly protective cap.

RS15080120

c. Disconnect the electric fuel pump assembly

connector (arrow).

RS15080121

6. Remove the fuel filter (See page 08-12).

7. Disconnect the fuel line connection.
a. Disconnect the coupling joint (arrow) between
the fuel vapor pipe I assembly (1) and the fuel
2
vapor pipe II assembly (2).

RS15080220

CAUTION

• Before disconnecting the joint, remove any dirt and foreign matter from the retainer.
• DO NOT forcefully bend or twist the delivery pipe.

08–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

b. Disconnect the coupling joint (arrow) between

the inlet and return pipe assembly (1) and the
inlet pipe II assembly (2).

1
2

RS15080230

c. Separate the fuel vapor pipe II assembly (2) and

fuel vapor pipe III assembly (1) from the filler
hose clip.
d. Separate the fuel vapor pipe IV assembly (3)
from the hook on the fuel tank.

2
1 08
3

RS15080240

8. Loosen the worm clamp (1) and disconnect the

connection between the filler tube assembly and
the filler hose.
(Tightening torque: 2.5 ± 0.5 N·m) 2
9. Loosen the worm clamp (2) and disconnect the 1
connection between the filler tube assembly and
the fuel tank breather hose.
(Tightening torque: 2.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15080190

CAUTION

• Cover the joint with a plastic bag after disconnecting the fuel filler hose and the fuel tank breather hose,
in order to prevent the foreign matter from entering the fuel tank and the fuel from evaporating or leaking.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 08–21

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

10.Remove the fuel tank breather hose and the fuel filler hose.
a. Loosen the worm clamp (1) between the fuel
tank breather hose and the fuel tank joint, and
remove the fuel tank breather hose.
(Tightening torque: 2.5 ± 0.5 N·m)
b. Loosen the worm clamp (2) between the fuel
filler hose and the fuel tank joint, and remove 1
the fuel filler hose.
(Tightening torque: 2.5 ± 0.5 N·m)
2

RS15080210

CAUTION

• Cover the joint with a plastic bag after removing fuel tank breather hose and fuel filler hose, in order to
prevent the foreign matter from entering the fuel tank and the fuel from evaporating or leaking.
08
11. Remove the fuel tank.
a. Support the fuel tank with a transmission carrier.

RS15080250

b. Remove 4 fixing bolts (arrow) from the fuel tank.

(Tightening torque: 23 ± 2 N·m)

RS15080260

c. Slowly lower the transmission carrier to remove the fuel tank.

08–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Before connecting the hose, check if there is any damage or foreign matter on the hose or joint.
• When installing, push in the fuel pipe joint clip until a click sound is heard from the coupling joint, then
check that the fuel pipe joint clip is on the collar of the fuel pipe joint. After installing the pipe joint clip,
check that the fuel pipe joint cannot be pulled out. Be careful not to damage the joint. If the clip is
damaged, replace it.
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON) position (without starting the engine) to apply the fuel pressure to the
fuel supply system, and then check the connections for leakage.

Fuel Tank Accessories Description

1. Fuel Vapor Valve
Fuel vapor valve function:
When the fuel vapor is produced in the fuel tank, 08
the vapor will enter the charcoal canister through 3
the fuel vapor valve (1) by the fuel vapor pipe (2).
When the vehicle body bumps or overturns, the fuel 2
vapor valve will automatically lock to prevent fuel 1
overflow.
2. Vent Tube
Vent tube function:
When adding fuel to the fuel tank through the fuel
RS15080270
filler (3), the fuel will force out the fuel vapor in the
fuel tank.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 08–23

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

Fuel Rail Injector Assembly

Removal

WARNING

CAUTION
08
• DO NOT damage the disconnected fuel system line or connectors. Cover the line joints or connectors
with plastic bags or equivalent, preventing foreign matter from entering.
• The injector is a part of high accuracy, featuring good anti-clogging, anti-pollution and atomization, so be
careful to avoid damage to the injector during removal of the fuel rail.

1. Release the fuel pressure in the fuel supply system (See page 08-9).
2. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

CAUTION

• Install the protector to prevent the body from being scratched.

3. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

4. Remove the throttle assembly (See page 10-9).
5. Remove the intake manifold upper body assembly (See page 10-12).
6. Remove the fuel rail injector Assembly.
a. Disconnect the coupling joint (arrow) between
the delivery pipe and the fuel rail.

RS15080280

08–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

b. Disconnect the connectors (arrow) of the 3

injectors separately.

RS15080290

c. Loosen and remove 2 fixing bolts (arrow) from

the fuel rail.
(Tightening torque: 8 ± 1 N·m)

RS15080300

d. Remove the fuel rail and the fuel rail injectors.

7. Separate the injector clamps and remove the
injectors (arrow) from the fuel rail.

RS15080310

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 08–25

08 - SQR371F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

Inspection
1. Disconnect the injector connectors.
2. Measure the resistance between the 2 pins (injector side) of the injector with a digital multimeter.

Measurement Temperature Specification

20°C 11.4 - 12.6 Ω

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Install a new seal to the injector sealing surface.

• Before installing the injector, apply clean engine oil to the O-ring sealing surface for easy installation,
preventing damage to the O-ring.

08–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

SQR371F EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION 09-3 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 09-7
Description 09-3 Canister Solenoid Valve 09-7
Specification 09-4 Removal 09-7
Tool 09-4 Inspection 09-8
Circuit Diagram 09-5 Installation 09-8
Canister 09-9
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 09-6
Removal 09-9
Leakage Inspection 09-6
Installation 09-10
Canister Inspection 09-6
PCV Valve 09-11
Fuel Tank Cap Inspection 09-6
Removal 09-11
Inspection 09-11
Installation 09-11

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 09–1

09–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

09 - SQR371F EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
SQR371F EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

Description

4
09

RS15090010

1 - Canister 2 - Fuel Tank Assembly

3 - PCV Valve 4 - Canister Solenoid Valve

The emission control system recovers and burns the fuel vapor to prevent the vapor in the fuel tank from
being discharged into the atmosphere.
The canister plays an important role in the emission control system. The canister can be used to absorb and
filter the moisture and fuel vapor. The fresh air enters the bottom of canister while the fuel vapor enters the top
of canister through the pipe. When the engine stops operating, the fuel vapor and fresh air will be stored in the
canister. When the canister solenoid valve opens, the fuel vapor will enter the intake manifold to burn.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 09–3

09 - SQR371F EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

Specification
Torque Specification

Description Torque (N·m)

Canister Assembly Fixing Bolt 7±1

Tool
General Tool

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

09–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

09 - SQR371F EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram
Emission Control System Circuit Diagram

BATTERY

B+

ENGINE
2 3 COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
MAIN F14 F13 RELAY BOX
RELAY 5A 15A E-014
1 5 E-050

E10 E11 E9
RW

RL
RL

E-062
6
E-023
RL

09
RW

RL
LB

4 4
UPSTREAM DOWNSTREAM
OXYGEN OXYGEN
2 SENSOR SENSOR
CANISTER
E-009 E-006
SOLENOID 2 1 3 2 1 3
VALVE
E-022
WG

WG
1
WG
WR

YW
YG

YB
LY

E-023
22 15 33 28 12 23 E-062
WG
WR

YW
YG

YB
LY

44 64 47 24 58 48 23

ECM
E-055

E-014

E-006 E-009
1 2 3 4
E-050 E-022 B B
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8
E13 E14 E15 E16 W 1 2 B
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 ES15090010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 09–5

09 - SQR371F EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Leakage Inspection
Visually check that the hoses, connections and gaskets have no cracks, leaks or damage.

CAUTION

• Removal of the engine oil dipstick, filler cap, PCV hose and other components or other problems in them
may cause the engine to run improperly.
• Air suction caused by disconnections, looseness or cracks in the intake system pipes related with throttle
assembly will result in engine failure or abnormal operation. Replace the parts as necessary.

Canister Inspection
1. Close port C and blow compressed air into port A, check that the air flows from port B. If the result is not as
specified, replace canister.
2. Close port C and blow compressed air into port B,
check that the air flows from port A. If the result is
09 not as specified, replace the canister. B C

RS15090020

Fuel Tank Cap Inspection

1. Visually check that the fuel tank cap assembly is not deformed or damaged.
2. If the result is not as specified, replace the cap assembly.

09–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

09 - SQR371F EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Canister Solenoid Valve
Removal

CAUTION

• Before removal, mark the air inlet and outlet hoses to avoid confusion.

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the canister solenoid valve.
a. Disconnect the canister solenoid valve
connector (arrow).

RS15090030

b. Disconnect the clamps (arrow) that connect

both ends of the canister solenoid valve and the
hoses, and remove the canister solenoid valve.

RS15090040

CAUTION

• Positioning distance from hose end to clamp is 3 - 5 mm.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 09–7

09 - SQR371F EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

Inspection
1. Check the canister solenoid valve.
a. Measure the resistance according to the
value(s) in the table below. + -
2 1

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
1-2 20°C 26 ± 4 Ω

RS15090050

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

09–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

09 - SQR371F EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

Canister
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Raise the vehicle to the proper operation height.

WARNING

• Select the correct supporting point under the body and observe the entire raising process.
• Stop raising after the lifter arm just contacts with the body. Observe the supporting condition of the lifter
and perform raising after confirming that the operation is reliable. Lock the lifter after the vehicle is raised
in place.

4. Remove the canister assembly.

a. Take out the canister breather tube from the
body hole.

RS15090060

b. Loosen the canister assembly fixing bolt (1) and

remove the canister assembly. 2
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1 N·m)
c. Loosen the elastic clamps (2) and disconnect
the connection between the canister and the
hose.

RS15090070

CAUTION

• Positioning distance from hose end to clamp is 3 - 5 mm.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 09–9

09 - SQR371F EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• The unneeded canister should be handled by the specialized department according to local laws and
regulations. Never discard it at will.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

09–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

09 - SQR371F EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

PCV Valve
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the fixing clamps (1) that connect both
ends of PCV valve and the hoses, and remove the
PCV valve (2). 1

RS15090080

CAUTION
09
• Positioning distance from hose end to clamp is 3 - 5 mm.

Inspection
1. Install a clean hose to the PCV valve.
2. Check the PCV valve operation.
a. Blow air into the cylinder head side, and check that the air flows smoothly.

WARNING

• DO NOT suck air through the valve. Petroleum substances inside the valve are hazardous to your
health.

b. Blow air into the intake manifold side, and check that the air flows difficultly.
If the result is not as specified, replace the PCV valve.
3. Remove the clean hose from the PCV valve.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 09–11

- MEMO -

09–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

SQR371F INTAKE SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION 10-3 Air Filter Element 10-8
Description 10-3 Replacement 10-8
Specifications 10-4 Installation 10-8
Circuit Diagram 10-5 Throttle Assembly 10-9
Removal 10-9
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 10-6
Cleaning 10-10
Problem Symptoms Table 10-6
Inspection 10-11
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 10-7 Installation 10-11
Air Filter 10-7 Intake Manifold 10-12
Removal 10-7 Removal 10-12
Installation 10-7 Inspection 10-13
Installation 10-14

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 10–1

10–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

10 - SQR371F INTAKE SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
SQR371F INTAKE SYSTEM

Description

11
10 12

9
8

7
6
4
×6

×4

13
10

×6
3 ×3

2 14

5
×6

RS15100010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 10–3

10 - SQR371F INTAKE SYSTEM

1 - Gasket 2 - Intake Manifold Lower Body Assembly

3 - Intake Manifold Center Flange Grommet 4 - Intake Manifold Upper Body Assembly
5 - Intake Manifold Bracket 6 - Intake Pressure/Temperature Sensor
7 - Throttle Body Grommet 8 - Throttle Assembly
9 - Worm Clamp 10 - Intake Hose
11 - Crankcase Ventilation Hose 12 - Air Filter Assembly Fixing Bolt
13 - Air Filter Upper Housing 14 - Air Filter Element
15 - Air Filter Lower Housing

The intake system mainly consists of the air filter, intake hose assembly, throttle assembly, intake pressure/
temperature sensor, intake manifold upper body assembly, intake manifold lower body assembly, etc.
The intake system uses the air filter to filter the particles and dust in the air. The air filtered flows into the intake
manifold through the throttle and mixes with the fuel at the end of the intake manifold port to form the
flammable gas mixture, which is transmitted to each cylinder uniformly to coordinate with the operation of the
engine.
The throttle assembly is a critical part for the engine intake system. Its main function is to adjust the intake
passage area by the accelerator cable control according to the driver's driving intention. It controls the intake
air volume to meet the intake requirement of the engine in different operating conditions, and sends back the
position signals of the throttle assembly valve plate to the control unit to achieve accurate control.
10 The idling step motor is installed on the throttle assembly casting to form a by-pass path at both ends of the
throttle assembly. The ECM controls the moving steps of the step motor by controlling the change times of the
coil current direction inside the motor to adjust the by-pass path section area and air flow volume.

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Air Filter Housing Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Worm Clamp 2.5 ± 0.5
Accelerator Cable Bracket Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Throttle Assembly Fixing Bolt 8±1
Intake Pressure/Temperature Sensor Fixing Bolt 8±1
Intake Manifold Upper Body Assembly Fixing Nut 22.5 ± 2.5
Intake Manifold Lower Body Assembly Fixing Nut 22.5 ± 2.5
Intake Manifold Bracket Fixing Bolt 20 - 25

10–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

10 - SQR371F INTAKE SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram
Intake System Circuit Diagram

INTAKE
PRESSURE/ STEP
TEMPERATURE MOTOR
SENSOR E-011
E-016
1 4 2 3
2 1 3 4

BrW
LW
GY

W
G

L
E-023
10 30 42 41 39 38 14 19
E-062

BrW
LW
GY

W
G

L
76 54 71 66 41 42 21 20

ECM
E-055

74 77 70 27
10
BW

GR
RY
Y

36 37 17 26 E-062
E-023
BW

BW
GR
RY

RY
Y

1 2 3 1 3 2

CAMSHAFT
POSITION THROTTLE
SENSOR POSITION
SENSOR
E-004
E-015

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
16 21 26 31 36 41
3 7 11
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 15 20 25 30 35 40
5 4 2 6 10
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 14 19 24 29 34 39
1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
E-062
B

E-055
B E-004
1 2 3 B
1
3 E-015
2 1 2 3 4 E-016 E-011
B 4 3 2 1
B B
ES15100010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 10–5

10 - SQR371F INTAKE SYSTEM

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
Symptom Suspected Area See page
Throttle assembly (dirty) 10-9
Intake manifold (broken, leaked) 10-12
Engine idles roughly Canister solenoid valve (remains open) 09-7
Intake pressure/temperature sensor 10-12
Idling step motor -

10–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

10 - SQR371F INTAKE SYSTEM

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Air Filter
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

CAUTION

• Install the protector to prevent the body from being scratched.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

3. Remove the air filter assembly.
a. Loosen the worm clamp (1) and disconnect the
connection between the air filter and the intake
hose. 1
(Tightening torque: 2.5 ± 0.5 N·m)
b. Loosen and remove the air filter fixing bolts
(arrow).
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)
10

RS15100020

c. Remove the air filter assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 10–7

10 - SQR371F INTAKE SYSTEM

Air Filter Element

Replacement
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

CAUTION

• Install the protector to prevent the body from being scratched.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

3. Remove the air filter upper housing.
a. Loosen the intake hose worm clamp (1) and
disconnect the connection between the intake
hose and the air filter.
(Tightening torque: 2.5 ± 0.5 N·m)
b. Detach the fixing spring clamps (2) between the 2 1
air filter upper housing and lower housing, and
turn back the air filter upper housing.

10
RS15100030

4. Remove the air filter element.

RS15100040

Installation
1. Clean the air filter assembly and install a new air filter element.
2. Other installation procedures are in the reverse order of removal.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• The unneeded air filter element should be handled by the specialized department according to local laws
and regulations. Never discard it at will.

10–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

10 - SQR371F INTAKE SYSTEM

Throttle Assembly
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

CAUTION

• Install the protector to prevent the body from being scratched.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

3. Disconnect the intake hose connection.
a. Loosen the worm clamp (1) and disconnect the
connection between the intake hose and the air
filter assembly.
(Tightening torque: 2.5 ± 0.5 N·m)
b. Loosen the worm clamp (2) and disconnect the
2
connection between the throttle assembly and
the intake hose.
1
(Tightening torque: 2.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

10
RS15100050

4. Disconnect the throttle assembly position sensor

(1) and the idling step motor sensor (2).

1
2

RS15100060

5. Remove the accelerator cable.

a. Rotate the rubber joint (1) out of the adjustment
screw.
b. Loosen the accelerator cable adjustment nuts 2
(2) and move away the accelerator cable 3
adjustment screw from the opening of the intake
manifold bracket.
c. Remove the accelerator cable (3) from the
throttle assembly rocker arm. 1

RS15100070

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 10–9

10 - SQR371F INTAKE SYSTEM

6. Remove the throttle assembly.

a. Loosen and remove the fixing bolts (arrow) from
the throttle assembly.
(Tightening torque: 8 ± 1 N·m)

RS15100080

b. Remove the throttle assembly.

Cleaning

WARNING

• The cleaner is a kind of flammable and corrosive fluid. Follow the safety cautions to prevent accidents,
and avoid skin contacting with the cleaner.
10
The special car cleaner is used to wash the throttle assembly, inner wall of throttle assembly, connections of
the throttle assembly upper flap plate, and front and back of throttle assembly flap plate. During cleaning, the
electronic element of the throttle assembly should be always at the top. Use the special cloth to wipe the
cleaning area of the throttle assembly. Check the cleaning condition of the throttle assembly after wiping.

CAUTION

• During cleaning the throttle assembly, the cleaner should not be sprayed to the connection between the
electronic element of throttle assembly and the throttle assembly flap plate shaft directly. Prevent the
cleaner fluid from entering the inside of the electronic element of throttle assembly and causing damage
to the step motor.

RS15100090

10–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

10 - SQR371F INTAKE SYSTEM

Inspection
1. Inspect the idle speed control valve regulator
a. Measure the resistance according to the
value(s) in the table below. + -
ABCD

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
A-B 25°C 53 ± 5.3 Ω
C-D 25°C 53 ± 5.3 Ω

RS15100100

Installation
Accelerator Cable Installation
Clamp the accelerator cable (3) onto the throttle
assembly rocker arm, and then put the adjustment
screw into the hole through the intake manifold bracket
2
opening, and make sure that the bracket is located in
3
the middle of the two adjustment nuts (2). Pre-rotate the
adjustment nuts to adjust the tension of the accelerator
cable until the core wire is at a position forming natural 10
stretched state. Then, tighten the adjustment nuts and
1
rotate the rubber joint (1) onto the adjustment screw.

RS15100070

Other installation procedures are in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 10–11

10 - SQR371F INTAKE SYSTEM

Intake Manifold
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

CAUTION

• Install the protector to prevent the body from being scratched.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

3. Remove the throttle assembly (See page 10-9).
4. Remove the intake manifold upper body assembly.
a. Disconnect the intake pressure/temperature
sensor connector (1), loosen and remove the
intake pressure/temperature sensor fixing bolt 1
(2), and remove the intake pressure/temperature
sensor.
(Tightening torque: 8 ± 1 N·m)
3
b. Loosen the elastic clamp (3) of canister solenoid
valve hose and disconnect the connection 4
2
10 between the canister solenoid valve hose and
the intake manifold.
c. Loosen and remove the accelerator cable RS15100110
bracket fixing bolt (4).
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)
d. Loosen the vacuum booster hose fixing clamp
(1), and disconnect the connection between the
vacuum booster hose and the intake manifold.
e. Loosen the crankcase ventilation hose fixing 1
clamp (2), and disconnect the connection
between the PCV hose and the intake manifold.
2

RS15100120

f. Loosen and remove the intake manifold upper

body assembly fixing nuts (arrow).
(Tightening torque: 22.5 ± 2.5 N·m)

RS15100130

10–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

10 - SQR371F INTAKE SYSTEM

g. Loosen and remove the intake manifold bracket

fixing bolts (arrow), and remove the intake
manifold bracket.
(Tightening torque: 20 - 25 N·m)

RS15100140

h. Remove the intake manifold upper body assembly.

5. Remove the intake manifold lower body assembly.
a. Loosen and remove the intake manifold lower
body assembly fixing nuts (arrow).
(Tightening torque: 22.5 ± 2.5 N·m)

RS15100150

b. Remove the intake manifold lower body assembly and remove the gasket between the intake manifold
lower body and the cylinder head.
c. Remove the equilong stud bolts connecting the
intake manifold lower body assembly and the
intake manifold upper body assembly.

RS15100161

Inspection
Check the throttle body grommet (1) and the intake
manifold center flange grommets (2).
If the intake manifold center flange grommets and the
throttle body grommet are deteriorated or worn,
replace them.
1 2

RS15100160

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 10–13

10 - SQR371F INTAKE SYSTEM

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Clean all the surfaces of the intake manifold and cylinder head.
• If the intake manifold center flange grommets and the throttle body grommet are deteriorated or worn,
replace them.

10–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

SQR371F EXHAUST SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION 11-3 Inspection 11-9
Description 11-3 Installation 11-9
Specifications 11-4 Front Exhaust Pipe Assembly 11-10
Removal 11-10
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 11-5
Installation 11-11
Problem Symptoms Table 11-5
Front Muffler Assembly 11-12
Exhaust System Gas
Removal 11-12
Leakage Inspection 11-5
Installation 11-13
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 11-6 Rear Muffler Assembly 11-14
Exhaust Manifold Assembly 11-6 Removal 11-14
Removal 11-6 Installation 11-14

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 11–1

11–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

11 - SQR371F EXHAUST SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
SQR371F EXHAUST SYSTEM

Description

2 3
1

×
4

5 6 7 9

10
12
8

13
11

RS15110010

1 - Exhaust Manifold Assembly Heat Insulator 2 - Exhaust Manifold Assembly

3 - Gasket 4 - Upstream Oxygen Sensor
5 - Exhaust Manifold Assembly Left Heat Insulator 6 - Exhaust Manifold Assembly Left Mounting
Bracket
7 - Front Exhaust Pipe Assembly 8 - Downstream Oxygen Sensor
9 - Diamond Shaped Hanger Block 10 - Gasket
11 - Front Muffler Assembly 12 - Middle Passage Heat Insulator
13 - Rear Muffler Assembly

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 11–3

11 - SQR371F EXHAUST SYSTEM

The exhaust system is used to control the engine exhaust, reducing vehicle emissions with the three-way
catalytic converter (manifold coupled converter), and eliminating exhaust noise with the muffler. When the
exhaust system discharges the exhaust gas, the oxygen sensor monitors the oxygen content in the exhaust
gas. The engine control module adjusts the air-fuel ratio of the flammable gas mixture to control the vehicle
emissions and achieve optimal fuel economy according to the feedback signals of the oxygen sensor and
combining with other sensor signals.

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Exhaust Manifold Assembly Mounting Nut 20 + 5
Exhaust Manifold Assembly Heat Insulator Fixing
9.5 ± 1.5
Bolt
Exhaust Manifold Assembly Left Heat Insulator
9.5 ± 1.5
Fixing Nut
Exhaust Manifold Assembly Left Heat Insulator Inner
22.5 ± 2.5
Torx Fixing Bolt
Exhaust Manifold Assembly Mounting Bracket Fixing
9.5 ± 1.5
Bolt
Oxygen Sensor 45 ± 5
11 Coupling Nut Between Front Exhaust Pipe Assembly
45 ± 5
and Front Muffler Assembly
Coupling Nut Between Front Muffler Assembly and
45 ± 5
Rear Muffler Assembly

11–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

11 - SQR371F EXHAUST SYSTEM

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
Symptom Suspected Area See page
Exhaust pipe (loose connection) -
Front muffler assembly (damaged or
11-12
leaked)
Excessive exhaust noise Rear muffler assembly (damaged or
11-14
leaked)
Exhaust manifold assembly (broken or
11-6
leaked)
Three-way catalytic converter (blocked) -
Excessive exhaust temperature Incorrect ignition timing in ignition system 07-32
Inadequate gas mixture combustion -
Exhaust pipe gasket (damaged) -
Exhaust pipe leakage
Exhaust pipe (damaged) -

Exhaust System Gas Leakage Inspection 11

Method to check the gas leakage in the exhaust system joints:
Warm up the engine for a while, and check for gas leakage in the exhaust system joints. A certain amount of
gas leakage at the exhaust pipe joint is allowed, but gas leakage at the joint between the exhaust manifold
and the cylinder head is prohibited. The judging standard are that the engine does not shudder and no "poof"
sound can be heard at the joints.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 11–5

11 - SQR371F EXHAUST SYSTEM

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Exhaust Manifold Assembly
Removal

WARNING

• The temperature of exhaust system is very high when the engine is running.
• Before removal and installation, you must make sure that the engine has stopped running; otherwise,
there is a risk of scald injury.

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

CAUTION

• Install the protector to prevent the body from being scratched.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

3. Remove the air filter (See page 10-7).
11 4. Remove the exhaust manifold assembly heat insulator.
a. Disconnect the upstream oxygen sensor
connector (arrow) and the upstream oxygen
sensor wire harness fixing bands (1), (2).

2
1

RS15110020

b. Remove the exhaust manifold assembly heat

insulator fixing bolts (arrow).
(Tightening torque: 9.5 ± 1.5 N·m)

8EV
3711008140BA

RS15110021

c. Take out the exhaust manifold assembly heat insulator.

HINT:
Move the expansion tank to one side when taking out the exhaust manifold assembly heat insulator.

11–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

11 - SQR371F EXHAUST SYSTEM

CAUTION

• Move the expansion tank back after taking out the exhaust manifold assembly heat insulator, to avoid the
water pipe being bended for a long time.

5. Remove the exhaust manifold assembly left heat insulator.

a. Remove the exhaust manifold assembly left
heat insulator fixing nut (1) and the inner Torx
bolt (2), and take off the exhaust manifold
assembly left heat insulator.
(Tightening torque for fixing nut: 9.5 ± 1.5 N·m)
(Tightening torque for inner Torx bolt:
22.5 ± 2.5 N·m) 2

RS15110030

6. Remove the exhaust manifold assembly left mounting bracket.

a. Remove the exhaust manifold assembly left
mounting bracket fixing bolt (arrow), and take off
the exhaust manifold assembly left mounting 11
bracket.
(Tightening torque: 9.5 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15110040

7. Remove the exhaust manifold assembly.

a. Remove the exhaust manifold assembly right
fixing bolt (arrow).
(Tightening torque: 9.5 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15110050

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 11–7

11 - SQR371F EXHAUST SYSTEM

b. Loosen and remove the coupling nuts (arrow)

between the exhaust manifold assembly and the
front exhaust pipe assembly. Disconnect the
connection between the exhaust manifold
assembly and the front exhaust pipe assembly.
(Tightening torque: 45 ± 5 N·m)

RS15110060

c. Loosen and remove the exhaust manifold

assembly mounting nuts (arrow).
(Tightening torque: 20 ± 5 N·m)

RS15110070

11
HINT:
Move the expansion tank to one side when removing the exhaust manifold assembly mounting nuts.
d. Remove the exhaust manifold assembly and remove the gasket.

CAUTION

• Move the expansion tank back after taking out the exhaust manifold assembly, to avoid the water pipe
being bended for a long time.

8. Loosen and disconnect the connection between the

upstream oxygen sensor and the exhaust manifold
assembly, and take off the upstream oxygen
sensor.
(Tightening torque: 45 ± 5 N·m)

RS15110080

11–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

11 - SQR371F EXHAUST SYSTEM

Inspection
1. Using a straightedge and a feeler gauge, measure
the surface warpage of the exhaust manifold
assembly. Replace it if the surface warpage is more
than 0.3 mm.

RS15110090

2. Check that there are no scratches and breakage on

the contact surface of exhaust manifold on the
cylinder head. If there are, replace it.

RS15110100 11

3. Check that there are no scratches and roughness

on the exhaust manifold gasket. If there are,
replace it.

RS15110110

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• When installing the upstream oxygen sensor, fix the upstream oxygen with bands to prevent the
upstream oxygen wire harness from contacting with the exhaust manifold assembly heat insulator.
• When the installation is completed, check that there is no exhaust gas leakage between the exhaust
manifold assembly and the cylinder head, front exhaust pipe assembly.
• Check that there is no exhaust gas leakage in the upstream oxygen connection.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 11–9

11 - SQR371F EXHAUST SYSTEM

Front Exhaust Pipe Assembly

Removal

WARNING

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the air filter (See page 10-7).
4. Disconnect the downstream oxygen sensor
connector (arrow).

11
RS15110120

5. Remove the front exhaust pipe assembly.

a. Loosen and remove the coupling nuts (arrow)
between the front exhaust pipe assembly and
the exhaust manifold assembly. Disconnect the
connection between the front exhaust pipe
assembly and the exhaust manifold assembly,
and take off the gasket in the connecting part.
(Tightening torque: 45 ± 5 N·m)

RS15110060

b. Loosen and remove the coupling nuts (arrow)

between the front exhaust pipe assembly and
the front muffler assembly. Disconnect the
connection between the front exhaust pipe
assembly and the front muffler assembly, and
take off the gasket in the connecting part.
(Tightening torque: 45 ± 5 N·m)

RS15110130

11–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

11 - SQR371F EXHAUST SYSTEM

c. Detach the diamond shaped hanger block

(arrow) between the front exhaust pipe
assembly and the body hook.

RS15110140

d. Remove the front exhaust pipe assembly.

6. Loosen and disconnect the connection between the
downstream oxygen sensor and the front exhaust
pipe assembly, and take off the downstream
oxygen sensor.
(Tightening torque: 45 ± 5 N·m)

RS15110150
11
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• If the gasket is damaged, replace it, and remove the foreign matter on the joints and threads.
• If the front exhaust pipe assembly is broken or leaking, replace it.
• Be careful not to tighten the exhaust device excessively during installation; keep sufficient distance from
the body.
• Lubricate the joints with lubricant firstly, which can be helpful in disconnecting the connection between
the front exhaust pipe assembly and the diamond shaped hanger block.
• Check for exhaust gas leakage. If there is a leakage, tighten the malfunctioning area to prevent the gas
from leaking. Replace the damaged parts as necessary.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 11–11

11 - SQR371F EXHAUST SYSTEM

Front Muffler Assembly

Removal

WARNING

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Remove the front muffler assembly.
a. Loosen and remove the coupling nuts (arrow)
between the front muffler assembly and the front
exhaust pipe assembly. Disconnect the
connection between the front muffler assembly
and the front exhaust pipe assembly, and take
off the gasket in the connecting part.
(Tightening torque: 45 ± 5 N·m)

11 RS15110130

b. Loosen and remove the coupling nuts (arrow)

between the front muffler assembly and the rear
muffler assembly. Disconnect the connection
between the front muffler assembly and the rear
muffler assembly, and take off the gasket in the
connecting part.
(Tightening torque: 45 ± 5 N·m)

RS15110160

c. Detach the diamond shaped hanger block

(arrow) between the front muffler assembly and
the body hook.

RS15110170

d. Take off the front muffler assembly.

11–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

11 - SQR371F EXHAUST SYSTEM

3. Remove the middle passage heat insulator

clamping pieces (arrow), and take off the middle
passage heat insulator.

RS15110180

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• If the gasket is damaged, replace it, and remove the foreign matter on the joints and threads.
• If there are cracks or leaks, replace the damaged parts.
• During installation, check that the exhaust system components do not contact with the heat insulator or
the vehicle underbody. Make sure that the clearance between the exhaust system components and the
heat insulator or the vehicle underbody is more than 25 mm.
• Check for exhaust gas leakage. If there is a leakage, tighten the malfunctioning area to prevent the gas
from leaking. Replace the damaged parts as necessary. 11

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 11–13

11 - SQR371F EXHAUST SYSTEM

Rear Muffler Assembly

Removal

WARNING

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Remove the rear muffler assembly.
a. Loosen and remove the coupling nuts (arrow)
between the rear muffler assembly and the front
muffler assembly. Disconnect the connection
between the rear muffler assembly and the front
muffler assembly, and take off the gasket in the
connecting part.
(Tightening torque: 45 ± 5 N·m)

11 RS15110160

b. Detach the diamond shaped hanger blocks

(arrow) between the rear muffler assembly and
the body hooks.

RS15110190

c. Take off the rear muffler assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• If the gasket is damaged, replace it, and remove the foreign matter on the joints and threads.
• If there are cracks or leaks, replace the damaged parts.
• During installation, make sure that the clearance between the rear muffler tailpipe and the bumper on the
rear body is more than 30 mm.
• Check for exhaust gas leakage. If there is a leakage, tighten the malfunctioning area to prevent the gas
from leaking. Replace the damaged parts as necessary.

11–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION 12-3 Thermostat 12-17
Description 12-3 Removal 12-17
Specifications 12-4 Inspection 12-18
Tools 12-5 Installation 12-18
Cooling System Operation Flowchart 12-6 Water Pump 12-19
Circuit Diagram 12-8 Removal 12-19
Inspection 12-20
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 12-10
Installation 12-20
Problem Symptoms Table 12-10
Cooling Fan Assembly 12-21
Cooling System Pressure Test 12-10
On-vehicle Inspection 12-21
Coolant Concentration Test 12-12
Removal 12-21
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 12-13 Installation 12-22
Coolant Replacement 12-13 Radiator 12-23
Coolant Draining 12-13 Removal 12-23
Coolant Adding 12-14 Installation 12-24
Expansion Tank and Bracket 12-16 Lower Tank Crossmember 12-25
Removal 12-16 Removal 12-25
Installation 12-16 Installation 12-25

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 12–1

12–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

Description
×3

×2 23

27
26 22

19 25
18 24

×2

20
17
21

16
15

12
12
13

×2

2 ×2
×2
×
2 9
8
11
10
7
5
×2

6
×2 3

4 RS15120010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 12–3

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

1 - Radiator Upper Support Cushion 2 - Radiator Upper Support

3 - Radiator Assembly 4 - Radiator Lower Support Cushion
5 - Fan Assembly 6 - Engine Inlet Pipe
7 - Thermostat Housing 8 - Thermostat Washer
9 - Thermostat 10 - Elastic Clamp
11 - Heating Outlet Pipe 12 - Elastic Clamp
13 - Engine Outlet Pipe 14 - Heating inlet Pipe
15 - Coolant Pipe I 16 - Plug
17 - Expansion Tank Bracket 18 - Expansion Tank
19 - Expansion Tank Cover 20 - Engine Return Pipe
21 - Radiator Degassing Hose 22 - Small Circulation Metal Tube
23 - Small Circulation Metal Tube Gasket 24 - Elastic Clamp
25 - Small Circulation Connecting Pipe 26 - Water Pump Gasket
27 - Water Pump

The engine cooling system adjusts the engine operating temperature by the flow of coolant and makes the
engine operate normally under various operating conditions.
The engine cooling system is a forced circulation system, which supplies circulation pressure for the system
by water pump and forces the coolant to circulate in the engine cylinder block, and distributes the excessive
heat to the radiator by the flow of coolant, and radiates it to the air by the cooling fan. Also, the engine cooling
12 system provides heat to the heater core in the cabin to improve the driving comfort.

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Expansion Tank Bracket Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Thermostat Housing Fixing Bolt 15 ± 1
Water Pump Mounting Bolt 25 ± 1.5
Cooling Fan Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Radiator Upper Support Fixing Bolt 9 ± 1.5
Sub Frame Fixing Bolt 45 ± 5
Coupling Bolt Between Generator Adjustment
22.5 ± 2.5
Bracket and Generator
Generator Fixing Bolt 42.5 ± 2.5

Coolant Capacity

Item Capacity (L)

Cooling System 4.4 ± 0.2

12–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

Coolant Concentration

Ethylene Glycol Soft Water

50% 50%

Coolant Freezing Point

Item Freezing Point Value (°C)

Coolant -37

Cooling System Pressure

Item System Pressures (kPa)

Cooling System (Test Pressure) 88 ± 12

Tools
General Tools

Digital Multimeter 12

RS15080020

Cooling System Pressure Tester

RS15120020

Freezing Point Tester

RS15120030

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 12–5

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling System Operation Flowchart

4
3

2
1

11
6
12

10
12

9 8 7
RS15120040

1 - Expansion Tank Cover 2 - Cylinder Block

3 - Heating Inlet Pipe 4 - Heater Core
5 - Heating Outlet Pipe 6 - Engine Outlet Pipe
7 - Black Solid Arrow (Indicates High Temperature 8 - Hollow Arrow (Indicates Low Temperature
Coolant) Coolant)
9 - Radiator 10 - Engine Inlet Pipe
11 - Small Circulation Metal Tube 12 - Engine Return Pipe
13 - Radiator Degassing Hose 14 - Expansion Tank

12–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

Small circulation: when the coolant temperature is below 77°C, the thermostat turns off. The coolant only
circulates inside the cylinder block, and warms up other engine parts which need heat. The coolant, which
flows out of the cylinder block, enters the water pump directly through the small circulation water pipe, and
then enters the cylinder block through the water pump. The coolant does not radiate heat through the radiator.
Large circulation: when the coolant temperature is above 95°C, the thermostat turns on, and all the coolant,
which flows out of the cylinder block, enters the radiator where coolant heat is lost, then the heat-radiated
coolant returns to the cylinder block for circulation by the pump. Due to the heat lost in the radiator, the engine
coolant temperature decreases quickly to prevent the engine from overheating.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 12–7

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram
Cooling System Circuit Diagram

BATTERY

B+

F04 SB5 ENGINE

30A 40A COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
RELAY BOX
E-014
3 2 COOLING 3 2 30 85 COOLING E-049
FAN FAN E-050
(LOW MAIN (HIGH
SPEED) RELAY SPEED)
5 1 RELAY 5 1 87 86 RELAY

F10 E1 E10 F12 E18

WR
GR

12
1
GL
LB

COOLING
L

FAN MOTOR
E-033

M
2 65 44 17
B

ECM
E-055
E-063

E-014

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43

3 E-055
1
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 B 3 2
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

E-033
B

E-049 E-050
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8
F10 F11 F12 F13 W E13 E14 E15 E16 W
F7 F8 F9 F14 F15 F16 E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20
ES15120010

12–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

BATTERY IGNITION SWITCH

ON OR START

B+ ENGINE A11
INSTRUMENT PANEL
COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND RELAY BOX
FUSE AND
F25 EF02 EF06 I-001
RELAY BOX
20A E-014 15A 10A I-002
E-041 E-048
D3 C2 A2 B19

O
R
11 13

ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENT
HIGH
SENSOR CLUSTER
TEMP
E-005 I-027
2 1 ICM

3 23
GW
RB

Br
B
E-023 I-014
20 29 4
E-062 E-057

I-007
GW
RB

49 52 Br 15

ECM
E-055
12

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
16 21 26 31 36 41
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 3 7 11
5 4 15 20 25 30 35 40
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
2 6 10
14 19 24 29 34 39
3
E-055
1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 B
2 1
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

E-062
B

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 D1 D2 C1 C2 C3
B13 B14 B15 B16
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 D3 D4
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
E-048
E-041
I-002 B
W
I-027 W
L

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B
A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 I-001
A13 A12 A11 A10 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 2 1
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 W E-014

I-014 E-005
W B
ES15120020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 12–9

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
Symptom Suspected Area See page
Coolant pipe (deteriorated and leaked ) -
Expansion tank (leaked) 12-16
Radiator (leaked ) 12-23
Insufficient coolant Water pump (bearing loose and leaked) 12-19
Engine cylinder head gasket (damaged) 07-41
Engine cylinder head (water jacket leaked) 07-40
Engine block (water jacket leaked) 07-59
Low coolant level 12-13
Air resistance exists in pipe -
Coolant expansion tank cover (damaged) -
Engine overheating Cooling fan assembly 12-21
Radiator 12-23
Thermostat 12-17
Leakage in engine -
12
Unable to reach normal engine Cooling fan (constantly operating ) 12-21
temperature Thermostat 12-17
Open in fuse -
Relay failure -
Cooling fan does not operate or abnormal
Cooling fan 12-21
air speed
Wire harness -
ECM failure (Engine Control Module) -

Cooling System Pressure Test

WARNING

• Always make sure the engine is cold before operating the cooling system. DO NOT open the expansion
tank cover or remove the drain cock plug when the engine is operating or the cooling system overheats.
The engine coolant and steam with high-pressure and overheat may flow out and cause serious
personal injury.

12–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

CAUTION

• When testing the cooling system, please pressurize the system to the specified pressure. Otherwise, it
may damage the components of the system.
• Before testing the cooling system, do not perform the operation until the coolant temperature drops to the
normal level. Otherwise, it may cause scald.

Test procedures
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Check if the coolant level is between "MAX" line
and "MIN" line. If the coolant level is below "MIN"
line, add coolant.

RS15120100

3. Connect the cooling system pressure tester to the

coolant pressure release vent (expansion tank
cover vent) and tighten it slowly. 12

RS15120050

CAUTION

• Make sure there is no leakage in the connecting part of the coolant system pressure tester, in order to
avoid pressure leakage during test.

4. Pressurize the cooling system to 88 ± 12 kPa with the cooling system pressure tester, and then observe
the pressure changes. If the system pressure does not drop within 2 minutes, it indicates there is no
leakage in the system. If the pressure changes greatly, it indicates that there is a leakage in the system;
find the leaking area and perform troubleshooting.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 12–11

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

Coolant Concentration Test

CAUTION

• DO NOT mix different colors or types of coolant.

• Please select coolant which is suitable for local climate in different areas.
• Please read the measured value at the scale line. In order to distinguish the scale line more clearly, drip
a drop of water on the glass of freezing point tester with a pipette, then the scale line can be clearly
distinguished via a "waterline".

Test procedures
1. As shown in the illustration, drip a drop of coolant
on the glass of freezing point tester with a pipette,
and then observe the freezing point value of
coolant.

RS15120060

12 2. As shown in the illustration, observe the scale 3 of

freezing point tester to read the ethylene glycol
ETHYLENE
coolant freezing point value. The freezing point PROPYLENE
GLYCOL
GLYCOL
-50
2
value must be kept at -37°C or lower.
-50 1.40

1.35
-40 -40

1 1.30 3
GOOD

-30 -30
1.25
FAIR

-20 1.20 -20

RECHARGE

1.15
-10 BATTERY -10
ELECTROLYTE 1.10 d 20
20
0( C)
O

WATERLINE 0( C)
O

ANTIFREEZE
RS15120070

If the freezing point is beyond the specified value, replace the coolant.
HINT:
Scale 1 is used to measure the propylene glycol coolant freezing point value, and scale 2 is used to measure
the battery electrolyte concentration.

12–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Coolant Replacement
Coolant Draining

WARNING

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Remove the expansion tank cover with low engine and radiator temperature.
3. Put a coolant collector under the vehicle, rotate the
radiator drain cock plug (arrow) and drain the
coolant in the radiator and expansion tank.

12
RS15120080

4. Loosen the engine drain cock bolt (arrow) under the

water pump and drain the coolant inside the
engine.

RS15120090

5. After the coolant stops flowing, retighten the radiator drain cock plug and engine drain cock bolt.

CAUTION

• Tighten the drain cock plug and bolt to prevent leakage.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 12–13

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• The wasted coolant should be handled by the specialized department according to local laws and
regulations. Never discard it at will.

Coolant Adding
Only use coolant that meets Chery specifications.

Coolant Capacity

Item Capacity (L)

Cooling System 4.4 ± 0.2

Coolant Concentration

Ethylene Glycol Soft Water

50% 50%

WARNING

• If it is necessary to add coolant when the engine is hot, loosen the expansion tank cover slightly first to
12 release the internal pressure and loosen the cover completely after waiting for a while, and then add
coolant.
• If your body contacts the coolant accidentally, clean it with water immediately. If it is serious, please go to
hospital.

CAUTION

• DO NOT use inferior coolant.

• DO NOT mix different colors or types of coolant.
• Be careful when adding coolant; avoid spilling the coolant on any area of the engine.

1. Open the expansion tank cover and add coolant

until the coolant level reaches the "MAX" line.

RS15120100

12–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

2. Tighten the expansion tank cover. Start and run the engine. Maintain the engine speed between 2000 and
2500 rpm to warm up the engine until the cooling fan operates.

CAUTION

• After starting the engine, if there is no coolant in the expansion tank, perform the followings:
- Stop the engine;
- Wait until the coolant cools down;
- Add coolant to the "MAX" line.
• Run the engine at 2500 rpm until the coolant level becomes stable.

3. Stop the engine and wait until the coolant temperature drops to the ambient temperature. Check that the
coolant level is between "MAX" and "MIN" lines. If the coolant level is below the "MIN" line, repeat all the
above procedures. If the coolant level is above the "MAX" line, drain the coolant until the level is between
"MAX" and "MIN" lines.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 12–15

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

Expansion Tank and Bracket

Removal

WARNING

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Drain the coolant (See page 12-13).
3. Remove the expansion tank.
a. Loosen the elastic clamp (1) and disconnect the
connection between the expansion tank and the
engine return pipe.
b. Loosen the elastic clamp (2) and disconnect the
connection between the expansion tank and the
3 1
radiator degassing hose.
2
c. Pull out the expansion tank upward.

12 RS15120110

CAUTION

• When pulling out the expansion tank, position (3) in the illustration should remain natural state, and
should not be artificially bent.

4. Remove the expansion tank bracket.

a. Remove 2 fixing bolts (arrow) from the
expansion tank bracket, and remove the
expansion tank bracket.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15120130

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

12–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

Thermostat
Removal

WARNING

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Drain the coolant (See page 12-13).
3. Remove the thermostat housing.
a. Loosen the engine inlet hose clamp (arrow), and
disconnect the connection between the engine
inlet hose and the thermostat housing.

RS15120140
12

b. Loosen and remove the thermostat housing

fixing bolts (arrow) and remove the thermostat
housing (1). 1
(Tightening torque: 15 ± 1 N·m)

RS15120150

4. Remove the thermostat.

a. Take out the thermostat (arrow), and remove the
washer from the thermostat.

RS15120160

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 12–17

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

Inspection
1. Check the opening temperature and maximum lift of thermostat.
HINT:
The valve opening temperature is engraved in the
thermostat.

82 C

9A
0

P
82 C
0

RS15120161

Soak the thermostat in water, heat the water

gradually and perform inspection.

12 RS15120170

• The opening temperature of thermostat is 82°C.

• The maximum lift of thermostat is no less than 8 mm.
• The temperature is 95°C when the thermostat is fully opened.
2. Check that the thermostat closes when the temperature is low (5°C lower than the opening temperature).
3. If the above inspections are not met, replace the thermostat.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• When the installation is completed, check that the coolant has been added to the specified level.

12–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

Water Pump
Removal

WARNING

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Drain the coolant (See page 12-13).
4. Loosen the V-ribbed belt.
a. Loosen and remove the coupling bolt (1)
between the generator adjustment bracket and 2
the generator (1).
(Tightening torque: 22.5 ± 2.5 N·m)
b. Loosen the generator fixing bolt (2).
(Tightening torque: 42.5 ± 2.5 N·m)

1
12
RS15120171

c. Move away the V-ribbed belt.

5. Remove the water pump.
a. Remove the water pump mounting bolts (arrow).
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15120172

b. Remove the water pump and the gasket.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 12–19

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

Inspection
1. Check the water pump gasket for coolant leakage.
If there is coolant leakage, replace the gasket.

RS15120180

2. Check if the water pump bearing is loose. If it is loose, replace the assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• If the water pump is damaged, replace it, rather than attempt to repair it.
• When the installation is completed, check that the coolant has been added to the specified level.

12–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling Fan Assembly

On-vehicle Inspection
1. Apply battery voltage to the specified cooling fan connector terminals respectively according to the table
below.
2. Check that the cooling fan motor operates smoothly when applying the battery voltage.

Measurement Condition Condition Specified Condition

Battery positive (+) - Terminal 3 Motor operates smoothly at high
Always
Battery negative (-) - Terminal 2 speed
Battery positive (+) - Terminal 1 Motor operates smoothly at low
Always
Battery negative (-) - Terminal 2 speed

+ -

3
1
2

RS15120230
12
If the inspection result is not as specified, replace the cooling fan.

Removal

WARNING

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Drain the coolant (See page 12-13).
4. Remove the air filter (See page 10-7).
5. Remove the expansion tank bracket (See page 12-16).

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 12–21

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

6. Loosen the elastic clamp (1) and disconnect the

connection between the engine outlet hose and the
radiator assembly. 2
1
7. Loosen the elastic clamp (2) and disconnect the
connection between the radiator degassing hose
and the radiator assembly.

RS15120190

8. Remove the cooling fan assembly.

a. Disconnect the cooling fan assembly connector
(arrow).

RS15120200

12 b. Loosen and remove 2 fixing bolts (arrow) from

the cooling fan assembly.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15120210

c. Remove the cooling fan assembly from the radiator assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

12–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

Radiator
Removal

WARNING

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the front bumper (See page 45-6).
4. Remove the expansion tank bracket (See page 12-16).
5. Remove the air filter (See page 10-7).
6. Drain the coolant (See page 12-13).
7. Remove the cooling fan assembly (See page 12-21).
8. Loosen the elastic clamp (arrow) and disconnect
the connection between the engine inlet pipe and
the radiator assembly.

RS15120240

9. Remove the radiator.

a. Remove the radiator upper support fixing bolts
(arrow) and remove the radiator upper support
and the radiator upper support cushion.
(Tightening torque: 9 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15120250

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 12–23

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

b. Loosen the sub frame fixing bolts (arrow), lower

the sub frame to the proper height and remove
the radiator.
(Tightening torque: 45 ± 5 N·m)

RS15120260

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

12–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

12 - SQR371F COOLING SYSTEM

Lower Tank Crossmember

Removal
1. Remove the left and right carrier assemblies (See page 22-17).
2. Remove the stabilizer bar assembly (See page 22-19).
3. Remove 2 fixing clips from the lower part of
bumper.

RS15450400

4. Support the lower tank crossmember with the

transmission carrier (1).

RS15121100

5. Remove 4 fixing bolts from the lower tank

crossmember and remove the lower tank
crossmember (1). 1

RS15121110

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 12–25

- MEMO -

12–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION 13-3 Oil Filter 13-11
Description 13-3 Removal 13-11
Specifications 13-4 Installation 13-12
Tools 13-5 Oil Pressure Switch 13-13
Lubrication System Flowchart 13-6 Removal 13-13
Installation 13-13
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 13-7
Oil Pan 13-14
Problem Symptoms Table 13-7
Removal 13-14
Engine Oil Level Inspection 13-7
Installation 13-15
Oil Pressure Inspection 13-8
Oil Strainer 13-17
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 13-9 Removal 13-17
Engine Oil Replacement 13-9 Installation 13-17
Engine Oil Draining 13-9 Timing Sprocket Case Cover and
Engine Oil Adding 13-10 Oil Pump Assembly 13-18
Removal 13-18
Installation 13-19

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 13–1

13–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

13 - SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Description

5
2

3
×
4

13
×
4

×
3 12 × 8
2
6
13 9
11
10

×3
×2
7 ×6
×5
×2 RS15130010

1 - Oil Dipstick 2 - Oil Dipstick Tube

3 - Timing Sprocket Case Cover and Oil Pump 4 - Engine Assembly
Assembly
5 - Oil Pressure Switch 6 - Oil Pan
7 - Drain Plug 8 - Oil Strainer Grommet
9 - Oil Strainer 10 - Crankshaft Front Oil Seal
11 - Oil Filter Bracket Grommet 12 - Oil Filter Bracket
13 - Oil Filter

The function of the lubrication system is that the crankshaft, when the engine is operating, drives the oil pump
to suck oil from the oil pan. The oil sucked out is filtered by the oil filter, then it flows to the friction surfaces of
all drive parts through the oil passage and forms oil films between the friction surfaces to realize liquid friction,

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 13–3

13 - SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

and finally returns to the oil pan, thus reducing friction resistance of drive parts, power consumption and wear
of part and increasing the reliability and durability of engine operation.

WARNING

• Prolonged and repeated contact with engine oil will result in the removal of natural oils from skin, leading
to dryness, irritation and dermatitis. In addition, the used engine oil contains potentially harmful
contaminants, which may cause skin cancer.
• Precautions should be followed when replacing the engine oil to minimize the risk of your skin making
contact with used engine oil.
• Wear protective clothing and gloves.
• The skin should be washed with soap and water thoroughly, or use waterless hand cleaner to remove
any used engine oil.
• Never use gasoline, thinners or solvents.

Specifications
System Pressures

Condition Pressure (kPa)

Low Idling Speed (800 ± 50 r/min) 120 - 150
High Idling Speed (2000 ± 50 r/min) 320 - 350
High Speed (4000 r/min) 370 ± 50

13 Engine Oil Specifications

Engine Type SQR371F

Oil Capacity (L) 2.8 ± 0.2
Summer: SAE 10W-40 (SM or higher)
Oil Specifications Winter: SAE 5W-40 (SM or higher)
Full year: SAE 5W-30 (SM or higher)

Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

13–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

13 - SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Oil Pan Bolt Specifications

Bolt Type Torque (N·m) Number

M6 × 16 (Inner Hexagon Bolt) 10 ± 1 2
M6 × 16 10 ± 1 5
M8 × 20 25 ± 3 6
M8 × 65 25 ± 3 2

Tools
Special Tools

Oil Pan Remover and Scraper

RS15130020

Oil Filter Remover 13

RS15130030

General Tool

Oil Pressure Tester

RS15130040

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 13–5

13 - SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Lubrication System Flowchart

10
13 7

9 8
RS15130050

1 - Engine Oil Filler Cap 2 - Cylinder Head

3 - Oil Pressure Switch 4 - Oil Filter
5 - Cylinder Block 6 - Oil Pump
7 - Engine Oil 8 - Drain Plug
9 - Oil Strainer 10 - Oil Pan
11 - Crankshaft

Description
1. Solid arrow: indicates the flow of high-pressure lubricant.
2. Hollow arrow: indicates the flow of low-pressure lubricant.
3. Dark area: indicates the high-pressure lubricant.
4. Bright area: indicates the low-pressure lubricant.

13–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

13 - SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
Symptom Suspected Area See page
Oil pan (dirty, leaked) 13-14
Oil strainer (mesh dirty, blocked) 13-17
Low pressure in lubrication system
Oil pump 13-18
Line (blocked) -
Engine oil (excessive oil filling capacity) 13-9
Oil filter 13-11
High oil consumption
Each engine seal surface leakage -
Engine oil leakage -
Engine oil (insufficient oil, low oil viscosity) 13-9
Oil filter (blocked) 13-11
Inner and outer line or tube union leaks in
-
lubrication system
Oil pressure switch 13-13
Oil pressure warning light comes on
Instrument cluster (oil pressure warning
35-37
light)
Cylinder block (cracks occur in water
jacket, resulting in coolant leaking into the 07-59 13
oil pan, which will cause oil dilution )
Line (blocked) -
Engine oil (high oil viscosity, excessive oil
After engine cranked, the engine produces 13-9
filling capacity)
clunk sound
Cylinder block (oil passage blocked) 07-59

Engine Oil Level Inspection

1. Park the vehicle on level ground, stop the engine after warming up and wait for 5 minutes.
2. Check that the engine oil level is between "MIN"
mark and "MAX" mark of the oil dipstick. MAX MIN
If the engine oil level is low, check for leakage and
add oil up to the full mark.

RS15130060

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 13–7

13 - SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

CAUTION

• When adding engine oil, the oil level should not be above the "MAX" mark.

Oil Pressure Inspection

Preconditions
1. The engine oil level is normal.
2. The oil filter is used within 5000 km.
3. The engine reaches the normal operating temperature.

Inspection
1. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector (1)
and remove the oil pressure switch (2).
(Tightening torque: 20 + 5 N·m)

1
2

RS15130070

13 2. Screw the oil pressure tester into the thread hole of

the oil pressure switch as shown in the illustration.
Connect the union of oil pressure tester to the
position shown in the illustration.

RS15130080

3. Start the engine. When the engine inspection conditions are met, read the oil pressure values at low idling
speed, high idling speed and high speed respectively. If the lubrication system pressure is low, clean the oil
pan and oil strainer mesh, and then test again. If the lubrication system pressure is still low, it shows there
is a malfunction in the oil pump and the oil pump must be replaced.
Oil pressure at low idling speed (800 ± 50 r/min): 120 - 150 kPa
Oil pressure at high idling speed (2000 ± 50 r/min): 320 - 350 kPa
Oil pressure at high speed (4000 r/min): 370 ± 50 kPa
4. Install the oil pressure switch.
HINT:
Apply a small amount of seal gum to the threads when installing the oil pressure switch.
5. Connect the oil pressure switch connector and check the engine oil for leakage.

13–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

13 - SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Engine Oil Replacement
Engine Oil Draining
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Open the oil filler cap.

RS15130090

4. Unscrew the drain plug (arrow), and drain the oil

into a container.

RS15130100

WARNING

• Apply a certain pushing force to the drain plug while loosening the plug by hand, and have the drain plug
attached to the thread tightly to prevent the oil from overflowing in advance. Move away the hand quickly
to prevent burn by the oil with a certain temperature.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• The wasted engine oil should be handled by the specialized department according to local laws and
regulations. Never discard it at will.

5. Wipe and tighten the drain plug.

(Tightening torque: 35 ± 3 N·m)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 13–9

13 - SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Engine Oil Adding

Only use engine oil that meets Chery specifications

Engine Type SQR371F

Oil Capacity (L) 2.8 ± 0.2
Summer: SAE 10W-40 (SM or higher)
Oil Specifications Winter: SAE 5W-40 (SM or higher)
Full year: SAE 5W-30 (SM or higher)

CAUTION

• DO NOT use inferior engine oil.

• DO NOT mix different types of engine oil.
• Be careful not to spill engine oil on any part of the engine when adding the engine oil.

1. Add a proper amount of oil, and check that the oil

level is between "MIN" mark and "MAX" mark with MAX MIN
the oil dipstick.

13
RS15130060

2. Turn off the engine after running for 1 to 2 minutes, park the vehicle on a level surface and wait
approximately 5 minutes. Check if the oil level is between "MIN" mark and "MAX" mark. Refill the oil if
necessary.
3. Check the vehicle for leakage after replacing the oil.

13–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

13 - SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Oil Filter
Removal

WARNING

• DO NOT remove the oil filter until the engine cools down.
• Prolonged and repeated contact with engine oil will be harmful to your skin. If the engine oil spills on your
skin, wash it off immediately with water. In addition, the used engine oil contains potentially harmful
contaminants, which may cause skin cancer. Therefore, always take proper skin protection measures
when performing vehicle service.

CAUTION

• When repairing the oil filter, use the special oil filter installer to prevent the oil filter from deforming.

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Drain the engine oil (See page 13-9).
4. Remove the oil filter and the oil filter bracket.
a. Using the oil filter remover (1), remove the oil
filter (2).
(Tightening torque: 20 - 25 N·m)
2 13
1

RS15130110

b. Loosen and remove the oil filter bracket fixing

bolts (arrow), and remove the oil filter bracket.
(Tightening torque: 22.5 ± 2.5 N·m)

RS15130111

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 13–11

13 - SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

c. Take off the oil filter bracket grommet (arrow).

RS15130112

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• The removed oil filter should be handled by the specialized department according to local laws and
regulations. Never discard it at will.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Check the oil filter bracket grommet for damages and cracks. If there are damages or cracks, replace the
grommet.
• Check and clean the installation surface of the oil filter and the oil filter bracket.
13 • Apply a layer of clean engine oil to the new oil filter grommet.
• Slightly rotate the oil filter in place by hand, and tighten the oil filter until the grommet contacts with the oil
filter bracket base.
• Using a special tool to tighten the oil filter.
(Tightening torque: 20 - 25 N·m)

13–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

13 - SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Oil Pressure Switch

WARNING

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector (1)
and remove the oil pressure switch (2).
(Tightening torque: 20 + 5 N·m)

1
2

RS15130070

13
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Remove the oil and impurities on the oil pressure switch and its thread hole.
• Apply a small amount of seal gum to the threads when installing the oil pressure switch.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 13–13

13 - SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Oil Pan
Removal

WARNING

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the front exhaust pipe assembly (See page 11-10).
4. Drain the engine oil (See page 13-9).

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• The wasted engine oil should be handled by the specialized department according to local laws and
regulations. Never discard it at will.

5. Loosen and remove the coupling bolts (arrow)

between the oil pan and the transmission housing,
13 and remove the baffle plate between the oil pan
and the transmission.
(Tightening torque: 60 ± 5 N·m)

RS15130160

6. Remove the oil pan.

a. Loosen and remove the coupling bolts (arrow)
between the compressor and the oil pan.
(Tightening torque: 22.5 ± 2.5 N·m)

RS15130113

13–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

13 - SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

b. Pre-loosen the oil pan fixing bolts first, and then

remove the oil pan fixing bolts in the order
10 12 9
shown in the illustration. 15
5
4
Torque 6
Bolt Type Number Bolt No.
(N·m)
7 3
M6 × 16 2
(Inner 1
10 ± 1 2 6, 7 11 14 13 8
Hexagon
Bolt)
M6 × 16 10 ± 1 5 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 RS15130120

8, 10, 11,
M8 × 20 25 ± 3 6
12, 14, 15
M8 × 65 25 ± 3 2 9, 13

c. Using the oil pan remover and scraper, pry up and remove the oil pan.

CAUTION

• Because the seal gum is sealed between the oil pan and the cylinder block, never use hard objects, such
as a hammer, to tap it during removal, but it can be tapped slowly from left and right with a rubber
hammer. Prevent the oil pan from sudden dropping and hurting service man during tapping.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
13
CAUTION

• When applying seal gum, check the type and expiration date of the seal gum.
• Remove the impurities, iron chips and residue of seal gum on the oil pan.
• Remove the oil stain and residue of seal gum on the thread hole of the oil pan for cylinder block.
• Apply a coat of seal gum to the contact surface between the cylinder block and the oil pan, and then tap
and tighten them with a rubber hammer. Apply seal gum to the inside of the oil pan mounting bolt hole.
• The seal gum should not be applied too thick; otherwise, the seal gum will overflow into the oil pan due to
squeezing, which will block the oil strainer.
• DO NOT add engine oil until the seal gum becomes dry after installing the oil pan.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 13–15

13 - SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Pre-tighten the oil pan fixing bolts until it is enough for

press fit, and then tighten the oil pan fixing bolts in the
6 4 7
order shown in the illustration. 1
11
12
Torque 10
Bolt Type Number Bolt No.
(N·m)
9 13
M6 × 16 14
(Inner 15
10 ± 1 2 9, 10 5 2 8
Hexagon 3
Bolt)
11, 12, 13, RS15130130
M6 × 16 10 ± 1 5
14, 15
1, 2, 3, 5,
M8 × 20 25 ± 3 6
6, 7
M8 × 65 25 ± 3 2 4, 8

13–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

13 - SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Oil Strainer
Removal

WARNING

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the oil pan (See page 13-14).
4. Loosen and remove the oil strainer fixing bolts
(arrow), and remove the oil strainer.
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1 N·m)

RS15130140 13
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Check the oil strainer grommet for damages and cracks. If there are damages or cracks, replace the
grommet.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 13–17

13 - SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Timing Sprocket Case Cover and Oil Pump Assembly

WARNING

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Drain the engine oil (See page 13-9).
4. Drain the coolant (See page 12-13).
5. Drain the steering fluid (See page 28-8).
6. Remove the oil pan (See page 13-14).
7. Remove the oil strainer (See page 13-17).
8. Remove the front wiper arm assembly (See page 33-13).
9. Remove the front windshield lower garnish (See page 45-25).
10.Remove the wiper motor assembly (See page 33-14).
11. Remove the front windshield crossmember front end panel (See page 45-27).
12.Remove the engine crossmember (See page 45-28).
13 13.Remove the generator (See page 16-9).
14.Remove the water pump (See page 12-19).
15.Remove the drive belt (See page 07-18).
16.Remove the steering pump and the steering pump bracket (See page 28-17).
17.Remove the torsion damper (See page 07-20).
18.Use an engine equalizer to hang the engine.
19.Remove the engine right mounting (See page 07-52).
20.Remove the timing sprocket case cover and oil
pump assembly.
a. Move the small circulation connecting pipe
elastic clamp (arrow) to right and disconnect the
connection between the small circulation
connecting pipe and the timing sprocket case
cover and oil pump assembly.

RS15130142

13–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

13 - SQR371F LUBRICATION SYSTEM

b. Remove the coupling bolts (1) between the

cylinder head cover and the timing sprocket
case cover and oil pump assembly.
(Tightening torque: 9.5 ± 1.5 N·m)
c. Remove the oil dipstick tube fixing bolt (2).

1 1
2

1 1 RS15130143

d. Remove the timing sprocket case cover and oil

pump assembly fixing bolts (arrow) and remove
the timing sprocket case cover and oil pump
assembly.
(Tightening torque: 18 ± 2 N·m)

RS15130144

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
13
CAUTION

• Before installing the timing sprocket case cover and oil pump assembly, apply seal gum to the cylinder
block, cylinder head and timing sprocket case cover and oil pump assembly. The application width is 1.5
to 3 mm.
• Align the oil pump rotor and the crankshaft journal during installation.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 13–19

- MEMO -

13–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

SQR371F IGNITION SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION 14-3 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 14-8
Description 14-3 Ignition Coil 14-8
Operation 14-3 Removal 14-8
Specifications 14-4 Installation 14-8
Circuit Diagram 14-5 Spark Plug 14-9
Removal 14-9
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 14-6
Inspection 14-9
Problem Symptoms Table 14-6
Installation 14-10
Service Precautions 14-6

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 14–1

14–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

14 - SQR371F IGNITION SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
SQR371F IGNITION SYSTEM

Description

6
1

RS15140010

1 - Cylinder 1 Ignition Coil 2 - Cylinder 1 Spark Plug

3 - Cylinder 2 Ignition Coil 4 - Cylinder 2 Spark Plug
5 - Cylinder 3 Ignition Coil 6 - Cylinder 3 Spark Plug

Operation
This model uses the distributorless ignition system which mainly consists of ignition coils, high-voltage cable
set and spark plugs, etc.
This system is equipped with 3 ignition coils with built -in power transistor, which are used for cylinder 1, 2 and
3. Engine Control Module (ECM) analyzes and calculates appropriate ignition advanced angle based on multi
information when engine is running. After being amplified by ignition coil power, the ignition signal is
transmitted to spark plug for igniting via spark plug cable.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 14–3

14 - SQR371F IGNITION SYSTEM

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Spark Plug 20 ± 3
Ignition Coil Fixing Bolt 7±1

Spark Plug Specifications

Engine Type SQR371F

Spark Plug Type 3707AAGE
Spark Plug Gap (mm) 0.8 - 0.9

14–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

14 - SQR371F IGNITION SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram

BATTERY

B+

ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
2 3 FUSE AND
RELAY BOX
MAIN F13 F14
RELAY E-014
15A 5A
E-050
1 5

IGNITION IGNITION IGNITION

E10 E9 E11 COIL 1 COIL 2 COIL 3
RW E-021 E-020 E-019
RL

2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3
RL

YR
R

R
B

P
L
E-062 E-023 E-017 E-018
RL RW
6 4
LB

E-018
6 7 8 9
E-017
YW

BY
B

Y
2 32 7 9
E-023
E-062
14
YW

BY
B

Y
E-054
44 4 1 62

ECM
E-055

1 2 3 E-014

4 5 6
E-017
E-019 E-020 E-021 7 8 9 B
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050 1 2 3
E13 E14 E15 E16 W Gr Gr Gr
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 ES15140010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 14–5

14 - SQR371F IGNITION SYSTEM

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
Symptom Suspected Area See page
Ignition coil 14-8
Spark plug 14-9
Stall
Camshaft position sensor 06-215
Wire harness -
Ignition coil 14-8
Knock Knock sensor 06-212
ECM 06-224
Battery 16-7
Difficult to start Ignition coil 14-8
Spark plug 14-9
Spark plug 14-9
Engine speed sensor 06-216
Engine hesitation, power drop,
Vehicle speed sensor 06-217
unstable performance
Camshaft position sensor 06-215
ECM 06-224
Spark plug 14-9
14 Rough, unstable idling or stall Ignition coil 14-8
ECM 06-224

Service Precautions
Visual inspection can reduce the unnecessary test and diagnostic time, so pay attention to the inspection of
the following items:
1. Check the line and hose for obvious looseness, and if they are disconnected or routed improperly.
2. Make sure that the battery connections are clean and firm.
3. Check if the generator wire and belt are installed correctly and securely.
4. Confirm that the ignition cables are installed securely.
5. Check if the engine wire harness joints are inserted fully.
6. Check if all the electrical connectors are installed correctly and securely.
7. Check the following electrical connections:
a. Vehicle speed sensor;
b. Engine speed sensor;
c. Oxygen sensor;
d. Intake pressure/temperature sensor;
e. Oil pressure switch;
f. Ignition coil;
g. Canister solenoid valve;
h. Throttle wire and main wire harness;

14–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

14 - SQR371F IGNITION SYSTEM

i. Idle speed step motor;

j. Throttle position sensor;
k. Fuel injector.
8. Check all the routings of vacuum hose.
9. Confirm that the following vacuum hoses are connected securely without any leakage:
a. Canister solenoid valve;
b. Charcoal canister;
c. PCV valve;
d. Warm damper vacuum system;
e. Brake booster.
10.Check the fuel pump hose and wire connection to make sure that they are connected securely.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 14–7

14 - SQR371F IGNITION SYSTEM

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Ignition Coil
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the throttle assembly (See page 10-9).
4. Remove the intake manifold upper body assembly (See page 10-12).
5. Remove the ignition coil.
a. Disconnect 3 ignition coil connectors (arrow).

RS15140020

b. Remove the ignition coil fixing bolts (arrow).

(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1 N·m)

RS15140030

c. Remove the ignition coils separately.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

14–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

14 - SQR371F IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark Plug
Removal

CAUTION

• DO NOT remove the spark plug when the engine is hot; failure to do this may cause damage to the spark
plug thread holes on the cylinder head.
• Before removal, remove the dirt and foreign matter around the spark plug holes to prevent them from
dropping into the cylinders.

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch. Wait until the engine cools down.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the spark plug.
a. Remove the ignition coil (See page 14-8).
b. Using a special spark plug socket wrench (1),
loosen the spark plug (2).
(Tightening torque: 20 ± 3 N·m) 1

RS15140040

14
c. Remove the spark plug.

Inspection
Check the spark plug gap "a": 0.8 - 0.9 mm

RS15140050

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 14–9

14 - SQR371F IGNITION SYSTEM

Installation

CAUTION

• Check the spark plug type to confirm if it is suitable.

• Use a special socket tool to perform installation. DO NOT touch the cylinder wall. DO NOT damage the
normal spark plug gap.

1. Install 3 spark plugs respectively into the cylinder head mounting holes for pre-tightening, and then
retighten the spark plugs with a torque wrench.
(Tightening torque: 20 ± 3 N·m)
Other procedures are in the reverse order of removal.

14–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

SQR371F STARTING SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION 15-3 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 15-7
Description 15-3 Starter 15-7
Operation 15-4 Removal 15-7
Specifications 15-4 Inspection 15-8
Tool 15-4 Installation 15-10
Circuit Diagram 15-5 Ignition Starting Switch 15-11
Removal 15-11
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 15-6
Inspection 15-12
Problem Symptoms Table 15-6
Installation 15-12
Precautions for Starting System 15-6

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 15–1

15–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

15 - SQR371F STARTING SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
SQR371F STARTING SYSTEM

Description

2
3

RS15150010

1 - Ignition Starting Switch 2 - Battery

3 - Starter

The starting system consists of battery, ignition starting switch, starter, etc. The function of starting system is
to convert electrical energy from the battery into mechanical energy by starter so as to crank the engine
initially, and to disconnect the power transmission between the starter and the engine when the engine cranks
normally.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 15–3

15 - SQR371F STARTING SYSTEM

Operation
The starter consists of three parts: control mechanism, drive train mechanism and DC motor.
1. Control mechanism (solenoid switch): it controls the engagement and disengagement between the starter
drive gear and the engine flywheel gear and switches on/off the DC motor circuit; the solenoid switch can
also short out the ignition coil additional resistance when starting.
2. Drive train mechanism: makes the starter drive gear get engaged with the flywheel gear when the engine
starts and transmits the torque of the starter to the engine crankshaft; When the engine starting is
completed, the drive gear and flywheel gear disengage automatically, so that the engine cannot drive the
starter to run at a high speed in reverse by flywheel, avoiding damage to the starter.
3. DC motor: it converts electrical energy from the battery into electromagnetic moment.

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Starter Power Cable Nut 9±1
Starter Fixing Bolt 50 ± 10

Tool
General Tool

Digital Multimeter

15
RS15080020

15–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

15 - SQR371F STARTING SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram

BATTERY IGNITION SWITCH

START

B15
INSTRUMENT
PANEL FUSE
EF09 AND RELAY BOX
30A I-001
I-002
E-048
C1 A3

RB
4 E-062 BCM (B)
E-023 I-004
RB
R

B 1

B M STARTER
E-067
S STARTER
SOLENOID
SWITCH
E-002 15

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 16 21 26 31 36 41
A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16 3 7 11
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20
15 20 25 30 35 40
2 6 10
14 19 24 29 34 39
1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
I-001 I-002
W W

E-062
B

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13

C1 C2 C3
B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 1 B B
E-048 E-014 E-067
I-004 B
B E-002
B

ES15150010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 15–5

15 - SQR371F STARTING SYSTEM

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
Symptom Suspected Area See page
When ignition switch is turned to III
Battery (weak battery, poor contact of
(START), solenoid switch makes a -
battery cable)
"clanking" sound and engine cannot start
Battery (depleted) -
Starter 15-7
Starter does not run
Ignition starting switch 15-11
Starting system wire harness -
Battery (weak battery, internal fault) 16-7
Starter runs weakly
Starter -
Starter (incorrect installation, internal fault) 15-7
Starter is racing
Flywheel ring gear (gear teeth broken) -

Precautions for Starting System

1. Shift the transmission to neutral and apply parking brake before starting, and depress the clutch pedal
while starting.
2. Make sure that the battery is fully charged to reduce the repeat operating time of the starter.
3. Do not start the engine for more than 5 seconds each time, the repeat starting time should be not less than
10 - 15 seconds, and the continual start is not allowed more than 3 times.
4. If the starter cannot stop, turn off the ignition switch immediately, or remove the negative battery cable to
find the problem.
15 5. Check the starter circuit frequently to make sure that each wire for starting system is in secure connection
and good insulation.
6. Generally, perform maintainable service for the starter when servicing the vehicle. Also, the maintenance
interval can be shortened or extended properly depending on actual conditions.
7. Remove the negative battery cable before removing the starter.

15–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

15 - SQR371F STARTING SYSTEM

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Starter
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the starter.
a. Disconnect the starter connector (2).
b. Loosen and remove the starter power cable nut
(1) and disconnect the starter power cable. 1
(Tightening torque: 9 ± 1 N·m)
2

RS15150030

c. Loosen and remove the starter fixing bolts

(arrow) and remove the starter.
(Tightening torque: 50 ± 10 N·m)

15
RS15150040

d. Remove the starter grommet.

RS15150041

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 15–7

15 - SQR371F STARTING SYSTEM

Inspection
1. Check the starter grommet.
The starter grommet functions to prevent rain and silt from entering the engine. If the starter grommet is
damaged or cracked, replace it.
2. Check the starter solenoid switch.
a. Check the pull-in coil.
• Measure the resistance between the terminal
50 and the terminal C.
Terminal 50

Terminal C RS15150050

• The standard resistance should be below 2 Ω.

If the result is not as specified, replace the starter.
b. Check the hold-in coil.
• Measure the resistance between the terminal
50 and the starter solenoid switch body.

Switch Body

15 Terminal 50

RS15150060

• The standard resistance should be below 2 Ω.

If the result is not as specified, replace the starter.
3. Check the starter assembly.

CAUTION

• These measurements must be performed within 3 to 5 seconds to avoid coil burnout.

• Place the starter assembly onto a vise. The jaws of the vise should be covered by aluminum sheet or
brass plate; otherwise, the starter assembly will be easily damaged when clamping it.

15–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

15 - SQR371F STARTING SYSTEM

a. Perform pull-in test.

• Remove the nut, disconnect the field coil
lead from terminal C.
• As shown in the illustration, connect the Body

battery to the solenoid switch, and check that

the starter clutch pinion stick out.
Terminal C
Terminal 50

- +
RS15150110

If the starter clutch pinion does not move, replace the starter assembly.
b. Perform hold-in test.
• Keep the starter clutch pinion sticking out
and the connection condition of the battery
mentioned above, and disconnect the Body
negative battery cable from terminal C.
• Check that the starter clutch pinion keeps
sticking out.
Terminal C
Terminal 50

- +
RS15150120

If the starter clutch pinion moves inward, replace the starter assembly.
c. Check if the starter clutch pinion returns back.
• Disconnect the negative battery cable from 15
the starter body. Check that the starter clutch
pinion returns back. Body

Terminal C
Terminal 50

- +
RS15150130

If the starter clutch pinion does not return, replace the starter assembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 15–9

15 - SQR371F STARTING SYSTEM

d. Check if the starter rotates smoothly.

• Connect the field coil lead to terminal C, and
tighten it with a nut.
• As shown in the illustration, connect the
Body

battery to the starter. Check that the starter

rotates smoothly when the starter clutch
pinion moves outward. Terminal 30
Terminal 50

- +
RS15150100

If the result is not as specified, replace the starter assembly.

CAUTION

• The lead to be connected should avoid the pinion side to prevent the lead stuck when the pinion is
rotating.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

15–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

15 - SQR371F STARTING SYSTEM

Ignition Starting Switch

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the driver airbag (See page 30-36).
4. Remove the steering wheel assembly (See page 27-8).
5. Remove the combination switch cover (See page 27-10).
6. Remove the spiral cable (See page 30-39).
7. Remove the ignition starting switch.
a. Disconnect the ignition switch assembly
connecting wire harness joint (arrow).

RS15150070

b. Remove the ignition starting switch fixing screw.

RS15150080

c. Remove the ignition starting switch.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 15–11

15 - SQR371F STARTING SYSTEM

Inspection
1. Check for continuity of the ignition starting switch.

Multimeter Switch Specified Terminal 30

Connection Condition Condition Terminal KA
Terminal 50
All terminals B (LOCK) No continuity
Terminal 30 - Terminal 15
I (ACC) Continuity
Terminal KA
Terminal 30 - Terminal 15a
Terminal 15
Terminal 30 - RS15150090
II (ON) Continuity
Terminal 15a
Terminal 30 -
Terminal KA
Terminal 30 -
Terminal 15
Terminal 30 -
III (START) Continuity
Terminal 50
Terminal 30 -
Terminal KA

If the result is not as specified, replace the ignition starting switch.

Installation
1. Press out the ignition starting switch mount pin from
the pin hole.

RS15150091

2. Push the ignition starting switch, and press the

mount pin into the pin hole.

RS15150092

3. Tighten the ignition starting switch fixing screw.

Other Installation procedures are in the reverse order of removal.

15–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

SQR371F CHARGING SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION 16-3 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 16-7
Description 16-3 Battery 16-7
Generator Operation 16-4 Inspection 16-7
Specifications 16-4 Removal 16-7
Tool 16-4 Installation 16-7
Circuit Diagram 16-5 Battery Tray and Tray Bracket 16-8
Removal 16-8
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 16-6
Installation 16-8
Problem Symptoms Table 16-6
Generator 16-9
Charging Voltage Measurement 16-6
Removal 16-9
Installation 16-10
Adjustment 16-10

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 16–1

16–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

16 - SQR371F CHARGING SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
SQR371F CHARGING SYSTEM

Description

1
4

16
2

RS15160010

1 - ECM 2 - Generator
3 - Battery 4 - Engine Compartment Fuse and Relay Box

The generator is a key component of the charging system. It is a device that converts mechanical energy into
electrical energy, generates DC voltage as one of main power sources of the vehicle. The generator operates
as a complete assembly. If the generator fails for any reason, the entire assembly must be replaced.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 16–3

16 - SQR371F CHARGING SYSTEM

Generator Operation
The generator is a silicon rectifying generator, which mainly consists of rotor, stator and rectifier.
When direct current flows to the rotor winding, rotor claw establishes magnetic field to produce alternating
induced electromotive force. The stator is installed on the outside of the rotor, and it is secured together with
the front and rear end covers of generator. When the generator rotor is rotated by the engine belt, magnetic
pole lines cuts the stator winding, causing a change in the magnetic flux of the stator winding; thus, the stator
winding generates alternating induced electromotive force, producing alternating current. The three-phase
alternating current generated by the generator is converted to direct current from alternating current by the
rectifier and transmitted to the vehicle electrical system and battery.

Specifications
Torque Specification

Description Torque (N·m)

Battery Pressure Plate Fixing Bolt 5±1
Coupling Bolt Between Air Filter and Battery Tray 7 ± 1.5
Battery Tray Fixing Bolt 7±1
Battery Tray Bracket Fixing Bolt 15 ± 1
Generator Terminal Fixing Nut 7 ± 1.5
Coupling Bolt Between Generator Adjustment
22.5 ± 2.5
Bracket and Cylinder Block
Coupling Bolt Between Generator Adjustment
22.5 ± 2.5
Bracket and Generator
Generator Fixing Bolt 42.5 ± 2.5

Battery Specifications

Name Type Specification

16
SQR371F 6-QW-45QR 12 V, 45 Ah, CCA (SAE) 430 A

Tool
Special Tool

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

16–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

16 - SQR371F CHARGING SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram
Charging System Circuit Diagram

BATTERY
IGNITION SWITCH
ON OR START
Y

B+ D4 ENGINE C3 A11
COMPARTMENT INSTRUMENT PANEL
F25 F18 FUSE AND FUSE AND RELAY BOX
RELAY BOX I-001
20A 10A E-014 EF03 EF02 EF06
I-002
E-041 20A 15A 10A
E-048
D3 E14 E15 E-050
C2 A2 B19
RW

O
R
L

11 13

INSTRUMENT
ICM CLUSTER
CHARGE I-027
RW

GB
7 I-014
E-057

GB
E-062
R

8 31
B E-023
RW

2
REGULATOR

1
16
GENERATOR
E-028
E-029

E-062
B
B
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 E13 E14 E15 E16 W
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 E-028
B

I-027
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 I-014 1 2 3 E-029
L
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 W Gr
B
D1 D2 E-041 E-048
C1 C2 C3
D3 D4 W B E-014 ES15160010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 16–5

16 - SQR371F CHARGING SYSTEM

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
Symptom Suspected Area See page

Charging system warning light comes on Generator 16-9

after engine started Instrument cluster 35-37
Fixing bolt (loose) 16-9
Abnormal noise from generator after V-ribbed belt (misaligned, loose or
07-18
engine started defective)
Generator 16-9

Charging Voltage Measurement

1. Leave the vehicle under no load test condition and idle the engine. Use a voltmeter to measure the battery
voltage.
Standard voltage: 14.5 ± 0.3 V
If the result is not as specified, replace the generator.
2. Leave the vehicle under load test condition and idle the engine. Use a voltmeter to measure the battery
voltage.
Load test condition:
• Headlight is set to high beam;
• Turn on the blower and switch the blower speed switch to "4" position;
• Turn on the "A/C" switch;
• Turn the cold and hot switch to set the temperature of outlet to the highest.
Standard voltage: 14.5 ± 0.3 V
If the result is not as specified, replace the generator.

16 CAUTION

• If the battery warning light comes on, the charging system may have a malfunction.
• If noises are heard from the generator or generating capacity is extremely high or low, repair or replace
the generator assembly.

16–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

16 - SQR371F CHARGING SYSTEM

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Battery
Inspection
1. Check that the battery terminals are not loose or corroded.
If the battery terminals are corroded, clean them.
2. Check the battery for damage, deformation or leakage. If serious damage, deformation or leakage is
found, replace the battery.
3. Check the battery voltage.
Turn the ignition switch to II (ON), and turn it off 20 to 30 seconds after turning on the headlights. This will
eliminate the electric charge on the surface of the battery. Use a voltmeter to measure the battery voltage.

Measurement Temperature Specification

20°C 12 - 13 V

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Remove the battery.
a. Loosen the negative battery cable locking nut,
and remove the negative (-) battery cable (1).
b. Open the battery positive electrode cover, 1
loosen the positive battery cable locking nut,
and remove the positive (+) battery cable (2).
c. Remove the battery pressure plate fixing bolt
(3), and remove the battery pressure plate and
the fixing rod.
(Tightening torque: 5 ± 1 N·m) 2 3

RS15160020
16

CAUTION

• Please be careful to prevent metal tools from contacting the both electrodes of battery at the same time
or accidentally touching the positive electrode and vehicle body.

d. Remove the battery.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Install a battery that has the same specification as the used one when replacing the battery.
• The used battery contains sulfuric acid and lead, so never discard it at will. Please dispose of it at a
qualified local waste treatment station.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 16–7

16 - SQR371F CHARGING SYSTEM

Battery Tray and Tray Bracket

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Remove the battery (See page 16-7).
3. Remove the battery tray.
a. Remove the coupling bolt (1) between the
battery tray and the air filter assembly.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)
b. Remove 4 fixing bolts (2) from the battery tray.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1 N·m)
c. Disconnect the connecting clamps (arrow) 2
between the wire harness and the battery tray
bracket, and remove the battery tray.
1

RS15160030

4. Remove the battery tray bracket.

a. Remove 2 fixing bolts (1) from the battery tray
bracket.
(Tightening torque: 15 ± 1 N·m)
b. Disconnect the connecting clamp (arrow)
between the wire harness and the battery tray 1
bracket, and remove the battery tray bracket.
1

RS15160040

16 Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

16–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

16 - SQR371F CHARGING SYSTEM

Generator
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the expansion tank bracket (See page 12-16).
4. Loosen the V-ribbed belt.
a. Loosen and remove the coupling bolt (1)
between the generator adjustment bracket and 2
the generator.
(Tightening torque: 22.5 ± 2.5 N·m)
b. Loosen the generator fixing bolt (2).
(Tightening torque: 42.5 ± 2.5 N·m)

RS15160041

c. Move away the V-ribbed belt.

5. Loosen and remove the coupling bolt (arrow)
between the generator adjustment bracket and the
timing sprocket cover, and remove the generator
adjustment bracket.
(Tightening torque: 22.5 ± 2.5 N·m)

16
RS15160050

6. Remove the generator.

a. Move away the terminal cap, remove the nut (1)
of connecting wire harness between the
generator and the battery, and disconnect the
connecting wire harness. 5
1
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)
b. Disconnect the generator connector (2) from the
generator. 4
2
c. Remove the wire harness bracket fixing bolts
(3), (4) from the generator.
3
d. Remove the generator fixing bolt (5).
RS15160060

e. Remove the generator.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 16–9

16 - SQR371F CHARGING SYSTEM

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Adjustment
After installing the V-ribbed belt, adjust the tension of the V-ribbed belt by the bolt on the generator adjustment
bracket. The tension of the V-ribbed belt should be 600 N.

CAUTION

• When installing the generator, adjust the deflection of the generator belt.
• When the belt can be turned over 90° with two fingers, the tension is correct.

WARNING

• Wear protective gloves when turning over the belt with fingers, and be careful to prevent the fingers from
being injured.

16–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

QR512MHG TRANSMISSION
GENERAL INFORMATION 17-3 Transmission Assembly 17-21
Description 17-3 Removal 17-21
Operation 17-9 Installation 17-23
Specifications 17-9 Disassembly 17-23
Tools 17-11 Assembly 17-33
Gear Shift Mechanism 17-45
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 17-13
Disassembly 17-45
Problem Symptoms Table 17-13
Assembly 17-48
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 17-14 Shift Fork 17-49
Transmission Fluid 17-14 Disassembly 17-49
Replacement 17-14 Assembly 17-51
Differential Oil Seal 17-16 Case Body 17-52
Replacement 17-16 Disassembly 17-52
Back-up Light Switch 17-17 Assembly 17-54
Removal 17-17 Input Shaft 17-55
Inspection 17-18 Disassembly 17-55
Installation 17-18 Assembly 17-58
Select and Shift Cable 17-19 Inspection 17-62
Removal 17-19 Output Shaft 17-63
Installation 17-19 Disassembly 17-63
Gear Shift Control Mechanism 17-20 Assembly 17-66
Removal 17-20 Inspection 17-70
Installation 17-20

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–1

17–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

GENERAL INFORMATION
QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

Description
Transmission Case

×3

5
3
4
6
7

8 1

×11

×8

17
RS15170010

1 - Clutch Case 2 - Dowel Pin

3 - Oil Deflector 4 - Oil Guide
5 - Transmission Case 6 - Washer
7 - Drain Plug 8 - Rear Case Cover

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–3

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

6
7
×3 1

9 21

20
19

18
17
16
8 14

13
12
11
10

RS15170050

1 - Selector Arm 2 - Selector Arm Toggle Shifting Block

3 - Shifter Arm 4 - Dust Boot
5 - Shifter Case Oil Seal 6 - Shifter Case Body
7 - 5th and Reverse Gear Return Spring Seat Baffle 8 - Dowel Pin
17 Plate
9 - Gear Select and Shift Shaft 10 - Cotter Pin
11 - 1st/2nd Gear Return Spring Seat 12 - 1st/2nd Gear Return Spring
13 - 1st/2nd Gear Return Spring Baffle Plate 14 - Interlock Plate
15 - Shift Finger 16 - 5th Gear Return Spring Washer
17 - 5th Gear Return Spring 18 - 5th Gear Return Spring Seat
19 - Reverse Gear Torsion Spring Lock Piece 20 - Reverse Gear Lock block Torsion Spring
21 - Reverse Gear Lock block

17–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

Operation
QR512MHG transmission operates the five forward gears and one reverse gear by three sets of
synchronizers and two shafts (input shaft and output shaft). All the forward gears use the conventional
engagement, and the reverse gear uses a sliding idler gear device. 1st-2nd gear synchronizer is installed on
the output shaft and the 3rd-4th-5th gear synchronizer is installed on the input shaft. The transmission will
engage with its corresponding gear hub separately when it is shifted to each different gear position, thus
realizing the transmission of the power. The drive gear of final drive, which is on the output shaft, rotates the
driven gear of final drive and the differential assembly, thus the propeller shaft is driven to turn the wheels.

Specifications
Torque specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Gear Select and Shift Cable to Body Fixing Bolt 7±1
Gear Shift Control Mechanism Fixing Bolt 10 ± 1
Transmission Side Fixing Bolt 75 ± 5
Engine Side Fixing Nut 75 ± 5
Coupling Bolt Between Oil Pan and Transmission 60 ± 5
Reverse Shift Fork Assembly Fixing Bolt 25 ± 2
Gear Fork Shaft Locating Bolt 15 ± 1
Reverse Gear Shaft Locating Bolt 25 ± 2
Reverse Shift Fork Fixing Bolt 25 ± 2
Rear Bearing Baffle Plate Fixing Bolt 10.5 ± 1
5th Gear Fork Shaft Drive Ball Cover 10.5 ± 1
Rear Cover Fixing Bolt 10.5 ± 1
Back-up Light Switch 25 ± 2
Interlock Plate Locating Bolt 25 ± 2
Transmission Drain Plug 44 ± 5 17
Gear Shift Mechanism Fixing Bolt 18 ± 2
Selector Arm Fixing Bolt 18 ± 2
Transmission Case Side Fixing Bolt 27 ± 3
Clutch Case Side Fixing Bolt 27 ± 3
Oil Guide Fixing Bolt 10.5 ± 1
Oil Deflector Fixing Bolt 10.5 ± 1
5th Driven Gear Locking Nut 100 ± 4
Transmission Retaining Bolt 30 ± 2

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–9

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

Clearance Specifications

Description Standard Value (mm) Limit Value (mm)

Clearance between 1st Driven
1.15 - 1.65 1.15 - 1.65
Gear and Synchronizer Ring
Clearance between 2nd Driven
1.15 - 1.65 1.15 - 1.65
Gear and Synchronizer Ring
Clearance between 2nd Driven
0.22 - 0.30 0.22 - 0.30
Gear and 3rd Driven Gear
Clearance Between 3rd Drive
0.8 - 1.4 0.8 - 1.4
Gear and Synchronizer Ring
Clearance Between 4th Drive
0.8 - 1.4 0.8 - 1.4
Gear and Synchronizer Ring
Clearance Between 2nd Drive
0.13 - 0.44 0.13 - 0.44
Gear and 3rd Drive Gear
Clearance Between 4th Drive
Gear and Input Shaft Rear 0.15 - 0.35 0.15 - 0.35
Bearing

Transmission Gear Ratio Table

Type QR512MHG
1st 3.818
2nd 1.905
3rd 1.308
Gear 4th 1.029
5th 0.838
Reverse 3.583
Final Drive Ratio 3.550
17

17–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

Tools
Special Tools

Input Shaft Holding Tool

RS15170060

Bearing Remover

RS15200020

Punch

RS15200030

17
Differential Oil Seal Installer

RS15000090

Input Shaft Front Oil Seal Installer

RS15000091

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–11

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

5th Synchronizer Remover

RS15000099

General Tools

Transmission Carrier

RS15080040

Hydraulic Press

RS15210013

17 Flexional Magnetic Rod

RS15071004

Feeler Gauge

RS15170130

17–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
Symptom Suspected Area See page
Shift fork shaft (worn) -
Shift fork or synchronizer gear sleeve
-
(worn)
Slip and out of gear Shift shaft locating spring (weak or
17-23
damaged)
Synchronizer gear sleeve and back taper
-
tooth of gear (worn)
Lubricant (insufficient) -
Clutch pedal free play (wrong) -
Clutch driven disc (worn or damaged) 18-12
Clutch pressure plate assembly (damaged) 18-12
Difficult to shift
Synchronizer gear ring (worn) -
Synchronizer gear sleeve or back taper
-
tooth of gear (worn)
Shift shaft (deformed) 17-45
Transmission fluid (insufficient) 17-14
Bearing (damaged or worn) -
Noise
Gear (damaged or worn) 17-20
Synchronizer part (damaged or worn) 17-33
Input shaft oil seal (worn or damaged) 17-52
Oil leakage
Oil plug (leaked) 17-23

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–13

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Transmission Fluid
CAUTION

• Replace the transmission fluid only when the engine stops and the transmission cools down.

Replacement
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Raise the vehicle to the proper height.
3. Place a recovering container under the transmission drain hole.
4. Using a wrench, loosen the transmission filler plug
(arrow).

RS15170300

5. Using a wrench, loosen the transmission drain plug

(arrow). Replace the drain plug gasket and tighten
the drain plug after draining the transmission fluid.
(Tightening torque: 44 ± 3 N·m)

RS15170310

6. Fill transmission fluid.

CAUTION

• Only use transmission fluid approved by Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

a. Make sure that the transmission drain plug has been tightened in place.

17–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

b. Using a filling tool, fill transmission fluid to the

transmission filler until it overflows.

RS15170311

c. Replace the filler plug gasket and tighten the filler plug after filling.
(Tightening torque: 44 ± 3 N·m)

Transmission Fluid Type

Model S15
Transmission Fluid Type SAE 75W-90 GL-4
Filling Capacity 2.1 L

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–15

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

Differential Oil Seal

Replacement
1. Drain the transmission fluid (See page 17-14).
2. Remove the drive shaft assembly (See page 19-5).
3. Remove the differential oil seal.
a. Using a screwdriver, remove the differential oil
seal.

RS15170140

4. Install the differential oil seal.

a. Apply gear oil to the oil seal lip.
b. Using a special tool, install the new oil seal to
the clutch case.

RS15170150

17 5. Install the drive shaft.

6. Add transmission fluid.

17–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

Back-up Light Switch

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the battery and the battery tray (See page 16-7).
4. Remove the back-up light switch.
a. Disconnect the back-up light switch connector.

RS15170160

b. Remove the back-up light switch.

(Tightening torque: 25 ± 2 N·m)

RS15170170

CAUTION
17
• It is necessary to apply seal gum to the threads of back-up light switch before installation.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–17

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

Inspection
1. Check the back-up light switch.
a. Using the ohm band of digital multimeter, check
for continuity between terminals of the back-up
light switch as shown in the table. + -

Multimeter Switch Specified

1 2
Connection Condition Condition
Terminal 1 - Switch not
No continuity
Terminal 2 pushed
Terminal 1 -
Switch pushed Continuity
Terminal 2
RS15170180

If the result is not as specified, replace the back-up light switch.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

17–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

Select and Shift Cable

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the battery and the battery tray (See page 16-7).
4. Remove the auxiliary fascia console (See page 42-8).
5. Remove the gear select and shift cable.
a. Remove the cotter pins and flexible shaft
clamps on the transmission side.

RS15170190

b. Disengage the gear select and shift cable from

the gear shift control mechanism side.

RS15170200

c. Remove the fixing bolts between the gear select 17

and shift cable and the body.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1 N·m)

RS15170210

d. Remove the gear select and shift cable.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–19

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

Gear Shift Control Mechanism

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the auxiliary fascia console (See page 42-8).
4. Remove the gear shift control mechanism.
a. Disengage the gear select and shift cable from
the gear shift control mechanism side.

RS15170200

b. Remove the fixing bolts from the gear shift

control mechanism, and remove the gear shift
control mechanism.
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1 N·m)

RS15170220

Installation
17 Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

17–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

Transmission Assembly
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Drain the transmission fluid (See page 17-14).
4. Remove the air filter (See page 10-7).
5. Remove the battery and battery tray (See page 16-7).
6. Remove the drive shaft assembly (See page 19-5).
7. Remove the gear select and shift cable from the transmission side (See page 17-19).
8. Disconnect the back-up light switch connector.

RS15170160

9. Remove the wire harness locating bracket.

a. Remove the wire harness locating bracket fixing
nut and the wire harness locating bracket.

RS15170230 17
10.Remove the starter (See page 15-7).
11. Remove the clutch cable from the transmission side (See page 18-7).
12.Remove the vehicle speed sensor connector.

RS15170240

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–21

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

13.Remove the crankshaft position sensor.

a. Remove the crankshaft position sensor fixing
bolt, and remove the crankshaft position sensor
(1).
1

RS15170250

14.Remove the clutch cable bracket.

a. Remove the clutch cable bracket fixing bolts,
and remove the clutch cable bracket (1).

RS15170260

15.Remove the ground wire.

16.Remove the engine left mounting (See page 07-50).
17.Remove the transmission.
a. Support the engine with a transmission carrier.

RS15170270

b. Remove the engine rear mounting (See page 07-50).

c. Remove the fixing bolts from the front of the
transmission.
(Tightening torque: 116 ± 10 N·m)

RS15170280

d. Remove the transmission upper fixing bolts.

17–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

e. Remove the fixing bolts from the engine side,

and remove the baffle plate.
(Tightening torque: 86 ± 5 N·m)

RS15170290

f. Remove the transmission.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Disassembly
1. Remove the transmission filler plug.
a. Remove the filler plug from the transmission
case.

RS15170300

2. Remove the transmission drain plug.

a. Remove the drain plug from the transmission
case. 17

RS15170310

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–23

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

3. Remove the vehicle speed sensor.

a. Remove the vehicle speed sensor fixing bolt,
and remove the vehicle speed sensor (1).
1

RS15170320

4. Remove the gear shift mechanism.

a. Remove the interlock plate locating bolt.

RS15170330

b. Remove the gear shift mechanism fixing bolts.

RS15170340

c. Separate the gear shift mechanism from the

transmission case.

RS15170350

17–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

5. Remove the back-up light switch.

a. Remove the back-up light switch from the
transmission case.

RS15170360

6. Remove the gear select and shift cable bracket.

a. Remove the gear select and shift cable bracket
fixing bolts and the gear select and shift cable
bracket (1).

RS15170370

7. Remove the rear cover.

a. Remove the rear cover fixing bolts and remove
the rear cover.

RS15170380

8. Remove the 5th driven gear locking nut.

a. Using a nut chisel and a hammer, loosen the
staked part of the nut.

RS15170390

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–25

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

b. Install the input shaft holding tool.

RS15170400

c. Press the 5th gear fork downward to shift to 5th

gear.

RS15170410

d. Turn the 5th driven gear locking nut

counterclockwise to remove it.

17 RS15170421

9. Remove the 5th gear fork.

a. Using the snap spring calipers, remove the 5th
synchronizer baffle plate snap spring.

RS15170430

17–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

b. Using the snap spring calipers, remove the

reverse fork shaft locating spring.

RS15170440

c. Remove the 5th synchronizer baffle plate.

RS15170450

d. Remove the ball cover.

RS15170460
17

e. Remove the ball with a magnetic rod.

HINT:
Prevent the ball from being lost.

RS15170470

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–27

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

f. Remove the dowel pin.

RS15170480

g. Remove the 5th gear fork and the synchronizer

outer ring gear.

RS15170490

CAUTION

• Prevent the 5th synchronizer key from being lost.

10.Remove the 5th drive gear and driven gear.

a. Install the special tool, and remove the 5th
synchronizer gear hub.
17

RS15170500

17–28 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

b. Remove the 5th synchronizer ring.

RS15170510

c. Remove the 5th drive gear and driven gear.

RS15170520

d. Remove the 5th needle roller bearing.

RS15170530
17

11. Remove the rear bearing baffle plate.

a. Remove the rear bearing baffle plate fixing
bolts, and remove the rear bearing baffle plate.

RS15170540

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–29

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

12.Remove the transmission case.

a. Remove the reverse gear shaft locating bolt.

RS15170550

b. Remove the transmission gear fork shaft

locating plugs.

RS15170560

c. Remove the springs with a magnetic rod.

17
RS15170570

d. Remove the balls with a magnetic rod.

RS15170580

17–30 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

e. Remove the fixing bolts from the transmission

case side.

RS15170590

f. Remove the fixing bolts from the clutch case

side.

RS15170600

g. Separate the transmission case and the clutch

case.

RS15170610
17

13.Remove the reverse gear shift fork assembly.

a. Remove the reverse gear shift fork assembly
fixing bolts and remove the reverse gear shift
fork assembly (1).

RS15170620

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–31

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

14.Remove the reverse gear shaft and the reverse gear.

a. Remove the reverse gear shaft (1) and the
reverse gear (2).

RS15170630

15.Remove the input shaft set, output shaft set, 1st-2nd gear fork shaft set and 3rd- 4th gear fork shaft set.
a. Remove the 5th and reverse gear fork shaft.

RS15170640

b. Remove the input shaft set, output shaft set,

1st-2nd gear fork shaft set and 3rd- 4th gear fork
shaft set.

RS15170650

16.Remove the differential.

a. Lift the differential upward to remove it from the
clutch case.

RS15170660

17–32 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

Assembly
1. Install the input shaft set, output shaft set, 1st-2nd gear fork shaft set, 3rd- 4th gear fork shaft set and 5th
and reverse gear fork shaft.
a. Install the differential to the clutch case.

RS15170670

CAUTION

• Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the contact surface between the differential and the clutch before
installing the differential.

b. Install the input shaft set, output shaft set,

1st-2nd gear fork shaft set and 3rd- 4th gear fork
shaft set.

RS15170680

17
CAUTION

• Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the contact surface of each component before installing the input
shaft set, output shaft set, 1st-2nd gear fork shaft set and 3rd- 4th gear fork shaft set.
• Rotate the input shaft set, output shaft set to check for smooth rotation without sticking after installation.

c. Install the 5th and reverse gear fork shaft.

RS15170690

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

4. Install the transmission case.

a. Apply seal gum evenly to the contact surface
between the transmission case and the clutch
Coated area
case.

RS15171530

CAUTION

• Clean up the contact surface between the transmission case and the clutch case before applying the
seal gum.

a. Set the 5th gear fork to the 5th synchronizer as
shown in the illustration.

RS15170750

b. Install the 5th gear fork and 5th synchronizer to

the input shaft.

RS15170491

17–38 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

CAUTION

• Align 3 keys and 3 grooves on the synchronizer during installation; otherwise, the synchronizer ring or
synchronizer will be damaged.
• Make sure to install the 5th gear fork and synchronizer in place, and expose the snap spring groove of
the 5th synchronizer on the input shaft.

c. Install the 5th gear fork shaft drive ball cover.

(Tightening torque: 10.5 ± 1 N·m)

RS15170470

11. Install the reverse gear shaft snap spring.

a. Using the snap spring calipers, install the
reverse gear shaft snap spring.

RS15170440

17
CAUTION

• Make sure to install the reverse gear shaft snap spring completely into the groove of the reverse gear
shaft snap spring.
• Replace the reverse gear shaft snap spring if it is damaged.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–39

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

12.Install the 5th synchronizer snap spring.

a. Install the 5th synchronizer baffle plate.

RS15170451

b. Using the snap spring calipers, install the 5th

synchronizer snap spring.

RS15170430

CAUTION

• Make sure to install the 5th synchronizer snap spring completely into the groove of the 5th synchronizer
snap spring.
• Replace the 5th synchronizer snap spring if it is damaged.

17 13.Install the dowel pin.

a. Install the dowel pin into the 5th gear fork shaft
with a punch.

RS15170481

17–40 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

14.Install the 5th driven gear locking nut.

a. Install the input shaft holding tool.

RS15170400

b. Press the 5th gear fork downward to shift to the

5th gear.

RS15170410

c. Install the 5th driven gear locking nut.

17
RS15170420

15.Install the rear cover.

a. Install the rear cover fixing bolts.
(Tightening torque: 10.5 ± 1 N·m)

RS15170380

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–41

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

16.Install the gear select and shift cable bracket.

a. Install the gear select and shift cable bracket (1)
and the gear select and shift cable bracket fixing
bolts.

RS15170370

17.Install the back-up light switch.

a. Apply seal gum to the threads of the back-up
light switch, and install it to the transmission
case.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 2 N·m)

RS15170360

18.Install the gear shift mechanism.

a. Install the gear shift mechanism to the
transmission case.

RS15170351

b. Install the interlock plate locating bolt.

(Tightening torque: 25 ± 2 N·m)

RS15170330

17–42 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

c. Install the gear shift mechanism fixing bolts.

(Tightening torque: 18 ± 2 N·m)

RS15170340

19.Install the vehicle speed sensor.

a. Install the vehicle speed sensor (1) and the
vehicle speed sensor fixing bolt.
1

RS15170320

CAUTION

• Replace the vehicle speed sensor grommet if it is damaged.

20.Install the transmission drain plug.

a. Install the drain plug to the transmission case.
(Tightening torque: 44 ± 5 N·m) 17

RS15170310

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–43

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

21.Install the transmission filler plug.

a. Pre-tighten the filler plug.

RS15170300

CAUTION

• DO NOT tighten the filler plug, because it is necessary to add transmission fluid after installing the
transmission.

17–44 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

Gear Shift Mechanism

QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

Disassembly
1. Remove the selector arm.
a. Remove the selector arm fixing bolt and selector
arm.

RS15170760

CAUTION

• DO NOT make the selector arm toggle shifting block get lost.

2. Remove the shifter arm.

Assembly
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

17–48 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

d. Remove the locating ball and locating spring

from the reverse gear fork lock pin.

RS15170970

e. Using a punch, remove the dowel pin and 5th

and reverse gear fork support.

RS15170980

Assembly
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–51

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

Case Body
Disassembly
1. Remove the oil guide.
a. Remove the oil guide fixing bolts and oil guide.

RS15170990

2. Remove the oil deflector.

a. Remove the oil deflector fixing bolts and oil
deflector.

RS15171000

3. Remove the output shaft rear bearing outer race.

a. Using a rubber hammer, slightly tap out the
output shaft rear bearing outer race.
17

RS15171010

17–52 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

4. Remove the differential oil seal from the transmission case body side.
a. Using a screwdriver, pry out the differential oil
seal from the transmission case body side.

RS15171020

5. Remove the input shaft front oil seal.

a. Using a screwdriver, pry out the input shaft front
oil seal.

RS15171030

6. Remove the output shaft front bearing outer race.

a. Using a screwdriver, pry out the output shaft
front outer race.

RS15171040

7. Remove the dowel pin.

a. Using a fish-lip pincer, remove the dowel pin
from the clutch case body.

RS15171050

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–53

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

8. Remove the differential oil seal from the clutch case body side.
a. Using a screwdriver, pry out the differential oil
seal from the clutch case body side.

RS15171060

Assembly
Assembly is in the reverse order of assembly.

17–54 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

RS15171160

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–57

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

Assembly

CAUTION

• Clean the input shaft, gear and synchronizer gear hub etc.

1. Install the input shaft front bearing.

a. Install the special tool and press in the input
shaft front bearing with a hydraulic press.

RS15171170

2. Install the 3rd drive gear.

a. Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the 3rd
gear needle roller bearing.
b. Install the 3rd gear needle roller bearing as
shown in the illustration.

17 RS15171180

c. Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the 3rd

drive gear, and install it to the input shaft.

RS15171190

17–58 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

3. Install the 3rd synchronizer ring.

a. Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the 3rd
synchronizer ring, and install it to the 3rd drive
gear.

RS15171200

4. Assemble the synchronizer.

a. Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the
synchronizer keys, and install them to the
synchronizer gear hub.

RS15171210

b. Install the synchronizer outer race.

RS15171211

5. Install the 3rd-4th synchronizer.

a. Install the 3rd-4th synchronizer to the input
shaft.

RS15171230

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–59

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

CAUTION

• Align the synchronizer keys and the openings on the 3rd synchronizer ring when installing the 3rd-4th
synchronizer.

b. Using the snap spring calipers, install the

3rd-4th synchronizer gear hub snap spring.

RS15171120

c. Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the 4th

synchronizer ring, and install it.

RS15171110

CAUTION

17 • Align the the openings on the 4th synchronizer ring and the synchronizer keys on the 3rd-4th
synchronizer when installing the 4th synchronizer ring.

17–60 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

6. Install the 4th drive gear.

a. Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the 4th
needle roller bearing, and install it.

RS15171100

b. Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the 4th

drive gear, and install it.

RS15171090

7. Install the input shaft rear bearing.

a. Install the special tool and press the input shaft
rear bearing to the input shaft with a hydraulic
press.

RS15171280

8. Install the 5th needle roller bearing bushing.

a. Install the special tool and press the 5th needle
roller bearing bushing to the input shaft with a
hydraulic press.

RS15171290

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–61

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

Inspection
1. Check the gears on the input shaft for smooth rotation after installation.
2. Measure the clearance between the intput shaft gears.
a. Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance
between the 3rd drive gear and the synchronizer
ring.
Standard value: 0.8 - 1.4 mm
Limit value: 0.8 - 1.4 mm

RS15171310

b. Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance

between the 4th drive gear and the synchronizer
ring.
Standard value: 0.8 - 1.4 mm
Limit value: 0.8 - 1.4 mm

RS15171300

c. Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance

between the 2nd drive gear and the 3rd drive
gear.
Standard value: 0.13 - 0.44 mm
Limit value: 0.13 - 0.44 mm

RS15171302

d. Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance

between the 4th drive gear and the input shaft
rear bearing.
Standard value: 0.15 - 0.35 mm
Limit value: 0.15 - 0.35 mm

RS15171301

17–62 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17
RS15171420

d. Remove the 1st gear needle roller bearing.

RS15171470

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–65

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

8. Remove the output shaft front bearing.

a. Install the special tool between the output shaft
front bearing and the differential drive gear.

RS15171440

b. Using a hydraulic press, press out the output

shaft, and remove the output shaft front bearing.

RS15171450

Assembly
1. Install the output shaft front bearing.
a. Install the special tool and press the output shaft
front bearing to the output shaft with a hydraulic
press.

RS15171460

2. Install the 1st gear needle roller bearing.

a. Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the 1st gear
needle roller bearing, and install it to the output
shaft.

RS15171470

17–66 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

3. Install the output shaft 1st driven gear.

a. Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the 1st
driven gear, and install it to the output shaft.

RS15171480

4. Install the 1st synchronizer ring set.

a. Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the 1st synchronizer ring set, and install it to the output 1st gear.
5. Install the 1st-2nd synchronizer.
a. Install the 1st-2nd synchronizer to the output
shaft.

RS15171490

b. Using the snap spring calipers, install the 1st-

2nd synchronizer snap spring.

RS15171410

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–67

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

6. Install the 1st synchronizer ring set.

a. Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the 1st
synchronizer ring set, and install it.

RS15171400

7. Install the 2nd gear needle roller bearing.

a. Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the 2nd
gear needle roller bearing, and install it.

RS15171390

8. Install the output shaft 2nd driven gear.

a. Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the output
shaft 2nd driven gear, and install it.

RS15171380

9. Install the 3rd driven gear.

a. Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the 3rd
driven gear, and install it.

RS15171370

17–68 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

10.Install the 3rd-4th driven gear spacer bushing.

a. Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the 3rd-4th
driven gear spacer bushing, and install it to the
output shaft.

RS15171360

11. Install the output shaft 4th driven gear.

a. Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the cone of
4th driven gear, and install it to the output shaft.

RS15171340

12.Install the output shaft rear bearing.

a. Install the special tool and press the output shaft
rear bearing to the output shaft with a hydraulic
press.

RS15171500

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 17–69

17 - QR512MHG TRANSMISSION

Inspection
1. Check the gears on the output shaft for smooth rotation after installation.
2. Measure the clearance between the output shaft gears.
a. Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance
between the 1st driven gear and the synchronizer
ring.
Standard value: 1.15 - 1.65 mm
Limit value: 1.15 - 1.65 mm

RS15171510

b. Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance

between the 2nd driven gear and the
synchronizer ring.
Standard value: 1.15 - 1.65 mm
Limit value: 1.15 - 1.65 mm

RS15171520

c. Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance

between the 2nd driven gear and the 3rd driven
gear.
Standard value: 0.22 - 0.30 mm
Limit value: 0.22 - 0.30 mm

RS15171521

17–70 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

CLUTCH
GENERAL INFORMATION 18-3 Inspection 18-7
Description 18-3 Installation 18-8
Operation 18-4 Adjustment 18-9
Specifications 18-4 Clutch Pedal 18-10
Tools 18-5 Removal 18-10
Inspection 18-10
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 18-6
Installation 18-10
Problem Symptoms Table 18-6
Clutch Unit 18-12
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 18-7 Removal 18-12
Clutch Cable 18-7 Inspection 18-14
Removal 18-7 Installation 18-15

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 18–1

18–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

18 - CLUTCH

GENERAL INFORMATION
CLUTCH

Description

×6

3
4

18
8

RS15180010

1 - Flywheel 2 - Clutch Driven Disc

3 - Clutch Pressure Plate 4 - Release Bearing
5 - Release Fork 6 - Return Spring
7 - Shaft Bushing 8 - Release Shaft

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 18–3

18 - CLUTCH

1
2 3

2
4

RS15180020

1 - Clutch Spring 2 - Shaft Bushing

3 - Clutch Pedal 4 - Locking Washer
5 - Clutch Cable Assembly

Operation
The clutch system mainly consists of the clutch pedal, clutch cable, driven plate, clutch pressure plate and
release bearing, etc. When depressing the clutch pedal, the clutch cable pulls the release shaft driving the
release fork, and this pressure is transmitted to the release bearing which is in contact with the pressure plate
diaphragm spring. It is responsible for engaging and disengaging power between the transmission and the
engine.

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

18 Clutch Pressure Plate Fixing Bolt 23 ± 2
1st step: Tighten the bolt to 20 ± 3
Flywheel Fixing Bolt
2nd step: Retighten the bolt by 30 ± 5°
Clutch Fork Fixing Bolt 32 ± 3
Coupling Nut Between Cable and Body Front Baffle
7 ± 1.5
Plate

Clutch Driven Disc Specifications

Measurement Item Specification (mm)

Clutch Driven Disc Standard Thickness 7.3 ± 0.3
Minimum Rivet Depth 0.8
Height Between Clutch Pedal and Brake Pedal 2 - 10

18–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

18 - CLUTCH

Tools
Special Tool

Clutch Pressure Plate Installer

RS15180030

General Tool

Vernier Caliper

RS15180040

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 18–5

18 - CLUTCH

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
Symptom Suspected Area See page
Engine mounting (loose) 07-50
Clutch driven disc (oily) 18-12
Clutch driven disc (worn) 18-12

Clutch chatters Clutch driven disc torsion spring

18-12
(damaged)
Clutch driven disc (glazed) 18-12
Tip of clutch driven disc diaphragm spring
18-12
is out of alignment
Clutch release bearing (worn, dirty or
18-12
damaged)
Clutch is noisy
Clutch driven disc torsion spring
18-12
(damaged)
Clutch driven disc (oily) 18-12
Clutch driven disc (worn) 18-12
Clutch driven disc diaphragm spring
Clutch slips 18-12
(damaged)
Pressure plate (oily or deformed) 18-12
Flywheel (deformed) 18-12
Clutch driven disc is not installed correctly 18-12
Excessive runout of clutch driven disc -
Clutch does not disengage completely Clutch driven disc lining (cracked) 18-12
Clutch driven disc (oily or burnt) 18-12
Clutch driven disc (oily) 18-12
18

18–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

18 - CLUTCH

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Clutch Cable
Removal
1. Remove the clutch cable.
a. Remove the clutch cable adjustment nut.

RS15180060

b. Remove the coupling nuts between cable and

the body front baffle plate.

RS15180070

c. Detach the clutch spring (2) from the pedal, and

remove the clutch cable (1) from the pedal.

2
18
1

RS15180080

d. Remove the cable.

Inspection
1. Pull the cable by hand to check if the cable is stuck. If it is stuck, replace it.
2. Visually check the cable wire for breaks. If the wire is broken, replace it.
3. Visually check the cable end which contacts the pedal for excessive wear or breaks. If it is excessively
worn or broken, replace it.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 18–7

18 - CLUTCH

Installation
1. Install the clutch cable.
a. Install the clutch cable into the cabin via the
installation hole on the firewall.
b. Install the coupling nuts (arrow) between the
cable and the body front baffle plate.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15180070

CAUTION

• DO NOT install the clutch cable in reverse to prevent damaging the cable.

c. Install the clutch cable (1) to the clutch pedal,

and install the clutch spring (2).

RS15180080

CAUTION

18 • Apply a proper amount of grease to the connection area of the clutch cable and clutch pedal.

d. Install the clutch cable to the clutch arm, and

install the adjustment nut.

RS15180060

18–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

18 - CLUTCH

Adjustment
Adjust the clutch cable
a. Adjust the clutch cable adjustment nut clockwise
or counterclockwise as shown in the illustration.

RS15180061

b. Measure the height "a" between the clutch pedal

(1) and the brake pedal (2).
Specified value: 2 - 10 mm
1

RS15180280

c. Fully depress the clutch pedal 10 times after adjustment, and measure the height "a" between the
clutch pedal (1) and the brake pedal (2) again.
Specified value: 2 - 10 mm

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 18–9

18 - CLUTCH

Clutch Pedal
Removal
1. Remove the clutch pedal.
a. Remove the clutch cable from the pedal (See page 18-7).
b. Remove the clutch locking washer.

RS15180090

c. Remove the clutch pedal.

Inspection
1. Visually check if the clutch pedal is deformed. If deformation is found, replace it.
2. Visually check the clutch pedal shaft end for breaks. If it breaks, replace it.

Installation
1. Install the clutch pedal.
a. Install the clutch spring to the clutch shaft.

18
RS15180100

b. Apply grease to the shaft bushing, and install

the shaft bushing onto the clutch pedal.

RS15180110

18–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

18 - CLUTCH

c. Apply grease to the clutch pedal shaft, install the

clutch pedal to the clutch pedal shaft, and install
the clutch pedal locking washer.

RS15180090

d. Install the clutch cable.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 18–11

18 - CLUTCH

Clutch Unit
Removal
1. Remove the transmission assembly (See page 17-21).
2. Remove the clutch release bearing.
a. Move the release shaft in the direction of arrow,
and remove the release bearing.

RS15180120

3. Remove the release shaft.

a. Using a screwdriver, separate the return spring
and the release fork.

RS15180130

b. Remove the release fork fixing bolt (arrow).

RS15180140

18–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

18 - CLUTCH

c. Pull out the release shaft in the direction of

arrow, and remove the return spring (1) and
release fork (2).

RS15180150

4. Remove the wear bushing.

a. Press inward the wear bushing locating clip, and
remove the wear bushing.

RS15180160

5. Remove the clutch pressure plate and clutch driven

disc.
a. Remove the clutch pressure plate bolts, and
remove the clutch pressure plate and clutch
driven disc.

RS15180170

18
6. Remove the flywheel assembly.
a. Remove the flywheel fixing bolts, and remove
the flywheel assembly.

RS15180180

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 18–13

18 - CLUTCH

Inspection
Check the clutch driven disc
1. Visually check the clutch driven disc surface for dirt
or glazing. Clean or replace the clutch driven disc
as necessary.

RS15180270

2. Use a vernier caliper to measure the thickness of

the clutch driven disc.
Standard thickness: 7.3 ± 0.3 mm
Minimum rivet depth: 0.8 mm
If the result is not as specified, replace the clutch
driven disc.

RS15180190

Check the clutch release bearing assembly

1. Visually check the surface of the release bearing for dirt, glazing or damage. Clean or replace the release
bearing assembly as necessary.
2. Check that the bearing operates smoothly by
rotating the sliding part of the bearing (the side
contacting the clutch).
Replace the release bearing assembly if necessary.

RS15180200

18–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

18 - CLUTCH

Installation
1. Install the flywheel.
a. Align the installation holes on the flywheel and crankshaft, and install the flywheel to the crankshaft.
b. Install and tighten the flywheel assembly fixing
bolts.
(Tightening torque: step 1: Tighten the bolts to
20 ± 3 N·m; step 2: Retighten the bolts by
30 ± 5°)

RS15180180

CAUTION

• Tighten the flywheel fixing bolts diagonally.

2. Install the clutch pressure plate and clutch driven disc.

a. Insert the special tool into the clutch driven disc,
and insert it into the flywheel.

RS15180220

b. Install the clutch pressure plate to the flywheel,

install and tighten the clutch pressure plate
18
fixing bolts, and then remove the special tool.
(Tightening torque: 23 ± 2 N·m)

RS15180230

CAUTION

• Tighten the flywheel fixing bolts diagonally.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 18–15

18 - CLUTCH

3. Install the wear bushing.

4. Install the release shaft.
a. Insert the release shaft in the direction of arrow,
and install the return spring (1) and release fork
(2).

RS15180240

b. Install the release fork fixing bolt (arrow).

(Tightening torque: 20 ± 2 N·m)

RS15180140

CAUTION

• DO NOT install the clutch fork in reverse, and secure it in place.

c. Using a screwdriver, install the return spring to

the release fork.

RS15180250

18–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

18 - CLUTCH

5. Install the clutch release bearing.

a. Move the release shaft in the direction of arrow,
and then install the release bearing.

RS15180121

CAUTION

• Apply a proper amount of grease to the release bearing cone during installation.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 18–17

- MEMO -

18–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

DRIVE SHAFT
GENERAL INFORMATION 19-3 Inner Ball Cage 19-8
Description 19-3 Disassembly 19-8
Operation 19-4 Inspection 19-10
Specifications 19-4 Assembly 19-10
Outer Ball Cage 19-11
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 19-5
Disassembly 19-11
Drive Shaft Assembly 19-5
Inspection 19-13
Removal 19-5
Assembly 19-13
Installation 19-7

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 19–1

19–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

19 - DRIVE SHAFT

GENERAL INFORMATION
DRIVE SHAFT

Description

5
6

7
12
8 13

9
14

19
RS15190010

1 - Nut 2 - Outer Ball Cage

3 - Outer Dust Boot Clamp 4 - Outer Dust Boot
5 - Outer Dust Boot Clamp 6 - Left Drive Shaft
7 - Right Drive Shaft 8 - Inner Dust Boot Clamp
9 - Inner Dust Boot 10 - Inner Dust Boot Clamp
11 - Tripod 12 - Positioning Snap Spring
13 - Inner Ball Cage 14 - Set Ring

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 19–3

19 - DRIVE SHAFT

Operation
The drive shaft assembly, which is a solid shaft, transmits the torque between the differential and the drive
wheels. Generally, the inner end of the drive shaft is connected with the drive shaft assembly gear by spline,
and the outer end is connected to the wheel hub. The drive shaft assembly transmits the torque from the
differential to the wheels, thus rotating the wheels to run the vehicle.

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Drive Shaft Assembly Fixing Nut 260 ± 20
Coupling Bolt Between Steering Knuckle and Shock
85 ± 8.5
Absorber

19–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

19 - DRIVE SHAFT

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Drive Shaft Assembly
Removal
HINT:
Use the same removal and installation procedures for left and right drive shaft assemblies.
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the front wheel (See page 23-9).
4. Drain the transmission fluid (See page 17-14).

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• The drained transmission fluid should be collected with a recovering tool.

5. Remove the wheel speed sensor.

a. Remove the fixing bolts (arrow) of the wheel
speed sensor and remove the wheel speed
sensor.

RS15190020

6. Remove the fixing nut of the drive shaft assembly.

a. Using a nut chisel and a hammer, loosen the
staked part of the nut.

RS15190030

CAUTION

• Be sure to loosen the staked part of the nut completely, as the threads of the drive shaft assembly may
be damaged.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 19–5

19 - DRIVE SHAFT

b. While applying the brake, remove the drive shaft

assembly fixing nut (arrow).
(Tightening torque: 260 ± 20 N·m)

RS15210040

7. Remove the drive shaft assembly.

a. Separate the front brake hose (arrow) from the
shock absorber.

RS15190071

b. Remove the coupling nuts (arrow) between the

1. Remove the drive shaft assembly (See page 19-5).

2. Remove the inner ball cage dust boot clamps.
a. Using needle nose pliers, remove the inner ball
cage dust boot clamps.

RS15190060

3. Remove the inner ball cage.

a. Separate the dust boot from the inner ball cage
in the direction of arrow.

RS15190070

19–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

19 - DRIVE SHAFT

b. Remove the inner ball cage in the direction of

arrow, and place it on a clean piece of cloth.

RS15190080

4. Remove the tripod.

a. Using snap spring calipers, remove the
positioning snap spring of the tripod.

RS15190090

b. Put matchmarks on the tripod and the drive

shaft, and remove the tripod.
Matchmark

RS15190091

5. Remove the dust boot.

19
a. Wrap tape on the spline of the drive shaft, and
remove the dust boot.

Tape

RS15190100

b. Remove the tape.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 19–9

19 - DRIVE SHAFT

Inspection
1. Check if the spline of drive shaft is in good condition. If it is deformed or damaged, replace it.
2. Check if the dust boot is in good condition. If it is scratched or broken, replace it.
3. Check if the positioning snap spring of the tripod is deformed. If it is deformed, replace it.

Assembly

CAUTION

• Refill the grease during installation.

• Work carefully to prevent the dust boot from being damaged.

Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

19–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

19 - DRIVE SHAFT

Outer Ball Cage

Disassembly
HINT:
Use the same disassembly and assembly procedures for outer ball cage of left and right drive shaft
assemblies.
1. Remove the drive shaft assembly (See page 19-5).
2. Remove the outer ball cage dust boot outer clamp.
a. Using a screwdriver, pry out the striker of the
outer ball cage dust boot outer clamp and
remove the outer ball cage dust boot outer
clamp.

RS15190110

3. Remove the outer ball cage dust boot inner clamp.

a. Using a screwdriver, pry out the striker of the
outer ball cage dust boot inner clamp and
remove the outer ball cage dust boot inner
clamp.

RS15190120

4. Remove the outer ball cage.

a. Slide the outer dust boot carefully into the inner
ball cage side in the direction of arrow.

RS15190130

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 19–11

19 - DRIVE SHAFT

b. Put a matchmark (1) on the area with the same

height as the drive shaft assembly (2) and the
edge (3) of the outer ball cage for correct 2
1
installation.
3

RS15190140

c. Wrap a piece of cloth on the drive shaft

assembly and put it onto a vise. Secure the vise 1
to avoid the drive shaft assembly shaking. Tap
the outer ball cage (1) forcibly with a hammer,
and remove the outer ball cage (1).

RS15190150

5. Remove the left drive shaft from the vise.

6. Remove the retaining ring (1).

RS15190160

19 7. Remove the outer ball cage dust boot.

a. Wrap tape on the spline of the drive shaft, and
remove the dust boot.

Tape

RS15190100

b. Remove the tape.

19–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

19 - DRIVE SHAFT

Assembly

CAUTION

• Refill the grease during installation.

• Install it with new clamps.
• Work carefully to prevent the dust boot from being damaged.

Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 19–13

- MEMO -

19–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

DIFFERENTIAL
GENERAL INFORMATION 20-3 Differential Bearing 20-8
Description 20-3 Removal 20-8
Operation 20-4 Installation 20-8
Specifications 20-4 Odometer Drive Gear 20-9
Tools 20-4 Removal 20-9
Installation 20-9
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 20-6
Differential Planetary Gear 20-11
Differential Gear Clearance Inspection 20-6
Removal 20-11
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 20-7 Installation 20-11
Driven Gear of Final Drive 20-7 Differential Components Inspection 20-12
Removal 20-7
Installation 20-7

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 20–1

20–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

20 - DIFFERENTIAL

GENERAL INFORMATION
DIFFERENTIAL

Description

1
2

×
8
4

RS15200010

1 - Differential Bearing 2 - Driven Gear of Final Drive

3 - Differential Case 4 - Dowel Pin
5 - Odometer Drive Gear 6 - Planetary Gear Washer
20
7 - Planetary Gear 8 - Planetary Gear Shaft
9 - Drive Shaft Gear

The differential case contains drive shaft gears, planetary gear shaft and planetary gears. The driven gear of
the final drive is linked up with the differential case by bolts. The planetary gear shaft, which is fixed on the
differential case, drives the planetary gears to rotate when the differential operates, thus driving the drive shaft
gears to turn. The drive shaft gear is connected with the drive shaft to transmit the effort to the wheels.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 20–3

20 - DIFFERENTIAL

Operation
When driving on a bumpy road or turning, the travel distance of the outside wheels is longer than that of the
inside wheels, so the speed of the outside wheels is faster, which breaks the balance of vehicle drive train.
The planetary gear mechanism in the differential can transmit the speed difference between the outside and
inside wheels via the drive shaft when turning. It forces the planetary gears to rotate, thus allowing the inside
and outside wheels to spin at two different speeds in order to balance the speed difference and keep the
vehicle moving smoothly.
The final drive is the component to reduce the rotation speed and increase the torque of the drive train.

Specifications
Torque Specification

Description Torque (N·m)

Final Drive Driven Gear Bolt 100 ± 5

Clearance Specification

Description Acceptable Range (mm)

Clearance Between Differential Case and Planetary
0.08 - 0.20
Gear

Tools
Special Tools

Bearing Remover

RS15200020

20
Punch

RS15200030

20–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

20 - DIFFERENTIAL

General Tools

20
10

30
0

40
90
Dial Indicator

50
80

60
70
RS15210012

Hydraulic Press

RS15210013

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 20–5

20 - DIFFERENTIAL

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Differential Gear Clearance Inspection
Inspection Method
1. Remove the differential (See page 17-23).
2. Check the clearance of the differential axle drive
shaft gear (2) with the dial indicator (1).

RS15200060

Gear clearance: 0.08 - 0.20 mm

CAUTION

• If the clearance is not as specified, replace the drive shaft gear.

• After replacing the drive shaft gear, measure and adjust the clearance again to ensure that it is as
specified.

20–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

20 - DIFFERENTIAL

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Driven Gear of Final Drive
Removal
1. Remove the differential (See page 17-23).
2. Remove the driven gear of final drive.
a. Hold the differential in a vise.
b. Remove the fixing bolts from the driven gear of
final drive.
(Tightening torque: 100 ± 5 N·m)

RS15200070

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Apply seal gum to the bolts during installation.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 20–7

20 - DIFFERENTIAL

Differential Bearing
Removal
HINT:
Use the same removal method for bearings at both sides of the differential.
1. Remove the differential (See page 17-23).
2. Remove the driven gear of final drive (See page 20-7).
3. Remove the differential bearing.
a. Using a hydraulic press (1), separate the
differential bearing (2) from the differential case.
1

RS15200080

Installation
1. Install the differential bearing.
a. Using a hydraulic press, press the bearing (1)
into the differential case.

RS15200090

20–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

20 - DIFFERENTIAL

Odometer Drive Gear

Removal
1. Remove the differential (See page 17-23).
2. Remove the driven gear of final drive (See page 20-7).
3. Remove the differential bearing (See page 20-8).
4. Remove the odometer drive gear.
a. Remove the odometer drive gear from the
differential case.

RS15200100

b. Remove the locating ball.

RS15200110

Installation
1. Install the odometer drive gear.
a. Apply a proper amount of gear oil to the locating
ball, and install it to the differential locating hole.

RS15200110

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 20–9

20 - DIFFERENTIAL

b. Align the locating notch on the odometer drive

gear with the locating ball on the differential
case, and install the odometer drive gear to the
differential case.

RS15200120

20–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

20 - DIFFERENTIAL

Differential Planetary Gear

Removal
1. Remove the differential (See page 17-23).
2. Remove the driven gear of final drive (See page 20-7).
3. Tap out the dowel pin with a punch (1).

RS15200130

4. Remove the planetary gear shaft (1).

5. Remove the planetary gear (2).
6. Remove the drive shaft gear (3).
1

3
2

RS15200140

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Adjust clearance until the gear clearances of both sides are the same during installation.
• The drive shaft gears and the planetary gears should operate normally after tapping in the dowel pin.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 20–11

20 - DIFFERENTIAL

Differential Components Inspection

1. Clean all the components.
2. Check the following components for wear:
• Driven gear of final drive
• Planetary gear washer
• Drive shaft gear
• Planetary gear
• Planetary gear shaft
• Drive shaft gear washer

20–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

AXLE
GENERAL INFORMATION 21-3 Front Axle Hub Bolt 21-14
Description 21-3 Replace 21-14
Specifications 21-6 Control Arm Assembly 21-15
Tools 21-7 Removal 21-15
Inspection 21-16
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 21-8
Installation 21-16
Problem Symptoms Table 21-8
Rear Axle Hub 21-17
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 21-9 On-vehicle Inspection 21-17
Steering Knuckle 21-9 Removal 21-17
Removal 21-9 Installation 21-18
Disassembly 21-11 Rear Axle Hub Bolt 21-19
Inspection 21-12 Replace 21-19
Assembly 21-12 Rear Shaft Assembly 21-20
Installation 21-12 Removal 21-20
Front Axle Hub 21-13 Inspection 21-22
Removal 21-13 Installation 21-22
Installation 21-13

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 21–1

21–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

21 - AXLE

GENERAL INFORMATION
AXLE

Description
Front Axle

×4

18
16

3
12
4
11

×4

6
7 5

10
9

21
RS15210010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 21–3

21 - AXLE

1 - Front Left Steering Knuckle 2 - Front Left Axle Hub Bearing

3 - Front Left Dust Guard 4 - Front Left Brake Disc
5 - Front Left Axle Hub 6 - Stabilizer Bar Assembly Locking Nut
7 - Stabilizer Bar Assembly Washer 8 - Front Left Control Arm Assembly
9 - Stabilizer Bar Assembly Rubber Boot 10 - Stabilizer Bar Assembly
11 - Stabilizer Bar Assembly Washer 12 - Front Right Control Arm Assembly
13 - Stabilizer Bar Assembly Rubber Boot 14 - Stabilizer Bar Assembly Locking Nut
15 - Front Right Steering Knuckle 16 - Front Right Axle Hub Bearing
17 - Front Right Dust Guard 18 - Front Right Brake Disc
19 - Front Right Axle Hub

21–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

21 - AXLE

Rear Axle

6
7

RS15210020

1 - Left Side Locking Nut Dust Cap 2 - Rear Left Brake Drum
3 - Rear Left Hub Assembly 4 - Rear Shaft Assembly
21
5 - Rear Right Hub Assembly 6 - Rear Right Brake Drum
7 - Rear Shaft Assembly Locking Nut 8 - Right Side Locking Nut Dust Cap

The axle (also referred as axle shaft) is connected to the integral body through the suspension, and wheels
are installed on both ends of it. The function is to transmit the force of all directions between the integral body
and the wheels.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 21–5

21 - AXLE

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Coupling Bolt Between Control Arm Assembly and
60 ± 5
Body
Coupling Bolt Between Control Arm Assembly Ball
85 ± 5
Pin and Steering Knuckle
Front Stabilizer Bar Assembly Locking Nut 80 ± 5
Coupling Bolt Between Front Shock Absorber
84 ± 6
Assembly and Steering Knuckle Assembly
Coupling Nut Between Middle Part of Rear Trailing
110 ± 10
Arm Assembly and Rear Shaft Assembly
Coupling Nut Between Rear Part of Rear Trailing
110 ± 10
Arm Assembly and Rear Shaft Assembly
Coupling Nut Between Lower Part of Rear Shaft
55 ± 5
Support Rod Assembly and Rear Shaft Assembly
Coupling Bolt Between Lower Part of Rear Shock
55 ± 5
Absorber Assembly and Rear Shaft Assembly
Steering Tie Rod Ball Pin Locking Nut 35 ± 3.5
Front Axle Shaft Assembly Fixing Nut 260 ± 20
ABS Wheel Speed Sensor Fixing Bolt 25 ± 4
Front Axle Hub Fixing Bolt 34 - 36
Rear Shaft Assembly Locking Nut 240 ± 20
Rear Brake Hose Assembly Fixing Plug 18 ± 2
Rear Shaft Assembly Fixing Bolt 25 ± 3

Clearance Specifications

Description Specified Condition (mm)

Rear Axle Hub Runout 0.05

21–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

21 - AXLE

Tools
Special Tool

Ball Pin Separator

RS15210011

General Tools

20
10

30
0

40
90
Dial Indicator

50
80

60
70
RS15210012

Transmission Carrier

RS15080040

Hydraulic Press

RS15210013
21

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 21–7

21 - AXLE

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
HINT:
Use the table below to help determine the cause of the problem. Check each suspected area in order. Repair
or replace faulty parts or perform adjustments as necessary.

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Tire (worn or incorrect inflation) 23-7
Front wheel alignment (wrong) 22-30
Rear wheel alignment (wrong) 22-30
Pulls
Front Hub Bearing (loose or worn) 21-11
Steering gear (misaligned or damaged) 28-14
Suspension component (worn) 22-10
Tire (worn or incorrect inflation) 23-7
Wheel (imbalanced) 23-12
Shock absorber (stuck or damaged) 22-10
Front wheel alignment (wrong) 22-30
Front wheel shimmy
Control arm assembly ball pin (stuck or
21-15
damaged)
Front hub Bearing (loose or worn) 21-11
Steering gear (misaligned or damaged) 28-14
Tire (worn or incorrect inflation) 23-7
Wheel (imbalanced) 23-12
Rear wheel shimmy Shock absorber (stuck or damaged) 22-21
Rear hub Bearing (loose or worn) 21-17
Rear wheel alignment (wrong) 22-30

21–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

21 - AXLE

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Steering Knuckle
Removal

WARNING

• Wear necessary safety equipments to avoid accidents.

• Note if the safety lock of the lifter is locked when repairing the chassis.
• It is not permitted to weld or modify the bearing parts of the wheel suspension and guide parts of the
wheel.
• When removing the chassis parts, replace the self-locking nuts and the rusted nuts for safety.

HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the front left wheel (See page 23-9).
2. Remove the left side tie rod ball (See page 28-10).
3. Remove the front axle shaft assembly fixing nut.
a. Using a nut punch and a hammer, loosen the
staked part of the nut.

RS15190030

CAUTION

• Loosen the staked part of nut completely, or it will damage the thread of the drive shaft assembly.

b. Remove the front axle shaft assembly fixing nut

21
(arrow) while applying brake.
(Tightening torque: 260 ± 20 N·m)

RS15210040

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 21–9

21 - AXLE

4. Remove the front left brake caliper assembly (See page 25-25).
5. Remove the steering knuckle assembly.
a. Remove 2 fixing bolts (arrow) from the front left
ABS wheel speed sensor.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 4 N·m)

RS15210050

b. Remove 4 fixing bolts (arrow) from the front left

hub while applying brake.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 2 N·m)

RS15210060

c. Remove the coupling bolt and nut (arrow)

between the front left control arm assembly ball
pin and steering knuckle assembly.
(Tightening torque: 85 ± 5 N·m)

RS15210070

d. Remove 2 coupling bolts and nuts (arrow)

between the front left shock absorber assembly
21 and front left steering knuckle assembly.
(Tightening torque: 84 ± 6 N·m)

RS15210071

e. Detach the drive shaft and remove the front left steering knuckle assembly.

21–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

Removal
1. Remove the front wheel (See page 23-9).
2. Remove the front brake caliper assembly (See page 25-25).
3. Remove the front steering knuckle assembly (See page 21-9).
4. Remove the front axle hub.
a. Place the steering knuckle assembly on the
hydraulic press, install the adapter, and press
out the front axle hub using the hydraulic press.

RS15210080

b. Remove the front axle hub carefully.

RS15210090

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Be sure to tighten the coupling bolts and nuts to specified torque.

• Check and adjust the front wheel alignment after installation.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 21–13

21 - AXLE

Front Axle Hub Bolt

Replace
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the front wheel (See page 23-9).
2. Remove the front brake caliper assembly (See page 25-25).
3. Remove the front steering knuckle assembly (See page 21-9).
4. Remove the front hub (See page 21-13).
5. Remove the front axle hub bolts.
a. Using a vise, fix the front axle hub, and then
press out the front axle hub bolts with a special
tool.

RS15210150

6. Install the front axle hub bolts.

a. Insert the new hub bolt into the bolt hole and install the plate washer and nut to the hub bolt end as
shown in the illustration.
b. Using a screwdriver or equivalent, fix the front
axle hub, and install the new front axle hub bolt
by tightening the nut. Then remove the nut and
plate washer.

RS15210160

21 7. Install the front axle hub (See page 21-13).

8. Install the front steering knuckle assembly (See page 21-9).
9. Install the front brake caliper assembly (See page 25-25).
10.Install the front wheel (See page 23-9).

21–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

21 - AXLE

Control Arm Assembly

Removal

WARNING

• Wear necessary safety equipments to avoid accidents.

HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the front left wheel (See page 23-9).
2. Remove the lower left carrier assembly (See page 22-17) (this procedure is only for front left control arm
assembly).
3. Remove the front left control arm assembly.
a. Remove the coupling nut, washer and rubber
boost (arrow) between the stabilizer bar
assembly and the front left control arm
assembly.
(Tightening torque: 80 ± 5 N·m)

RS15210161

b. Remove the coupling bolt and nut (arrow)

between the front left control arm assembly ball
pin and steering knuckle assembly.
(Tightening torque: 85 ± 5 N·m)

RS15210070

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 21–15

21 - AXLE

c. Remove the coupling bolt and washer (arrow)

between the front left control arm assembly and
the body.
(Tightening torque: 60 ± 5 N·m)

RS15210170

d. Disengage and remove the front left control arm assembly from the stabilizer bar assembly,

Inspection
1. Check the control arm assembly.
a. Check the control arm assembly for wear, crack, deformation or damage. Replace it if necessary.
b. Check the control arm assembly ball pin boot for wear, crack, deformation, damage or grease leakage.
Replace it if necessary.
c. Check the control arm assembly ball pin for smooth movement. Replace it if necessary.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Be sure to tighten the coupling bolts and nuts to specified torque.

• Check and adjust the front wheel alignment after installation.

21–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

21 - AXLE

Rear Axle Hub

On-vehicle Inspection
1. Remove the rear wheel (See page 23-9).
2. Remove the rear brake drum (See page 25-39).
3. Check the runout of the rear axle hub.
a. Using a dial indicator, check the runout of the
axle hub surface outside the hub bolts.
Maximum: 0.05 mm
If the runout exceeds the maximum value,
replace the rear axle hub bearing.

RS15210190

CAUTION

• Ensure that the dial indicator probe is set at right angle to the measurement surface.

4. Install the rear brake drum.

5. Install the rear wheel.

Removal
1. Remove the rear wheel (See page 23-9).
2. Remove the rear brake drum (See page 25-39).
3. Remove the rear axle hub.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 21–17

21 - AXLE

a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with tape, pry out

the rear shaft locking nut dust cap (arrow)
carefully.

RS15210200

b. Remove the rear shaft assembly locking nut

(arrow).
(Tightening torque: 240 ± 20 N·m)

RS15210210

c. Slightly wig the rear axle hub and pull it out.

RS15210220

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION
21
• Be sure to tighten the coupling nuts to specified torque.
• Make sure that the hub rotates stably and smoothly after installation.

21–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

21 - AXLE

Rear Axle Hub Bolt

Replace
1. Remove the rear wheel (See page 23-9).
2. Remove the rear brake drum (See page 25-39).
3. Remove the rear axle hub bolts.
a. Using a special tool, press out the rear hub
bolts.

RS15210230

CAUTION

• DO NOT damage the threads of hub bolts.

4. Install the rear axle hub bolts.

a. Insert the new hub bolt into the bolt hole and install the plate washer and nut to the hub bolt end as
shown in the illustration.
b. Using a screwdriver or equivalent, fix the rear
axle hub, and install the new rear axle hub bolt
by tightening the nut. Then remove the nut and
plate washer.

RS15210240

5. Install the rear brake drum (See page 25-39). 21

6. Install the rear wheel (See page 23-9).

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 21–19

21 - AXLE

Rear Shaft Assembly

Removal

WARNING

• Wear necessary safety equipments to avoid accidents.

1. Drain the brake fluid.

2. Remove the rear wheel (See page 23-9).
3. Remove the rear brake drum (See page 25-39).
4. Remove the rear axle hub (See page 21-17).
5. Remove the rear shaft assembly.
a. Using a transmission carrier and a wooden block, support the rear shaft assembly firmly.
b. Remove the fixing bolt (1) from the ABS wheel
speed sensor and detach the wire harness
(arrow).
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 4 N·m)
1

RS15210250

c. Disengage the fixing clamp (1) from the rear

brake hose assembly and loosen the fixing plug
(2).
(Tightening torque: 18 ± 2 N·m)

21
RS15210260

21–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

21 - AXLE

d. Remove 4 fixing bolts (arrow) from the rear shaft

assembly and detach the rear drum brake
assembly.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 3 N·m)

RS15210270

e. Remove the coupling nut and bolt (arrow)

between the rear part of the rear trailing arm
assembly and the rear shaft assembly.
(Tightening torque: 110 ± 10 N·m)

RS15210280

f. Remove the coupling nut and bolt (arrow)

between the middle part of the rear trailing arm
assembly and the rear shaft assembly.
(Tightening torque: 110 ± 10 N·m)

RS15210290

g. Remove the coupling nut and washer (arrow)

between the lower part of the rear shaft support
rod assembly and the rear shaft assembly.
(Tightening torque: 55 ± 5 N·m)
21

RS15210300

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 21–21

21 - AXLE

h. Remove the coupling bolt (arrow) between

lower part of the rear shock absorber assembly
and rear shaft assembly.
(Tightening torque: 55 ± 5 N·m)

RS15210310

i. Remove the rear shaft assembly.

Inspection
1. Check the rear shaft assembly.
a. Check the rear shaft assembly for wear, crack, deformation or damage. Replace it if necessary.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Be sure to tighten the coupling bolts and nuts to specified torque.

• Bounce the vehicle up and down several times to stabilize the rear suspension after installation.

21–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

SUSPENSION
GENERAL INFORMATION 22-3 Installation 22-22
Description 22-3 Disposal 22-22
Specifications 22-6 Rear Coil Spring 22-24
Tool 22-7 Removal 22-24
Inspection 22-25
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 22-8
Installation 22-25
Problem Symptoms Table 22-8
Rear Shaft Support Rod Assembly 22-26
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 22-10 Removal 22-26
Front Shock Absorber Assembly 22-10 Inspection 22-27
On-vehicle Inspection 22-10 Installation 22-27
Removal 22-11 Rear Trailing Arm Assembly 22-28
Disassembly 22-12 Removal 22-28
Inspection 22-15 Inspection 22-29
Assembly 22-15 Installation 22-29
Installation 22-15
WHEEL ALIGNMENT 22-30
Disposal 22-15
Description 22-30
Lower Left Carrier Assembly 22-17
Specifications 22-30
Removal 22-17
Problem Symptoms Table 22-31
Installation 22-17
Inspection before Wheel Alignment 22-31
Lower Right Carrier Assembly 22-18
Front Wheel Camber 22-32
Removal 22-18
Inspection 22-32
Installation 22-18
Adjustment 22-32
Stabilizer Bar Assembly 22-19
Front Wheel Toe-in 22-33
Removal 22-19
Inspection 22-33
Inspection 22-19
Adjustment 22-33
Installation 22-20
Kingpin Caster & Kingpin Inclination 22-34
Rear Shock Absorber Assembly 22-21
Rear Wheel Camber &
Removal 22-21 Rear Wheel Toe-in 22-34
Inspection 22-22

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 22–1

22–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

22 - SUSPENSION

GENERAL INFORMATION
SUSPENSION

Description
Front Suspension

×4

1
×2
21

×2
20
19
18
×2

17
×2

16
2
14
3
4

6
×4

9 8

×2 12

×2 RS15220010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 22–3

22 - SUSPENSION

1 - Front Left Shock Absorber Assembly 2 - Front Left Steering Knuckle

3 - Front Left Hub Bearing 4 - Front Left Dust Guard
5 - Front Left Brake Disc 6 - Front Left Hub
7 - Stabilizer Bar Assembly Washer 8 - Front Left Control Arm Assembly
9 - Stabilizer Bar Assembly Bush Rubber 10 - Stabilizer Bar Assembly
11 - Front Crossmember Assembly 12 - Lower Left Carrier Assembly
13 - Lower Right Carrier Assembly 14 - Stabilizer Bar Assembly Washer
15 - Front Right Control Arm Assembly 16 - Stabilizer Bar Assembly Bush Rubber
17 - Front Right Steering Knuckle 18 - Front Right Hub Bearing
19 - Front Right Dust Guard 20 - Front Right Brake Disc
21 - Front Right Hub 22 - Front Right Shock Absorber Assembly

In this model, Macpherson independent suspension is used for front suspension, which is equipped with
cylindrical coil spring, double action telescopic shock absorber, with lateral stabilizer and the height is not
adjustable. Front suspension has driving and steering functions. The upper end of suspension is connected to
the body, and the lower end is connected to the front axle. The front axle is connected to the body with bolts,
thus improving driving stability and safety.

22–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

22 - SUSPENSION

Rear Suspension

3
4

5
×
2 8
×
9
2

×
2
12

×
2

11
10

RS15210020

1 - Rear Left Coil Spring Upper Cushion 2 - Rear Left Coil Spring Buffer Block
3 - Rear Left Coil Spring 4 - Rear Left Shock Absorber Assembly
5 - Rear Shaft Assembly 6 - Rear Right Coil Spring Upper Cushion 22
7 - Rear Right Coil Spring Buffer Block 8 - Rear Right Coil Spring
9 - Rear Right Shock Absorber Assembly 10 - Rear Right Trailing Arm Assembly
11 - Rear Left Trailing Arm Assembly 12 - Rear Shaft Support Rod Assembly
13 - Rear Shaft Support Rod Assembly Bush Rubber 14 - Rear Shaft Support Rod Assembly Washer

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 22–5

22 - SUSPENSION

In this model, the trailing arm type nondependent suspension is used for rear suspension, which is equipped
with cylindrical coil spring, double action telescopic shock absorber, without lateral stabilizer and the height is
not adjustable. The upper end of suspension is connected to the body, and the lower end is connected to the
rear shaft assembly, thus improving driving stability and safety.

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Wheel Mounting Nut 110 ± 10
Coupling Bolt Between Front Part of Lower Carrier
45 ± 5
Assembly and Body
Coupling Bolt Between Rear Part of Lower Carrier
45 ± 5
Assembly and Body
Coupling Bolt Between Rear Part of Lower Carrier
15 ± 1
Assembly and Body
Coupling Bolt Between Front Crossmember and
45 ± 5
Body
Coupling Nut Between Front Shock Absorber
25 ± 3
Assembly and Body
Coupling Bolt Between Front Shock Absorber
84 ± 6
Assembly and Steering Knuckle Assembly
Coupling Nut Between Front Part of Rear Trailing
110 ± 10
Arm Assembly and Body
Coupling Nut Between Middle Part of Rear Trailing
110 ± 10
Arm Assembly and Rear Shaft Assembly
Coupling Nut Between Rear Part of Rear Trailing
110 ± 10
Arm Assembly and Rear Shaft Assembly
Coupling Nut Between Upper Part of Rear Shaft
55 ± 5
Support Rod Assembly and Body
Coupling Nut Between Lower Part of Rear Shaft
55 ± 5
Support Rod Assembly and Rear Shaft Assembly
Coupling Nut Between Upper Part of Rear Shock
83 ± 7
Absorber Assembly and Body
Coupling Bolt Between Lower Part of Rear Shock
55 ± 5
Absorber Assembly and Body
ABS Wheel Speed Sensor Fixing Bolt 25 ± 4
22 Engine Compartment Fuse and Relay Box Fixing
5±1
Bolt
Front Shock Absorber Assembly Fixing Nut 60 - 80
Front Hose Left Bracket Fixing Bolt 25 ± 3
Front Stabilizer Bar Assembly Fixing Nut 80 ± 5
Parking Brake Cable Bracket Fixing Bolt 10 ± 1.5
Steering Tie Rod Locking Nut 55 ± 5.5

22–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

22 - SUSPENSION

Tool
Special Tool

WARNING

• Wear necessary safety equipments to avoid accidents.

• Make sure that the safety lock of lifter has been locked when removing and installing the chassis
components.
• It is not permitted to weld or modify the suspension bearing components and guide parts.
• When removing and installing the chassis parts, replace the self-locking nuts and the rusted nuts for
safety.
• Operate carefully when removing and installing the coil spring, preventing the spring from jumping out
and causing personal injury.

HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the front left wheel (See page 23-9).
(Tightening torque: 110 ± 10 N·m)
2. Remove the front left shock absorber assembly.
a. Disengage the front left brake hose assembly
(1) from the front left shock absorber assembly,
and remove the front left ABS wheel speed
sensor fixing bolt (2).
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 4 N·m)
2
1

RS15220050

b. Remove 2 coupling bolts and nuts (arrow)

between the front left shock absorber assembly
and the front left steering knuckle assembly.
(Tightening torque: 84 ± 6 N·m)

22
RS15210071

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 22–11

22 - SUSPENSION

c. Remove 2 fixing bolts (arrow) from the engine

compartment fuse and relay box (this procedure
is only for front left shock absorber assembly).
(Tightening torque: 5 ± 1 N·m)

RS15220060

d. Remove 2 coupling nuts (arrow) between the

front left shock absorber assembly and the
body.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 3 N·m)

RS15220070

e. Remove the front left shock absorber assembly

with coil spring.

RS15220080

Disassembly
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.

22–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

22 - SUSPENSION

1. Remove the locking nut from the front shock absorber assembly.
a. Install the spring compressor (2), and tighten the
end of the spring compressor with a wrench (1)
to compress the coil spring.
1

RS15220090

WARNING

• When removing the coil spring, compress the spring until the locking nut can be rotated. DO NOT
compress the spring excessively to prevent damaging the spring, or causing personal injury.

b. Secure the front shock absorber assembly with

a pipe wrench (1), and then remove the shock
absorber strut locking nut with a socket wrench
(2).
(Tightening torque: 60 - 80 N·m) 2

RS15220100

2. Remove the front shock absorber assembly upper components.

a. Remove the elastic washer (1) as shown in the
illustration.
5
b. Remove the front shock absorber connecting 6
plate (2) as shown in the illustration. 7
c. Remove the connecting bracket assembly (3) as 8
1
shown in the illustration. 2
d. Remove the insulator inner frame (4) as shown
in the illustration. 3

e. Remove the bearing upper support cushion (5) 4

as shown in the illustration.
RS15220101
22
f. Remove the bearing assembly (6) as shown in
the illustration.
g. Remove the front coil spring upper tray
assembly (7) as shown in the illustration.
h. Remove the front coil spring upper cushion (8)
as shown in the illustration.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 22–13

22 - SUSPENSION

3. Remove the coil spring.

a. Remove the coil spring (1) with spring
compressor (arrow) from the front shock
absorber assembly.
1

RS15220110

b. Slowly loosen the spring compressor, and carefully remove the coil spring.
4. Remove the front shock absorber dust boot.
a. Detach and remove the front dust boot from the
front shock absorber.

RS15220111

5. Remove the front brake hose left bracket.

a. Remove the front brake hose left bracket fixing
bolt (arrow) and detach the front hose left
bracket.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 3 N·m)

RS15220120

22–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

22 - SUSPENSION

Inspection
1. Check the front shock absorber assembly.
a. Manual inspection:
• Install the nut (2) to the upper end of the shock
1
absorber strut, and then install the T-wrench (1) 2
or similar tool.
• Compress and extend the shock absorber strut
several times by hands in the direction of arrow
shown in the illustration. Check that there is no
abnormal resistance or sound during operation.
If there is any abnormality, replace the shock
absorber assembly with a new one.
RS15220130

2. Check the other components.

a. Check the elastic washer, front shock absorber connecting plate, connecting bracket assembly,
insulator inner frame, bearing upper support cushion and front coil spring upper tray assembly for
cracks, wear or deformation. Replace them as necessary.
b. Check the front coil spring upper cushion, bearing assembly and front dust boot for damage. Replace
them as necessary.
c. Check the coil spring for wear, cracks or deformation. Replace it as necessary.

Assembly
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Always tighten the coupling bolts and nuts to the specified torque.
• Check the wheel alignment after installation is completed. Adjust the wheel alignment to standard range
as necessary.

Disposal

WARNING

• The shock absorber assembly contains nitrogen and oil which are under negative pressure. Before
handling, be sure to wear goggles and release the pressure inside the shock absorber assembly to avoid
personal injury. 22

1. Disposal of the front shock absorber assembly.

a. Extend the shock absorber piston rod fully, and clamp it in the vise at an angle.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 22–15

22 - SUSPENSION

b. Using a drill or similar tool, make a hole slowly

at area A shown in the illustration to discharge
the gas in the shock absorber.
A

RS15220140

CAUTION

• The gas discharged from the shock absorber is colorless and harmless. Be careful when drilling,
because the metal chips may fly out.

c. Handle the shock absorber assembly properly after discharging the gas.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• Recycle the disposed shock absorber assembly according to the local environmental regulations.

22–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

22 - SUSPENSION

Lower Left Carrier Assembly

Removal

CAUTION

1. Remove the lower left carrier assembly.

a. Remove 2 coupling bolts (arrow) between the
front part of the lower left carrier assembly and
the body.
(Tightening torque: 45 ± 5 N·m)

RS15220150

b. Remove 2 coupling bolts (arrow) between the

rear part of the lower left carrier assembly and
the body.
(Tightening torque for large bolt: 45 ± 5 N·m)
(Tightening torque for small bolt: 15 ± 1 N·m)

RS15220160

c. Detach and remove the lower left carrier assembly from the stabilizer bar assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. 22
CAUTION

• Always tighten the coupling bolts to the specified torque.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 22–17

22 - SUSPENSION

Lower Right Carrier Assembly

Removal

CAUTION

1. Remove the lower right carrier assembly.

a. Remove 2 coupling bolts (arrow) between the
front part of the lower right carrier assembly and
the body.
(Tightening torque: 45 ± 5 N·m)

RS15220170

b. Remove 2 coupling bolts (arrow) between the

rear part of the lower right carrier assembly and
the body.
(Tightening torque: 45 ± 5 N·m)

RS15220180

c. Detach and remove the lower right carrier assembly from the stabilizer bar assembly.

Installation
22 Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Always tighten the coupling bolts to the specified torque.

22–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

22 - SUSPENSION

Stabilizer Bar Assembly

Removal

CAUTION

1. Remove the lower left carrier assembly (See page 22-17).

2. Remove the lower right carrier assembly (See page 22-18).
3. Remove the stabilizer bar assembly.
a. Remove the coupling nut, washer and bush
rubber (arrow) between the stabilizer bar
assembly and the front left/right control arm
assembly.
(Tightening torque: 80 ± 5 N·m)

RS15210161

b. Carefully remove the stabilizer bar assembly.

c. Separate the left and right rubber supports from
the front stabilizer bar assembly.

RS15220190

Inspection 22
1. Check the stabilizer bar assembly.
a. Check the stabilizer bar assembly washer for wear, cracks, deformation or damage. Replace it as
necessary.
b. Check the stabilizer bar assembly rubber support and bush rubber for dirt, wear, cracks, deformation or
damage. Replace it as necessary.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 22–19

22 - SUSPENSION

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Always tighten the coupling bolts and nuts to the specified torque.
• Check and adjust the front wheel alignment after installation.

22–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

22 - SUSPENSION

Rear Shock Absorber Assembly

Removal

CAUTION

HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the rear left shock absorber assembly.
a. Support the rear shaft assembly with a wooden block and a transmission carrier to avoid damage.
b. Remove the coupling bolt (arrow) between
lower part of rear left shock absorber assembly
and rear shaft Assembly.
(Tightening torque: 55 ± 5 N·m)

RS15210310

c. Remove the coupling nut (arrow) between the

upper part of rear left shock absorber assembly
and the body.
(Tightening torque: 83 ± 7 N·m)

RS15220200

22
d. Remove the rear left shock absorber assembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 22–21

22 - SUSPENSION

Inspection
1. Check the rear shock absorber assembly.
a. Compress and extend the shock absorber rod
as shown in the illustration, and check that there
is no abnormal resistance or sound.
If there is any abnormality, replace the shock
absorber assembly with a new one.

RS15220210

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Always tighten the coupling bolts and nuts to the specified torque.
• After installation is completed, bounce the vehicle up and down to stabilize the suspension and check the
wheel alignment. Adjust the wheel alignment to standard range as necessary.

Disposal
1. Disposal of the rear shock absorber assembly.
a. Fully extend the shock absorber rod.
b. Using a drill, make a hole between A and B in
the cylinder as shown in the illustration to
discharge the gas inside the cylinder.

A B

RS15220220

CAUTION
22
• Be careful when drilling, because metal chips may fly about. Always perform the operations with the
proper safety equipment to avoid personal injury.
• The gas is colorless, odorless and nonpoisonous.

22–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

22 - SUSPENSION

c. Properly handle the shock absorber assembly after discharging the gas from the cylinder.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• Recycle the disposed shock absorber assembly according to the local environmental regulations.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 22–23

22 - SUSPENSION

Rear Coil Spring

Removal

CAUTION

HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the rear left coil spring.
a. Support the rear shaft assembly with a wooden block and a transmission carrier to avoid damage.
b. Remove the coupling bolt (arrow) between the
left parking brake cable bracket and the body.
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15220230

c. Remove the coupling bolt (arrow) between the

lower part of the rear left shock absorber
assembly and the rear shaft assembly.
(Tightening torque: 55 ± 5 N·m)

RS15210310

22
d. Slowly lower the transmission carrier to the proper height.
e. Carefully take off the rear coil spring.

22–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

22 - SUSPENSION

f. Remove the rear coil spring buffer block (1) and

the upper cushion (2).

RS15220240

Inspection
1. Check the rear coil spring assembly.
a. Check the rear coil spring for wear, cracks and permanent deformation due to excessive use. Replace
it as necessary.
b. Check the rear coil spring buffer block for dirt, wear, cracks, deformation or damage. Replace it as
necessary.
c. Check the rear coil spring upper cushion for dirt, wear, cracks, deformation or damage. Replace it as
necessary.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Always tighten the coupling bolts to the specified torque.

• After installation is completed, lower the vehicle and bounce the vehicle up and down to stabilize the
suspension.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 22–25

22 - SUSPENSION

Rear Shaft Support Rod Assembly

Removal

CAUTION

1. Remove the rear shaft support rod assembly.

a. Support the rear shaft assembly with a wooden block and a transmission carrier to avoid damage.
b. Remove the coupling nut and bolt (arrow)
between the upper part of rear shaft support rod
assembly and the body.
(Tightening torque: 55 ± 5 N·m)

RS15220250

c. Remove the fixing nut and washer (arrow)

between the lower part of the rear shaft support
rod assembly and the rear shaft assembly.
(Tightening torque: 55 ± 5 N·m)

RS15210300

d. Remove the rear shaft support rod assembly.

22–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

22 - SUSPENSION

2. Remove the rear shaft support rod assembly bush rubber.

a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with tape, pry out
2 bush rubbers (arrow) from the lower part of
rear shaft support rod assembly.

RS15220260

Inspection
1. Check the rear shaft support rod assembly.
a. Check the rear shaft support rod assembly for cracks, deformation or damage. Replace it as necessary.
b. Check the rear shaft support rod assembly bush rubber for dirt, wear, cracks, deformation or damage.
Replace it as necessary.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Be sure to tighten the coupling nuts to specified torque.

• After installation is completed, lower the vehicle and bounce the vehicle up and down to stabilize the
suspension.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 22–27

WHEEL ALIGNMENT
Description
CAUTION

• Be sure to perform the wheel alignment procedure according to the operating instructions of the
four-wheel alignment device.
• Periodic maintenance and service for four-wheel alignment device should be performed.

In general, the wheel alignment has the following 6 parameters:

• Front wheel camber
• Front wheel toe-in
• Kingpin caster
• Kingpin inclination
• Rear wheel camber
• Rear wheel toe-in
If the following components have been removed, installed or replaced, check and perform the wheel
alignment procedures:
• Front control arm assembly
• Steering knuckle
• Front shock absorber assembly
• Steering gear and steering tie rod
• Drive shaft

Specifications (parameters standard for four-wheel alignment)

Item Specified Value
Front Wheel Camber 20′ ± 30′
Front Wheel Toe-in 5′ ± 5′
Front Wheel
Kingpin Inclination 12°38′ ± 30′
Kingpin Caster 3° ± 30′
Rear Wheel Camber -11′ ± 20′
Rear Wheel
Rear Wheel Toe-in 0′ ± 15′
Sideways Sliding ≤ 3 m/km

22–30 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

22 - SUSPENSION

Problem Symptoms Table

HINT:
Use the table below to help determine the cause of the problem. Check each suspected area in order. Repair
or replace faulty parts or perform adjustments as necessary.

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Front wheel alignment (wrong) 22-30
Vehicle pulls
Rear wheel alignment (wrong) 22-30
Front wheel alignment (wrong) 22-30
Wheel shimmy
Rear wheel alignment (wrong) 22-30
Tire (worn or improperly inflated) 23-7
Abnormal tire wear Front wheel alignment (wrong) 22-30
Rear wheel alignment (wrong) 22-30

Inspection before Wheel Alignment

1. Vehicle is in unloaded state.
2. Use a lifter to support and raise the vehicle to the proper height.
3. Check the hub bearing for excessive clearance, and replace the hub bearing as necessary.
4. Check the suspension components, power steering tie rod and ball pin for wear, deformation or damage.
Replace the malfunctioning components as necessary.
5. Check if the shock absorber assembly operates normally.
6. Check if the tire pressure is within the specified range and adjust it to specified pressure as necessary.
Standard Inflation Pressure of Cold Tire (kPa)

Item Front Wheel Rear Wheel Spare Tire

Tire (Unloaded) 220 220 250

7. Check the rim and tire.

a. Visually check the rim and tire for scratches, wear or damage.
b. Perform the wheel dynamic balance procedures (See page 23-12).

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 22–31

22 - SUSPENSION

Front Wheel Camber

Incorrect front wheel camber will cause abnormal tire wear. Check and adjust the front wheel camber as
necessary.
In normal conditions, it is not necessary to adjust the camber after assembling the independent suspension
and the wheel steering knuckle. It can be adjusted through the coupling bolt between the independent
suspension and the steering knuckle if the camber is not within the tolerance due to other reasons.
Specified Value for Front Wheel Camber

Item Specified Value

Front Wheel Camber 20′ ± 30′

Inspection
1. Check (visually) the driving system components for deformation and damage before adjustment. Replace
any deformed or damaged component as necessary.
2. Install the wheel alignment device onto the front wheel, and perform the inspection procedures according
to the operating instructions for wheel alignment device.

Adjustment
1. If the front wheel camber is not within the tolerance
of the specified value, loosen the coupling bolts (1) 1
between the front shock absorber assembly and
the steering knuckle, and move the wheel to adjust.

RS15220290

2. Tighten the coupling bolt to the specified torque after adjusting the front wheel camber.
(Tightening torque: 84 ± 6 N·m)

22–32 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

22 - SUSPENSION

Front Wheel Toe-in

Incorrect front wheel toe-in will cause wheel pull and abnormal tire wear. Check and adjust the front wheel
toe-in as necessary.
Adjust the length of the steering tie rod to the specified valve if the front wheel toe-in is not within the tolerance
due to other reasons.
Specified Value for Front Wheel Toe-in

Item Specified Value

Front Wheel Toe-in 5′ ± 5′

Inspection
1. Perform the inspection with the four-wheel alignment device (perform the inspection procedures referring
to the operating instructions for four-wheel alignment device).
2. Manual check:
a. Park the vehicle on level ground, check if the front tire pressure is within the specified range and adjust
it to specified value as necessary.
b. Place marks on the center position in front of the
front wheels, and measure the distance A
between the marks with a tape measure. B
c. Push the vehicle to rotate the wheels 180°, and
measure the distance B between the marks with
the tape measure when the marks are turned to
the rear of wheels.
d. Calculation method: front wheel toe-in = A - B ≤
1 mm
A
RS15220300

Adjustment
1. Make adjusting preparation for wheel alignment according to the requirement of tester.
2. Loosen the steering tie rod locking nut (1) and the
elastic jacket snap ring (2), and turn the tie rod to
adjust the length according to the requirement until
the front wheel toe-in reaches the specified value.
2

RS15220310 22

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 22–33

22 - SUSPENSION

3. Tighten the steering tie rod locking nut, reinstall the elastic jacket snap ring, and check if the locking nut is
tightened in place and if the jacket position is correct.
(Tightening torque: 55 ± 5.5 N·m)

CAUTION

• If the bounce of elastic jacket snap ring is not enough, replace it.

4. After adjusting the front wheel toe-in, check the steering wheel for off center. If necessary, loosen the
steering wheel locking nut and adjust the steering wheel to the horizontal position, and then tighten the
steering wheel locking nut to the specified torque.

Kingpin Caster & Kingpin Inclination

1. The kingpin caster and kingpin inclination can only be checked by using the four-wheel alignment device.
2. The kingpin caster and kingpin inclination are assured by the design structure and cannot be adjusted. If
the measured value is not within the specified range, check if the other components that connect to the
steering knuckle are deformed or damaged. Also, check if the connected part of the steering knuckle is
deformed or damaged. If it is, replace the corresponding components.

Item Specified Value

Kingpin Caster 3° ± 30′
Kingpin Inclination 12°38′ ± 30′

Rear Wheel Camber & Rear Wheel Toe-in

The rear wheel camber and rear wheel toe-in are assured by the design structure and cannot be adjusted. If
the measured value is not within the specified range, check if the rear suspension components are deformed
or damaged. Replace them as necessary. If the rear shaft assembly is deformed due to a strong shock and
the rear wheel alignment parameters are changed or exceed the specified range, replace the rear shaft
assembly.

Item Specified Value

Rear Wheel Camber -11′ ± 20′
Rear Wheel
Rear Wheel Toe-in 0′ ± 15′

22–34 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

TIRE AND WHEEL
GENERAL INFORMATION 23-3 Wheel 23-9
Precautions 23-3 Removal 23-9
Tire Identification 23-3 Installation 23-10
Specifications 23-4 Wheel Balance 23-12
Adjustment 23-12
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 23-5
Tire Rotation 23-13
Problem Symptoms Table 23-5
Description 23-13
Inspection 23-5
Rotation Method 23-13
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 23-7
Tire Replacement 23-7

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 23–1

23–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

23 - TIRE AND WHEEL

GENERAL INFORMATION
TIRE AND WHEEL

Precautions
• Use the tires as same as standard specification and type, because they have excellent reliability and skid
resistance. Non-standard tire may lead to vehicle malfunction, causing accident or even serious injury and
death.
• The contact surface of the rim and tire should be cleaned before installing a new tire.
• When installing the wheel nuts, firstly, pre-tighten the nuts by hand, and then tighten them to the specified
torque with a wrench.
• Do not apply grease to the wheel nuts.
• Some bad driving habits will shorten the life of the tire:
- Rapid acceleration
- Firmly sudden-depress the brake pedal suddenly
- High-speed driving
- Turn at excessive speed
- Striking curbs or other obstacles
- Tire pressure is too high or too low when driving vehicle

Tire Identification
• Letter number code of tire type, size, load index and speed level are stamped on the side wall of the tire as
shown in the illustration.
Steel rim tire:

165/60 R14 75H

RS15230010

Aluminum rim tire:

165/60 R14 75H

23
RS15230020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 23–3

23 - TIRE AND WHEEL

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Wheel Mounting Nut 110 ± 10

Tire Type

Description Parameter
Tire Type 165/60 R14 75H

Rim Type

Description Parameter
Rim Type 14 × 5J

Tire Pressure Specifications of Cold Tire

Description Pressure (kPa)

Front Tire (Unloaded) 220
Rear Tire (Unloaded) 220
Spare Tire 250

23–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

23 - TIRE AND WHEEL

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
HINT:
Use the table below to help determine the cause of the problem. Check each suspected area in order. Repair
or replace faulty parts or perform adjustments as necessary.

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Wear on one side of tire Wheel alignment (wrong) 22-30
Wear on both sides of tire Tire pressure (insufficient) 23-7
Tire center wear Tire pressure (excessive) 23-7
Serrated wear Wheel alignment (wrong) 22-30
Severe wear of some area of tire Brake (too hard) -
Scratches on side wall of tire Sharp objects on road (scratched) -
Tire pressure (incorrect) 23-7
Excessive tire noise
Tire (wear) 23-7

Inspection
CAUTION

• Be sure to refer to the instruction when installing non-standard tires and rims.
• Use the tires as same as standard specification and type.

1. Check if tires are damaged or scratched as shown

in the illustration.
2. Check if rims are damaged or scratched as shown
in the illustration.

RS15230030

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 23–5

23 - TIRE AND WHEEL

3. Check if tires are worn abnormally as shown in the

illustration.

Wear on Both Sides Center Wear

Serrated Wear Wear on One Side

RS15230040

4. Check the tread wear indicators (arrow) as shown

Aluminum rim tire:

RS15230100
23
f. Remove the wheel.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 23–9

23 - TIRE AND WHEEL

Installation
1. Install the wheel.
a. Anticorrosion treatment is conducted on the contact surface between the wheel and the brake disc.
b. Install the wheel and pre-tighten the wheel mounting nuts by hand.
c. Using a torque wrench, tighten the wheel mounting nuts evenly to the specified torque in the order
shown in the illustration.
(Tightening torque: 110 ± 10 N·m)
Steel rim tire:

2 1

4
RS15230110

Aluminum rim tire:

2 1

4
RS15230120

d. Steel rim tire: align the groove of the wheel trim

cover with the air cock and install the wheel trim
cover into place.

RS15230130

23–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

Tire Rotation
Description
Front and rear tires operate at different loads and perform different steering, driving, and braking functions.
For these reasons, different wear rate is formed, causing irregular wear patterns. These effects can be
reduced by rotating the tires at regular time.
Advantages of tire rotation:
• Improve tread life
• Maintain traction levels
• Maintain a smooth, quiet ride

CAUTION

• Chery recommends you rotate your tires every 10000 km. However, the best suitable time for tire rotation
differs depending on driver's driving habits and road conditions.

Rotation Method
The suggested method of tire rotation is as shown in the illustration.
Steel rim tire:

RS15230150

Aluminum rim tire:

RS15230160

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 23–13

- MEMO -

23–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION 24-3 C00AB00 24-37
Description 24-3 C003A08 24-43
Operation 24-4 C003B00 24-43
Specifications 24-8 C00A600 24-43
Tools 24-9 C00A700 24-43
Circuit Diagram 24-10 C00AC00 24-43
C001004 24-49
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 24-13
C001104 24-49
Problem Symptoms Table 24-13
C001404 24-49
Diagnosis Flow 24-14
C001504 24-49
Problem Repair (For no DTC) 24-15
C001804 24-49
DTC Confirmation Procedure 24-16
C001904 24-49
Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting 24-16
C001C04 24-49
Ground Inspection 24-16
C001D04 24-49
ABS Control Module Assembly
C109504 24-49
Terminal List 24-17
C007208 24-49
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Chart 24-18 C002004 24-55
C190004 24-20 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 24-60
C190104 24-20 ABS Bleeding 24-60
C100004 24-24 ABS Control Module Assembly 24-61
C101008 24-24 Removal 24-61
C006B06 24-25 Disassembly 24-62
C003108 24-27 Assembly 24-63
C003200 24-27 Installation 24-63
C00A000 24-27 Front Wheel Speed Sensor 24-64
C00A100 24-27 Removal 24-64
C00A900 24-27 Inspection 24-65
C003408 24-32 Installation 24-65
C003500 24-32 Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 24-66
C00A200 24-32 Removal 24-66
C00A300 24-32 Inspection 24-67
C00AA00 24-32 Installation 24-67
C003708 24-37 Proportioning Valve Assembly 24-68
C003800 24-37 Removal 24-68
C00A400 24-37 Installation 24-68
C00A500 24-37

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–1

24–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Description

5 4

RS15240400

1 - Front Right Wheel Speed Sensor 2 - Rear Right Wheel Speed Sensor
3 - Rear Left Wheel Speed Sensor 4 - Front Left Wheel Speed Sensor
5 - ABS Control Module Assembly

The brake control system equipped on this vehicle has two types: ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) + EBD 24
(Electronic Brake Force Distribution) and hydraulic brake control.
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) + EBD (Electronic Brake Force Distribution) consists primarily of the following
components:
• ABS control module assembly (hydraulic control module and electronic control module)
• 4 wheel speed sensors (each wheel has one sensor)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–3

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Hydraulic brake control consists primarily of the following component:

• Proportioning valve assembly
The primary purpose of the ABS is to prevent the wheels from being locked when sudden braking. When
braking, it has the following effects:
- Improve the vehicle driving stability.
- Improve the vehicle steering ability.
- Maintain the optimal brake pressure.
- Shorten the brake distance effectively.

Operation
ABS Braking
1. If the ABS system detects that the wheels may be locked when applying the brake, the brake system will
enter the ABS braking mode. During braking, ABS control module outputs signal from each wheel speed
sensor to each solenoid valve after analysis in order to adjust the fluid pressure in each line, to prevent the
wheels from being locked.
2. There are some operating symptoms of the ABS that seem to be abnormal at first, but in fact they are
normal. The symptoms are as follows:
a. If the electronic control module is malfunctioning, the fail-safe function is activated, the ABS system is
not operating and the ABS warning light comes on.
b. After the vehicle is power on or the engine is started, short "buzz" sound can be heard, which is the
ABS self-check sound, and this is normal.
c. Noise due to the corresponding solenoid valve movement when EBD is involved in braking can be
heard, but this is normal.
d. The brake pedal may vibrate slightly and the mechanical noise can be heard during ABS operation, but
this is normal.
e. Braking distance may be longer than that of vehicles without ABS when braking on rough, sandy, or
snow-covered roads.

ABS Control Mode

MC1 MC2

NO NO EME NO
NO

24
NC NC NC NC

FL RR RL FR
LPA LPA

RS15240010

24–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

General Tool

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–9

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram
Brake Control System (Page 1 of 3)

BATTERY

B+
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
SB1 F22 SB3 RELAY BOX
60A E-014
60A 25A
E-042
E-040
E-049
A1 F2 B1 B2
R

R
D1 D2
INSTRUMENT
PANEL FUSE
AND RELAY BOX
EF25 E-047
10A I-002

B9
RY
RB

1
R

BRAKE DIAGNOSTIC
SWITCH CONNECTOR
I-003 I-038
7
3
Y

4 2 I-031
E-046
Y

1 25 30 6
ABS
CONTROL
MODULE
E-036

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
13 1
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 E-046
37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 W
38 25

I-038 B1 D1
W

24 E-036 B2 D2
B
E-042 E-047
Lg Lg

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6
B13 B14 B15 B16 F10 F11 F12 F13 A1 3
B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 F7 F8 F9 F14 F15 F16 B
4 2 I-003
E-040 E-014 1 B
E-049 W
I-002 W ES15240010
W

24–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Brake Control System (Page 2 of 3)

IGNITION SWITCH
ON OR START

A11
INSTRUMENT PANEL
EF03 FUSE AND RELAY BOX
20A I-001
E-048
C3
Y

D4
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND RELAY BOX
F15
E-041 INSTRUMENT
5A
E-049 CLUSTER
F16 I-027

14
GY
RW

20 I-031
E-046
GY

28 27
ABS
CONTROL
MODULE
E-036

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
13 1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 E-036
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 I-027
L B
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

D1 D2
E-041
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 D3 D4
A16 A15 A14
A6 A5 A4
A13 A12 A11 A10
A9
A3
A8
A2
A7
A1 F1 F2 F3
F10 F11 F12 F13
F4 F5 F6
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
W
24
F7 F8 F9 F14 F15 F16 E-048
E-046 C1 C2 C3
W B
I-001 E-049
W W
ES15240020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–11

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Brake Control System (Page 3 of 3)

ABS
CONTROL
MODULE
E-036
19 8 16 4 13 38 18 31 29 17
BrG

GB
YR

Br
W
R
Y

B
E-044
6 2 3 1 B-036

E-034

VB
LR
W

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

FRONT LEFT FRONT RIGHT REAR LEFT REAR RIGHT

ABS WHEEL ABS WHEEL ABS WHEEL ABS WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR
E-038 E-060 B-014 B-012

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2
13 1 E-036 E-044
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
B 3 4 5 6 W
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

24
1 2 B-012 1 2 B-014
B B
2 1 E-060 2 1 E-038
B B
ES15240030

24–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Symptom Suspected Area See page

ABS fuse 48-31

When turning the ignition switch to II (ON), Wire harness or connector -

ABS warning light does not come on ABS control module assembly 24-61
Instrument cluster 35-37
ABS fuse 48-31
Wire harness or connector -
ABS warning light remains on
ABS control module assembly 24-61
Instrument cluster 35-37
Wheel speed sensor (damaged, improper
24-64
installation, foreign matter adhesion)
Hub ring gear (damaged, improper
-
installation, foreign matter adhesion)
ABS operation is abnormal
Brake line (blockage or leak) -
Wire harness or connector -
ABS control module assembly 24-61
ABS fuse 48-31

Communication with the diagnostic tester Wire harness or connector -

cannot be performed Diagnostic tester -
ABS control module assembly 24-61

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–13

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Diagnosis Flow
HINT:
Use the following procedures to troubleshoot the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS).

1 Vehicle brought to workshop

2 Check battery voltage

Standard voltage: 11 to 14 V
If the voltage is below 11 V, recharge or replace the battery before proceeding the next step.

3 Customer problem analysis

4 Check and clear DTCs

Confirm and duplicate malfunction: accelerate vehicle to 15 km/h or more, simulate

5 malfunction conditions and read DTCs again

DTC For current DTC, go to step 7

occurs

No For history DTC, go to step 8

DTC

6 Problem repair (for no DTC), then go to step 9

7 Troubleshoot according to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) chart, then go to step 9

NEXT
24
8 Troubleshoot according to Problem Symptoms Table, then go to step 9

24–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

9 Confirm troubleshooting, perform test

10 End

Problem Repair (For no DTC)

If there is a problem in the brake system, but no DTC is stored in the ABS control module assembly, this
problem is called a problem without DTC. A problem without DTC is caused by basic brake system
malfunction. For example:
1. Brake fluid leakage (it may result in weak braking, brake pedal overtravel, or even ineffective braking).
2. Using inferior brake fluid (it can result in corrosion of brake line and ABS hydraulic regulating module
internal elements, or even ineffective braking).
3. Air in the brake line (it may result in weak braking, or even ineffective braking).
4. Brake line blockage (it may result in hard braking, or even ineffective braking).
5. Excessive wear of brake disc (it may result in weak braking, brake pedal overtravel).
6. Brake booster malfunction (it may result in weak or hard braking, brake pedal overtravel, or even
ineffective braking).
7. Wrong brake line connection (it may result in braking performance decreasing, drift, long braking distance
etc.). For details of correct installation methods, refer to the marks near the fluid hole of the ABS hydraulic
regulating module: MC1 indicates No. 1 master cylinder fluid pipe; MC2 indicates No. 2 master cylinder
fluid pipe; FL indicates front left wheel cylinder fluid pipe; FR indicates front right wheel cylinder fluid pipe;
RL indicates rear left wheel cylinder fluid pipe; RR indicates rear right wheel cylinder fluid pipe).
HINT:
• ABS interrupted due to no power supply or power supply abnormal will cause the ABS warning light
remains on without storing DTC.
• Troubleshooting method: check the corresponding component according to the malfunction, repair or
replace it as necessary.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–15

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
(a) Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the ABS control module
assembly.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK) and wait for a few seconds.
• Start the engine, drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or more and perform the road test with the X-431 3G
diagnostic tester is connected to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to select "Read Code".
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent. Refer to the intermittent DTC
troubleshooting procedure.

Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting

If the malfunction is intermittent, perform the followings:
• Check if the connectors are loose.
• Check if the wire harnesses are worn, pierced, pinched or partially broken.
• Wiggle the related wire harness and connector and observe if the signal is interrupt in the related circuit.
• If possible, try to duplicate the conditions under which the DTC was set.
• Look for the data that has changed or the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
• Look for the broken, bent, protruded or corroded terminals.
• Inspect the wheel speed sensor and mounting areas for damage, foreign matter, etc. that will cause
incorrect signals.
• Check and clean all the wire harness connectors and grounds related to the current DTC.
• Remove the ABS control module assembly from the malfunctioning vehicle and install it to a new vehicle
and perform a test. If the DTC cannot be cleared, the ABS control module assembly is malfunctioning. If
the DTC can be cleared, reinstall the ABS control module assembly to the original vehicle.
• If multiple trouble codes were set, refer to the circuit diagrams to look for any common ground circuit or
power supply circuit applied to the DTC.
• Refer to the Technical Bulletin that is applied to the malfunction.

DTC C190104 ECU Voltage Supply: Low Voltage

IGNITION SWITCH
BATTERY ON OR START

A11
INSTRUMENT PANEL
EF03 FUSE AND RELAY BOX
20A I-001
E-048
C3
B+ D4

Y
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
SB1 F22 RELAY BOX
F15
E-014
60A 25A 5A
E-040
E-049
E-041
A1 F2 F16
RW
RB
R

28
1 25
ABS
CONTROL
MODULE
E-036

13 38
B

E-034

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
13 1
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7
A13 A12 A11 A10
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

I-001

24 E-036
W

F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6
D1 D2 F10 F11 F12 F13
A1 C1 C2 C3 F7 F8 F9 F14 F15 F16
B D3 D4

E-040 E-014 E-041 E-048 E-049

W W B W ES15240080

24–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

DTC DTC Definition DTC Detection Condition Possible Cause

These DTCs occur when the supply • Abnormal battery
voltage of ECU meets the following voltage
ECU Voltage Supply: conditions: • Charging system
C190004
High Voltage 1. Voltage is below 4.5 V with the vehicle malfunction
just power on. • Wire harness or
2. Voltage is below 7.7 V or above 16.8 V connector damaged
with the ignition switch turned to II ON. • ABS control module
ECU Voltage Supply:
C190104 3. Voltage is between 7.7 V and 9.2 V assembly
Low Voltage
with the vehicle speed above 6 km/h. malfunction

CAUTION

• When performing the electrical equipment diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for
specified circuit and component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check battery voltage

a. Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the positive battery terminal and the negative
battery terminal.
b. The battery voltage should be between 9 V and 16 V.

NG Check charging system (See page

16-7)

2 Check wire harness and connector (ABS control module assembly - battery)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the ABS control module assembly connector E-036.
d. Connect the negative battery cable.
e. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
f. Using a digital multimeter, measure the supply voltage between the ABS control module assembly
connector E-036 and the body ground to check if the power supply circuit is normal according to the table
below.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–21

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Standard Voltage

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition V
+ -
E-036-28 - Body Ignition switch II
9 to 16 V
ground (ON)
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
13 1
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

E-036

RS15240191

NG Repair or replace related wire

harness and connector

3 Check wire harness and connector (ABS control module assembly - body ground)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the ABS control module assembly
connector E-036.
+ -
Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between ABS control module assembly connector
E-036 and the body ground to check if the system
ground circuit is normal according to the table 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
13
below. 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 1

38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
Standard Voltage

Multimeter Specified E-036

Condition
Connection Condition
E-036-13 - Body
Always Continuity
ground
E-036-38 - Body RS15240180
Always Continuity
ground

NG Repair or replace ABS control

24 module assembly wire harness and
connector

24–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

4 Recheck for DTCs

a. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to clear the DTCs.

b. Start the engine.
c. Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or more, read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with the X-431 3G
diagnostic tester.
d. Check if the same DTCs are output.

No System operates normally

Yes

Replace ABS control module assembly

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–23

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

DTC C100004 ECU Error (Hardware, Micro-controller Error)

DTC C101008 ECU Error (General Software Problem)

DTC DTC Definition DTC Detection Condition Possible Cause

ECU Error (Hardware, These DTCs occur when either of the
C100004 • ABS control module
Micro-controller Error) following conditions is met:
assembly
ECU Error (General 1. ECU power supply malfunction
C101008 malfunction
Software Problem) 2. ECU is damaged

CAUTION

• When performing the electrical equipment diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for
specified circuit and component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Recheck for DTCs

a. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to clear the DTCs.

b. Start the engine.
c. Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or more, read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with the X-431 3G
diagnostic tester.
d. Check if the same DTCs are output.

No System operates normally

Yes

Replace ABS control module assembly

24–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

ABS/ESP Implausible Control (Control Time Too Long,

DTC C006B06
etc.)

DTC Detection
DTC DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
• Wire harness or connector damaged
ABS receives • Wheel speed sensor malfunction
ABS/ESP Implausible
command to continue
C006B06 Control (Control Time • Hub ring gear malfunction
operating (more than 1
Too Long, etc.) • ABS control module assembly
minute)
malfunction

CAUTION

• When performing the electrical equipment diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for
specified circuit and component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check wheel speed sensor

a. Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
b. Drive the vehicle straight ahead, and read the data stream of wheel speed sensor with the X-431 3G
diagnostic tester.
c. Check if the data change of 4 wheel speed sensors match the change of vehicle speed.

No Replace wheel speed sensor

Yes

2 Check hub ring gear

a. Remove the hub ring gear

b. Check for foreign matter, missing teeth or damage on the hub ring gear.
c. Check if the hub ring gear is securely installed.

NG Replace hub ring gear

3 Recheck for DTC

a. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to clear the DTC. 24

b. Start the engine.
c. Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or more, read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with the X-431 3G
diagnostic tester.
d. Check if the same DTC is output.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–25

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

No System operates normally

Yes

Replace ABS control module assembly

24–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Wheel-speed Sensor, Front Left: (Signal Failure) out of

DTC C003108
Range, Lost, Noise, Intermittent

DTC C003200 Wheel-speed Sensor, Front Left: Open

DTC C00A000 Wheel-speed Sensor, Front Left: Short to GND

DTC C00A100 Wheel-speed Sensor, Front Left: Short to UBATT

DTC C00A900 Wheel-speed Sensor, Front Left: General Error

ABS
CONTROL
MODULE
E-036
19 8
YR

1 2

FRONT LEFT
ABS WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR
E-038

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
13 1 E-036 2 1 E-038
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
B B
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

ES15240040

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–27

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
Wheel-speed Sensor, • The wheel speed sensor signal wire is
Front Left: (Signal connecting with the power wire in
C003108 Failure) out of Range, reverse.
Lost, Noise, • The wheel speed sensor signal wire is
Intermittent These DTCs occur short to ground.
when any of the
following conditions is • The wheel speed sensor line is open,
Wheel-speed Sensor, met: the connector is loose or broken.
C003200
Front Left: Open 1. ECU detects that • The wheel speed sensor signal wire is
the wheel speed short to power supply.
sensor signal wire is • The wheel speed sensor power supply
short to ground. wire is short to ground.
Wheel-speed Sensor,
C00A000 Front Left: Short to 2. Wheel speed sensor • The sensor head or plug pin is
line is open. damaged.
GND
3. ECU detects that • The wheel speed sensor is interfered
the wheel speed by magnetic field outside (wheel or
sensor signal wire is axle is not demagnetized).
Wheel-speed Sensor, short to power • Wheel speed sensor body is
C00A100 Front Left: Short to supply. malfunctioning.
UBATT 4. ECU detects that • The ring gear is not installed, has teeth
the wheel speed missing, dirty, demagnetizing or off
sensor power supply center.
wire is short to • The clearance between the sensor
ground. and the ring gear is excessive.
Wheel-speed Sensor, 5. Wheel speed sensor • The number of ring gear teeth is
C00A900 Front Left: General signal is abnormal. wrong.
Error
• The tire size is not as specified.
• ABS control module assembly is
damaged.

CAUTION

• When performing the electrical equipment diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for
specified circuit and component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check front left wheel speed sensor wire harness and connector

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
24 c. Disconnect the front left ABS wheel speed sensor connector E-038.
d. Check if the wire harnesses are worn, pierced, pinched or partially broken.
e. Look for broken, bent, protruded or corroded terminals.
f. Check that the related connector pins are in good condition.

24–28 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

NG Repair or replace front left wheel

speed sensor wire harness and
connector

2 Check front left wheel speed sensor

a. Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
b. Drive the vehicle straight ahead, and read the data stream of front left wheel speed sensor with the X-431
3G diagnostic tester.
c. Check if the data change of front left wheel speed sensor match the change of other wheel speed sensors.

NG Replace front left wheel speed

sensor

3 Check front left hub ring gear

a. Remove the front left hub assembly.

b. Check for foreign matter, missing teeth or damage on the front left hub ring gear.
c. Check if the front left hub assembly is securely installed.

NG Replace front left hub ring gear

Check wire harness and connector (front left wheel speed sensor - ABS control module
4 assembly)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the ABS control module assembly
connector E-036.
+ -
d. Disconnect the front left ABS wheel speed sensor 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
connector E-038. 13
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 1

37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26
e. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity 38 25

between the terminals of connector E-036 and

connector E-036
E-038 to check if there is an open in the wire
harness and connector according to the table
2 1
below.
Standard Condition
E-038

Multimeter
Condition
Specified 24
Connection Condition RS15240240
E-036-19 - E-
Always Continuity
038-1
E-036-8 - E-
Always Continuity
038-2

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–29

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-036-8 - E-
Always No continuity
038-1
E-036-19 - E-
Always No continuity
038-2
E-038-1 - E-
Always No continuity
038-2
E-036-8 - E-
Always No continuity
036-28

f. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity

between the connector E-36 and the body ground
to check if the front left wheel speed sensor is short
to ground according to the table below.
V
Standard Condition + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 13
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 1

E-036-8 - Body 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

Always No continuity
ground
E-036
E-036-19 - Body
Always No continuity
ground

RS15240250

g. Connect the negative battery cable.

h. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
i. Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage
between the connector E-036 and the body ground V
to check if the front left wheel speed sensor is short + -

to power supply according to the table below.

Standard Voltage 13
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 1

Multimeter Specified 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

Condition
Connection Condition
E-036
E-036-8 - Body Ignition switch II Approximately
ground (ON) 0V
E-036-19 - Body Ignition switch II Approximately
ground (ON) 0V

RS15240251
24
NG Repair or replace wire harness and
connector between front left wheel
speed sensor and ABS control
module assembly

24–30 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

5 Recheck for DTCs

a. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to clear the DTCs.

b. Start the engine.
c. Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or more, read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with the X-431 3G
diagnostic tester.
d. Check if the same DTCs are output.

No System operates normally

Yes

Replace ABS control module assembly

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–31

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Wheel-speed Sensor, Front Right: (Signal Failure) out of

DTC C003408
Range, Lost, Noise, Intermittent

DTC C003500 Wheel-speed Sensor, Front Right: Open

DTC C00A200 Wheel-speed Sensor, Front Right: Short to GND

DTC C00A300 Wheel-speed Sensor, Front Right: Short to UBATT

DTC C00AA00 Wheel-speed Sensor, Front Right: General Error

ABS
CONTROL
MODULE
E-036
16 4
BrG

1 2

FRONT RIGHT
ABS WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR
E-060

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
13 1 E-036 2 1 E-060
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
B B
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

ES15240050

24–32 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
Wheel-speed Sensor, • The wheel speed sensor signal wire is
Front Right: (Signal connecting with the power wire in
C003408 Failure) out of Range, reverse.
Lost, Noise, • The wheel speed sensor signal wire is
Intermittent These DTCs occur short to ground.
when any of the
following conditions is • The wheel speed sensor line is open,
Wheel-speed Sensor, met: the connector is loose or broken.
C003500
Front Right: Open 1. ECU detects that • The wheel speed sensor signal wire is
the wheel speed short to power supply.
sensor signal wire is • The wheel speed sensor power supply
short to ground. wire is short to ground.
Wheel-speed Sensor,
C00A200 Front Right: Short to 2. Wheel speed sensor • The sensor head or plug pin is
line is open. damaged.
GND
3. ECU detects that • The wheel speed sensor is interfered
the wheel speed by magnetic field outside (wheel or
sensor signal wire is axle is not demagnetized).
Wheel-speed Sensor, short to power • Wheel speed sensor body is
C00A300 Front Right: Short to supply. malfunctioning.
UBATT 4. ECU detects that • The ring gear is not installed, has teeth
the wheel speed missing, dirty, demagnetizing or off
sensor power supply center.
wire is short to • The clearance between the sensor
ground. and the ring gear is excessive.
Wheel-speed Sensor, 5. Wheel speed sensor • The number of ring gear teeth is
C00AA00 Front Right: General signal is abnormal. wrong.
Error
• The tire size is not as specified.
• ABS control module assembly is
malfunctioning.

CAUTION

• When performing the electrical equipment diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for
specified circuit and component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check front right wheel speed sensor wire harness and connector

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the front right ABS wheel speed sensor connector E-060. 24
d. Check if the wire harnesses are worn, pierced, pinched or partially broken.
e. Look for broken, bent, protruded or corroded terminals.
f. Check that the related connector pins are in good condition.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–33

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

NG Repair or replace front right wheel

speed sensor wire harness and
connector

2 Check front right wheel speed sensor

a. Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
b. Drive the vehicle straight ahead, and read the data stream of front right wheel speed sensor with the X-431
3G diagnostic tester.
c. Check if the data change of front right wheel speed sensor match the change of other wheel speed
sensors.

NG Replace front right wheel speed

sensor

3 Check front right hub ring gear

a. Remove the front right hub assembly.

b. Check for foreign matter, missing teeth or damage on the front right hub ring gear.
c. Check if the front right hub assembly is securely installed.

NG Replace front right hub ring gear

Check wire harness and connector (front right wheel speed sensor - ABS control module
4 assembly)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the ABS control module assembly
connector E-036.
+ -
d. Disconnect the front right ABS wheel speed sensor 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
connector E-060. 13
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 1

37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26
e. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity 38 25

between the terminals of connector E-036 and

connector E-060 to check if there is an open in the E-036
wire harness and connector according to the table
below.
2 1
Standard Condition

24 Multimeter
Condition
Specified
E-060

Connection Condition
E-036-16 - E- RS15240260
Always Continuity
060-1
E-036-4 - E-
Always Continuity
060-2

24–34 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-036-16 - E-
Always No continuity
060-2
E-036-4 - E-
Always No continuity
060-1
E-060-1 - E-
Always No continuity
060-2
E-036-4 - E-
Always No continuity
036-28

f. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity

between the connector E-036 and the body ground
to check if the front right wheel speed sensor is
short to ground according to the table below.
Standard Condition + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 13
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 1

E-036-4 - Body 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

Always No continuity
ground
E-036
E-036-16 - Body
Always No continuity
ground

RS15240270

g. Connect the negative battery cable.

h. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
i. Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage
between the connector E-036 and the body ground V
to check if the front right wheel speed sensor is + -

short to power supply according to the table below.

Standard Voltage 13
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 1

Multimeter Specified 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

Condition
Connection Condition
E-036
E-036-4 - Body Approximately
Always
ground 0V
E-036-16 - Body Approximately
Always
ground 0V

RS15240271
24
NG Repair or replace wire harness and
connector between front right wheel
speed sensor and ABS control
module assembly

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–35

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

5 Recheck for DTCs

a. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to clear the DTCs.

b. Start the engine.
c. Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or more, read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with the X-431 3G
diagnostic tester.
d. Check if the same DTCs are output.

No System operates normally

Yes

Replace ABS control module assembly

24–36 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Wheel-speed Sensor, Rear Left: (Signal Failure) out of

DTC C003708
Range, Lost, Noise, Intermittent

DTC C003800 Wheel-speed Sensor, Rear Left: Open

DTC C00A400 Wheel-speed Sensor, Rear Left: Short to GND

DTC C00A500 Wheel-speed Sensor, Rear Left: Short to UBATT

DTC C00AB00 Wheel-speed Sensor, Rear Left: General Error

ABS
CONTROL
MODULE
E-036
18 LB 31
R

E-044
6 2
B-036
W

1 2 REAR LEFT
ABS WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR
B-014

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
13 1 1 2
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 E-036 E-044
1 2
B-014
B 3 4 5 6 W B
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

ES15240060

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–37

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definitions Possible Cause
Conditions
Wheel-speed Sensor, • The wheel speed sensor signal wire is
Rear Left: (Signal connecting with the power wire in
C003708 Failure) out of Range, reverse.
Lost, Noise, • The wheel speed sensor signal wire is
Intermittent These DTCs occur short to ground.
when any of the
following conditions is • The wheel speed sensor line is open,
Wheel-speed Sensor, met: the connector is loose or broken.
C003800
Rear Left: Open 1. ECU detects that • The wheel speed sensor signal wire is
the wheel speed short to power supply.
sensor signal wire is • The wheel speed sensor power supply
short to ground. wire is short to ground.
Wheel-speed Sensor,
C00A400 Rear Left: Short to 2. Wheel speed sensor • The sensor head or plug pin is
line is open. damaged.
GND
3. ECU detects that • The wheel speed sensor is interfered
the wheel speed by magnetic field outside (wheel or
sensor signal wire is axle is not demagnetized).
Wheel-speed Sensor, short to power • Wheel speed sensor body is
C00A500 Rear Left: Short to supply. malfunctioning.
UBATT 4. ECU detects that • The ring gear is not installed, has teeth
the wheel speed missing, dirty, demagnetizing or off
sensor power supply center.
wire is short to • The clearance between the sensor
ground. and the ring gear is excessive.
Wheel-speed Sensor, 5. Wheel speed sensor • The number of ring gear teeth is
C00AB00 Rear Left: General signal is abnormal. wrong.
Error
• The tire size is not as specified.
• ABS control module assembly is
malfunctioning.

CAUTION

• When performing the electrical equipment diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for
specified circuit and component information.

24–38 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check rear left wheel speed sensor wire harness and connector

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the rear left ABS wheel speed sensor connector B-014.
d. Check if the wire harnesses are worn, pierced, pinched or partially broken.
e. Look for broken, bent, protruded or corroded terminals.
f. Check that the related connector pins are in good condition.

NG Repair or replace rear left wheel

speed sensor wire harness and
connector

2 Check rear left wheel speed sensor

a. Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
b. Drive the vehicle straight ahead, and read the data stream of rear left wheel speed sensor with the X-431
3G diagnostic tester.
c. Check if the data change of rear left wheel speed sensor match the change of other wheel speed sensors.

NG Replace rear left wheel speed sensor

3 Check rear left hub ring gear

a. Remove the rear left hub assembly.

b. Check for foreign matter, missing teeth or damage on the rear left hub ring gear.
c. Check if the rear left hub assembly is securely installed.

NG Replace rear left hub ring gear

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–39

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Check wire harness and connector (rear left wheel speed sensor - ABS control module
4 assembly)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the ABS control module assembly
connector E-036.
+ -
d. Disconnect the rear left ABS wheel speed sensor 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
connector B-014. 13
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 1

37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26
e. Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness 38 25

connector E-044 and body wire harness connector

B-036. E-036

f. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity

between the terminals of each connector to check if 1 2
there is an open in the wire harness and connector
according to the table below. B-014
Standard Condition

Multimeter Specified RS15240280

Condition
Connection Condition
E-036-18 - B-
Always Continuity
014-1
E-036-31 - B-
Always Continuity
014-2
E-036-18 - B-
Always No continuity
014-2
E-036-31 - B-
Always No continuity
014-1
B-014-1 - B-
Always No continuity
014-2
E-036-18 - E-
Always No continuity
036-28

Standard Condition

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
+ -
E-036-18 - E-
Always Continuity
044-6 13
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 1

E-036-31 - E- 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

Always Continuity
044-2
E-036

24 1 2

3 4 5 6

E-044

RS15240290

24–40 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Standard Condition

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
+ -
B-036-2 - B-
Always Continuity 2 1
014-2 6 5 4 3

B-036-6 - B-
Always Continuity
014-1
B-036

1 2

B-014

RS15240300

g. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity

between the connector E-036 and the body ground
to check if the rear left wheel speed sensor is short
to ground according to the table below.
Standard Condition + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 13
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 1

E-036-18 - Body 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

Always No continuity
ground
E-036
E-036-31 - Body
Always No continuity
ground

RS15240310

h. Connect the negative battery cable.

i. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
j. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the connector E-036 and the body ground V
to check if the rear left wheel speed sensor is short + -

to power supply according to the table below.

Standard Voltage 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
13 1
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

Multimeter Specified 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

Condition
Connection Condition
E-036
E-036-18 - Body Approximately
ground
Always
0V
24
E-036-31 - Body Approximately
Always
ground 0V

RS15240311

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–41

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

NG Repair or replace wire harness and

connector between rear left wheel
speed sensor and ABS control
module assembly

5 Recheck for DTCs

a. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to clear the DTCs.

b. Start the engine.
c. Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or more, read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with the X-431 3G
diagnostic tester.
d. Check if the same DTCs are output.

No System operates normally

Yes

Replace ABS control module assembly

24–42 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Wheel-speed Sensor, Rear Right: (Signal Failure) out of

DTC C003A08
Range, Lost, Noise, Intermittent

DTC C003B00 Wheel-speed Sensor, Rear Right: Open

DTC C00A600 Wheel-speed Sensor, Rear Right: Short to GND

DTC C00A700 Wheel-speed Sensor, Rear Right: Short to UBATT

DTC C00AC00 Wheel-speed Sensor, Rear Right: General Error

ABS
CONTROL
MODULE
E-036
29 Br 17
W

E-044
3 1
B-036
VB
LR

1 2 REAR RIGHT
ABS WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR
B-012

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
13 1 1 2
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 E-036 E-044
1 2
B-012
B 3 4 5 6 W B
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

ES15240070

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–43

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definitions Possible Cause
Conditions
Wheel-speed Sensor, • The wheel speed sensor signal wire is
Rear Right: (Signal connecting with the power wire in
C003A08 Failure) out of Range, reverse.
Lost, Noise, • The wheel speed sensor signal wire is
Intermittent These DTCs occur short to ground.
when any of the
following conditions is • The wheel speed sensor line is open,
Wheel-speed Sensor, met: the connector is loose or broken.
C003B00
Rear Right: Open 1. ECU detects that • The wheel speed sensor signal wire is
the wheel speed short to power supply.
sensor signal wire is • The wheel speed sensor power supply
short to ground. wire is short to ground.
Wheel-speed Sensor,
C00A600 Rear Right: Short to 2. Wheel speed sensor • The sensor head or plug pin is
line is open. damaged.
GND
3. ECU detects that • The wheel speed sensor is interfered
the wheel speed by magnetic field outside (wheel or
sensor signal wire is axle is not demagnetized).
Wheel-speed Sensor, short to power • Wheel speed sensor body is
C00A700 Rear Right: Short to supply. malfunctioning.
UBATT 4. ECU detects that • The ring gear is not installed, has teeth
the wheel speed missing, dirty, demagnetizing or off
sensor power supply center.
wire is short to • The clearance between the sensor
ground. and the ring gear is excessive.
Wheel-speed Sensor, 5. Wheel speed sensor • The number of ring gear teeth is
C00AC00 Rear Right: General signal is abnormal. wrong.
Error
• The tire size is not as specified.
• ABS control module assembly is
malfunctioning.

CAUTION

• When performing the electrical equipment diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for
specified circuit and component information.

24–44 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check rear right wheel speed sensor wire harness and connector

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the rear right ABS wheel speed sensor connector B-012.
d. Check if the wire harnesses are worn, pierced, pinched or partially broken.
e. Look for broken, bent, protruded or corroded terminals.
f. Check that the related connector pins are in good condition.

NG Repair or replace rear right wheel

speed sensor wire harness and
connector

2 Check rear right wheel speed sensor

a. Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
b. Drive the vehicle straight ahead, and read the data stream of rear right wheel speed sensor with the X-431
3G diagnostic tester.
c. Check if the data change of rear right wheel speed sensor match the change of other wheel speed
sensors.

NG Replace rear right wheel speed

sensor

3 Check rear right hub ring gear

a. Remove the rear right hub assembly.

b. Check for foreign matter, missing teeth or damage on the rear right hub ring gear.
c. Check if the rear right hub assembly is securely installed.

NG Replace rear right hub ring gear

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–45

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Check wire harness and connector (rear right wheel speed sensor - ABS control module
4 assembly)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the ABS control module assembly
connector E-036.
+ -
d. Disconnect the rear right ABS wheel speed sensor 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
connector B-012. 13
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 1

37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26
e. Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness 38 25

connector E-044 and body wire harness connector

B-036. E-036

f. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity

between the terminals of each connector to check if 1 2
there is an open in the wire harness and connector
according to the table below. B-012
Standard Condition

Multimeter Specified RS15240320

Condition
Connection Condition
E-036-29 - B-
Always Continuity
012-1
E-036-17 - B-
Always Continuity
012-2
E-036-29 - B-
Always No continuity
012-2
E-036-17 - B-
Always No continuity
012-1
B-012-1 - B-
Always No continuity
012-2
E-036-29 - E-
Always No continuity
036-28

Standard Condition

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
+ -
E-036-29 - E-
Always Continuity
044-3 13
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 1

E-036-17 - E- 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

Always Continuity
044-1
E-036

24 1 2

3 4 5 6

E-044

RS15240330

24–46 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Standard Condition

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
+ -
B-036-3 - B-
Always Continuity 2 1
012-1 6 5 4 3

B-036-1 - B-
Always Continuity
012-2
B-036

1 2

B-012

RS15240340

g. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity

between the connector E-036 and the body ground
to check if the rear right wheel speed sensor is
short to ground according to the table below.
Standard Condition + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 13
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 1

E-036-29 - Body 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

Always No continuity
ground
E-036
E-036-17 - Body
Always No continuity
ground

RS15240350

h. Connect the negative battery cable.

i. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
j. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the connector E-036 and the body ground V
to check if the rear right wheel speed sensor is + -

short to power supply according to the table below.

Standard Voltage 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
13 1
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

Multimeter Specified 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

Condition
Connection Condition
E-036
E-036-29 - Body Approximately
ground
Always
0V
24
E-036-17 - Body Approximately
Always
ground 0V

RS15240351

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–47

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

NG Repair or replace wire harness and

connector between rear right wheel
speed sensor and ABS control
module assembly

5 Recheck for DTCs

a. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to clear the DTCs.

b. Start the engine.
c. Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or more, read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with the X-431 3G
diagnostic tester.
d. Check if the same DTCs are output.

No System operates normally

Yes

Replace ABS control module assembly

24–48 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

DTC C001004 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve FL

DTC C001104 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve FL

DTC C001404 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve FR

DTC C001504 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve FR

DTC C001804 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve RL

DTC C001904 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve RL

DTC C001C04 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve RR

DTC C001D04 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve RR

DTC C109504 Valve Relay Error

General Valve Fault (Overheat Protection, Signal Invalid,

DTC C007208
Hardware Fault )

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–49

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

BATTERY

B+
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
F22 RELAY BOX
E-014
25A
E-049

F2
RB

25
ABS
CONTROL
MODULE
E-036

13 38
B

E-034

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
13 1
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 B
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6
F10 F11 F12 F13
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 F7 F8 F9 F14 F15 F16
E-014

E-049
W
E-036
24 B

ES15240100

24–50 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definitions Possible Cause
Conditions
Valve Fault, Inlet Valve These DTCs occur
C001004
FL when any of the
following conditions is
Valve Fault, Outlet
C001104 met:
Valve FL
1. Valve power supply
Valve Fault, Inlet Valve malfunction(power
C001404
FR supply is short to
Valve Fault, Outlet ground or the
C001504 ground is open). • Solenoid valve is short to power
Valve FR
2. Solenoid valve supply or ground, or the line is open
Valve Fault, Inlet Valve (poor ground).
C001804 temperature is too
RL
high. (overheat • Fuse malfunction.
Valve Fault, Outlet protection) • System overheat protection (solenoid
C001904
Valve RL 3. Short in solenoid valve is operating for a long time).
Valve Fault, Inlet Valve valves more than 5. • ABS control module assembly is
C001C04 (fuse)
RR damaged.
4. Activate the
Valve Fault, Outlet
C001D04 corresponsive
Valve RR
solenoid valve, but
C109504 Valve Relay Error no feedback.
General Valve Fault 5. Solenoid valve itself
(Overheat Protection, malfunction.
C007208
Signal Invalid, 6. Valve set relay
Hardware Fault ) malfunction.

CAUTION

• When performing the electrical equipment diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for
specified circuit and component information.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–51

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check for DTCs

a. Leave the vehicle for 5 minutes, clear and read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with the
X-431 3G diagnostic tester.
b. Refer to "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
c. Check if the same DTCs are output.

No Problem indicated by DTC is

intermittent (system overheat
protection)

Yes

2 Check ABS fuse

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Remove the ABS fuse F22 from the engine compartment fuse and relay box.
d. Check if the fuse is blown.

NG Replace ABS fuse

3 Check wire harness and connector

Use the circuit diagram as a guide to perform the following procedures:

• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Disconnect the negative battery cable.
• Disconnect the ABS control module assembly connector E-036 and engine compartment fuse and relay
box connector E-049.
• Check if the wire harnesses are worn, pierced, pinched or partially broken.
• Look for the broken, bent, protruded out or corroded terminals.
• Check that the related connector pins are in good condition.

NG Repair or replace engine

compartment wire harness and
connector

24–52 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

4 Check wire harness and connector (ABS control module assembly - battery)

a. Connect the negative battery cable.

b. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
c. Disconnect the ABS control module assembly
connector E-036. V
+ -
d. Using a digital multimeter, check if the ABS control
module assembly power supply circuit is normal
according to the value(s) in the table below. 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
13 1
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
Standard Condition 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition E-036

E-036-25 - Body
Always 9 to 16 V
ground

RS15240361

NG Repair or replace engine

compartment wire harness and
connector

5 Check wire harness and connector (ABS control module assembly - body ground)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the ABS control module assembly
connector E-036.
+ -
d. Using a digital multimeter, check if the ABS control
module assembly ground circuit is normal
according to the table below.
Standard Condition 13
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 1

38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-036
E-036-13 - Body
Always Continuity
ground
E-036-38 - Body
Always Continuity
ground
RS15240180

24
NG Repair or replace engine
compartment wire harness and
connector

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–53

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

6 Recheck for DTCs

a. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to clear the

DTCs.
b. Start the engine.
c. Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or more, read the ABS
control module assembly DTC again with the X-431
3G diagnostic tester.
d. Check if the same DTCs are output.

No System operates normally

Yes

Replace ABS control module assembly

24–54 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

DTC C002004 Return Pump Fault

BATTERY

B+
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
SB1 RELAY BOX
E-014
60A
E-040

A1
R

1
ABS
CONTROL
MODULE
E-036

13 38
B

E-034

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
13 1
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 B
A1

38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 E-040
W
E-014
24
E-036
B

ES15240090

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–55

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definitions Possible Cause
Conditions
These DTCs occur
when any of the
following conditions is
met:
1. Pump motor
operates with
overload, and
temperature is high.
(overheat
protection)
2. Return pump
• Pump motor has poor ground
monitor still cannot
connection.
detect the voltage
signal after return • System overheat protection
C002004 Return Pump Fault pump motor relay • Power supply for pump motor is
operates for 60 ms. abnormal.
3. Return pump • Pump motor relay is malfunctioning.
monitor detects the • Pump motor is malfunctioning.
voltage for more
than 2.5 s when
return pump motor
relay does not
operate.
4. Return pump
monitor detects that
the voltage does not
drop when return
pump motor relay
stop operating.

CAUTION

• When performing the electrical equipment diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for
specified circuit and component information.

24–56 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check for DTC

No Problem indicated by DTC is

intermittent (system overheat
protection)

Yes

2 Check ABS fuse

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Remove the ABS fuse SB1 from the engine compartment fuse and relay box.
d. Check if the fuse is blown.

NG Replace ABS fuse

3 Check wire harness and connector

Use the circuit diagram as a guide to perform the following procedures:

• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Disconnect the negative battery cable.
• Disconnect the ABS control module assembly connector E-036 and engine compartment fuse and relay
box connector E-040.
• Check if the wire harnesses are worn, pierced, pinched or partially broken.
• Look for the broken, bent, protruded out or corroded terminals.
• Check that the related connector pins are in good condition.

NG Repair or replace engine

compartment wire harness and
connector

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–57

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

4 Check wire harness and connector (ABS control module assembly - battery)

a. Connect the negative battery cable.

b. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
c. Disconnect the ABS control module assembly
connector E-036. V
+ -
d. Using a digital multimeter, check if the ABS control
module assembly supply circuit is normal according
to the value(s) in the table below. 13
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 1

Standard Condition 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition E-036

E-036-1 - Body
Always 9 to 16 V
ground

RS15240381

NG Repair or replace engine

compartment wire harness and
connector

5 Check wire harness and connector (ABS control module assembly - body ground)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-036
E-036-13 - Body
Always Continuity
ground
E-036-38 - Body
Always Continuity
ground
RS15240180

24
NG Repair or replace engine
compartment wire harness and
connector

24–58 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

6 Recheck for DTC

a. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to clear the DTC.

b. Start the engine.
c. Drive the vehicle at 20 km/h or more, read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with the X-431 3G
diagnostic tester.
d. Check if the same DTC is output.

No System operates normally

Yes

Replace ABS control module assembly

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–59

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
ABS Bleeding
WARNING

• When bleeding the brake system, wear safety glasses. If the brake fluid gets on your eyes or skin, wash
off with water completely.
• DO NOT drop the brake fluid onto the body paint, as the brake fluid can corrode the body paint.

CAUTION

• The brake fluid should meet the Chery specified type (DOT 4). DO NOT mix the brake fluid with other
types of brake fluid.
• The brake fluid has strong water absorbability, be sure to place it in the original sealed container.
• To prevent dust and other foreign matter from entering the reservoir, wipe it off before removing the
reservoir cap.

The bleeding procedures for brake system with the X-431 3G diagnostic tester are as follows:
1. Make sure all the brake lines have been installed properly and tighten them in place.
2. Check that the battery voltage is normal.
3. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
4. Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
5. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
6. Using the X-431 diagnostic tester, record and clear the DTCs stored in the ABS control module assembly.
7. Using the X-431 3G diagnostic tester, enter "ABS", select "Repair Bleed Function", and then perform the
operation according to the information and procedures displayed on the diagnostic tester.
HINT:
• If the bleeder plug is open, never depress the brake pedal repeatedly. Doing so will increase the
amount of air in the system.
• Do not drain brake fluid from the brake fluid reservoir while bleeding the system. Otherwise, low fluid
level in the brake reservoir will cause additional air to enter the brake system.
• Always check the brake fluid level at all times, ensure that the brake fluid level in the brake reservoir is
always close to the "MAX" level.
8. For X type brake circuit, the bleeding order is: rear left wheel, front left wheel, front right wheel, rear right
wheel.
9. After bleeding is completed, fill the brake reservoir with brake fluid to the "MAX" level .
10.Drive the vehicle to perform a road test, confirm that the ABS system operates normally and brake pedal
feel is good.

24–60 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

ABS Control Module Assembly

Removal

WARNING

• When repairing the ABS system, first release the pressure of the high pressure brake fluid in the
accumulator, to prevent the high pressure brake fluid from spraying out and causing injury.
• Operation procedures: turn the ignition switch off first, and then depress and release the brake pedal
repeatedly until the brake pedal becomes hard.
• In addition, never turn the ignition switch on before the ABS system is installed completely to prevent the
hydraulic pump from energizing and running.

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Drain the brake fluid (See page 25-12).

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• The drained brake fluid should be well kept in a container. Never discard it at will.

CAUTION

• Wash off brake fluid immediately if it comes in contact with any painted surface.

4. Remove the front bumper (See page 45-6).

5. Remove the ABS control module assembly.
a. Press the lock area of the ABS control module
assembly connector, move the connector lock
bracket upward and disconnect the ABS control
module assembly connector (arrow).

RS15240070

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–61

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

b. Using a fixing wrench, carefully disconnect 6

brake pipe coupling plugs.
(Tightening torque: 18 ± 2 N·m)

RS15240080

CAUTION

• When removing the brake line, prevent the foreign matter form entering the ABS control module
assembly thread holes.
• After disconnecting the brake line, sealing measure should be taken to prevent the foreign matter form
entering.

c. Remove the fixing nut and bolt (arrow) from both

sides of ABS control module assembly
mounting bracket.
(Tightening torque for nut: 10 ± 1.5 N·m)
(Tightening torque for bolt: 10 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15240090

d. Remove the ABS control module with mounting bracket assembly.

Disassembly
1. Remove the ABS control module assembly.
a. Loosen the fixing nuts (arrow) from both sides of
ABS control module assembly. 3
(Tightening torque: 8 ± 1.5 N·m) 2
b. Remove the shock pad (1) from the bottom of
ABS control module assembly.
c. Detach the ABS control module assembly (3)
from the mounting bracket (2).

24
1
RS15240100

24–62 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Assembly
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

CAUTION

• Check if the shock pad is deteriorated or damaged. Replace it if necessary.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• ABS control module assembly consists of the hydraulic control module and electronic control module. As
a unit, they cannot be repaired or replaced individually.
• When installing the fixing bolts and nuts, make sure to tighten them to the specified torque.
• Perform the bleeding procedures for the brake system after completing the installation (See page 25-11).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to the brake control system, record and clear the trouble code,
then drive the vehicle to perform the road test, confirming that the ABS system operates normally and
brake pedal feel is good.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–63

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Front Wheel Speed Sensor

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Rear Wheel Speed Sensor

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.

CAUTION

• Keep the wheel speed sensor away from oil or other dirt. Otherwise, the speed signal generated by the
wheel speed sensor may be inaccurate, and the system may fail to operate normally.

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the rear left wheel (See page 23-9).
(Tightening torque: 110 ± 10 N·m)
4. Remove the rear wheel speed sensor.
a. Remove the coupling bolt (1) between the rear
left wheel speed sensor and the rear shaft
assembly, and detach the wire harness (arrow).
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 4 N·m)
1

RS15210250

CAUTION

• Keep the head and installation hole of the sensor free of foreign matter.

b. Detach 2 fixing clamps (arrow) of rear left wheel

speed sensor wire harness from the rear left
trailing arm assembly.

24
RS15220270

24–66 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

c. Detach the fixing clamp (arrow) between the

rear left wheel speed sensor wire harness and
the body, and disconnect the rear left wheel
speed sensor wire harness connector (1).
1

RS15240140

d. Remove the rear left wheel speed sensor.

Inspection
1. Check the rear wheel speed sensor.
a. Check the rear wheel speed sensor surface for breakage, dents or notch.
b. Check the rear wheel speed sensor connector or wire harness for scratches, breakage or damage.
c. If any of the above conditions occurs, replace the rear wheel speed sensor with a new one.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• When installing the coupling bolt, make sure to tighten it to the specified torque.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 24–67

24 - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

Proportioning Valve Assembly

Removal
1. Remove the air filter assembly (See page 10-7).
2. Drain the brake fluid (See page 25-12).

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• The drained brake fluid should be well kept in a container. Never discard it at will.

CAUTION

• Wash off brake fluid immediately if it comes in contact with any painted surface.

3. Remove the proportioning valve assembly.

a. Using a fixing wrench, carefully disconnect 6
brake pipe coupling plugs (arrow).
(Tightening torque: 18 ± 2 N·m)
b. Remove the fixing nut (1) between the brake
booster and the proportioning valve assembly.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 4 N·m)
1

RS15240150

CAUTION

• After disconnecting the brake line, sealing measure should be taken to prevent the foreign matter form
entering.

c. Remove the proportioning valve assembly from the brake booster.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Make sure to tighten the coupling plugs and fixing nut to the specified torque during installation.
24 • Perform the breeding procedure for brake system and add brake fluid to the proper lever after
installation.

24–68 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

BRAKE
GENERAL INFORMATION 25-3 Brake Pedal 25-21
Description 25-3 Removal 25-21
Specifications 25-5 Inspection 25-23
Tools 25-6 Installation 25-23
Circuit Diagram 25-7 Front Disc Brake Assembly 25-24
Removal 25-25
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 25-8
Disassembly 25-26
Problem Symptoms Table 25-8
Inspection 25-29
Inspection 25-10
Assembly 25-31
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 25-11 Installation 25-35
Brake Bleeding 25-11 Front Brake Hose Assembly 25-36
Brake Fluid Replacement 25-12 Removal 25-36
Brake Fluid Reservoir Assembly 25-13 Installation 25-37
On-vehicle Inspection 25-13 Rear Drum Brake Assembly 25-38
Removal 25-13 Removal 25-39
Installation 25-14 Disassembly 25-39
Brake Master Cylinder 25-15 Inspection 25-43
Removal 25-15 Assembly 25-44
Installation 25-16 Installation 25-44
Brake Booster 25-17 Rear Brake Hose Assembly 25-45
On-vehicle Inspection 25-17 Removal 25-45
Removal 25-18 Installation 25-47
Inspection 25-20
Installation 25-20

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–1

25–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

25 - BRAKE

GENERAL INFORMATION
BRAKE

Description
Front Disc Brake Assembly

2
3
8

RS15250010

1 - Front Drive Shaft 2 - Front Steering Knuckle

3 - Front Axle Hub Bearing 4 - Front Dust Guard
5 - Front Brake Disc 6 - Front Brake Caliper Assembly
7 - Front Axle Hub Assembly 8 - Front Drive Shaft Locking Nut

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–3

25 - BRAKE

Rear Drum Brake Assembly

×4 4

RS15250020

1 - Rear Brake Bottom Board 2 - Rear Drum Brake Assembly

3 - Rear Axle Hub Assembly 4 - Rear Brake Drum

The brake system uses the following configuration: disc brake is used for front wheels, and drum brake and
parking brake are used for rear wheels.
Using the lever principle, the brake pedal pushes the pushrod into the brake booster, which boosts the force of
the pushrod by using the vacuum and then transmits the force to the brake master cylinder. The hydraulic
pressure which produced in the brake master cylinder is transmitted to the ABS Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)
through the brake tube, and then distributed to individual brake calipers and wheel cylinders. The brake
calipers use hydraulic pressure to apply force to the brake linings. The brake linings or shoes will cause the
wheel speed to decrease or stop depending on how big the brake pressure is applied.

25–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

25 - BRAKE

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Wheel Mounting Nut 110 ± 10
Front Hub Bearing Locking Nut 260 ± 20
Coupling Plug Between Brake Master Cylinder and
18 ± 2
Brake Pipe
Coupling Plug Between Front Brake Pipe and Front
18 ± 2
Brake Hose
Coupling Plug Between Rear Brake Pipe and Rear
18 ± 2
Brake Hose
Brake Line Support Coupling Nut 25 ± 4
Fixing Nut Between Brake Pedal Support
25 ± 2.5
Mechanism Assembly and Brake Booster
Brake Pedal Fixing Nut 40 ± 3
Fixing Nut Between Brake Master Cylinder and
25 ± 4
Brake Booster
Front Brake Hose Joint Bolt 25 ± 3
Coupling Bolt between Front Brake Caliper and
74 - 91
Front Steering Knuckle
Front Brake Caliper Guide Bolt 22 - 23
Front Brake Caliper Bleeder Plug 10 ± 1.5
Rear Drum Brake Bleeder Plug 10 ± 1.5
Rear Brake Wheel Cylinder Fixing Bolt 8 - 12
Coupling Bolt Between Rear Brake Bottom Board
25 ± 3
and Rear Shaft Assembly

Front Disc Brake

Standard Thickness Minimum Thickness

Description Maximum Runout (mm)
(mm) (mm)
Front Brake Disc 12.3 10.3 0.05

Description Standard Thickness (mm) Minimum Thickness (mm)

Front Brake Lining 10 3

Rear Drum Brake

Description Standard Thickness (mm) Minimum Thickness (mm)

25
Rear Brake Shoe Lining 4 1.5

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–5

25 - BRAKE

Description Standard Inner Diameter (mm) Maximum Inner Diameter (mm)

Rear Brake Drum 180 182.2

Tools
Special Tool

Brake Caliper Piston Pressing Tool

RS15250030

Special Tool

20
10

30
0

40
90

Dial Indicator
50
80

60
70

RS15210012

Vernier Caliper

RS15180040

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

25–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

25 - BRAKE

Circuit Diagram
Brake System (Page 1 of 1)

BATTERY IGNITION SWITCH

ON OR START

B+ ENGINE A11
COMPARTMENT INSTRUMENT PANEL
FUSE AND FUSE AND RELAY BOX
F25 RELAY BOX EF02 EF06 I-001
20A E-014 15A 10A I-002
E-041 E-048
D3 C2 A2 B19

O
R
11 13

INSTRUMENT
ICM CLUSTER
BRAKE I-027

26
VW

16 I-031
E-046
VW

1
BRAKE
FLUID
LEVEL
SENSOR
E-051
2
B

E-035

C1 C2 C3 B
A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20
E-048 E-014
B
I-001 I-002
W W

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1 2
D1 D2
D3 D4 25
E-051 E-041
E-046 W
W B

I-027
L ES15250010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–7

25 - BRAKE

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
HINT:
Use the table below to help determine the cause of problem symptoms. Check each suspected area in order.
Repair or replace faulty parts or perform adjustments as necessary.

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Front brake lining (cracked, deformed, dirty
25-26
or burnished)
Rear brake shoe lining (cracked, deformed,
25-39
dirty or burnished)
Front brake lining support gasket (missing
25-26
or loose)
Front disc brake guide bolt slide pin (worn) -
Front disc brake fixing bolt (loose) -
Front disc brake anti-squeal shim
25-26
Noise in brake (damaged)
Front brake disc (scored) -
Excessive brake disc runout 25-29
Rear brake drum (scored) 25-39
Brake shoe regulating unit (damaged) 25-39
Brake shoe return tension spring
25-39
(damaged or insufficient spring force)
Foreign matter on brake disc -
Foreign matter on rear brake drum -
Front brake lining (worn, cracked,
25-26
deformed, oily or burnished)
Rear brake shoe lining (worn, cracked,
25-39
deformed, oily or burnished)
Hard pedal but brake inefficient Front brake disc (unevenly worn) -
Rear brake drum (unevenly worn) 25-39
Brake booster pushrod position (incorrect) -
Vacuum leaks in booster system 25-20
Hard pedal (firm-depress unable to lock-up
Brake booster runout (vacuum assist) -
wheels)
Pedal overtravel (vehicle stops normally) Air in brake system 25-11
Pedal pulsates/bounces during braking Brake disc (unevenly worn) -
25

25–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

HINT:
An assistant will be required to assist when bleeding the brake.
1. Add brake fluid to the brake fluid reservoir to the proper level.
2. Remove the bleeder plug cap and connect a clear
plastic hose to the bleeder plug, and submerge the
end of the hose into the clear container which is full
of new brake fluid.
3. Have an assistant depress the brake pedal 3 to 4
times repeatedly, depress and hold the brake pedal
to a lower position. Then loosen the bleeder plug,
and rotate it at least one turn.

RS15250070

4. Tighten the bleeder plug every time the brake pedal

moves down quickly. Then release the brake pedal.

25
RS15250080

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–11

25 - BRAKE

5. Repeat the above steps, and bleed the brake lines of each wheel in the same manner in the order of rear
left wheel, front left wheel, front right wheel and rear right wheel, until all the air is bled from the brake line.
Empty sign: a stream of fresh brake fluid flows into the clear container without bubbles.
HINT:
During bleeding the brake system, make sure the
brake fluid level is always near the "MAX" mark.
Check the brake fluid level at all times during
bleeding, add brake fluid as necessary.

RS15250060

6. Check and adjust the brake fluid level to the "MAX" mark.
7. Check the brake pedal braking effect. If the braking effect is improper or the pedal is spongy, air may still
exist in the system. Perform the bleeding procedures for the brake system again as necessary.
8. Test the vehicle and confirm that the brake operates properly and the pedal feel is correct.

Brake Fluid Replacement

1. Drain the brake fluid.
a. Start the engine and run it at idle.
b. Remove the filler cap of the brake fluid reservoir
assembly. Remove the bleeder plug cap and
connect a clear plastic hose to the bleeder plug,
and submerge the end of the hose into the clear
container which is full of new brake fluid.
c. Loosen the bleeder plug, and depress the brake
pedal continuously until the brake fluid stop
flowing out.

RS15250070

2. Add brake fluid.

a. Tighten the bleeder plug after confirming that the brake fluid is drained. Add new brake fluid to the
brake fluid reservoir to the proper level.
3. Perform bleeding procedures.
a. After replacing with the new brake fluid, make sure to bleed the brake system for normal operation. See
page 25-11 for detail information about brake bleeding.

25–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

25 - BRAKE

Brake Fluid Reservoir Assembly

On-vehicle Inspection
1. Check the brake fluid level warning switch.
a. Remove the brake fluid reservoir filler cap and mesh.
b. Disconnect the brake fluid level warning switch wire harness connector.
c. Check for continuity between the brake fluid
level warning switch terminals with the ohm
band of digital multimeter according to the + - 2 1

conditions in the table below.

Standard condition

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
Terminal 1 - Float upward
No Continuity
Terminal 2 (switch ON)
RS15250081
Terminal 1 - Float downward
Continuity
Terminal 2 (switch OFF)

HINT:
There is a float in the fluid reservoir. Increasing or decreasing the brake fluid level can change the
position of the float.
If the result is not as specified, replace the brake master cylinder reservoir subassembly.
d. Add brake fluid to the "MAX" mark.

Removal
1. Drain the brake fluid (See page 25-12).

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• The drained brake fluid should be well kept in a container. Never discard it at will.

CAUTION

• Wash off the brake fluid immediately if it comes in contact with any paint surface.

2. Remove the air filter assembly (See page 10-7).

3. Remove the brake fluid reservoir assembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–13

25 - BRAKE

a. Disconnect the brake fluid level warning switch

connector (arrow).

RS15250090

b. Loosen the coupling bolt (arrow) between the

brake fluid reservoir assembly and the brake
master cylinder.

RS15250100

c. Using a screwdriver wrapped with tape, pry the

sealing parts (arrow) between the brake fluid
reservoir assembly and the brake master
cylinder, and separate them.

RS15250110

d. Remove the brake fluid reservoir assembly.

• The design of brake master cylinder and piston makes the piston fall out easily. To prevent this, make
sure that the brake master cylinder is horizontal or the end surface is placed upside down (surface of
piston facing upward) when being handled.
• Make sure that foreign matter does not adhere to the brake master cylinder piston. If foreign matter
adheres, clean it off with a cloth. Then, apply grease to the entire outer edge contact surface of the
master cylinder piston.
• The master cylinder should be handled carefully. Avoid any impact to the master cylinder, such as falling.
The fallen master cylinder cannot be reused.
• DO NOT tap or pinch the master cylinder piston, and avoid damaging the master cylinder piston in any
other ways.

e. Separate the brake master cylinder and the brake fluid reservoir assembly, and remove the brake
master cylinder.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Make sure to tighten the fixing bolts and nuts to the specified torque during installation.
• It is necessary to perform the bleeding procedures for the brake system after installation is completed.

25–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

25 - BRAKE

Brake Booster
On-vehicle Inspection
1. Check the brake booster assembly.
a. Check the airtightness.
• Start the engine and stop it after 1 or 2 minutes. Slowly depress the brake pedal several times.
• Make sure that the booster is airtight. Check that the distance every time the pedal is depressed is
decreased gradually compared to the previous time.
If the pedal operation is not as specified, check the check valve. If the check valve is normal, replace
the brake booster.
• Start the engine. Depress and hold the pedal, and then stop the engine.
• Make sure that the booster is airtight. Depress and hold the pedal for 30 seconds, check that the
pedal reserve distance does not change.
If the pedal operation is not as specified, check the check valve. If the check valve is normal, replace
the brake booster.
b. Check the operation.
• Stop the engine.
• Depress the pedal several times and check
that the pedal reserve distance does not
change.

RS15250140

• Depress and hold the pedal, and then start

the engine. Check that the pedal can only be
depressed lightly.

RS15250150

If the pedal operation is not as specified, check the check valve. If the check valve is normal, replace
the brake booster.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–17

25 - BRAKE

Removal
1. Drain the brake fluid (See page 25-12).

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• The drained brake fluid should be well kept in a container. Never discard it at will.

CAUTION

• Wash off the brake fluid immediately if it comes in contact with any paint surface.

2. Remove the air filter assembly (See page 10-7).

3. Remove the brake fluid reservoir assembly (See page 25-13).
4. Remove the brake master cylinder (See page 25-15).

CAUTION

• The vacuum in the brake booster must be removed before dismantling the brake master cylinder to avoid
damaging the brake master cylinder and prevent the booster from sucking in any contamination.
• When the engine is not running, remove the vacuum by depressing the brake pedal repeatedly until the
brake pedal can be depressed firmly.
• The design of brake master cylinder and piston makes the piston fall out easily. To prevent this, make
sure that the brake master cylinder is placed upside down when being handled.
• Make sure that foreign matter does not adhere to the brake master cylinder piston. If foreign matter
adheres, clean it off with a cloth. Then, apply grease to the entire outer edge contact surface of the
master cylinder piston.

5. Remove the brake booster.

a. Using clamp pliers, loosen the clamp (arrow)
from the vacuum check valve and detach the
brake vacuum hose.

RS15250170

25–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

25 - BRAKE

b. Using the needle-nose pliers, remove the

locking pin and the pushrod pin (arrow) and
detach the brake pedal.

RS15250180

c. Remove 4 fixing nuts (arrow) between the brake

booster and the pedal support mechanism
assembly.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 2.5 N·m)

RS15250190

d. Remove the brake booster from the engine compartment.

6. Remove the check valve.
a. Remove the vacuum check valve and the
grommet (arrow) from the brake booster.

RS15250200

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–19

25 - BRAKE

Inspection
1. Check the check valve.
a. Detach the clamp, and disconnect the vacuum hose.
b. Remove the check valve from the brake booster.
c. Check that there is airflow (A) from the booster
to the engine, and no airflow (B) from the engine
to the booster. A B

RS15250210

If the result is not as specified, replace the check valve.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

25–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

25 - BRAKE

Brake Pedal
Removal
1. Remove the brake light switch assembly.
a. Disconnect the brake light switch assembly wire
harness connector (arrow).

RS15250220

b. Remove the brake light switch assembly by

rotating it 90°clockwise or counterclockwise.

RS15250230

2. Remove the brake pedal.

a. Using the needle-nose pliers, remove the
locking pin and the pushrod pin (arrow) from the
brake booster pushrod and detach the brake
pedal.

RS15250180

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–21

25 - BRAKE

b. Loosen the coupling nut and bolt (arrow)

between the brake pedal and the pedal support
mechanism assembly.
(Tightening torque: 40 ± 3 N·m)

RS15250240

c. Using the needle-nose pliers, detach the brake

pedal return spring (arrow).

RS15250250

d. Remove the brake shaft bushing (1), brake

pedal (2) and return spring (3) from the pedal
support mechanism assembly.

1
3

RS15250260

25–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

25 - BRAKE

Inspection
1. Check the brake light switch assembly.
a. Disconnect the brake light switch wire harness
connector, and use the digital multimeter to
check for continuity between terminals as + -
1
shown in the table.
Standard Condition

Multimeter Switch Specified

Connection Condition Condition
Brake pedal
3
Terminal 1 - depressed
Continuity
Terminal 3 (switch pin RS15250290
released)
Brake pedal
Terminal 1 -
released (switch No Continuity
Terminal 3
pin pushed in)

If the result is not as specified, replace the brake light switch assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Make sure to tighten the fixing bolts and nuts to the specified torque during installation.
• When installation is completed, check that the brake light operates properly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–23

25 - BRAKE

Front Disc Brake Assembly

BRAKE

4
3

12
11 1
7
6
13
5

RS15250300

1 - Front Disc Brake Cylinder 2 - Brake Caliper Upper Locating Bolt Guide Pin
3 - Brake Caliper Guide Pin Rubber Seal Boot 4 - Front Disc Brake Caliper Fixing Bracket
5 - Front Disc Brake Piston Dust Boot 6 - Front Disc Brake Piston
7 - Front Disc Brake Piston Seal Ring 8 - Front Disc Brake Bleeder Plug
9 - Brake Caliper Lower Locating Bolt Guide Pin 10 - Brake Lining Support Gasket
11 - Outer Brake Lining 12 - Inner Brake Lining
13 - Brake Caliper Locating Bolt

25–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

25 - BRAKE

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Drain the brake fluid (See page 25-12).

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• The drained brake fluid should be well kept in a container. Never discard it at will.

CAUTION

• Wash off the brake fluid immediately if it comes in contact with any paint surface.

2. Remove the front left wheel (See page 23-9).

3. Remove the front left brake caliper assembly.
a. Remove the coupling bolt (arrow) between the
front left brake caliper assembly and the front
left brake hose assembly.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 3 N·m)

RS15250310

CAUTION

• DO NOT allow brake fluid to be sprayed on your clothes or skin when removing the brake hose, as the
brake fluid is corrosive.

b. Remove 2 coupling bolts (arrow) between the

front left brake caliper assembly and the front
left steering knuckle.
(Tightening torque: 74 - 91 N·m)

25
RS15250320

c. Remove the front left brake caliper assembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–25

7. Remove the brake lining support gasket.

a. Remove the upper and lower brake lining
support gaskets (arrow) from the brake caliper
fixing bracket.

RS15250390

8. Remove the brake cylinder dust boot.

a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, pry out the dust boot carefully.

RS15250400

CAUTION

• Be careful not to damage the brake piston and the brake cylinder.

9. Remove the front disc brake piston.

a. Place a piece of cloth between the front disc
brake piston and the front disc brake cylinder.
b. Use compressed air to carefully press out the
piston from the front disc brake cylinder through
the attachment hole.

Cloth

RS15250410

25–28 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

25 - BRAKE

CAUTION

• Be careful not to splash the brake fluid.

• DO NOT hold the piston by hands to prevent injury.
• DO NOT remove or install the brake piston casually, and always perform these operations by the
professional.

c. Using alcohol or suitable solvent, clean the piston bore. And then, wipe it dry with a piece of flannel
cloth.
10.Remove the front disc brake piston seal ring.
a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, carefully pry out the front disc brake piston
seal ring.

RS15250420

Inspection
1. Check the brake cylinder and the piston.
a. Check the piston and the bore for scratches or corrosion. If there are scratches or corrosion, remove
them with fine sand cloth.
b. Remove the dirt on the piston with a soft brass wire brush and coarse cloth. Do not clean the piston with
polishing cloth or sand cloth, as this may damage its surface. When the surface of piston is damaged,
replace it. When the piston is stuck or the bore is worn or corroded, replace the entire brake caliper
assembly. Using the polishing cloth, remove the small corrosion points inside the bore.
2. Check the brake caliper fixing bracket and the brake lining support gasket.
a. Clean the contact surface of the brake caliper fixing bracket with brake cleaner. Check for deformation,
cracks, rust and foreign matter which is difficult to remove.
b. Check the brake lining support gasket for deformation, cracks, rust and foreign matter which is difficult
to remove. After installing the brake lining support gasket to the brake caliper fixing bracket, check for
looseness and deformation.
c. After installing the brake lining, check if the brake lining falls off easily (due to the insufficient spring
force of the brake lining support gasket). Replace it as necessary.
3. Check the brake lining.
a. Visually check the brake lining for flatness, and also check for excessive wear. If the condition of the
lining cannot be confirmed accurately only by visual inspection, a physical check will be used as
necessary.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–29

25 - BRAKE

b. Measure the minimum thickness of brake lining.

Brake lining must be replaced when the
measured length at the thinnest point of the
usable material on a brake lining is 3 mm or
less.

RS15250430

c. When replacing the excessively worn brake linings (inner and outer), it is also necessary to replace the
linings on the opposite side of the vehicle as well as the unchecked linings to maintain proper braking
performance. If it is unnecessary to replace the brake linings, be sure to reinstall the brake linings to the
original removal position.
4. Check the brake disc.
a. Minor scratch or wear on the brake disc surface is acceptable. If severe scratch or deformation exists,
the brake disc must be replaced.
b. Excessive wear of the brake disc may cause poor contact between the brake lining and the surface of
brake disc. If the protrusion on the disc is not removed before installing the new brake lining, abnormal
wear of the brake disc will be caused.
c. It is normal that the surface of brake disc is worn when replacing the brake lining. If cracks or burned
spots exist, the brake disc must be replaced.
5. Check the brake disc thickness.
a. Using a vernier caliper, measure the brake disc
thickness at the center of the brake lining
contact surface as shown in the illustration.

a. Apply a light coat of grease to the inner and
outer circumferences, and entire periphery of
outer flange top/bottom surfaces of the new
brake cylinder dust boot as shown in the
illustration.
b. Apply a light coat of grease to the entire outer
circumference (the part contacting with the
brake cylinder dust boot and the front disc brake
cylinder) of the front disc brake piston.
Grease
RS15250470

c. Install the brake cylinder dust boot onto the front disc brake piston.
3. Install the brake cylinder dust boot.
a. Install the front disc brake piston to the front disc brake cylinder.

CAUTION

• DO NOT install the piston forcibly to the brake cylinder.

b. Install the brake cylinder dust boot to the brake

cylinder.

RS15250480

CAUTION

• Securely install the brake cylinder boot into the groove of the disc brake cylinder.
• DO NOT damage the brake cylinder dust boot.

25–32 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

25 - BRAKE

4. Install the brake lining support gasket.

a. Securely install the upper and lower brake lining
support gaskets onto the brake caliper fixing
bracket.

RS15250390

5. Install the anti-squeal shim.

a. Apply a small amount of grease to both sides of
each anti-squeal shim.
b. Separately install the anti-squeal shims to the
inner and outer brake linings.

RS15250380

CAUTION

• When replacing the worn brake lining, the anti-squeal shim must be replaced together.

6. Install the front brake lining.

a. Securely install the inner brake lining and the
outer brake lining onto the brake caliper fixing
bracket. Make sure they are clamped in place.

RS15250370

CAUTION
25
• Make sure the contact surface of the lining and the brake disc is free of oil and grease.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–33

25 - BRAKE

7. Install the front brake caliper guide pin rubber seal boot.
a. Apply a small amount of grease to the contact
surface between the guide pin rubber seal boot
and the locating bolt guide pin, and securely
install the seal boot to the brake caliper fixing
bracket.

RS15250360

8. Install the front brake caliper locating bolt guide pin.

a. Apply a small amount of grease to the contact
surface between the locating bolt guide pin and
the guide pin rubber seal boot, and securely
install them to the brake caliper fixing bracket.

RS15250350

9. Install the brake cylinder assembly.

a. Using the brake cylinder piston pressing tool,
slightly retract the brake cylinder piston.

RS15250481

b. Align the brake caliper locating bolt with the

guide pin hole and securely install the brake
cylinder assembly.
(Tightening torque: 22 - 23 N·m)

25
RS15250340

25–34 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

25 - BRAKE

10.Install the bleeder plug (w/ bleeder plug cap).

(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15250330

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Make sure to tighten the fixing bolts and nuts to the specified torque during installation.
• Before installing the brake linings, completely retract the brake caliper piston back into the bore of the
brake caliper.
• Depress the brake pedal several times to secure the brake linings to the brake disc after installing the
brake linings and before moving the vehicle.
• Replace the brake linings in pairs. DO NOT replace it alone.
• DO NOT install the inner brake lining and outer brake lining reversely.
• Be sure to check the brake system for leakage after installation. Repair or replace the malfunctioning
parts as necessary.
• Be sure to perform the bleeding procedures for the brake system after installation.
• Be sure to add brake fluid to the proper level after installation.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–35

25 - BRAKE

Front Brake Hose Assembly

Removal

CAUTION

• Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents when servicing.

• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched during removal and installation.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• The drained brake fluid should be well kept in a container. Never discard it at will.

CAUTION

• Wash off the brake fluid immediately if it comes in contact with any paint surface.

3. Remove the front left brake hose assembly.

a. Hold the brake hose assembly with a wrench
and disconnect the brake pipe plug (arrow) with
another wrench.
(Tightening torque: 18 ± 2 N·m)

RS15250490

CAUTION

• DO NOT bend or damage the brake tube.

• DO NOT allow any foreign matter such as dirt and dust to enter the brake tube from the connecting
points.
25 • After removing the brake line, take seal measures to prevent foreign matter from entering.

25–36 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

25 - BRAKE

b. Disengage the fixing clip (arrow) and remove

the brake hose assembly from the fixed points
individually.

RS15250500

c. Remove the coupling bolt and washer (arrow)

between the front left brake caliper assembly
and the front left brake hose assembly.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 3 N·m)

RS15250310

d. Remove the front left brake hose assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Make sure to tighten the fixing bolts and nuts to the specified torque during installation.
• Be sure to check the brake system for leakage after installation. Repair or replace the malfunctioning
parts as necessary.
• Be sure to perform the bleeding procedures for the brake system after installation.
• Be sure to add brake fluid to the proper level after installation.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–37

25 - BRAKE

Rear Drum Brake Assembly

3 4
13
7

5 9
6 10
12

RS15250510

1 - Rear Brake Wheel Cylinder 2 - Right Brake Shoe Lining

3 - Left Brake Shoe Lining 4 - Brake Shoe Regulating Unit
5 - Brake Shoe Return Tension spring (Upper) 6 - Brake Shoe Return Tension spring (Lower)
7 - Brake Shoe Spring Lever 8 - Brake Shoe Stopper Spring Pin
9 - Brake Shoe Stopper Spring 10 - Brake Shoe Stopper Spring Cap
11 - Brake Shoe Tension Spring 12 - Brake Shoe Spring Lever Pressure Plate
13 - Rear Drum Brake Assembly

25–38 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

25 - BRAKE

Removal

CAUTION

• Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents when servicing.

• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched during removal and installation.

Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the rear left wheel (See page 23-9).
(Tightening torque: 110 ± 10 N·m)
2. Drain the brake fluid (See page 25-12).

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• The drained brake fluid should be well kept in a container. Never discard it at will.

CAUTION

• Wash off the brake fluid immediately if it comes in contact with any paint surface.

3. Remove the rear brake drum.

a. Fully release the parking brake lever, and
remove the brake drum by pulling outward.

RS15250520

Disassembly
1. Remove the rear shaft locking nut dust cap (See page 21-17).
2. Remove the rear shaft locking nut.
3. Remove the rear axle hub assembly (See page 21-17).

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–39

25 - BRAKE

4. Remove the brake shoe return tension spring (upper).

a. Using the needle-nose pliers, remove the brake
shoe return tension spring (upper) as shown in
the illustration.

RS15250530

5. Remove the brake shoe return tension spring (lower).

a. Using the needle-nose pliers, remove the brake
shoe return tension spring (lower) as shown in
the illustration.

RS15250540

6. Remove the brake shoe stopper spring set.

a. Using the needle-nose pliers, push down the
brake shoe stopper spring cap and rotate the
brake shoe stopper pin clockwise or
counterclockwise to remove the brake shoe
stopper spring set on both sides as shown in the
illustration.

RS15250550

7. Remove the right brake shoe lining.

a. Remove the parking brake cable rear fixing wire.
Using the needle-nose pliers, tighten the
parking brake cable return spring (arrow) and
disengage it from the brake shoe interlock rod
as shown in the illustration.

RS15250560

25–40 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

25 - BRAKE

b. Remove the right brake shoe lining with brake

shoe interlock rod from the brake shoe
regulating unit as shown in the illustration.

RS15250570

8. Remove the brake shoe regulating unit.

a. Remove the brake shoe regulating unit carefully
as shown in the illustration.

RS15250580

9. Remove the left brake shoe lining.

a. Remove the left brake shoe lining assembly
from the rear brake bottom board as shown in
the illustration.

RS15250590

b. Using the needle-nose pliers, carefully remove

the tension spring (arrow) as shown in the
illustration.

25
RS15250600

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–41

25 - BRAKE

c. Using the needle-nose pliers, remove the spring

lever and pressure plate (arrow) as shown in the
illustration.

RS15250610

10.Remove the rear brake wheel cylinder.

a. Unscrew the bleeder plug cap and remove the
bleeder plug (1) as shown in the illustration.
1
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1.5 N·m)
b. Loosen the brake pipe connecting plug (2) as
shown in the illustration. 2
(Tightening torque: 18 ± 2 N·m)
c. Remove the rear brake wheel cylinder fixing bolt
(3) as shown in the illustration. 3
(Tightening torque: 8 - 12 N·m)

RS15250620

CAUTION

• After removing the brake line, take seal measures to prevent foreign matter from entering.

d. Remove the rear brake wheel cylinder.

RS15250630

25–42 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

25 - BRAKE

11. Remove the rear brake bottom board.

a. Remove 4 coupling bolts (arrow) between the
rear brake bottom board and the rear shaft
assembly, and remove the rear brake bottom
board (1).
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 3 N·m)

RS15250640

Inspection
1. Check the thickness of brake shoe lining.
a. Using a ruler, measure the thickness of the
brake shoe lining as shown in the illustration.
Standard thickness: 4 mm
Minimum thickness: 1.5 mm

RS15250650

b. If the thickness of brake shoe lining is equal to or less than the minimum value, replace the brake shoe
lining.

CAUTION

• Replace the brake shoe linings in pairs. DO NOT replace it alone.

2. Check the rear brake drum inner diameter.

a. Using a vernier caliper or equivalent, measure
the rear brake drum inner diameter.
Standard inner diameter: 180 mm
Maximum inner diameter: 182.2 mm

RS15250651

25
b. If the rear brake shoe inner diameter is more than the maximum value, replace the rear brake drum.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–43

25 - BRAKE

3. Check the brake wheel cylinder.

a. Check the rear brake wheel cylinder dust boot
for fluid leakage.
b. If there is fluid leakage, replace the rear brake
wheel cylinder.

RS15250631

4. Check other components.

a. Check if the brake shoe return tension spring (upper) is broken, bent, damaged or weak elasticity.
Replace it as necessary.
b. Check if the brake shoe return tension spring (lower) is broken, bent, damaged or weak elasticity.
Replace it as necessary.
c. Check if the brake shoe stopper spring is broken, bent, damaged or weak elasticity. Replace it as
necessary.
d. Check if the parking brake cable return spring is broken, bent, damaged or weak elasticity. Replace it
as necessary.
e. Check if the brake shoe regulating unit is struck, rusted, damaged or slides off. Replace it as necessary.
f. Check if the brake shoe tension spring is broken, bent, damaged or weak elasticity. Replace it as
necessary.

Assembly
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

CAUTION

• When installing the brake shoe regulating unit, the adjustment cam should be adjusted to the minimum
position for easy installation of brake shoe linings.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
HINT:
The brake shoe clearance and the parking brake lever stroke should be adjusted after replacing the brake
shoe. Check if the parking brake is functioning properly after adjustment is completed.

a. Hold the lower part of the brake hose assembly
with a wrench and disconnect the brake pipe
plug (arrow) with another wrench.
(Tightening torque: 18 ± 2 N·m)

RS15250660

CAUTION

• DO NOT bend or damage the brake tube.

• DO NOT allow any foreign matter such as dirt and dust to enter the brake tube from the connecting
points.
• After removing the brake line, take seal measures to prevent foreign matter from entering. 25

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–45

25 - BRAKE

b. Disengage the fixing clip (arrow) and remove

the brake hose assembly from the fixed points
individually.

RS15250670

c. Hold the upper part of the brake hose assembly

with a wrench and disconnect the brake pipe
plug (arrow) with another wrench.
(Tightening torque: 18 ± 2 N·m)

RS15250680

CAUTION

• DO NOT bend or damage the brake tube.

d. Disengage the fixing clip (arrow) and remove

the brake hose assembly from the fixed points
individually.

RS15250690

25–46 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

25 - BRAKE

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Make sure to tighten the brake pipe plug in place.

• Be sure to check the brake system for leakage after installation. Repair or replace the malfunctioning
parts as necessary.
• Be sure to perform the bleeding procedures for the brake system after installation.
• Be sure to add brake fluid to the proper level after installation.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 25–47

- MEMO -

25–48 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

PARKING BRAKE
GENERAL INFORMATION 26-3 Removal 26-9
Description 26-3 Inspection 26-10
Specifications 26-4 Installation 26-10
Tool 26-4 Parking Brake Lever Assembly 26-11
Circuit Diagram 26-5 Removal 26-11
Installation 26-12
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 26-6
Parking Brake Front Cable Assembly 26-13
Problem Symptoms Table 26-6
Removal 26-13
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 26-7 Installation 26-13
Adjustment 26-7 Parking Brake Cable 26-14
Parking Brake Switch Assembly 26-9 Removal 26-14
On-vehicle Inspection 26-9 Installation 26-16

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 26–1

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 26–5

26 - PARKING BRAKE

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Parking brake lever stroke (incorrect) 26-7
Parking brake shoe clearance (incorrect) 26-7
Parking brake stuck
Parking brake shoe return tension spring
25-39
(damaged)
Parking brake shoe (worn) -
Rear brake drum (excessively worn) 25-39
Parking brake front cable assembly
26-13
Abnormal parking brake operation (improperly fixed)
Parking brake cable (improperly fixed) 26-14
Parking brake lever (improperly fixed) 26-11
Parking brake lever (stuck) 26-11
Brake warning light does not come on
Warning light circuit (faulty) -
when parking brake is applied

26–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

26 - PARKING BRAKE

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Adjustment
Abnormal parking brake operation may be caused by the worn brake shoe, incorrect brake shoe clearance
adjustment, incorrect parking brake lever stroke or incorrect parking brake component installation. Perform
the following procedures to adjust the parking brake shoe clearance and parking brake lever stroke:
1. Check the parking brake lever stroke.
a. Pull up the parking brake lever 3 to 4 times with a force of 55 to 60 N, and calculate the clicking sounds.
Standard: 3 to 5 clicking sounds (no rear parking brake stuck)
2. Support and raise the vehicle to the proper height.
3. Remove the rear wheel (See page 23-9).
4. Remove the rear brake drum (See page 25-39).
5. Remove the cup holder.
6. Remove the auxiliary fascia console (See page 42-8).
7. Adjust the parking brake shoe clearance.
a. Completely release the parking brake lever.
b. Using a flat tip screwdriver, rotate the regulator
to expand the brake shoe regulator until the rear
brake drum locks.
c. Rotate the brake shoe regulator to shrink it until
the rear brake drum turns smoothly.

Shrink

Expansion

RS15260030

d. Check that there is no brake stuck for the brake shoe.

8. Adjust the parking brake lever stroke.
a. Completely release the parking brake lever.
b. Pull up the parking brake lever until 4 clicking
sounds are heard, then tighten the parking
brake lever locking nut.
(Tightening torque: 8 ± 1.5 N·m)
c. Pull up the parking brake lever 3 to 4 times after
tightening the locking nut.
d. Pull up the parking brake lever again until 4
clicking sounds are heard, then tighten the
parking brake lever locking nut.
(Tightening torque: 8 ± 1.5 N·m)
RS15260040

e. Correct judgment method: after adjustment, completely release the parking brake lever and rotate the
rear wheel by hand.
OK: Rear wheel can be rotated freely without dragging.
Pull up the parking brake lever until 1 clicking sound is heard. There is resistance when rotating the rear 26
wheel by hand. Pull up the parking brake lever until 2 clicking sounds are heard and the rear wheel
cannot rotate.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 26–7

26 - PARKING BRAKE

f. When operating the parking brake lever, check that the brake warning light illuminates at the first click.
OK: Parking brake warning light always illuminates at the first click.
g. If the result is not as specified, repeat the above procedures until the parking brake lever stroke is
proper.
9. Install the cup holder.
10.Install the auxiliary fascia console (See page 42-8).
11. Install the rear brake drum (See page 25-39).
12.Install the rear wheel (See page 23-9).
(Tightening torque: 110 ± 10 N·m)

26–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

26 - PARKING BRAKE

Parking Brake Switch Assembly

On-vehicle Inspection
1. Disconnect the parking brake switch assembly connector, and check the continuity of the parking brake
switch assembly with the ohm band of digital multimeter as shown in the table below.
Standard condition
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
Parking brake
applied (switch Continuity
Terminal 1 - pin released)
1
Body ground Parking brake
released (switch No continuity
pin pushed in)
RS15260050

If the result is not as specified, replace the parking brake switch assembly.

Removal

CAUTION

• Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment when repairing to prevent accidents.

• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched during removal and installation.

1. Fix the tire and wheel assembly.

2. Remove the cup holder.
3. Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly (See page 42-8).
4. Remove the parking brake switch assembly.
a. Disconnect the parking brake switch assembly
(wire harness) connector (arrow) as shown in
the illustration.

RS15260060

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 26–9

26 - PARKING BRAKE

b. Using a cross screwdriver, loosen the fixing

screw (arrow) of parking brake switch assembly.

RS15260070

c. Remove the parking brake switch assembly.

Inspection
1. Check the parking brake switch assembly.
a. Check the parking brake switch assembly for wear and cracks. Replace the parking brake switch
assembly as necessary.
b. Check if the parking brake switch assembly compression spring is damaged or the spring force is
insufficient. Replace the parking brake switch assembly as necessary.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

26–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

26 - PARKING BRAKE

Parking Brake Lever Assembly

Removal

CAUTION

• Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment when repairing to prevent accidents.

• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched during removal and installation.

1. Fix the tire and wheel assembly.

2. Remove the cup holder.
3. Remove the auxiliary fascia console (See page 42-8).
4. Remove the parking brake switch assembly (See page 26-9).
5. Remove the parking brake lever assembly.
a. Completely release the parking brake lever.
b. Loosen the locking nut (arrow) of parking brake
lever to release the tension of parking brake
cable as shown in the illustration.

RS15260040

c. Loosen 3 fixing bolts (arrow) of parking brake

lever assembly as shown in the illustration.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 3 N·m)

RS15260080

d. Disengage the parking brake front cable and remove the parking brake lever assembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 26–11

26 - PARKING BRAKE

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Always tighten the coupling bolts to the specified torque.

HINT:
Be sure to check the parking brake lever stroke after installing the parking brake lever assembly. Adjust the
parking brake lever stroke to the proper position by adjusting the parking brake lever locking nut if necessary.

26–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

26 - PARKING BRAKE

Parking Brake Front Cable Assembly

Removal

CAUTION

• Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment when repairing to prevent accidents.

• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched during removal and installation.

1. Fix the tire and wheel assembly.

2. Remove the cup holder.
3. Remove the auxiliary fascia console (See page 42-8).
4. Remove the parking brake front cable assembly.
a. Completely release the parking brake lever.
b. Loosen the locking nut (arrow) of parking brake
lever to release the tension of parking brake
cable as shown in the illustration.

RS15260040

c. Disengage the rear left parking brake cable and

rear right parking brake cable separately from
the grooves (arrow) on both sides of the rear
part of the parking brake front cable assembly.

RS15260090

d. Remove the parking brake front cable assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
HINT:
Be sure to check the parking brake lever stroke after installing the parking brake front cable assembly. Adjust
the parking brake lever stroke to the proper position by adjusting the parking brake lever locking nut if
necessary.
26

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 26–13

26 - PARKING BRAKE

Parking Brake Cable

Removal

CAUTION

• Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment when repairing to prevent accidents.

• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched during removal and installation.

1. Remove the rear wheel (See page 23-9).

2. Remove the rear brake drum (See page 25-39).
3. Remove the rear axle hub (See page 21-17).
4. Remove the parking brake cable.
a. Completely release the parking brake lever.
b. Loosen the locking nut (arrow) of parking brake
lever to release the tension of parking brake
cable as shown in the illustration.

RS15260040

c. Disengage the rear left parking brake cable and

rear right parking brake cable separately from
the grooves (arrow) on both sides of the rear
part of the parking brake front cable assembly.

RS15260090

d. Loosen the left and right parking brake cable

front baffle plate fixing bolt (arrow).
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1.5 N·m)

26
RS15260100

26–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

26 - PARKING BRAKE

e. Loosen the fixing bolts (arrow) from the front

bracket and center bracket of left and right
parking brake cables separately, and detach the
brackets.
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15260110

f. Loosen the fixing bolt (arrow) from the rear

bracket of left and right parking brake cables
separately, and detach the bracket.
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15260120

g. Using the needle-nose pliers, remove the left

and right parking brake cable rear fixing wire
(arrow) separately.

RS15260130

h. Using the needle-nose pliers, tighten the parking

brake cable return spring (arrow) and disengage
the spring ends from the brake shoe interlock
rod.

RS15260140

i. Remove the left side parking brake cable and right side parking brake cable.
26

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 26–15

26 - PARKING BRAKE

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Always tighten the coupling bolts to the specified torque.

• During installation, make sure to align the positioning part of the parking brake cable bracket and the
positioning hole on the vehicle body.

HINT:
The parking brake should be adjusted after replacing the brake shoe or parking brake cable. Check if the
parking brake is functioning properly after adjustment is completed.
• Completely pull up the parking brake lever.
• Release the parking brake lever and check if the rear wheels rotate freely.
• If the wheels are difficult to rotate freely, repeat the adjustment procedure.
• After driving for a period of time, the parking brake lever stroke should be readjusted because of the wear
of rear brake shoes.

26–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

STEERING COLUMN
GENERAL INFORMATION 27-3 Combination Switch Cover 27-10
Description 27-3 Removal 27-10
Specifications 27-4 Inspection 27-11
Tools 27-4 Installation 27-11
Steering Column Assembly 27-12
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 27-6
Removal 27-12
Problem Symptoms Table 27-6
Disassembly 27-13
Steering Wheel Free Play
Inspection 27-14
Inspection 27-7
Assembly 27-14
Steering Wheel Centering/
Returnability Inspection 27-7 Installation 27-15
Intermediate Shaft with Universal
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 27-8 Joint Assembly 27-16
Steering Wheel Assembly 27-8 Removal 27-16
Removal 27-8 Inspection 27-16
Inspection 27-9 Installation 27-16
Installation 27-9

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 27–1

27–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

27 - STEERING COLUMN

GENERAL INFORMATION
STEERING COLUMN

Description

5 4
×4

6 ×2

7
8

×2

RS15270010

1 - Driver Airbag 2 - Steering Wheel Fixing Nut

3 - Steering Wheel 4 - Spiral Cable
5 - Combination Switch Upper Cover 6 - Combination Switch Assembly
7 - Combination Switch Lower Cover 8 - Steering Column with Ignition Switch Assembly
9 - Intermediate Shaft with Universal Joint Assembly
27

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 27–3

27 - STEERING COLUMN

The vehicle is equipped with telescopic energy-absorbing steering column.

The steering column is an important connection component between the steering wheel and the steering gear.
Its purpose is to support the steering wheel and intermediate shaft assembly, and transmit the steering force
of steering wheel to the steering gear.

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Steering Wheel Fixing Nut 35 ± 3.5
Combination Switch Cover Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Combination Switch Base Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Steering Column Upper Bracket Fixing Nut 23 ± 2.5
Steering Column Lower Bracket Fixing Nut 23 ± 2.5
Fixing Bolt Between Intermediate Shaft and
30 ± 3
Universal Joint
Fixing Bolt Between Lower Universal Joint and
30 ± 3
Steering Gear Input Shaft

Data Specifications

Description Standard Value

Steering Wheel Free Play (Rotation Angle) ≤ 15°
Steering Wheel Centering/Returnability (Rotation
> 70°
Angle)

Tools
Special Tool

Steering Wheel Remover

RS15270020

27–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

27 - STEERING COLUMN

General Tool

Electric Drill

RS15270011

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 27–5

27 - STEERING COLUMN

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
Symptom Suspected Area See page
Ignition key cylinder 27-13
Steering wheel cannot lock or unlock
Ignition switch lock body 27-13
Front axle hub bearing (excessively worn) 21-11
Intermediate shaft and universal joint
27-16
(excessively worn)
No steering wheel free play or excessive
Tie rod and ball pin (worn or loose) 28-10
Steering gear (improper engagement gap
28-14
of rack and pinion)
Front tire (improperly inflated or unevenly
23-7
worn)
Front wheel alignment (wrong) 22-30
Front suspension 22-10
Intermediate shaft and universal joint
Hard steering 27-16
(insufficiently lubricated)
Tie rod and ball pin (insufficiently
28-10
lubricated)
Steering column 27-12
Steering gear 28-14
Front tire (improperly inflated or unevenly
23-7
worn)
Front wheel alignment (wrong) 22-30
Front suspension 22-10
Tie rod and ball pin (loose or insufficiently
Poor returnability 28-10
lubricated)
Intermediate shaft and universal joint
27-16
(loose or insufficiently lubricated)
Steering column (stuck) 27-12
Steering gear (stuck) 28-14
Intermediate shaft and universal joint 27-16
Knocking (or clunking) sound occurs when Front suspension 22-10
turning the steering wheel while steering
system is in operation Front axle lower arm and hub (bearing) 21-11
Steering gear 28-14

27–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

27 - STEERING COLUMN

• Install each connector in place.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 27–9

27 - STEERING COLUMN

Combination Switch Cover

Removal
1. Set the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position.
2. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
3. Remove the instrument cluster cover (See page 35-37).
4. Using a screwdriver, remove the combination
switch cover fixing screws.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15270070

5. First disengage the connecting clamps (1) on both

sides of the upper cover and lower cover, and then
disengage the connecting clamps (2) on the top of 2
the upper cover and lower cover.

RS15270080

CAUTION

• Operate carefully to prevent damage to the components during removal.

27–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

27 - STEERING COLUMN

Inspection
1. Check the combination switch upper and lower covers for damage or deformation. Replace the upper and
lower covers if necessary.
2. Check if the upper and lower cover clamps are normal. Replace the upper and lower covers if necessary.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Operate carefully to prevent damage to the components during installation.

• Tighten the cover fixing screws in place.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 27–11

27 - STEERING COLUMN

Steering Column Assembly

WARNING

• Be sure to read the precautions for SRS airbag (See page 30-3) before removing the steering column.

Removal
1. Set the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position.
2. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
4. Remove the steering wheel assembly (See page 27-8).
5. Remove the combination switch cover (See page 27-10).
6. Remove the spiral cable (See page 30-39).
7. Remove the combination switch assembly.
a. Remove the combination switch base fixing
screws (arrow), and disconnect the ignition
switch connector (1) and the combination switch
assembly connector (2). 2
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

1
RS15270090

8. Remove the steering column assembly.

a. Remove the fixing bolt (1) between the upper
universal joint and the intermediate shaft, and 2
then remove the steering column lower bracket
fixing nuts (2).
(Tightening torque for fixing bolt between the
upper universal joint and the intermediate shaft:
30 ± 3 N·m)
(Tightening torque for steering column lower
1
bracket fixing nut: 23 ± 2.5 N·m)

RS15270100

27–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

27 - STEERING COLUMN

b. Remove the steering column upper bracket

fixing nuts and remove the steering column with
ignition switch assembly.
(Tightening torque: 23 ± 2.5 N·m)

RS15270110

Disassembly
1. Remove the ignition switch assembly from the steering column assembly.
a. Set the steering column onto a vise.

CAUTION

• DO NOT tighten the vise excessively.

b. Using an electric drill (1), drill a hole on the

ignition switch lock body anti-theft bolts (arrow).

RS15270130

c. Using a screw remover, remove the ignition

switch lock body anti-theft bolts.

RS15270140

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 27–13

27 - STEERING COLUMN

2. Remove the ignition key cylinder.

a. Insert a small screwdriver or similar tool to the
ignition switch lock body hole, and pull out the
ignition key cylinder.

RS15270150

3. Remove the ignition starting switch from the ignition switch assembly (See page 15-11).

Inspection
1. Check if the ignition switch lock body and the key cylinder are normal. Replace the ignition switch lock
body and the key cylinder if necessary.
2. Check the steering column for wear, cracks or deformation, and welding or correction is not allowed.
Replace the steering column assembly if necessary.
3. Check the steering column bearing for looseness, wear or stuck. Replace the steering column assembly if
necessary.
4. Check the upper universal joint for insufficient lubrication or serious wear. Replace the steering column
assembly if necessary.

28–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

28 - HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

GENERAL INFORMATION
HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

Description

2 32

3
4

29 ×3
30

28 ×2
6
25
5 ×4

27 26 24
11
23
22

7
8 18
9 19
10
20
14 21
×4
13
12

15 17
16

RS15280010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 28–3

28 - HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

1 - Steering Fluid Reservoir 2 - High Pressure Pipe II Assembly

3 - High Pressure Pipe I Assembly 4 - Fluid Return Pipe Assembly
5 - Pipe Bracket Fixing Nut 6 - Ball Pin Locking Nut
7 - Right Ball Pin Assembly 8 - Tie Rod Adjustment Nut
28 9 - Right Steering Tie Rod Boot 10 - Clamping Ring
11 - Right Steering Tie Rod 12 - Steering Gear Right Bracket
13 - Bush Rubber 14 - Steering Gear Assembly
15 - Steering Gear Bracket Fixing Bolt 16 - Steering Gear Left Bracket
17 - Steering Gear Buffer Block 18 - Left Steering Tie Rod
19 - Left Steering Tie Rod Boot 20 - Clamp
21 - Left Ball Pin Assembly 22 - Steering Gear Acoustical Cover
23 - Power Steering Pump Bracket Fixing Bolt 24 - Power Steering Pump
25 - Power Steering Pump Bracket 26 - Coupling Bolt Between Power Steering Pump
and Bracket
27 - Power Steering Pump Bracket Fixing Bolt 28 - Coupling Bolt Between Power Steering Pump
and Bracket
29 - Power Steering Pump Pulley Fixing Bolt 30 - Power Steering Pump Pulley
31 - Fluid Suction Pipe Clamp 32 - Fluid Suction Pipe Assembly

The hydraulic assist steering system consists of steering pump, steering gear, steering fluid pipe and steering
fluid reservoir and so on. This system can reduce the steering force when the driver operates the steering
wheel, thus improving the operation convenience and driving safety.

Steering Gear
The steering gear is rack & pinion type which is characterized by simple and compact construction and high
steering sensitivity. The piston-rod is integrated with the rack, and there is a boot at the connection between
the tie rod and the rack. The length of the tie rod can be adjusted properly to match with the toe-in. The tie rod
ball pin and the steering knuckle are connected and tightened by the locking nut.

Power Steering Pump

The power steering pump is connected with steering gear through high pressure pipe, and connected with
steering fluid reservoir through fluid suction pipe. Never operate the power steering pump without fluid. Try to
avoid turning the steering wheel to the limit position for more than 5 seconds during use.

Steering Fluid Pipe

The steering fluid pipe is used to deliver power steering fluid. Steering pipes are divided into steel pipe, hose
and hybrid type according to the distances and operating features of each component. Ferrule connection is
adopted between steel pipe of high pressure pipe assembly and hose, joint bolt and O-ring are used between
steel pipe and component, and hose and clamp are used between hose and component to ensure reliable
sealing.

Steering Fluid Reservoir

The main functions of the steering fluid reservoir are to store the fluid and supply it to the steering fluid pump
and system.

28–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

28 - HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

Operation
The steering gear converts the circular motion of steering wheel into linear motion of rack by engaging the
rack and pinion inside. The fluid is delivered to the steering gear by the power steering pump through the
steering high pressure pipe, thus driving the piston to turn in the direction made by the driver. The piston
transmits the force to the steering knuckle by the tie rod, thus reducing the steering effort needed when the
driver turns the steering wheel. If the steering assist is ineffective, more steering effort is needed.
28
Specifications
Torque specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Coupling Bolt Between Lower Universal Joint and
30 ± 3
Steering Gear Input Shaft
Ball Pin Locking Nut 35 ± 3.5
Bolt Between Steering Gear and High Pressure Pipe
30 ± 3
Joint
Bolt Between Steering Gear and Fluid Return Pipe
30 ± 3
Joint
Steering Gear Bracket Fixing Bolt 60 ± 6
Fixing Nut Between High Pressure Pipe and Fluid
7 ± 1.5
Return Pipe Lower Bracket
High Pressure Pipe Upper Bracket Fixing Nut 7 ± 1.5
Fluid Return Pipe Upper Bracket Fixing Nut 7 ± 1.5
Tie Rod Adjustment Nut 55 ± 5.5
Hollow Bolt Between Steering Pump and High
40 ± 4
Pressure Pipe Joint
High Pressure Pipe I and High Pressure Pipe II Joint
30 ± 3
Bolt and Nut
Steering Pump Pulley Fixing Bolt 23 ± 2
Coupling Bolt Between Steering Pump and Steering
23 ± 2
Pump Bracket
Steering Pump Bracket Fixing Bolt 23 ± 2
Rear Mounting Locking Nut 100 ± 10

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 28–5

28 - HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

Tool
Special Tool

28
Ball Pin Separator

RS15210011

Power Steering Pump Drive Belt Installer

RS15000092

General Tool

Transmission Carrier

RS15080040

28–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

28 - HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
Symptom Suspected Area See page
Steering fluid (insufficient or dirty) -
28
Damaged tie rod boot results in tie rod
Stuck or sticking in some position occurs 28-12
rusty
when turning
Steering gear 28-14
Steering pump drive belt (loose) -
Tie (unevenly worn, deformed) or wheel
23-7
(out of balance)
Front wheel alignment (wrong) 22-30
Tie rod ball pin (worn or loose) 28-10
Steering wheel is not centered or centered Intermediate shaft (twisted and deformed)
improperly or universal joint (worn, loose or 27-16
insufficiently lubricated)
Front suspension 22-10
Steering knuckle 21-9
Steering gear (incorrect clearance) 28-14
Tie (unevenly worn, deformed) or wheel
23-7
(out of balance)
Front wheel alignment (wrong) 22-30
Tie rod ball pin (worn or loose) 28-10
Brake disc and lining (deformed) 25-26
Steering shudders Intermediate shaft (twisted and deformed)
or universal joint (worn, loose or 27-16
insufficiently lubricated)
Front suspension 22-10
Steering knuckle 21-9
Steering gear (incorrect clearance) 28-14
Tire (improperly inflated) 23-7
Front wheel alignment (wrong) 22-30
Steering fluid (insufficient) or fluid pipe
-
(leaked or blocked)

Steering wheel turns heavily or steering Ball pin (worn or loose) 28-10
effort is uneven Front suspension 22-10
Steering pump drive belt (loose or
-
damaged)
Steering pump 28-17
Steering gear (incorrect clearance) 28-14

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 28–7

28 - HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Steering fluid (insufficient, inside air or
-
dirty)
Steering system fluid pressure fluctuates
-
abnormally
Abnormal noises from steering system
28 Tie rod ball pin (worn or loose) 28-10
Steering gear (incorrect clearance) 28-14
Steering pump 28-17

Steering Fluid Draining

1. Set the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position.
2. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
3. Remove the fluid suction pipe clamp (arrow) on the
steering pump side.

RS15280030

4. Place a fluid container under the fluid suction pipe, and disconnect the fluid suction pipe joint to collect the
steering fluid flowing from the fluid suction pipe.
5. Turn the steering wheel left and right to the limit positions, and repeat the operation several times to drain
the steering fluid in the steering system.

WARNING

• If steering fluid sprays on your skin, immediately wash it off with water.
• It is harmful to your skin contacting with power steering fluid for a long time.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• The wasted power steering fluid should be handled according to local environmental regulations.

28–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

28 - HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

Steering Fluid Adding

The proper steering fluid level is between the "MAX"
and "MIN" lines. It affects the performance of power
steering system directly whether the fluid level of the
fluid reservoir is proper. If the fluid level drops below
the "MIN" line, it is necessary to add steering fluid.
28

RS15280220

CAUTION

• DO NOT apply the foaming or expired steering fluid to vehicle. This may damage the steering pump.

1. Open the steering fluid reservoir cover, and add steering fluid to the reservoir until it reaches and the
"MAX" line.
2. Start the engine and run it at idle to drive the steering pump, thus filling the whole steering system with
steering fluid.
3. Observe the fluid level of fluid reservoir while the engine is running. If the fluid level drops below the "MIN"
line, add steering fluid to the proper level in time to prevent the fluid level from dropping excessively and
avoid air entering the steering pump.
4. If bubbles occur in the steering fluid reservoir, perform the bleeding procedures. Check that the level is
between the "MAX" line and the "MIN" line when there are no bubbles in the fluid reservoir and the level in
the reservoir does not change any longer.

WARNING

• If steering fluid sprays on your skin, immediately wash it off with water.
• It is harmful to your skin contacting with power steering fluid for a long time.

Bleeding Procedures
It is necessary to perform bleeding procedures when bubbles occur in the steering fluid reservoir and the fluid
has emulsified or there is excessive noise in the steering pump.
Bleeding procedures are as follows:
1. Open the steering fluid reservoir cover.
2. Raise the vehicle with a lifter (with the front wheels off ground).
3. Start the engine (idling) and turn the steering wheel left and right to the limit positions (do not stay at the
limit positions more than 2 seconds). Repeat several times to fully bleed the air in the system out of the
reservoir. Observe the fluid level of fluid reservoir when bleeding. If the fluid level drops below the "MIN"
line, add steering fluid to the proper level in time.
4. After repeatedly turning the steering wheel to the limit positions several times, center the steering wheel,
run the engine at idle for 3 or 5 minutes and observe whether there are still bubbles in the fluid reservoir. If
there are still bubbles, perform the above procedures again until no bubbles are bled. If there are still
problems, perform the steering system inspection.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 28–9

28 - HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

WARNING

• Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents when servicing.

28 • When removing and installing the high temperature components and surrounding components, wait and
operate them until they drops to normal temperature to avoid being burned.
• Prevent skin and eyes from contacting with steering fluid.

CAUTION

• After disconnecting the steering line, seal it immediately to prevent foreign matter from entering.
• Never run the power steering pump when the steering fluid is insufficient.
• The steering wheel should not be in the limit position for more than 5 seconds.
• Never start the engine with the hose loosened or disconnected.
• Never allow the hose to contact with the high temperature exhaust pipe.

Ball Pin Assembly

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for right side.
1. Remove the front wheel.
2. Remove the tie rod ball pin assembly.
a. Using a wrench, loosen the ball pin locking nut.
(Tightening torque: 35 ± 3.5 N·m)

RS15280070

28–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

28 - HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

b. Screw the locking nut until it is flush with the

thread end surface, install the ball pin separator
(1), and tighten the ball pin separator bolt with a
wrench (2) to separate the tie rod ball pin and 1
the steering knuckle.

28
2

RS15280080

c. Loosen the tie rod adjustment nut (1), and turn

the tie rod ball pin (2) counterclockwise to
remove it.
(Tightening torque: 55 ± 5.5 N·m)
HINT:
When removing the tie rod ball pin assembly,
record the revolutions during removal to make 1
the front wheel toe-in closer to the setting value 2
after installation.

RS15280090

Inspection
Check the tie rod ball pin for looseness and insufficient lubrication and the bush rubber for damage. Replace
the ball pin assembly if necessary.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• After installation, it is necessary to perform the wheel alignment procedure (See page 22-30).

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 28–11

28 - HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

Steering Tie Rod Assembly

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
28 • The procedures listed below are for right side.
1. Remove the front wheel.
2. Remove the ball pin assembly (See page 28-10).
3. Remove the steering tie rod assembly.
a. Remove the steering tie rod boot clamp.

RS15280130

b. Remove the steering tie rod boot clamping ring.

RS15280140

CAUTION

• Operate carefully to prevent damage to the boot.

• It is necessary to replace with new clamping ring when reinstall the tie rod boot.

c. Using a wrench, remove the steering tie rod ball

pin.

RS15280150

28–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

28 - HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

Inspection
1. Check the tie rod boot for damage, and the clamp for normality. Replace the tie rod boot and clamp if
necessary to prevent water and micro dust from entering and causing parts failure prematurely.
2. Check the tie rod for deformation or wear, and the ball for insufficient lubrication. Replace the tie rod
assembly or add grease if necessary.

Installation 28
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• It is necessary to apply thread seal gum to the ball pin.

• It is necessary to fit the tie rod ball pin face and the rack face closely.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 28–13

28 - HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

Steering Gear Assembly

Removal
1. Set the steering wheel to the straight-ahead position.
2. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
28 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
4. Remove the coupling bolt (1) between the lower
universal joint and the steering gear input shaft.
(Tightening torque: 30 ± 3 N·m)

1
RS15280210

5. Remove the front left and right wheels.

6. Remove the ball pin locking nut and separate the ball pin and the steering knuckle (See page 28-10).
7. Remove the front exhaust pipe assembly (See page 11-10).
8. Drain the steering fluid (See page 28-8).
9. Remove the rear mounting locking nut and bolt.
(Tightening torque: 100 ± 10 N·m)
HINT:
Using a transmission carrier, slightly jack up the
transmission bottom case before removal, and
remove the rear mounting locking nut and bolt.

RS15280100

10.Remove the steering gear with tie rod assembly.

a. Loosen the high pressure pipe and fluid return
pipe bracket nut (1), and remove the fluid return
pipe joint bolt (3) and the high pressure pipe 2
joint bolt (2) from the steering gear. 1
(Tightening torque for bracket nut: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)
(Tightening torque for fluid return pipe joint bolt:
30 ± 3 N·m)
(Tightening torque for high pressure pipe joint
bolt: 30 ± 3 N·m)
3

RS15280110

28–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

28 - HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

b. Remove the steering gear bracket fixing bolt

(arrow), and remove the steering gear with tie
rod assembly.
(Tightening torque: 60 ± 6 N·m)

RS15280230

11. Remove the steering gear acoustical cover.

Inspection
1. Check the steering gear housing for damage or deformation, and the rack and pinion for sticking. Replace
the steering gear assembly if necessary.
2. Check if the tie rod boot, clamp and clamping ring are normal. Replace them if necessary to prevent water
and micro dust from entering and causing parts failure prematurely.
3. Check the tie rod, ball pin assembly for serious wear. Replace the tie rod and ball pin assembly if
necessary.
4. Check the steering gear acoustical cover for damage. Replace the steering gear acoustical cover if
necessary.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• After installing the steering gear, perform the front wheel alignment procedure (See page 22-30).

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 28–15

28 - HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

Steering Fluid Reservoir Assembly

Removal
1. Drain the steering fluid (See page 28-8).
2. Remove the steering fluid reservoir fluid suction
28 pipe clamp (1) and fluid return pipe clamp (2), and
disconnect the fluid suction pipe joint and fluid 1
return pipe joint.
2

RS15280170

CAUTION

• Using a plug, clog the disconnected pipe to prevent foreign matter from entering.

3. Pull upward to remove the steering fluid reservoir.

Inspection
1. Check the steering fluid reservoir for breakage or deformation. Replace the fluid reservoir if necessary.
2. Check if there is contamination in the steering fluid reservoir. Clean or replace it if necessary.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Install the fluid suction pipe clamp and fluid return pipe clamp in place.
• Never tap or hit the fluid reservoir.

28–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

28 - HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

Power Steering Pump Assembly

Removal

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• Collect the steering fluid flowing from the line with a container when disconnecting the line. 28

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Drain the steering fluid (See page 28-8).
3. Remove the steering pump drive belt (See page 07-18).
4. Remove the steering pump with bracket assembly.
a. Remove the hollow bolt (1) for high pressure
pipe joint and the fluid suction pipe joint (2) from
the steering pump.
(Tightening torque for high pressure pipe joint
hollow bolt : 40 ± 4 N·m)
2

RS15280050

CAUTION

• Using a plug, clog the disconnected steering system line to prevent foreign matter from entering.

b. Disconnect the steering pump switch connector

(1), remove the steering pump bracket fixing 2
bolts (2), and remove the steering pump with
bracket assembly.
(Tightening torque: 23 ± 2 N·m)

RS15280060

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 28–17

28 - HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

Disassembly
1. Remove the steering pump pulley.
a. Remove the steering pump pulley fixing bolts.
(Tightening torque: 23 ± 2 N·m)

RS15280061

2. Separate the steering pump and the steering pump bracket.

a. Remove the coupling bolts between the steering
pump and bracket.
(Tightening torque: 23 ± 2 N·m)

RS15280062

Inspection
1. Check the steering pump for blockage or damage, and the steering pump bearing for looseness and
abnormal noise. Replace the steering pump assembly if necessary.
2. Check if the steering pump pulley is normal. Replace the steering pump assembly if necessary.
3. Check if the steering pump bracket is normal. Replace the steering pump bracket if necessary.

Assembly
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

CAUTION

• Tighten the bolts to the specified torque.

• DO NOT tap or hit the steering pump.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Tighten the fixing bolts to the specified torque.

• DO NOT tap or hit the steering pump.

28–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

28 - HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

Steering Fluid Pipe

Removal

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• Collect the steering fluid flowing from the line with a container when disconnecting the line. 28

1. Drain the steering fluid (See page 28-8).

2. Remove the hollow bolt (arrow) from the high
pressure pipe joint on the steering pump.
(Tightening torque: 40 ± 4 N·m)

RS15280160

3. Remove the fluid suction pipe clamp (1) and fluid

return pipe clamp (2) from the steering fluid
reservoir, and disconnect the fluid suction pipe joint 1
and fluid return pipe joint.
2

RS15280170

4. Remove the fluid return pipe joint bolt (1) and high
pressure pipe joint bolt (2) from the steering gear.
(Tightening torque for fluid return pipe joint bolt: 2
30 ± 3 N·m)
(Tightening torque for high pressure pipe joint bolt:
30 ± 3 N·m)

RS15280111

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 28–19

28 - HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING

5. Remove the high pressure pipe and fluid return

pipe lower brackets fixing nuts.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15280190

6. Remove the high pressure pipe and fluid return

pipe upper brackets fixing nuts, and remove the
high pressure pipe and fluid return pipe.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15280200

7. Disassembly the high pressure pipe assembly.

a. Using a wrench, remove the high pressure pipe
I joint bolt (1) and the high pressure pipe II joint
nut (2), and separate the high pressure pipe I
assembly and the high pressure pipe II 1
assembly.
(Tightening torque: 30 ± 3 N·m)

RS15280240

Inspection
1. Check the steering fluid pipe for cracks, wear or blockage. Replace the steering fluid pipe assembly if
necessary.
2. Check the steering fluid pipe joint and the O-ring for deformation or damage. Replace the steering fluid
pipe assembly if necessary.
3. Check if the steering fluid pipe bracket is normal. Replace it if necessary.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Never tap or squeeze the steering fluid pipe.

• Tighten the fixing nut to the specified torque.

28–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

AIR CONDITIONING
GENERAL INFORMATION 29-3 HVAC Assembly 29-27
Description 29-3 Removal 29-27
Specifications 29-5 Disassembly 29-31
Tools 29-6 Inspection 29-33
Circuit Diagram 29-7 Assembly 29-34 29
Installation 29-34
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 29-9
Evaporator Assembly 29-35
Problem Symptoms Table 29-9
Removal 29-35
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 29-12 Disassembly 29-36
On-vehicle Inspection 29-12 Inspection 29-38
Compressor Assembly Assembly 29-39
Noise Inspection 29-12 Installation 29-39
Refrigerant Leakage Inspection 29-13 Heating Box Assembly 29-40
Refrigerant Recovering/Draining 29-15 Removal 29-40
Vacuum Pumping 29-16 Disassembly 29-40
Refrigerant Recharging 29-16 Inspection 29-41
Refrigerant Oil Recovering 29-17 Assembly 29-41
Refrigerant Oil Charging 29-18 Installation 29-41
A/C Control Panel Assembly 29-19 A/C Low Pressure Line 29-42
Removal 29-19 Removal 29-42
Inspection 29-20 Installation 29-43
Installation 29-21 A/C High Pressure Line 29-44
Air Inlet Filter Assembly 29-22 Removal 29-44
Removal 29-22 Installation 29-46
Installation 29-22 Compressor Assembly 29-47
Blower Assembly 29-23 Removal 29-47
Removal 29-23 Installation 29-49
Inspection 29-24 Condenser Assembly
Installation 29-24 (w/ Receiver Drier) 29-50
Blower Speed Resistor 29-25 Removal 29-50
Removal 29-25 Inspection 29-51
Inspection 29-26 Installation 29-51
Installation 29-26

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–1

29–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

GENERAL INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING

Description

1 29
2

×2

RS15290010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–3

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

1 - HVAC Assembly 2 - Air Inlet Filter Assembly

3 - A/C Control Panel Assembly 4 - A/C High Pressure Line II
5 - A/C Low Pressure Line I 6 - A/C Low Pressure Line II
7 - A/C High Pressure Line I 8 - Compressor Assembly
9 - Condenser Assembly (w/Receiver Drier)
29
1. System composition
The A/C system consists of the following four parts:
• Air conditioning and distribution system: air inlet filter assembly, outlet on each side at the front.
• Control system: A/C control panel assembly, blower, blower speed resistor, A/C pressure switch and
evaporator temperature sensor.
• Heating system: heating box assembly, heating inlet hose, heating outlet hose and engine cooling
circulation system.
• Cooling system: compressor assembly, condenser assembly (w/receiver drier), expansion valve,
evaporator case assembly and A/C high/low pressure line.
2. Operation

High-pressure Low-pressure
Gas Liquid

High-pressure Low-pressure
Liquid Gas
Compressor

Outside Air

Condenser

Evaporator
Blower Motor

Refrigerant
Expansion Valve
Pressure Sensor

RS15290020

29–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

Outside fresh air enters the air inlet filter assembly through the cowl top opening at the right side of the
windshield base. The fresh air flows through the evaporator and the heater core, and then enters into the
vehicle through the outlets on the instrument panel and the floor. The intake air volume can be adjusted by the
blower speed switch on the A/C control panel assembly. Turn on the compressor assembly by pressing the A/
C switch on the A/C control panel. The refrigerant is compressed by the compressor assembly and converted
into high temperature - high pressure gas, which is then condensed into high pressure liquid in the condenser.
Then the liquid is filtered and dried by the receiver drier and delivered to the expansion valve and becomes
low-pressure liquid through throttling and depressurization. Finally the liquid enters the evaporator in the
vehicle, absorbs the heat and evaporates, thus refrigeration is achieved. The A/C heating is realized by the
engine coolant circulation system. The heater core is the main component of the heating system. With the
29
engine running, engine coolant flows from the engine water pump to the heater core, the heater core transmits
the heat from engine coolant to the air that flows through the heater core. At this time, the A/C switch is off.
The air flowing through the heater core becomes hot wind through the heat exchanger, thus providing heating.
The temperature adjustment control mechanism can be controlled by rotating the temperature adjustment
knob, and the mix damper closes when temperature adjustment knob is rotated counterclockwise to MAX
COOL position. If the airflow does not flow through the heater core, the heat transmission will not occur. When
rotating the temperature adjustment knob clockwise from the MAX COOL position, the mix damper will open
slowly, allowing air flows through the heater core. Most of the airflow is heated in this way and the discharged
air becomes warm. When the temperature adjustment knob is rotated counterclockwise to the MAX HOT
position, the mix damper is opened fully and all the air flows through the heat core, thus the air is heated.
Mode knob on the A/C control panel is used to direct temperature adjusted air through selected outlets.

Specifications
Torque specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Coupling Nut Between A/C Line Holder and Body 9 ± 1.5
Coupling Nut Between A/C Line and Expansion
9 ± 1.5
Valve
Coupling Bolt Between A/C Low Pressure Line and
25 ± 4
Compressor Assembly
Coupling Bolt Between A/C High Pressure Line and
25 ± 4
Compressor Assembly
Coupling Nut Between A/C Low Pressure Line and
9 ± 1.5
Press Panel
Coupling Bolt Between Condenser Assembly and
9 ± 1.5
Tank Crossmember
Coupling Nut Between Inlet Assembly and Body 3.5 ± 0.5
Coupling Nut Between HVAC Assembly and Body 3.5 ± 0.5
Coupling Screw Between HVAC Assembly and Body 3.5 ± 0.5
A/C Control Panel Assembly Fixing Screw 2.5 ± 0.5
Generator Upper Fixing Bolt 40 ± 5
Generator Bracket Fixing Bolt 20 ± 5
Generator Bracket Adjustment Bolt 20 ± 5
Compressor Assembly Mounting Bracket Fixing Bolt 20 - 25
Compressor Assembly Fixing Bolt 20 - 25
Fixing Nut Between A/C Line and Condenser
9 ± 1.5
Assembly

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–5

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

Description Torque (N·m)

Blower Speed Resistor Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.2
Air Inlet Filter Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.2
Blower Housing Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.2
Heating Box Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.2
Evaporator Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.2
29
Refrigerant Charging Specification

Description Charging Capacity (g)

R134a Refrigerant 400 ± 10

Refrigerant Oil Charging Specifications

Description Charging Capacity (ml)

It is necessary to pour out 50 ml of refrigerant oil
Compressor Assembly Replacement
from the new compressor assembly
Condenser Replacement 40
Evaporator Replacement 30
A/C Line Replacement 10

Tools
General Tools

Refrigerant Recycling Machine

RS15290030

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

29–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

Circuit Diagram
A/C Control System (Page 1 of 2)

29
IGNITION SWITCH
ON
R
A

R
B

R
A12 D1 D2

EF10 EF21 INSTRUMENT

PANEL FUSE
5A 30A AND RELAY BOX
86 87
E-047
BLOWER I-001
RELAY EF13 I-002
85 30 5A

B2 B14 B12
WR

TO BACKLIGHT
POWER

5 2
Br

V
BLOWER BLOWER 8 10
M

SWITCH I-016
I-011

6 3 2 4 1 A/C SWITCH
1
I-012
RB
GW
RW

RB
Y
B

7 9
RB

4
I-017
Y 2 I-006

A/C SPEED GR
C
GW 1 RESISTOR
I-013

RW 3

D1
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7
B13 B14 B15 B16 A13 A12 A11 A10
B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 D2

E-047
I-002 I-001 Lg
W W

6 5 4 2 1
3 2 1 4 3 1 I-016
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 I-012 W
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 I-011 I-013 2
B
W W

ES15290010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–7

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

A/C Control System (Page 2 of 2)

BATTERY

B+

29
F07
ENGINE
SB3 10A
COMPARTMENT
60A 3 2 FUSE AND
MAIN 3 2 RELAY BOX
RELAY A/C E-014
COMPRESSOR E-042
5 1 RELAY E-050
5 1
B1 B2 E10 E8 E20
R
A

WL
GR
LB
R
B

A/C
EVAPORATOR
o
TEMPERATURE
t
SENSOR
GR I-018
C
2 1
E-062 3
GW

BBr

E-023

8 10 20 I-014
GR

E-057
1
GR

A/C
2 COMPRESSOR
A/C E-030
PRESSURE
SWITCH
GW

BBr

E-059
1
WB

79 52 28 44 10

ECM
E-055

1 2 B2

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 E-042
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 E-059 Lg
E-055 W
3 B
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1 2 1 1 B
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81

I-018 E-014
E-030
W W

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
16 21 26 31 36 41
3 7 11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 20 25 30 35 40
E-062
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 2 6 10 B
E13 E14 E15 E16 14 19 24 29 34 39
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
E-057
W E-050
ES15290020
W

29–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
HINT:
Use the table below to help determine the cause of the problem. Check each suspected area in order. Repair
or replace faulty components or perform adjustments as necessary.
29
Symptom Suspected Area See page
Blower fuse (damaged) -
Blower relay (damaged) -
Blower speed switch (damaged) 29-20
Blower motor (damaged) 29-24
Mix damper control cable (stuck or
-
damaged)
No warm air from A/C
Mix damper control knob (stuck or
-
damaged)
Warm air water pipe (blocked or damaged) -
Heater core assembly (blocked or
29-40
damaged)
Wire harness or connector (open or short) -
Leak in system 29-13
Refrigerant (overcharged) 29-15
A/C pressure switch (damaged) -
Evaporator temperature sensor (damaged) 29-36
A/C switch (damaged) -
Compressor assembly fuse (damaged) 48-31
Compressor assembly relay (damaged) 48-31
A/C fails to cool
Compressor assembly belt (loose) -
Compressor assembly (damaged) 29-47
Condenser assembly (blocked or
29-50
damaged)
Expansion valve (blocked or frosted) -
Evaporator core assembly (blocked or
29-36
damaged)
Wire harness or connector (open or short) -
A/C cools intermittently Moisture in system -

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–9

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Leak in system 29-13
Refrigerant (insufficient) 29-15
Refrigerant (overcharged) 29-15
Air in refrigerant -
Moisture in refrigerant -
29
Condenser (dirty or blocked) 29-50
Expansion valve (dirty or blocked) -
Insufficient cooling of A/C
Evaporator core (dirty or blocked) 29-36
A/C high/low pressure line (dirty or
29-42
blocked)
Blower speed switch (damaged) 29-20
Blower motor (damaged) 29-24
Compressor assembly belt (loose) -
Wire harness or connector (loose) -
Compressor assembly belt (slip) -
Compressor assembly clutch bearing
-
(worn and excess clearance)
Compressor assembly solenoid coil (faulty
-
or loose joint)
Too much noise in system
Compressor assembly belt (over tightened) -
Compressor assembly mounting bolt
-
(loose)
Cooling fan blade (deform) -
Refrigerant oil (too low) 29-17
Pressure of low pressure side switches
between normal and vacuum during Moisture in refrigerant (excessive) -
operation
Pressure is too low for low pressure side A/C system (leaked) 29-13
and high pressure side, cooling
performance is insufficient Refrigerant (insufficient) 29-15

Pressure is too low for low pressure side

and high pressure side, frost exists on pipe Condenser (dirty or blocked) 29-50
from condenser to A/C unit
Moisture in refrigerant (excessive) -
Vacuum occurs on low pressure side, and
pressure on high pressure side is too low, Expansion valve (dirty or blocked) -
frost exists on pipes on both sides of A/C line (leaked) 29-42
condenser or expansion valve
Condenser (dirty or blocked) 29-50

Pressure is too high for low pressure side Expansion valve (faulty) -
and high pressure side Refrigerant oil (excessive) 29-17

29–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Surface of condenser (dirty) 29-12
Cooling fan (not operating) -
Pressure on low pressure side is normal or
slightly low, and pressure on the high Refrigerant (overcharged) 29-15
pressure side is too high
Air in refrigerant -
Engine (overheating) -
29
Pressure on low pressure side is too high, Compressor assembly belt (slip) -
and pressure on high pressure side is too
low Compressor assembly (faulty) 29-47

Pressure on low pressure side is too low, A/C high pressure line (blocked) 29-44
and pressure on high pressure side is too
high Expansion valve (faulty) -

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–11

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
On-vehicle Inspection
HINT:
• The A/C refrigerant lines and hoses are used to transfer the refrigerant among the A/C system
components. Any twist or bent in the refrigerant lines and hoses will reduce the performance of A/C system
and refrigerant flow in system.
29 • There remains high pressure in refrigerant when the A/C compressor assembly is operating. It is
necessary to ensure that each connecting part in A/C system is sealed well. Check all the system lines at
least once a year to ensure that it is in good condition and properly routed. The refrigerant lines and hoses
cannot be repaired and must be replaced if leakage or damage exists.
1. General inspection
a. Check if there is any oil or dirt on each joint of the A/C line. If this occurs, there may be leaks.
b. Check if the surface of condenser is dirty and the fins are deformed.
c. Check for harsh noises while the compressor assembly is operating normally.
d. Temperature difference should be noticeable by feeling the intake line and exhaust line of compressor
assembly with hand. Normally, the intake line is cool, and the exhaust line is hot. Feel the temperature
of intake duct and exhaust duct of condenser with hand. Normally, the temperature of intake duct is
higher than the temperature of exhaust duct. Feel the temperature difference of expansion valve inlet
and outlet line with hand. Normally, the expansion valve inlet line is hot and the outlet line is cool, and
temperature difference is noticeable between both.
2. Using the pressure gauge set, check the refrigerant pressure.
a. Connect the manifold pressure gauge set. Read the pressure value on the pressure gauge after the
following conditions are met. Test conditions:
• Inner/outer circulation switch is in outer circulation position.
• Engine runs at approximately 2000 rpm.
• Adjust the temperature knob to MAX. COOL.
• Blower speed control switch is in highest band.
• Turn on the A/C switch.
Observe the pressure value on the pressure gauge. In normal condition, the pressure of low pressure
side is 0.15 - 0.20 MPa and the pressure of high pressure side is 1.5 - 1.8 MPa.

Compressor Assembly Noise Inspection

When checking the noise related to the A/C system, you must first know the conditions under which the noise
occurs. These conditions include: weather, vehicle speed, engine speed, engine temperature and any other
special conditions. Louder noises during A/C operation can often mislead someone. For example, what
sounds like a failed bearing, may be caused by loose bolts, mounting brackets or a loose compressor
assembly.

CAUTION

• The A/C compressor assembly must be replaced if any abnormal compressor assembly noise is heard.
• At different engine speeds, the drive belts may produce noises that are mistaken for A/C compressor
assembly noise. The noises occur when the compressor assembly is operating at maximum
displacement, and do not occur when the compressor assembly is operating at minimum displacement.

1. Select a quiet place for testing.

2. Duplicate the customer's feedback information as much as possible.
3. Turn the A/C system on and off several times to clearly identify the compressor assembly noise.

29–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

4. Listen to the operation sound of the A/C compressor assembly while it is operating at maximum and
minimum displacement positions.
5. Using an engine sound scope or a long screwdriver with handle, hold the A/C compressor assembly near
to your ear for detecting, in order to better position the noise source.
6. To duplicate high temperature conditions (high pressure), restrict the air flowing through the A/C
condenser. Install a manifold gauge set to ensure that the discharge pressure is less than 2600 kPa.
7. Check the condition of the compressor assembly belt.
8. Check the compressor assembly hub, pulley and bearing assembly. Ensure that the hub and pulley are
properly aligned and the pulley bearing is securely mounted to the A/C compressor assembly.
29
9. Check the refrigerant lines for incorrect routing, breakage or interference which can cause unusual noises.
At the same time, check the refrigerant lines for twists or bends, otherwise, it will restrict the refrigerant
flowing, which can cause noises.
10.Loosen all the compressor assembly tightening bolts and retighten them.
11. If noise occurs when the liquid refrigerant in the A/C suction pipe is under a slugging condition, replace the
condenser and check the refrigerant oil level and the charging condition for refrigerant.
12.If the slugging condition still exists after replacing the condenser, replace the A/C compressor assembly.

WARNING

• DO NOT crank the engine with vacuum pump operating or vacuum existing in the A/C system.
Otherwise, the A/C compressor assembly will be damaged seriously.

Refrigerant Leakage Inspection

WARNING

• The compressed air should not be used to perform pressure test or leakage test for the R134a service
equipment or vehicle A/C system. Air mixture and R134a are combustible at high pressure. These
mixtures are potentially dangerous and may result in fire or explosion, which could cause vehicle
damage, personal injury or death.
• Avoid inhaling the vapor or moisture from the A/C refrigerant and refrigerant oil.
• Only use the specialized service equipment to discharge the R134a system. If the system is discharged
accidentally, ventilate the work area before servicing.

CAUTION

• If the charging amount of the A/C refrigerant is empty or insufficient, there may be a leak in the A/C
system. Check all the A/C lines, joints and components for oil residue. Oil residue is the indication mark
to indicate where the A/C system leaks.

Check the refrigerant for leakage.

1. After recharging the refrigerant, use the gas leak detector to check the refrigerant gas for leakage.
2. Perform operations under the following conditions:
• Stop the engine.
• Ensure the ventilation is well (the gas leak detector may react to volatile gases which are not from
refrigerant, such as gasoline vapor or exhaust gas).
• Repeat the test for 2 or 3 times.
• Make sure that there is some refrigerant remaining in the refrigerant system.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–13

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

3. Bring the gas leak detector close to the A/C line

joint and check the A/C line for leakage. If sound is
heard from the gas leak detector, it indicates that
there is leaking part. Repair or replace the leaking
A/C line as necessary.

29
RS15290040

4. Disconnect the A/C pressure switch connector and check the A/C pressure switch for leakage in the same
way. Replace the A/C pressure switch as necessary.
5. Insert the gas leak detector into the evaporator assembly and check the evaporator for leakage in the
same way. Clean or replace the evaporator core assembly as necessary.
6. Check the condenser for leakage in the same way. Clean or replace the condenser assembly as
necessary.

RS15290041

29–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

Refrigerant Recovering/Draining
WARNING

• Take extra care when servicing the A/C system under high pressure.
• The A/C system includes the refrigerant under high pressure and must be repaired by professional
serviceman. Otherwise, improper service procedures may cause serious injury or even death.
• If the A/C system is discharged accidentally, ventilate the work area before servicing. Large amounts of 29
refrigerant released in a closed work area will reduce the oxygen and cause choking, resulting in serious
injury or even death.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

• Never drain the refrigerant in the A/C system into the atmosphere directly, and avoid environmental
contamination.

CAUTION

• It is necessary to recover the refrigerant with R134a refrigerant special recycling machine.
• DO NOT work near the open flame.
• Always dispose of the recovered refrigerant as specified.
• Never charge R-12 to the refrigerant system which is designed to use R134a. These refrigerants are not
compatible and it will damage the A/C system.
• DO NOT crank the engine with vacuum pump operating or vacuum existing in the A/C system.
Otherwise, the A/C compressor will be damaged seriously.

1. Open the hood, and loosen the joint cover of the A/C high/low pressure line.
2. Connect the refrigerant recycling machine to the A/C high/low pressure line joint.
a. Connect the red connector to the A/C high
pressure line joint (1).
b. Connect the blue connector to the A/C low
pressure line joint (2).
1

RS15290050

3. Open the high pressure valve and low pressure valve of the refrigerant recycling machine.
4. Choose the "recovering" item on the machine and make it start to operate.
5. Check the low pressure value on the pressure gauge to ensure that the recycling is completed, and then
turn the machine off.
6. Disconnect the connections between the refrigerant recycling machine and the A/C line joint.
7. Reinstall the cover onto the refrigerant line joint.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–15

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

Vacuum Pumping
1. Open the hood, and loosen the joint cover of A/C high/low pressure line.
2. Connect the refrigerant recycling machine to the A/C high/low pressure line joint.
a. Connect the red connector to the A/C high
pressure line joint (1).
b. Connect the blue connector to the A/C low
pressure line joint (2).
29 1

RS15290050

3. Open the high pressure valve and low pressure valve of the refrigerant recycling machine.
4. Choose the "vacuum pumping" item on the machine and the time setting is 15 minutes, then choose OK
and make it start to operate.
5. Wait approximately 10 minutes after operation is completed and check if the vacuum in A/C system
changes. If it changes, the A/C system may have leakage and should be checked and repaired. If not,
continue to perform the refrigerant charging procedures.

Refrigerant Recharging
CAUTION

• A small amount of refrigerant oil is removed from the A/C system when recovering and draining the
refrigerant. When charging the A/C system, always replenish the lost refrigerant oil during the
recovering.
• DO NOT charge excessive refrigerant. Otherwise, it will cause excessive pressure to the compressor
assembly, resulting in compressor assembly noise and A/C system failure.
• Always perform vacuum pumping before recharging refrigerant.

1. Perform vacuum pumping with the vacuum pump.

2. Charge refrigerant oil after checking that there is no leakage in A/C system.
3. Perform vacuum pumping for 3 minutes again after charging refrigerant oil, then charge refrigerant.
4. Choose the "charging" item on the machine and set the amount of charging to the specified value, then
choose OK and make it start to operate.
5. Open the suction valve and close the discharge valve, and then open the charge valve to allow the
refrigerant to flow into the system.
6. When the delivery of refrigerant has stopped, close the charge valve.
7. If the charged refrigerant is not delivered to the specified position, start the engine to operate the A/C
compressor assembly.
8. Open the charge valve to deliver the remaining refrigerant to A/C system.

WARNING

• DO NOT open the discharge (high pressure) valve at this time. Failure to do so may result in serious
personal injury or even death.

29–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

1 3 5

2 4 6

RS15290060

b. Remove 4 fixing screws (arrow) from the A/C

RANDOM
03 TUNE.SEEK

control panel assembly.

BAND 4
Search
DIR+

DSP 5

REPEAT MODE 6
86%

(Tightening torque: 2.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

6(&
MUTE
,16,'( $8;,1 ',5
,16,'( 6&1 $67
,'

LOUD

RS15290070

c. Disconnect the A/C control panel assembly

connectors (1) and (2).
3
d. Loosen the fixing clamp and disengage the
inner and outer circulation damper control
mechanism cable (3) (white).
e. Loosen the fixing clamp and disengage the 5
temperature damper control mechanism cable 4
(4) (black).
f. Loosen the fixing clamp and disengage the 1
2
mode damper control mechanism cable (5)
(yellow). RS15290080

g. Remove the A/C control panel assembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–19

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

Inspection
1. Check the blower speed switch.
a. Remove the A/C control panel assembly.
b. Using the ohm band of the digital multimeter,
check for continuity between each terminal of
blower speed switch according to the table + -
below.
29 4 5 6

1 2 3

RS15290090

Standard Condition

Blower Speed Switch Condition Multimeter Connection Specified Condition

Terminal 1 - Terminal 5 No continuity
Terminal 1 - Terminal 6 No continuity
Terminal 2 - Terminal 5 No continuity
Terminal 2 - Terminal 6 No continuity
OFF Terminal 3 - Terminal 5 No continuity
Terminal 3 - Terminal 6 No continuity
Terminal 4 - Terminal 5 No continuity
Terminal 4 - Terminal 6 No continuity
Terminal 5 - Terminal 6 No continuity
Terminal 3 - Terminal 5 Continuity
1st Terminal 3 - Terminal 6 Continuity
Terminal 5 - Terminal 6 Continuity
Terminal 2 - Terminal 5 Continuity
2nd Terminal 2 - Terminal 6 Continuity
Terminal 5 - Terminal 6 Continuity
Terminal 4 - Terminal 5 Continuity
3rd Terminal 4 - Terminal 6 Continuity
Terminal 5 - Terminal 6 Continuity
Terminal 1 - Terminal 5 Continuity
4th Terminal 1 - Terminal 6 Continuity
Terminal 5 - Terminal 6 Continuity

If the result is not as specified, replace the A/C control panel assembly.

29–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

2. Check the A/C control panel assembly.

a. Remove the A/C control panel assembly.
b. Using the ohm band of the digital multimeter, check for continuity between each terminal according to
the table below.
Standard Condition

Multimeter Specified + -
Condition
Connection Condition
Terminal 9 -
29
Always Continuity
Terminal 10 1 8

9 16

RS15290100

c. Connect the positive (+) battery lead to terminal

10 and negative (-) lead to terminal 9, then + -
check if the A/C switch backlight comes on.
OK: Light comes on.

1 8

9 16

RS15290101

If the result is not as specified, replace the A/C control panel assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–21

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

Air Inlet Filter Assembly

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the instrument panel assembly (See page 42-12).
4. Remove the air inlet filter assembly.
29 a. Remove 2 fixing nuts (arrow) between the air
inlet filter assembly and the body.
(Tightening torque: 3.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15290110

b. Disengage and remove the air inlet filter assembly from the body locating rod.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• During installation, always align the installation hole of the air inlet filter assembly and the body locating
rod.
• After installation, check that the sealing of the air inlet filter assembly and the inlet housing is in good
condition.

29–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

Blower Assembly
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the blower assembly.
a. Disconnect the blower assembly connector
(arrow). 29

RS15290120

b. Remove the blower assembly ventilation hose

(arrow).

RS15290130

c. Disengage the fixing claw (arrow) of the blower

assembly, and rotate the blower assembly lightly
to remove it.

RS15290140

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–23

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

Inspection
1. Check the blower motor.
a. Remove the blower assembly.
b. Connect the positive (+) battery lead to terminal
2 and negative (-) battery lead to terminal 1. + -
Check that the blower motor turns smoothly.

2
29
1

RS15290150

If the operation is not as specified, replace the blower assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

29–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

Blower Speed Resistor

Removal

WARNING

• During normal operation, the blower speed resistor may be very hot. Before performing diagnosis and
repairs, turn the blower off, and wait for several minutes to cool the blower speed resistor to prevent
burns.
29

CAUTION

• DO NOT operate the blower assembly when removing the blower speed resistor from the vehicle. Failure
to do so may cause damage to the blower assembly.

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the blower speed resistor.
a. Disconnect the blower speed resistor connector
(arrow).

RS15290160

b. Remove 2 fixing screws (arrow) from the blower

speed resistor.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.2 N·m)

RS15290170

c. Remove the blower speed resistor.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–25

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

Inspection
1. Check the blower speed resistor.
a. Remove the blower speed resistor.
b. Using the ohm band of the digital multimeter, measure the resistance value between each terminal
according to the table below.
Standard Resistance

29 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition (Ω) + -

1
3
2
4
Terminal 1 - Terminal 2 0.7
Terminal 1 - Terminal 3 1.8
Terminal 2 - Terminal 3 2.5

RS15290180

If the result is not as specified, replace the blower speed resistor.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

29–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

HVAC Assembly
AIR CONDITIONING

Removal

CAUTION

• Special service equipment for R134a refrigerant must be used to recover/charge refrigerant.
• Be careful not to damage hoses during removal and installation. 29
• Always keep the work area in good ventilation.
• The disconnected A/C line and connecting part should be sealed to prevent foreign matter from entering.

1. Drain the engine coolant (See page 12-13).

2. Recover the refrigerant in the A/C system (See page 29-15).
3. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
4. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
5. Remove the battery (See page 16-7).
6. Remove the A/C control panel assembly.
a. Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with
protective tape, pry off the A/C control panel
assembly cover (arrow) carefully. 5
6

1 2 3
4

A/C

1 3 5

2 4 6

RS15290060

b. Remove 4 fixing screws (arrow) from the A/C

RANDOM
03 TUNE.SEEK

control panel assembly.

BAND 4
Search
DIR+

DSP 5

REPEAT MODE 6
86%

(Tightening torque: 2.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

6(&
MUTE
,16,'( $8;,1 ',5
,16,'( 6&1 $67
,'

LOUD

RS15290070

7. Remove the instrument panel assembly (See page 42-12).

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–27

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

8. Remove the HVAC assembly.

a. Remove the fixing nuts (arrow) between the A/C
high/low pressure line and the expansion valve,
and detach the A/C high/low pressure line.
(Tightening torque: 9 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15290190

b. Remove 2 fixing screws between the HVAC

assembly in the engine compartment and the
body.
(Tightening torque: 3.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15290200

c. Using snap spring calipers, disengage the fixing

clamps (arrow) of the heating inlet hose and the
heating outlet hose, and remove the heating
inlet hose (1) and the heating outlet hose (2).

RS15290210

d. Remove 2 fixing nuts (arrow) between the lower

right of HVAC assembly and the body.
(Tightening torque: 3.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15290220

29–28 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

e. Remove the fixing nut (arrow) between the

upper right of HVAC assembly and the body.
(Tightening torque: 3.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

29
RS15290230

f. Remove the defroster duct body assembly (1).

RS15290240

g. Remove 2 fixing nuts (arrow) between the upper

left of HVAC assembly and the body.
(Tightening torque: 3.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15290250

h. Remove the fixing nut (arrow) between the

lower left of HVAC assembly and the body.
(Tightening torque: 3.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15290260

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–29

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

i. Remove the fixing nut (arrow) between the

lower center of HVAC assembly and the body,
and disengage the A/C drain pipe (1) from the
body positioning hole.
(Tightening torque: 3.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

29
RS15290270

j. Disconnect the A/C control panel assembly

connectors (1) and (2).

1
2

RS15290280

k. Disconnect the blower speed resistor connector

(1), blower assembly connector (2) and 3
evaporator temperature sensor connector (3).
2

RS15290290

l. Carefully remove the HVAC assembly.

29–30 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

Disassembly
1. Remove the inner and outer circulation damper control mechanism cable (white).
a. Remove the cable fixing clamp (arrow), and
disengage the cable (1) from the inner and outer
circulation damper control lever.

1 29

RS15290300

b. Remove the cable fixing clamp (arrow) from the

A/C control panel assembly, and disengage the
inner and outer circulation damper control
1
mechanism cable (1).

RS15290310

2. Remove the mode damper control mechanism cable (yellow).

a. Remove the cable fixing clamp (arrow), and
disengage the cable (1) from the mode damper
control lever.

RS15290320

b. Remove the cable fixing clamp (arrow) from the

A/C control panel assembly, and disengage the
mode damper control mechanism cable (1).
1

RS15290330

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–31

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

3. Remove the temperature damper control mechanism cable (black).

a. Remove the cable fixing clamp (arrow), and
disengage the cable (1) from the temperature 1
damper control lever.

RS15290340

b. Remove the cable fixing clamp (arrow) from the

A/C control panel assembly, and disengage the
temperature damper control mechanism cable
(1).
1

RS15290350

4. Remove the air inlet housing assembly.

a. Remove 4 fixing screws (arrow) between the air
inlet housing assembly and blower case.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.2 N·m)

RS15290360

b. Remove the air inlet housing assembly.

5. Remove the blower assembly (See page 29-23).
6. Remove the blower speed resistor (See page 29-25).

29–32 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

7. Remove the blower case.

a. Remove 2 fixing screws (arrow) between the
blower case and the evaporator assembly.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.2 N·m)

RS15290370

b. Lightly slip and disengage the blower case from the evaporator assembly.

Inspection
1. Check the damper control mechanism assembly.
a. Check if the inner and outer circulation damper
control lever (arrow) is stuck, damaged or falls
out. Replace it if necessary.

RS15290380

b. Check if the mode damper control lever (1) is

stuck, damaged or falls out. Replace it if
necessary. 2
c. Check if the mode damper control lever return
1
spring (2) is stuck, broken or the spring force is
insufficient. Replace it if necessary.
d. Check if the temperature damper control lever
3
(3) is stuck, damaged or falls out. Replace it if
necessary.

RS15290390

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–33

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

2. Check the damper control mechanism cable.

a. Check if the inner and outer circulation damper
control mechanism cable is worn, cracked,
deformed or the spring force is insufficient.
Replace it if necessary.
b. Check if the mode damper control mechanism
cable is worn, cracked, deformed or the spring
force is insufficient. Replace it if necessary.
29 c. Check if the temperature damper control
mechanism cable is worn, cracked, deformed or
the spring force is insufficient. Replace it if
necessary. RS15290400

Assembly
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

CAUTION

• During installation, apply a small amount of grease to the contact surface of inner/outer circulation lever
to ensure that it can operate smoothly.
• During installation, apply a small amount of grease to the contact surface of mode damper lever to
ensure that it can operate smoothly.
• During installation, apply a small amount of grease to the contact surface of temperature damper lever to
ensure that it can operate smoothly.
• Always check that the inner/outer circulation damper mechanism assembly operates normally after
installation is completed.
• Always check that the mode damper mechanism assembly operates normally after installation is
completed.
• Always check that the temperature damper mechanism assembly operates normally after installation is
completed.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Tighten the fixing bolts and fixing nuts to the specified torque.
• It is necessary to replace the O-ring of the refrigerant line when installing the refrigerant line. Failure to
do this may cause refrigerant leakage.
• Lubricate the new rubber O-ring with clean refrigerant oil and install it to the refrigerant line joint.
• Only use the specified O-ring, as it is made of special materials for R134a system.
• Only use recommended refrigerant oil which is applicable to the vehicle A/C compressor assembly.
• When the installation is completed, make sure to recharge the refrigerant and check for refrigerant
leakage.
• When the installation is completed, recharge the engine coolant and check the cooling system for
leakage.

29–34 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

Evaporator Assembly
Removal

CAUTION

• Special service equipment for R134a refrigerant must be used to recover and charge the refrigerant.
• Be careful not to damage hoses during removal and installation. 29
• Always keep the work area in good ventilation.
• The disconnected A/C line and connecting part should be sealed to prevent foreign matter from entering.

1. Drain the engine coolant (See page 12-13).

2. Recover the refrigerant from the A/C system (See page 29-15).
3. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
4. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
5. Remove the instrument panel assembly (See page 42-12).
6. Remove the HVAC assembly (See page 29-27).
7. Remove the inner and outer circulation damper control mechanism cable (white) (See page 29-31).
8. Remove the evaporator assembly.
a. Remove 2 fixing screws (arrow) between the
blower case and the evaporator assembly, and
remove the blower case.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.2 N·m)

RS15290370

b. Remove 2 fixing screws (arrow) between the

evaporator assembly and the heating box
assembly.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.2 N·m)

RS15290410

c. Lightly slip the evaporator assembly rearward to disengage it and the heating box assembly, and
remove the evaporator assembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–35

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

Disassembly
1. Remove the A/C drain hose.
a. Loosen the A/C drain hose fixing band (arrow),
turn the A/C drain hose (1) left and right to
remove it.

29
1

RS15290420

2. Remove the evaporator core assembly.

a. Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with
protective tape, carefully remove the evaporator
core line gasket (arrow) along the edge.

RS15290430

b. Remove 2 fixing screws (arrow) from one side of

the evaporator assembly housing and disengage
2 fixing clips (arrow).
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.2 N·m)

RS15290440

c. Remove 2 fixing screws (arrow) from the other

side of the evaporator assembly housing.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.2 N·m)

RS15290450

29–36 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

d. Disengage the evaporator assembly housing

and remove the evaporator core assembly
carefully.

29
RS15290460

3. Remove the evaporator temperature sensor.

a. Carefully remove the evaporator temperature
sensor from the evaporator core assembly.

RS15290470

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–37

RS15290410

b. Lightly slip the evaporator assembly rearward to disengage it and the heating box assembly, and
remove the heating box assembly.

Disassembly
1. Remove the heater core assembly.
a. Disengage the claws (arrow) from both ends of
the heater core assembly attachment plate, and
remove the attachment plate (1).
1

RS15290500

29–40 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

b. Slowly remove the heater core assembly

(arrow) from the heating box assembly.

29
RS15290510

Inspection
1. Check the heater core assembly.
a. Check if the heater core assembly is cracked, damaged or leaked.
If any problem is found, replace the heater core assembly.
b. Check the fin for bends.
If any fin is bent, carefully straighten it with a
screwdriver or pliers.

RS15290520

Assembly
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–41

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

A/C Low Pressure Line

Removal

CAUTION

• Special service equipment for R134a refrigerant must be used to recover and charge the refrigerant.
29 • Always keep the work area in good ventilation.
• The disconnected A/C line and connecting part should be sealed to prevent foreign matter from entering.

1. Recover the refrigerant from the A/C system (See page 29-15).
2. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
4. Remove the front bumper assembly (See page 45-6).
5. Remove the A/C low pressure line I.
a. Remove the coupling nut (arrow) between the A/C
low pressure line I and the expansion valve, and
disengage the A/C low pressure line I.
(Tightening torque: 9 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15290530

b. Remove the coupling nut (arrow) between the A/C

low pressure line I and the A/C low pressure line II,
and disengage the A/C high/low pressure line
fixing clamp (1). 1
(Tightening torque: 9 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15290540

c. Remove the A/C low pressure line I.

29–42 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

6. Remove the A/C low pressure line II.

a. Remove the fixing nut (arrow) between the A/C
high/low pressure line bracket and the body, and
disengage the A/C low pressure line II.
(Tightening torque: 9 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15290550

b. Remove the fixing bolt (arrow) between the A/C

low pressure line II and the compressor
assembly, and disengage the A/C low pressure
line II from the compressor assembly.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 4 N·m)

RS15290560

c. Remove the A/C low pressure line II.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Tighten the fixing bolts and fixing nuts to the specified torque.
• It is necessary to replace the O-ring of the refrigerant line when installing the refrigerant line. Failure to
do this may cause refrigerant leakage.
• Lubricate the new rubber O-ring with clean refrigerant oil and install it to the refrigerant line joint.
• Only use the specified O-ring, as it is made of special materials for R134a system.
• Only use recommended refrigerant oil which is applicable to the vehicle A/C compressor assembly.
• Perform recharging for the A/C system and check for refrigerant leakage.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–43

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

A/C High Pressure Line

Removal

CAUTION

1. Recover the refrigerant from the A/C system (See page 29-15).
2. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
4. Remove the front bumper assembly (See page 45-6).
5. Remove the A/C high pressure line I.
a. Remove the fixing bolt (arrow) between the A/C
high pressure line I and the compressor
assembly, and disengage the A/C high pressure
line I from the compressor assembly.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 4 N·m)

RS15290570

b. Remove the fixing nut (arrow) between the A/C

high pressure line I and the condenser
assembly, and disengage the A/C high pressure
line I from the condenser assembly.
(Tightening torque: 9 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15290580

c. Remove the A/C high pressure line I.

29–44 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

6. Remove the A/C high pressure line II.

a. Remove the fixing nut (arrow) between the A/C
high pressure line II and the condenser
assembly, and disengage the A/C high pressure
line II from the condenser assembly.
(Tightening torque: 9 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15290580

b. Remove the fixing nut (arrow) between the A/C

high/low pressure line bracket and the body, and
disengage the A/C high pressure line from the
body locating rod.
(Tightening torque: 9 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15290550

c. Disconnect the A/C pressure switch connector

(1) and disengage the A/C high/low pressure
line fixing clamp (arrow).

RS15290600

d. Remove the coupling nut (arrow) between the A/C

high pressure line II and the expansion valve, and
disengage the A/C high pressure line II.
(Tightening torque: 9 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15290610

e. Remove the A/C high pressure line II.

e. Remove 4 fixing bolts (arrow) between the

compressor assembly mounting bracket and the
engine assembly.
(Tightening torque: 20 - 25 N·m)

RS15290650

f. Remove the compressor assembly with mounting bracket.

g. Using a rubber hammer or a similar tool, lightly
tap the long-screw bolt end to separate the
thread connection (arrow) between the
compressor assembly and mounting bracket.

RS15290660

h. Remove the compressor assembly and the mounting bracket.

29–48 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Tighten the fixing bolts to the specified torque.

• It is necessary to replace the O-ring of the refrigerant line when installing the refrigerant line. Failure to
do this may cause refrigerant leakage.
• Lubricate the new rubber O-ring with clean refrigerant oil and install it to the refrigerant line joint.
29
• Only use the specified O-ring, as it is made of special materials for R134a system.
• Only use recommended refrigerant oil which is applicable to the vehicle A/C compressor assembly.
• When installing a new A/C compressor assembly, always remove a certain amount of refrigerant oil from
the new A/C compressor assembly as specified.
• Perform recharging for the A/C system and check for refrigerant leakage.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–49

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

Condenser Assembly (w/ Receiver Drier)

Removal

CAUTION

1. Recover the refrigerant from the A/C system (See page 29-15).
2. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
4. Remove the front bumper assembly (See page 45-6).
5. Remove the condenser assembly (w/ receiver drier).
a. Loosen 2 fixing nuts (arrow) between the A/C
high pressure line and the condenser assembly,
and disengage the A/C high pressure line I and
A/C high pressure line II.
(Tightening torque: 9 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15290670

b. Loosen 2 fixing bolts (arrow) between the

condenser assembly and the tank upper
crossmember.
(Tightening torque: 9 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15290680

c. Disengage the lower part of condenser

assembly from the positioning holes (arrow) of
the front crossmember assembly.

RS15290690

29–50 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

29 - AIR CONDITIONING

d. Carefully remove the condenser assembly (w/receiver drier) downward.

Inspection
1. Check the condenser fins.
a. If the condenser fins are dirty, wash them with water. Then dry the fins with compressed air.

CAUTION

• DO NOT damage the condenser fins. 29

b. If the condenser fins are bent, straighten them

with a screwdriver or pliers.

RS15290700

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• It is necessary to replace the O-ring of the refrigerant line when installing the refrigerant line. Failure to
do this may cause refrigerant leakage.
• Lubricate the new rubber O-ring with clean refrigerant oil and install it to the refrigerant line joint.
• Only use the specified O-ring, as it is made of special materials for R134a system.
• Only use recommended refrigerant oil which is applicable to the vehicle A/C compressor assembly.
• Perform recharging for the A/C system and check for refrigerant leakage.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 29–51

- MEMO -

29–52 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION 30-3 B1245 30-20
Description 30-3 B1400 30-27
Operation 30-3 B1401 30-27
Specifications 30-4 B2212 30-31
Tools 30-5 B2214 30-31
Circuit Diagram 30-6
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 30-36 30
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 30-8 Driver Airbag 30-36
SRS Control Module Assembly On-vehicle Inspection 30-36
Terminal List 30-8 Removal 30-37
DTC Confirmation Procedure 30-8 Installation 30-38
Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting 30-9 Disposal 30-38
Ground Inspection 30-9 Spiral Cable 30-39
Diagnosis Flow 30-10 Removal 30-39
SRS Control Module Assembly Inspection 30-40
DTC List 30-12 Installation 30-40
B1200 30-13 Front Passenger Airbag 30-41
B1238 30-14 On-vehicle Inspection 30-41
B1239 30-14 Removal 30-41
B1240 30-14 Installation 30-43
B1241 30-14 Disposal 30-43
B1242 30-20 SRS Control Module Assembly 30-44
B1243 30-20 Removal 30-44
B1244 30-20 Installation 30-44

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–1

30–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

Description
The vehicle adopts the occupant restraints system, which includes active and supplemental types. The active
restraints system requires the occupants to take some actions, such as fastening the seat belt; while the
supplemental restraints system requires no action from the occupants.
Active Restraints System:
• Driver seat belt and front passenger seat belt
• Rear seat belt 30
Supplemental Restraints System:
• Airbag system
The airbag system consists of the following components:
• Driver airbag
The driver airbag is installed in the steering wheel, which will inflate to protect the driver in the event of
a severe collision.
• Front passenger airbag
The front passenger airbag is installed in the instrument panel, which will inflate to protect the front
passenger in the event of a severe collision.
• SRS control module assembly
The SRS control module assembly has a built-in collision sensor which is installed on the body floor of
the auxiliary fascia console. It controls the inflation of the airbag so as to protect the driver and the front
passenger in the event of a severe collision.
• Spiral cable
It is used to connect the driver airbag, as well as ensuring that the steering wheel has enough steering
angle.
• Airbag malfunction indicator
After the ignition switch is turned to II (ON), if the malfunction indicator goes off after coming on for 3
seconds, it means that the supplemental restraints system operates normally. If the malfunction indicator
does not come on, remains on or flashes, it means that the supplemental restraints system has a problem
and it is necessary to perform testing and repairing.
• Wire harness
Generally, it is yellow and used to connect the elements of the system. The connector has a safety
mechanism.
• Airbag system function:
- The airbag must work together with the seat belt. The airbag cannot substitute for the seat belt. The
driver and the passengers should always fasten the seat belts during driving, and adjust the belts to the
proper position according to their sizes.
- Minor collision will not activate the airbag system. The airbags will quickly inflate to protect the driver
and the front passenger only when severe frontal collision occurs.

Operation
The supplemental restraints system can improve the safety of the occupants only when used in combination
with the seat belts. The occupants must fasten the seat belts in order to gain full protection from the
supplemental restraints system.
The supplemental restraints system circuit is continuously monitored and controlled by the SRS control
module assembly. The airbag indicator on the instrument cluster illuminates for approximately 3 seconds for a
test each time when the ignition switch is turned to II (ON). The airbag indicator goes off after the test is
completed. If the indicator comes on at any time other than the test time, it indicates that there is a problem in
the supplemental restraints system circuit.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–3

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

Whether the airbag deploys or not depends on the angle and severity of the impact. When the vehicle is
subjected to severe collision, the microprocessor supplemental restraints system sends signals to the
corresponding inflator units of the airbag to deploy the airbags quickly and protect the occupants.

CAUTION

• Disconnect the negative battery cable for at least 60 seconds before removing the airbag system
components. Remove the driver airbag and the spiral cable for safekeeping before repairing the steering
system.
• If the vehicle has been involved in a minor collision but the airbag components do not deploy, always
30 inspect the airbag components.
• If the airbag may be touched during servicing, remove the airbag as necessary for safekeeping before
servicing.
• Never use airbag components from another vehicle. When replacing the airbag components, replace
them with new ones.
• If an airbag component is dropped or if there are any cracks, dents or other defects in the case, bracket
or connector, replace the airbag component with a new one.
• Information labels are attached to the periphery of airbag component. Be sure to follow the warnings and
instructions on the labels.

WARNING

• Never expose the airbag components directly to hot air or open flames.
• Never attempt to disassemble or repair the airbag components.
• The removed airbag should be kept properly. If the airbag is triggered accidentally, it may cause personal
injury.
• As a disposable component, the airbag must be replaced after deployment and avoid reusing it.

Specifications
Torque specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Driver Airbag Fixing Bolt 10 ± 1.5
Spiral Cable Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Front Passenger Airbag Fixing Bolt 12 ± 2
SRS Control Module Assembly Fixing Bolt 10 ± 1.5

30–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

Tools
Special Tool

༛⨲≑䔺
X-431 3G Diagnostic Tester

30
RS15350021

General Tool

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–5

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram
Supplemental Restraints System (Page 1 of 2)

IGNITION SWITCH
BATTERY ON OR START

30
B+ A11
ENGINE INSTRUMENT PANEL
COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX
F25 FUSE AND
EF02 EF06 EF05 I-001
20A RELAY BOX
15A 10A I-002
E-014 10A
E-048
E-041
D3 C2 A2 B19 B20
R

YR
L

11 13
DIAGNOSTIC
INSTRUMENT CONNECTOR
ICM CLUSTER I-038
SRS I-027 7

3 17
G
B

L I-008
2 1 3
I-007 A-003
YR
G

7 5 9

SRS CONTROL MODULE A-005

1 2
A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 3 4 5 6

I-001 I-002 A-003

W W W

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 A-005 C1 C2 C3 D1 D2
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Y D3 D4
E-048 E-041
B W

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 I-038 I-027
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 W L
E-014

ES15300010

30–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

Supplemental Restraints System (Page 2 of 2)

SRS CONTROL MODULE A-005

10 11 13 14 37 6
BrY
GY

B
1 2 A-002
A-007 A-003
6
I-008
RY

SPIRAL A-004
CABLE O
Br
L

1 2 1 2 A12
DRIVER FRONT
AIRBAG PASSENGER BCM (A)
AIRBAG I-005
A-008
A-006

1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 2
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 A-005
Y
A-008
Y

1 2 2
A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A-003 1 A-002
I-005 2 A-006
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 3 4 5 6 W B 1
B B

ES15300020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–7

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

SRS Control Module Assembly Terminal List
Terminal No. Terminal Definition Terminal No. Terminal Definition
1 - 26 -
2 - 27 -

30 3 - 28 -
4 - 29 -
5 Power Supply 30 -
6 GND 31 -
7 Airbag Warning Light 32 -
8 - 33 -
9 Data Link Connector 34
10 Spiral Cable (Driver Airbag) 35 -
11 Spiral Cable (Driver Airbag) 36 -
Airbag Deployment Signal Output
12 - 37
to BCM
13 Front Passenger Airbag 38 -
14 Front Passenger Airbag 39 -
15 - 40 -
16 - 41 -
17 - 42 -
18 - 43 -
19 - 44 -
20 - 45 -
21 - 46 -
22 - 47 -
23 - 48 -
24 - 49 -
25 - 50 -

DTC Confirmation Procedure

Confirm that the battery voltage is over 12 V before performing the following procedures.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
• Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the supplemental restraints
system.
• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK) and wait for a few seconds.
• Turn the ignition switch to II (ON) and then select Read Code.

30–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

• If the DTC is detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current. Go to the diagnosis
procedure - Step 1.
• If the DTC is not detected, the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent.

Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting

If the malfunction is intermittent, perform the followings:
• Check if the connectors are loose.
• Check if the wire harnesses are worn, pierced, pinched or partially broken.
• Monitor the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) data that is related to this circuit.
• Wiggle the related wire harness and connector and observe if the signal is interrupt in the related circuit.
30
• If possible, try to duplicate the conditions under which the DTC was set.
• Look for the data that has changed or the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
• Look for broken, bent, protruded or corroded terminals.
• Inspect the airbag components and mounting areas for damage, foreign matter, etc. that will cause
incorrect signals.
• Check and clean all the wire harness connectors and grounds related to the current DTC.
• Remove the SRS control module assembly from the malfunctioning vehicle and install it to a new vehicle
and perform a test. If the DTC cannot be cleared, the SRS control module assembly is malfunctioning. If
the DTC can be cleared, reinstall the SRS control module assembly to the original vehicle.
• If multiple trouble codes were set, refer to the circuit diagrams to look for any common ground circuit or
power supply circuit applied to the DTC.
• Refer to the Technical Bulletin that is applied to the malfunction.

Ground Inspection
Ground points are very important to the proper operation of electrical equipment and circuits. Ground points
are often exposed to moisture, dirt and corrosive elements. Corrosion (rust) can increase resistance which will
change the way in which a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can affect
the electronically controlled circuit. Perform the following operations when checking the ground points:
1. Remove the ground nut.
2. Check all the matching surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
3. Clean as necessary to assure that the contacting is in a good condition.
4. Reinstall the ground nut securely.
5. Check if the new accessories interfere with the ground circuit.
6. If several wire harnesses are secured to a ground hole, check if they are installed correctly. Make sure all
the wire harnesses are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–9

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

Diagnosis Flow
HINT:
Use the following procedures to troubleshoot the supplemental restraints system (SRS).

1 Vehicle brought to workshop

30
2 Check battery voltage

Standard voltage: 11 to 14 V
If the voltage is below 11 V, recharge or replace the battery before proceeding the next step.

3 Check SRS warning light

DTC For current DTC, go to step 5

occurs

No For history DTC, go to step 6

DTC

5 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Chart

6 Circuit inspection

HINT:
• An activation prevention mechanism is built in the airbag system connector. When the connector is
disconnected, this mechanism closes the circuit by bringing the short spring plate into contact with the
terminals, thus insulating the circuit from external power sources to prevent accidental airbag activation.
• To release the activation prevention mechanism, insert a piece of paper with the same thickness as the
male terminal between the terminals and the short spring plate to disconnect the connection.

WARNING

• DO NOT release the activation prevention mechanism unless specially directed by the troubleshooting
procedure.

30–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

During circuit troubleshooting for the airbag system, make sure to cut off the battery power source, and wait
for at least 60 seconds to discharge the system condenser.
While performing the electrical diagnosis and testing, always refer to the relevant circuit diagram for the
special circuit and component information.

7 Repair

NEXT 30

8 Clear DTCs (current DTC and history DTC)

9 Check for DTCs (current DTC and history DTC)

DTC Go to step 5
output

No DTC Go to next step

output

10 Confirmation test

11 End

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–11

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

SRS Control Module Assembly DTC List

DTC Code DTC Definition
B1200 ECU Internal Errors
B1238 Front Driver Airbag I° STAGE Short to GND
B1239 Front Driver Airbag I° STAGE Short to Vbatt
B1240 Front Driver Airbag I° STAGE Short Circuit or Below Lower Limit or Ground Lost

30 B1241 Front Driver Airbag I° STAGE Open Circuit or Over Upper Limit or Vbatt Voltage Lost
B1242 Front Passenger Airbag I° STAGE Short to GND
B1243 Front Passenger Airbag I° STAGE Short to Vbatt
B1244 Front Passenger Airbag I° STAGE Short Circuit or Below Lower Limit or Ground Lost
Front Passenger Airbag I° STAGE Open Circuit or Over Upper Limit or Vbatt Voltage
B1245
Lost
B1400 Power Supply Under Volt
B1401 Power Supply Over Volt
B2212 Warning Lamp Short to Battery
B2214 Warning Lamp Short to Ground

30–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

DTC B1200 ECU Internal Errors

Self-diagnosis Detection Logic

DTC Detection Warning Light

DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition Condition
• SRS control
B1200 ECU Internal Errors Ignition switch II (ON) ON
module assembly
30
HINT:
While performing the electrical diagnosis and testing, always refer to the relevant circuit diagram for the
special circuit and component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check SRS Control Module Assembly

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 60 seconds.
c. Connect the negative battery cable.
d. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
e. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to record and clear the DTCs stored in the
supplemental restraints system.
f. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK) and wait for a few seconds.
g. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON) and select Read Code.

NG Replace SRS control module

assembly

DTC B1200 is not output, system operates normally.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–13

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

DTC B1238 Front Driver Airbag I° STAGE Short to GND

DTC B1239 Front Driver Airbag I° STAGE Short to Vbatt

Front Driver Airbag I° STAGE Short Circuit or Below Lower

DTC B1240
Limit or Ground Lost

30 Front Driver Airbag I° STAGE Open Circuit or Over Upper

DTC B1241
Limit or Vbatt Voltage Lost

30–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

SRS CONTROL MODULE A-005

30
10 11

BrY
GY A-002
1 2
A-007

SPIRAL
CABLE
Br
L

1 2
DRIVER
AIRBAG
A-008

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 A-005
Y

1
2
1 A-002 1 A-007
2 B
B 2
A-008
Y

ES15300030

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–15

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

Self-diagnosis Detection Logic

DTC Detection Warning Light

DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition Condition
Front Driver Airbag I°
B1238
STAGE Short to GND
Front Driver Airbag I°
B1239 • Driver airbag
STAGE Short to Vbatt
Front Driver Airbag I° • Spiral cable
30 STAGE Short Circuit or Ignition switch II (ON) ON • Wire harness and
B1240 connector
Below Lower Limit or
Ground Lost • SRS control
Front Driver Airbag I° module assembly
STAGE Open Circuit or
B1241
Over Upper Limit or
Vbatt Voltage Lost

HINT:
While performing the electrical diagnosis and testing, always refer to the relevant circuit diagram for the
special circuit and component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check driver airbag

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK), disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 60
seconds.
b. Disconnect the driver airbag connector, and connect the new driver airbag to the connector A-008.

WARNING

• Never measure the driver airbag directly; otherwise, it may cause serious personal injury due to
accidental deployment of the airbag.

c. Reconnect the negative battery cable and wait for a few seconds.
d. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON) and wait for at least 60 seconds.
e. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to clear the DTCs.
f. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).
g. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON) and wait for at least 60 seconds.
h. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to check if the DTCs are still output.

No Replace driver airbag

Yes

2 Check wire harness and connector

Use the circuit diagram as a guide to perform the following procedures:

• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK), disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 60
seconds.

30–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

• Disconnect the driver airbag connector A-008 and the SRS control module assembly connector A-005.
• Disconnect the spiral cable connector A-007 and the airbag wire harness connector A-002.
• Check if the wire harnesses are worn, pierced, pinched or partially broken.
• Check for the broken, bent, protruded out or corroded terminals.
• Check if the related connector terminal contact pins are in good condition.

NG Repair or replace airbag wire

harness and connector

OK
30
3 Check driver airbag control circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK), disconnect

the negative battery cable and wait for at least 60
seconds.
b. Disconnect the SRS control module assembly
V
connector A-005. + -

c. Disconnect the driver airbag connector A-008.

d. Connect the negative battery cable and wait for a
few seconds. 1
2
e. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
f. Using the digital multimeter, check if the driver A-008
airbag connector A-008 is short to power supply
according to the table below.
Standard Voltage

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition RS15300180

A-008-1 - Body Ignition switch II

Below 1 V
ground (ON)
A-008-2 - Body Ignition switch II
Below 1 V
ground (ON)

g. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK), disconnect

the negative battery cable and wait for at least 60
seconds.
h. Using the digital multimeter, check if the driver
airbag connector A-008 is short to ground + -
according to the table below.
Standard Condition
1
Multimeter Specified 2
Condition
Connection Condition
A-008
A-008-1 - A-
Always Continuity
008-2
A-008-1 - Body
Always No continuity
ground
A-008-2 - Body
Always No continuity RS15300190
ground

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–17

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

i. Release the activation prevention mechanism built

into the SRS control module assembly connector
A-005.
j. Using the digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the terminals of driver airbag connector A- + -
008 according to the table below.
Standard Condition
1
2
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition A-008
30 A-008-1 - A- RS15300200
Always No continuity
008-2

OK Replace SRS control module

assembly

Check airbag wire harness and connector (SRS control module assembly - spiral cable
4 connector (wire harness side))

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK), disconnect

the negative battery cable and wait for at least 60
seconds.
b. Disconnect the airbag connector A-002 and the
SRS control module assembly connector A-005. + -

c. Using the digital multimeter, check for continuity

between the terminals of connector A-002 and 1
2
connector A-005 according to the table below.
Standard Voltage A-002

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

A-002-1 - A-
Always Continuity
005-10
A-005
A-002-2 - A-
Always Continuity
005-11 RS15300220

A-002-2 - A-
Always Continuity
005-10
A-002-1 - A-
Always Continuity
005-11
A-002-1 - A-
Always Continuity
002-2
A-005-10 - A-
Always Continuity
005-11

30–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

d. Release the activation prevention mechanism built

into the SRS control module assembly connector
A-005.
e. Using the digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the terminals of connector A-002 and + -
connector A-005 according to the table below.
Standard Condition 1
2

Multimeter Specified
Condition A-002
Connection Condition
A-002-1 - A-
30
Always Continuity
005-10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

A-002-2 - A-
Always Continuity
005-11 A-005

A-002-2 - A-
Always No continuity RS15300220
005-10
A-002-1 - A-
Always No continuity
005-11
A-002-1 - A-
Always No continuity
002-2
A-005-10 - A-
Always No continuity
005-11

NG Replace airbag wire harness and

connector

Replace spiral cable

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–19

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

DTC B1242 Front Passenger Airbag I° STAGE Short to GND

DTC B1243 Front Passenger Airbag I° STAGE Short to Vbatt

Front Passenger Airbag I° STAGE Short Circuit or Below

DTC B1244
Lower Limit or Ground Lost

30 Front Passenger Airbag I° STAGE Open Circuit or Over

DTC B1245
Upper Limit or Vbatt Voltage Lost

30–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

30
SRS CONTROL MODULE A-005

13 14
RY

1 2
FRONT
PASSENGER
AIRBAG
A-006

2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 1

A-005 A-006
Y B

ES15300040

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–21

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

Self-diagnosis Detection Logic

Warning
DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Light Possible Cause
Condition
Condition
Front Passenger Airbag
B1242
I° STAGE Short to GND
Front Passenger Airbag
B1243
I° STAGE Short to Vbatt • Front passenger
30 Front Passenger Airbag
airbag
I° STAGE Short Circuit • Wire harness and
B1244 Ignition switch II (ON) ON
or Below Lower Limit or connector
Ground Lost • SRS control module
assembly
Front Passenger Airbag
I° STAGE Open Circuit
B1245
or Over Upper Limit or
Vbatt Voltage Lost

HINT:
While performing the electrical diagnosis and testing, always refer to the relevant circuit diagram for the
special circuit and component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check front passenger airbag

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK), disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 60
seconds.
b. Disconnect the front passenger airbag connector, and connect the new front passenger airbag to the
connector A-006.

WARNING

• Never measure the front passenger airbag directly; otherwise, it may cause serious personal injury due
to accidental deployment of the airbag.

No Replace front passenger airbag

Yes

2 Check wire harness and connector

Use the circuit diagram as a guide to perform the following procedures:

30–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK), disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 60
seconds.
• Disconnect the front passenger airbag connector A-006 and the SRS control module assembly connector
A-005.
• Check if the wire harnesses are worn, pierced, pinched or partially broken.
• Look for the broken, bent, protruded out or corroded terminals.
• Check if the related connector terminal contact pins are in good condition.

NG Repair or replace airbag wire

harness and connector
30
OK

3 Check front passenger airbag control circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK), disconnect

the negative battery cable and wait for at least 60
seconds.
b. Disconnect the SRS control module assembly
V
connector A-005. + -

c. Disconnect the front passenger airbag connector

A-006.
2
d. Connect the negative battery cable and wait for a 1
few seconds.
e. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
A-006
f. Using the digital multimeter, check if the front
passenger airbag connector A-006 is short to
power supply according to the table below.
Standard Voltage

Multimeter Specified RS15300230

Condition
Connection Condition
A-006-1 - Body Ignition switch II
Below 1 V
ground (ON)
A-006-2 - Body Ignition switch II
Below 1 V
ground (ON)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–23

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

g. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK), disconnect

the negative battery cable and wait for at least 60
seconds.
h. Using the digital multimeter, check if the front
passenger airbag connector A-006 is short to + -
ground according to the table below.
Standard Condition
2

1
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
30 A-006-1 - A-
A-006
Always Continuity
006-2
A-006-1 - Body
Always No continuity
ground
A-006-2 - Body
Always No continuity RS15300240
ground

i. Release the activation prevention mechanism built

into the SRS control module assembly connector
A-005.
j. Using the digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the terminals of front passenger airbag + -
connector A-006 according to the table below.
Standard Condition 2
1
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
A-006
A-006-1 - A- RS15300250
Always No continuity
006-2

OK Replace SRS control module

assembly

30–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

Check airbag wire harness and connector (SRS control module assembly - front passenger
4 airbag)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK), disconnect

the negative battery cable and wait for at least 60
seconds.
b. Disconnect the SRS control module connector
A-005 and the front passenger airbag connector + -
A-006.
c. Using the digital multimeter, check for continuity
2

1
30
between the terminals of connector A-005 and
connector A-006 according to the table below. A-006
Standard Condition

Multimeter Specified 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Condition 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Connection Condition
A-005-13 - A-
Always Continuity A-005
006-1
A-005-14 - A- RS15300260
Always Continuity
006-2
A-005-14 - A-
Always Continuity
006-1
A-005-13 - A-
Always Continuity
006-2
A-005-13 - A-
Always Continuity
005-14
A-006-1 - A-
Always Continuity
006-2

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–25

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

d. Release the activation prevention mechanism built

into the SRS control module assembly connector
A-005.
e. Using the digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the terminals of connector A-005 and + -
connector A-006 according to the table below. 2

Standard Condition 1

Multimeter Specified
Condition A-006
Connection Condition
30 A-005-13 - A-
Always Continuity
006-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

A-005-14 - A-
Always Continuity
006-2 A-005

A-005-14 - A-
Always No continuity RS15300260
006-1
A-005-13 - A-
Always No continuity
006-2
A-005-13 - A-
Always No continuity
005-14
A-006-1 - A-
Always No continuity
006-2

NG Replace airbag wire harness and

connector

30–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

DTC B1400 Power Supply Under Volt

DTC B1401 Power Supply Over Volt

IGNITION SWITCH
ON OR START
30
A11
INSTRUMENT PANEL
FUSE AND RELAY BOX
EF05 I-001
10A I-002

B20
YR

1 I-008
A-003
YR

SRS CONTROL MODULE A-005

6
B

A-004

1 2
A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 3 4 5 6

I-001 I-002 A-003

W W W

2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 A-005 6 5 4 3
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Y
I-008
W

ES15300050

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–27

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

Self-diagnosis Detection Logic

DTC Detection Warning Light

DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition Condition
Power Supply Under • Battery
B1400
Volt • Charging system
Ignition switch II (ON) ON • Wire harness and
Power Supply Over connector
B1401
Volt • SRS control
30 module assembly

HINT:
While performing the electrical diagnosis and testing, always refer to the relevant circuit diagram for the
special circuit and component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check battery voltage

a. Using a digital multimeter, check the battery voltage.

Standard voltage: 11 to 14 V

NG Check charging system (See page

16-7)

Check wire harness and connector (SRS control module assembly - instrument panel fuse
2 and relay box)

Use the circuit diagram as a guide to perform the following procedures:

• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK), disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 60
seconds.
• Disconnect the airbag wire harness connector A-003 and the SRS control module assembly connector
A-005.
• Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness connector I-008 and the instrument panel fuse and relay box
wire harness connector I-002.
• Check if the wire harnesses are worn, pierced, pinched or partially broken.
• Look for the broken, bent, protruded out or corroded terminals.
• Check if the related connector terminal contact pins are in good condition.

NG Repair or replace airbag or

instrument panel wire harness and
connector

30–28 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

3 Check wire harness and connector (SRS control module assembly - battery)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK), disconnect

the negative battery cable and wait for at least 60
seconds.
b. Disconnect the SRS control module assembly
V
connector A-005. + -

c. Connect the negative battery cable and wait for a

few seconds. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
30
d. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
e. Using the digital multimeter, measure the power
A-005
supply voltage of SRS control module assembly
connector A-005 to check if the system power
supply is normal according to the table below.
Standard Voltage

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition RS15300280
A-005-5 - Body Ignition switch II
11 to 14 V
ground (ON)

NG Repair or replace airbag or

instrument panel wire harness and
connector

4 Check wire harness and connector (SRS control module assembly - body ground)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK), disconnect

the negative battery cable and wait for at least 60
seconds.
b. Disconnect the SRS control module assembly
connector A-005. + -

c. Using the digital multimeter, measure the ground

circuit of SRS control module assembly connector
A-005 to check if the system ground is in good 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
condition according to the table below.
Standard Condition
A-005

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
A-005-6 - Body
Always Continuity
ground
RS15300270

NG Replace SRS control module

assembly

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–29

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

5 Recheck for DTCs

a. Connect the airbag wire harness connector A-003 and the SRS control module assembly connector
A-005.
b. Connect the instrument panel wire harness connector I-008 and the instrument panel fuse and relay box
wire harness connector I-002.
c. Connect the negative battery cable.
d. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
30 e. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to record and clear the DTCs stored in the
supplemental restraints system.
f. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK) and wait for a few seconds.
g. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
h. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to read the DTCs stored in the supplemental restraints system again.
i. Check if the same DTCs are still output.

No System operates normally

Yes

Replace SRS control module assembly

30–30 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

DTC B2212 Warning Lamp Short to Battery

DTC B2214 Warning Lamp Short to Ground

IGNITION SWITCH
BATTERY ON OR START
30
B+ A11
ENGINE INSTRUMENT PANEL
COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX
F25 FUSE AND
EF02 EF06 I-001
20A RELAY BOX
15A I-002
E-014 10A
E-048
E-041
D3 C2 A2 B19
R

O
L

11 13

INSTRUMENT
ICM CLUSTER
SRS I-027

3 17
G
B

2 I-008
I-007 A-003
G

SRS CONTROL MODULE A-005

C1 C2 C3
A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 E-048
B

I-001 I-002
W W

B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 A-005
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Y E-014

1 2
2 1 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
3 4 5 6 D1 D2 I-027
6 5 4 3 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
D3 D4 L

A-003 I-008 E-041

W W W
ES15300060

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–31

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

Self-diagnosis Detection Logic

DTC Detection Warning Light

DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition Condition
Warning Lamp Short to • Wire harness and
B2212
Battery connector
Ignition switch II (ON) ON
Warning Lamp Short to • SRS control
B2214 module assembly
Ground

30 HINT:
While performing the electrical diagnosis and testing, always refer to the relevant circuit diagram for the
special circuit and component information.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check wire harness and connector (SRS control module assembly - instrument cluster)

Use the circuit diagram as a guide to perform the following procedures:

• Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK), disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 60
seconds.
• Disconnect the SRS control module assembly connector A-005 and the instrument cluster connector
I-027.
• Disconnect the airbag wire harness connector A-003 and the instrument panel wire harness connector
I-008.
• Check if the wire harnesses are worn, pierced, pinched or partially broken.
• Look for the broken, bent, protruded out or corroded terminals.
• Check if the related connector terminal contact pins are in good condition.

NG Repair or replace airbag or

instrument panel wire harness and
connector

30–32 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

2 Check airbag malfunction indicator control circuit (instrument cluster side)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK), disconnect

the negative battery cable and wait for at least 60
seconds.
b. Disconnect the instrument cluster connector I-027.
c. Using the digital multimeter, check for continuity + -

between the instrument cluster connector I-027 and

the body ground to check for a short circuit to the 30
ground according to the table below.
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Standard Condition 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition I-027

I-027-17 - Body
Always No continuity
ground

RS15300370

d. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).

e. Using the digital multimeter, measure the voltage
between the instrument cluster connector I-027 and
the body ground to check for a short circuit to the
V
power supply according to the table below. + -

Standard Condition

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
I-027-17 - Body Ignition switch II
Below 1 V
ground (ON)
I-027

RS15300380

NG Repair or replace instrument panel

wire harness and connector

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–33

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

3 Check airbag malfunction indicator control circuit (SRS control module assembly side)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK), disconnect

the negative battery cable and wait for at least 60
seconds.
b. Disconnect the SRS control module assembly
connector A-005. + -

c. Using the digital multimeter, check for continuity

30 between the SRS control module assembly
connector A-005 and the body ground to check for 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
a short circuit to the ground according to the table
below.
A-005
Standard Condition

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
A-005-7 - Body
Always No continuity
ground RS15300390

d. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).

e. Using the digital multimeter, measure the voltage
between the SRS control module assembly
connector A-005 and the body ground to check for
V
a short circuit to the power supply according to the + -
table below.
Standard Condition
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
A-005
A-005-7 - Body Ignition switch II
Below 1 V
ground (ON)

RS15300400

NG Repair or replace airbag wire

harness and connector

4 Recheck for DTCs

a. Connect the SRS control module assembly connector A-005 and the instrument cluster connector I-027.
b. Connect the airbag wire harness connector A-003 and the instrument panel wire harness connector I-008.
c. Connect the negative battery cable.
d. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
e. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to record and clear the DTCs stored in the
supplemental restraints system.

30–34 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

f. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK) and wait for a few seconds.
g. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
h. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to read the DTCs stored in the supplemental restraints system again.
i. Check if the same DTCs are still output.

No System operates normally

Yes

Replace SRS control module assembly 30

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–35

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Driver Airbag
On-vehicle Inspection
1. Check the driver airbag (vehicle is not involved in a collision and the airbag is not deployed).
a. Perform a diagnosis system inspection.
b. Perform visual inspection with the driver airbag
30 on the vehicle:
• Check for cuts, cracks or discoloration on the
outer surface of driver airbag and in the
grooved portion.
If any defects above are found, replace the SRS
AIRBAG

driver airbag with a new one.

RS15300020

2. Check the driver airbag (vehicle is involved in a collision but the airbag is not deployed).
a. Perform a diagnosis system inspection.
b. Perform visual inspection with the driver airbag
removed from the vehicle:
• Check for cuts, cracks or discoloration on the
outer surface of driver airbag and in the
grooved portion.
• Check the wire harness for cuts and cracks,
and if the connectors are chipped.
• Check the steering wheel for deformation. SRS
AIRBAG

RS15300030

WARNING

• Be sure to follow the correct procedures to remove and install the driver airbag.

• If the driver airbag contact plate is deformed,

do not repair it. Always replace the driver
airbag with a new one.

RS15300040

30–36 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

• There should not be any contact between the driver airbag and the steering wheel, keep the
clearance all around even when installing the new driver airbag onto the steering wheel.

Removal

CAUTION

• Handle the airbag and airbag control module assembly carefully, and never tap or strike them fiercely.
• The removal, inspection and installation of the airbag system must meet the relevant requirements and
specifications, and never perform operation casually.
• The removed airbag should be kept properly. Store the airbag in a place with enough spare space to
30
prevent accidental airbag deployment.

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

WARNING

• Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the negative battery cable to disable the supplemental
restraints system.

3. Remove the driver airbag.

a. Position the front wheels straight ahead.
b. Using a proper tool, loosen the fixing bolts
(arrow) on both sides of the driver airbag.
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1.5 N·m)
6
7
F

RS15300050

c. Pull out the driver airbag from the steering wheel, and support the driver airbag smoothly by hand.
d. Disconnect the driver airbag wire harness
connector (1) and the horn wire harness
connector (2).

RS15300060

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–37

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

CAUTION

• DO NOT pull the airbag wire harness when removing the driver airbag.

WARNING

• DO NOT damage the airbag wire harness when handling the airbag wire harness connector.
30
e. Remove the driver airbag.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Make sure to tighten the fixing bolts to the specified torque during installation.
• Check that the horn operates normally after installation.
• Check the SRS warning light after installation, and make sure that the supplemental restraints system
operates normally.

Disposal
Always dispose of the airbag together with the vehicle which is equipped with supplemental restraints system.
Otherwise, the airbag will be in chemical and physical dangerous state. Failure to handle it properly will cause
personal injury. Do not dispose of airbag by oneself, and always contact the professional service department
to perform the disposal.

30–38 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

Spiral Cable
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

WARNING

• Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the negative battery cable to disable the supplemental
restraints system. 30

3. Position the front wheels straight ahead.

4. Remove the steering wheel assembly (See page 27-8).
5. Remove the combination switch cover (See page 27-10).
6. Remove the spiral cable.
a. Disconnect the spiral cable wire harness
connectors (arrow).

RS15300070

b. Remove 4 fixing screws (arrow) between the

spiral cable and the steering column.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15300080

c. Remove the spiral cable.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–39

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

Inspection
1. Check the spiral cable.
a. Check that there are no scratches or cracks on
the connectors, and/or no cracks, dents or
chipping on the cable.
b. If there are scratches, cracks, dents or cuts on
the connectors or the spiral cable, replace the
spiral cable with a new one.

PBT
RS15300090

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
HINT:
Always install the spiral cable correctly according to
the matchmarks on spiral cable and steering column
(fully turn the spiral cable clockwise slowly, then turn it

PBT
counterclockwise approximately 3.2 turns to align the
arrow marks), otherwise, the spiral cable may be
damaged.

PBT
RS15300100

CAUTION

• Always install the spiral cable correctly according to the specified operating instructions.
• DO NOT rotate the spiral cable over specified turns to prevent it from breaking.
• Check that the horn operates normally after installation.
• Check the SRS warning light after installation, and make sure that the supplemental restraints system
operates normally.

30–40 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

Front Passenger Airbag

On-vehicle Inspection
1. Check the front passenger airbag (vehicle is not involved in a collision and the airbag is not deployed).
a. Perform a diagnosis system inspection.
b. Perform visual inspection with the front
passenger airbag on the vehicle:
• Check for cuts, cracks or discoloration on the SRS

outer surface of front passenger airbag and

AIRBAG

in the grooved portion. 30

If any defects above are found, replace the
front passenger airbag with a new one.

RS15300110

2. Check the front passenger airbag (vehicle is involved in a collision but the airbag is not deployed).
a. Perform a diagnosis system inspection.
b. Perform visual inspection with the front
passenger airbag removed from the vehicle:
• Check for cuts, cracks or discoloration on the
front passenger airbag.
• Check for cracks or other damage on the
connector.
• Check for deformation or cracks in the
instrument panel or instrument panel
reinforcement. If any defects above are
found, replace the front passenger airbag
with a new one. RS15300120

WARNING

• Be sure to follow the correct procedures to remove and install the front passenger airbag.

Removal

CAUTION

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–41

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

WARNING

• Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the negative battery cable to disable the supplemental
restraints system.

3. Remove the front passenger airbag.

a. Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with
protective tape, carefully pry off the front
30 passenger airbag installation hole cover (arrow).

RS15300130

b. Remove 2 coupling bolts (arrow) between the

front passenger airbag and the instrument panel
crossmember assembly.
(Tightening torque: 12 ± 2 N·m)

RS15300140

c. Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with

protective tape, slightly pry around the front
passenger airbag fixing bracket to separate it
from the instrument panel.

RS15300150

30–42 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

d. Disconnect the front passenger airbag wire

harness connector (arrow).

RS15300160 30

WARNING

• DO NOT damage the airbag wire harness when handling the airbag wire harness connector.

e. Remove the front passenger airbag.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 30–43

30 - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

SRS Control Module Assembly

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

WARNING

• Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the negative battery cable to disable the supplemental
30 restraints system.

3. Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly (See page 42-8).

4. Remove the SRS control module assembly.
a. Disconnect the SRS control module assembly
wire harness connector (1).
b. Remove 3 fixing bolts (arrow) between the SRS
control module assembly and the body.
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1.5 N·m) D
AR
RW
FO

RS15300170

WARNING

• DO NOT damage the airbag wire harness when handling the airbag wire harness connector.

c. Remove the SRS control module assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Make sure to tighten the fixing bolts to the specified torque during installation.
• Always install the SRS control module assembly correctly in the direction indicated by the arrow on the
SRS control module assembly.
• Check that the horn operates normally after installation.
• Check the SRS warning light after installation, and make sure that the supplemental restraints system
operates normally.

30–44 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

SEAT BELT
GENERAL INFORMATION 31-3 Front Seat Belt Buckle Assembly 31-11
Description 31-3 On-vehicle Inspection 31-11
Operation 31-5 Removal 31-11
Specifications 31-5 Installation 31-12
Tool 31-5 Rear Seat Belt Assembly 31-13
Circuit Diagram 31-6 Removal 31-13
Inspection 31-14
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 31-7
Installation 31-14
Seat Belt Inspection 31-7 31
Rear Seat Center Belt Assembly 31-15
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 31-8 Removal 31-15
Front Seat Belt Assembly 31-8 Installation 31-15
Removal 31-8 Rear Seat Double Buckle Belt
Inspection 31-10 Assembly 31-16
Installation 31-10 Removal 31-16
Installation 31-16

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 31–1

31–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

31 - SEAT BELT

GENERAL INFORMATION
SEAT BELT

Description
Front Seat Belt

RS15310010

1 - B-pillar Protector Assembly 2 - Front Seat Belt Guide Cover

3 - Front Seat Belt Assembly 4 - Front Seat Belt Fixing Bolt Cover
5 - Front Seat Belt Buckle

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 31–3

31 - SEAT BELT

Rear Seat Belt

1
3

RS15310020

1 - C-pillar Lower Protector Assembly 2 - C-pillar Upper Protector Assembly

3 - Rear Seat Belt Assembly 4 - Rear Seat Center Belt Assembly
5 - Rear Seat Double Buckle Belt Assembly

The front seat belt is a pretensioner 3 point type belt. The driver seat belt is equipped with the seat belt
reminder. The reminder works when the ignition switch is turned to II (ON). The reminder will continue flashing
to inform the driver to fasten the seat belt. The seat belt reminder will go off immediately if the seat belt is
fastened.
Both of the rear left and right seat belts are pretensioner 3 point type belts, and the rear seat center belt is a 2
point type belt.

31–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

31 - SEAT BELT

Operation
In the event of a collision, the seat belt retractor starts to work. The seat belt is locked securely and cannot be
pulled out from the retractor freely, so that the passenger will be restricted to the seat to prevent the head and
chest from hitting the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield or front seat, which can reduce the risk of
second collision.

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Front Seat Belt Assembly Lower Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5 31
Front Seat Belt Assembly Retractor Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5
Front Seat Belt Assembly Upper Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5
Front Seat Belt Assembly Center Fixing Screw 3 ± 0.5
Front Seat Belt Buckle Assembly Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5
Rear Seat Belt Assembly Lower Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5
Rear Seat Belt Assembly Upper Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5
Rear Seat Belt Retractor Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5
Rear Seat Center Belt Assembly Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5
Rear Seat Double Buckle Belt Assembly Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5

Tool
General Tool

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 31–5

31 - SEAT BELT

Circuit Diagram

BATTERY IGNITION SWITCH

ON OR START

B+ ENGINE A11
INSTRUMENT PANEL
COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX
F25 FUSE AND EF02 I-001
EF06
RELAY BOX
20A 15A 10A I-002
E-014
31 D3 E-041 C2 A2 B19
E-048

O
L

11 13

INSTRUMENT
ICM CLUSTER
DRIVER I-027
SEAT BELT

19
Y

4 I-037
B-037
Y

DRIVER
SEAT BELT
SWITCH
B-006

1
B

B-009

A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 C1 C2 C3 B

A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20
E-048 E-014
B
I-001 I-002
W W

1 2

B-006
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
D1 D2
D3 D4 E-041
W
I-027 I-037
L W
ES15310010

31–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

31 - SEAT BELT

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Seat Belt Inspection
Pull out the seat belt quickly, and check if the seat belt locks. If it cannot be locked, replace the seat belt
assembly.

WARNING

• When inspecting the vehicle that has been involved in a collision, be sure to check the seat belt system.
If there is damage or malfunction in the seat belt system, replace it.
31

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 31–7

31 - SEAT BELT

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Front Seat Belt Assembly
Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
31 2. Remove the front door opening weatherstrip (See page 46-14).
3. Remove the rear door opening weatherstrip (See page 46-15).
4. Remove the rear doorsill pressure plate assembly (See page 46-13).
5. Loosen the front seat belt assembly.
a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, remove the bolt cover from the lower part
of the front seat belt assembly.

RS15460090

b. Remove the fixing bolt from the lower part of the

front seat belt assembly.
(Tightening torque: 50 ± 5 N·m)

RS15460100

c. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective

tape, remove the guide cover from the upper
part of the front seat belt assembly.

RS15460110

31–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

31 - SEAT BELT

d. Remove the fixing bolt from the upper part of the

front seat belt assembly.
(Tightening torque: 50 ± 5 N·m)

RS15460120

31
e. Remove the B-pillar protector assembly (See page 46-8).
f. Remove the fixing bolt from the front seat belt
assembly retractor.
(Tightening torque: 50 ± 5 N·m)

RS15310030

g. Remove 2 fixing screws (arrow) from the middle

part of the front seat belt assembly, and remove
the front seat belt assembly (1).
(Tightening torque: 3 ± 0.5 N·m)
1

RS15310040

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 31–9

31
b. Remove the seat inner protector assembly.
5. Remove the front seat belt buckle assembly.

CAUTION

• Avoid damage to the wire harness and the connector when removing the front seat belt buckle assembly.

HINT:
Only the driver seat belt buckle assembly is equipped with connector.
a. Remove the fixing bolt from the front seat belt
buckle assembly, and remove the front seat belt
buckle assembly.
(Tightening torque: 50 ± 5 N·m)

RS15430070

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Make sure to tighten all the fixing bolts according to the specified torque when installing the front seat
belt buckle assembly.

31–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

31 - SEAT BELT

Rear Seat Belt Assembly

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Remove the rear seat cushion assembly (See page 43-13).
3. Remove the rear door opening weatherstrip (See page 46-15).
4. Remove the rear doorsill pressure plate assembly (See page 46-13).
5. Loosen the rear seat belt assembly.
31
a. Remove the fixing bolt from the lower part of the
rear seat belt assembly.
(Tightening torque: 50 ± 5 N·m)

RS15310080

b. Remove the C-pillar upper protector assembly (See page 46-12).

c. Remove 4 fixing screws from the rear speaker
cover, and remove the rear speaker cover.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15460360

d. Remove the fixing bolt from the upper part of the

rear seat belt assembly.
(Tightening torque: 50 ± 5 N·m)

RS15310090

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 31–13

31 - SEAT BELT

e. Remove the fixing bolt from the rear seat belt

assembly retractor and remove the rear seat
belt assembly.
(Tightening torque: 50 ± 5 N·m)

RS15310100

31
Inspection
1. Check the rear seat belt assembly retractor.

CAUTION

32–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
LIGHTING SYSTEM

Light Position Diagram

4
10

9 5

6
RS15320010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–3

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

1 - Front Combination Light (Low Beam Light, High 2 - Daytime Running Light
Beam Light, Position Light, Turn Signal Light)
3 - Side Turn Signal Light 4 - Interior Front Dome Light
5 - Instrument Panel Backlight 6 - Back-up Light
7 - License Plate Light 8 - Rear Fog Light
9 - Rear Combination Light (Turn Signal Light, 10 - High Mounted Stop Light
Position Light, Brake Light)

System Assembly Diagram

32
1

3 2

8
7

RS15320020

1 - Interior Front Dome Light Switch 2 - Engine Compartment Fuse and Relay Block
3 - Hazard Warning Light Switch 4 - Combination Switch
5 - Headlight Leveling Switch 6 - Instrument Panel Fuse and Relay Block
7 - Rear Fog Light Switch 8 - Body Control Module (BCM)

32–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Description
The lighting system on this model consists of vehicle lighting device and light signal device, which are used for
normal operation of vehicle to ensure safety when driving at night or in fog.
The lighting system consists of front combination light (including low beam light, high beam light, position light,
turn signal light), rear combination light (including turn signal light, position light, brake light), rear fog light,
back-up light, license plate light, side turn signal light, high mounted stop light, interior front dome light, and
instrument panel backlight. The combination lights use semi-closed structure for easy inspection and repair.

Specifications
Bulb Specifications

Bulb Name Nominal Light Source (Model/Type)

Headlight H4 60/55W
32
Front Position Light W5W
Front Turn Signal Light PY21W
Brake Light P21/5W
Rear Fog Light P21W
License Plate Light C6W
High Mounted Stop Light LED
Rear Position Light P21/5W
Rear Turn Signal Light P21W
Back-up Light P21W
Side Turn Signal Light W5W
Daytime Running Light 17W

Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–5

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Tool
General Tool

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

32–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram
High/Low Beam Light (Page 1 of 2)

BATTERY

B+

ENGINE
3 1 3 2 COMPARTMENT
SB3
32
LOW HIGH FUSE AND
BEAM BEAM 60A RELAY BOX
RELAY RELAY E-043
5 2 5 1 E-049
E-014
E-042
F10 F08 F11 F09
10A 10A 10A 10A

F8 H6 F1 F9 F7 H7 B F15 B1 B2
R
A

E-035
R
B
WB

BG
BR

W
Y

BG
C

BR
D
E-046 I-031
12

W
25
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
I-027

RB
E
WB

WB
RB

RB
W
Y

7 9 8 4 7 9 4 8 FRONT
FRONT
LEFT RIGHT
M COMBINATION M COMBINATION
LIGHT LIGHT
E-039 E-061
5 6 5 6
B

B
B

E-035 E-063

H1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
H2 H3 B1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8
E-042
F10 F11 F12 F13
F7 F8 F9 F14 F15 F16 B2 Lg
E-046
E-043 W
E-049
W W

2 4 6 8 10
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 I-027 1 3 5 7 9 B
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
L
E-014
E-061 E-039
B B
ES15320010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–7

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

High/Low Beam Light (Page 2 of 2)

IGNITION SWITCH
R ON OR START
A
R
B
D1 D2 A11

INSTRUMENT
30 85 EF07 PANEL FUSE
POSITION INTEGRATION AND RELAY
5A BOX
LIGHT RELAY
RELAY I-001
87 86 I-002
E-047
EF15
BG
32 C

D
BR
10A
A6 B3 A16 B18
GL

B
E-046
17 3 I-031 I-033

RW
R
3
RW
BG
BG

2 1
HEADLIGHT
6 7 4 LEVELING
SWITCH POSI- HEAD- HEADLIGHT
TION LIGHT
HIGH I-032 SWITCH
DIMMER AND LIGHT
BEAM I-029
LOW TURN SIGNAL
BEAM 6 5
SWITCH
I-030 3
RB

OB
B

FLASH
I-031
9
5 I-033 E-046
OB

RB
E
I-014
9
E-057 OB
OB

55 B3
ECM BCM (B)
E-055 I-004

3 2 1
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7
B13 B14 B15 B16 I-002 A13 A12 A11 A10 I-001
B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
W W 7 6 5 4

I-030
W

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 E-046
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 W
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
E-055
3 B 2 1
D1
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
2 1 6 5 4 3
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 D2

I-032 I-029 E-047

L W Lg

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 E-057
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 W
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 I-004
B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B ES15320020

32–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Position Light

BATTERY

B+
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
SB3 FUSE AND RELAY BOX
60A E-014 IGNITION SWITCH
E-042 ON OR START
B1 B2

R
D1 D2 A11

INSTRUMENT
30 85 PANEL FUSE
POSITION
LIGHT
INTEGRATION
EF07
5A
AND RELAY
BOX
32
RELAY
RELAY I-001
87 86 I-002
B-035
EF14 E-047
EF15
10A 10A
E14 A6 B3 A16 B18

RW
GL

B
INSTRUMENT V V BACKLIGHT
CLUSTER POWER
I-027 I-033
V
28
GL
G

4 2 1
16 I-037 13 I-031
B-037 E-046
GL

HEADLIGHT
G

SWITCH
I-029
GL

GL
G

3 REAR 3 REAR 3 FRONT 3 FRONT

RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT
6
POSITION POSITION POSITION POSITION
B

LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT

1 B-029 1 B-024 2 E-061 2 E-039 I-006
B

B-030 B-017 E-063 E-035

A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5

A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16 E8 E9 E10 E11
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 E6 E7 E12 E13 E14

B-035
I-001 I-002
W
W W

2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 4 6 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 6 5 4 3
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 1 3 5 7 9

I-029
B-037
E-039 E-061 W
W
I-027 B B
L
B
D1 B1 E-042
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 3 2 1 B-024 B-029 E-047
E-046 Lg E-014
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 6 5 4 Lg
W B B D2 B2
ES15320060

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–9

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

License Plate Light

BATTERY

B+
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
SB3 FUSE AND RELAY BOX
60A E-014 IGNITION SWITCH
E-042 ON OR START
B1 B2
R

32 D1 D2 A11

INSTRUMENT
30 85 PANEL FUSE
POSITION AND RELAY
INTEGRATION
LIGHT BOX
RELAY EF07
RELAY I-001
87 86 5A I-002
B-035
E-047
EF14
10A
E14 B3 A16 B18

RW
G

I-033
G

2 2 2 1
LEFT RIGHT
LICENSE LICENSE
PLATE PLATE HEADLIGHT
LIGHT LIGHT SWITCH
B-020 B-022 I-029
1 1
B

B
B

B-017

2 1
A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 6 5 4 3

I-029
I-001 I-002
W
W W

D1 B1
1 2 1 2
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 B
E8 E9 E10 E11 B2
E6 E7 E12 E13 E14 D2

E-014
B-020 E-047 E-042
B-035 B-022
W Lg Lg
W W
ES15320070

32–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Daytime Running Light

BATTERY

B+

ENGINE
3 1 COMPARTMENT
DAYTIME FUSE AND
F03 RUNNING RELAY BOX
10A LIGHT
E-014
RELAY
32
5 2 E-043
E-049
F11 H2 F15

B
E-035

BY
Y

E-046
14 22
1 1 I-031
LEFT RIGHT
DAYTIME DAYTIME
RUNNING RUNNING
BY
Y

LIGHT LIGHT
E-037 E-064
2 2 29 B7
30 A10 B3 OB 3
B

E-063 E-035 INSTRUMENT BCM(A/B) HEADLIGHT

CLUSTER I-004 SWITCH
I-027 I-005 I-029

2 1
H1 H2 H3
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8
E-037
Gr
E-043
I-005 W E-064
I-027 Gr
B
L

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B

I-004 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6
B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B F10 F11 F12 F13
F7 F8 F9 F14 F15 F16 E-014

E-049
W

E-046 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 I-029
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 W W
6 5 4 3

ES15320100

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–11

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Rear Fog Light

BATTERY

B+
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT IGNITION SWITCH
SB3 FUSE AND ON OR START
60A RELAY BOX
E-014
E-042
B2 B1
R

D2 D1 A11
32 INSTRUMENT
PANEL FUSE
30 85 AND RELAY
REAR BOX
EF19 INTEGRATION EF07
FOG I-001
15A LIGHT RELAY
5A
I-002
RELAY
87 86 B-035
E-047
E13 B17 B5 B18
TO
BACKLIGHT
OG

POWER

1 6

RW
OB
REAR FOG
LIGHT
OG SWITCH
7
I-009
I-035 B-001
3 5 1
OG

1 HEADLIGHT
REAR SWITCH
FOG I-029
32
LIGHT
INSTRUMENT B-018
CLUSTER 2 I-006 3
I-027
B

B-017

B1
A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 I-001 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 I-002
A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16 B2
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 W B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 W
E-042
Lg

D1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 I-027 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 B-001
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 D2
L W

E-047
Lg

2 1
B E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 B-035 I-029
4 5 6 I-009 E8 E9 E10 E11 1 2 B-018 6 5 4 3
1 2 3 E6 E7 E12 E13 E14 W W
E-014 W Gr
ES15320090

32–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Dome Light

BATTERY

B+
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
SB3 FUSE AND RELAY BOX
60A E-014
E-042
B1 B2

R
D1 D2
INSTRUMENT
PANEL FUSE
EF23 AND RELAY BOX
10A
E-047
I-002 32
B10

BrW
21 I-035
BrW B-001

DOME
LIGHT
OFF ON B-034
DOOR
1
BrY

B-001
20
I-035
BrY

3 I-037
B-037
BrY
BrY

BrY

1 FRONT LEFT 1 FRONT RIGHT 1 REAR LEFT 1 REAR RIGHT

DOOR DOOR DOOR DOOR
CONTACT CONTACT CONTACT CONTACT
SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH
B-010 B-033 B-016 B-031

1 2
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
B13 B14 B15 B16
B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 B-034
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
W
B
I-002
W E-014
I-035
B

B1 D1 1 B-010 B-033 B-016 B-031

B-037 E-042 E-047
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Lg Lg Lg Lg
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 W Lg D2 Lg
B2

ES15320080

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–13

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Turn Signal Light

BATTERY
EF22
INSTRUMENT
B+ ENGINE 15A PANEL FUSE
COMPARTMENT 49 AND RELAY BOX
SB3 FUSE AND I-001
60A RELAY BOX FLASHER I-002
E-014
E-047
E-042
B1 B2 49a 31
D2 D1 B7 A16

B
R
R I-033

Lg
Lg 5 1

32
4
Lg

2 V 2 6
DIMMER AND TO BACKLIGHT
LH RH

LW
POWER

G
B
TURN SIGNAL
SWITCH HAZARD LIGHT
I-030 SWITCH
I-022 I-033
GR

3 1
LW

LW
L

L
24 22 B25 B13
INSTRUMENT
LW

BCM (B)
CLUSTER
I-004
I-027
1
LW L
5 I-031 E-046
L

5 I-037 I-031 E-046 I-035 4

L
LW

B-037 B-001
LW

RIGHT
G

LEFT 1 SIDE 1 FRONT

5 1 1 FRONT 5 REAR
REAR LEFT SIDE
TURN LEFT RIGHT TURN RIGHT
COMBINATION COMBINATION COMBINATION
SIGNAL COMBINATION SIGNAL
LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT
LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT
B-024
1 2 E-045 2 E-039 1 B-029 2 E-056 2 E-061
B

B
B

B-017 E-035 B-030 E-063

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 B1
A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 I-002 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 W B2
E-046
W E-042
I-001 Lg
W
3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 4 6 8 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 7 6 5 4 1 3 5 7 9
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
B-037 E-039 E-061
I-030
W B B
W
I-027
L D1
3 2 1 1 2 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2 1 6 5 4
I-022 D2
G E-045 E-056 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
6 5 4 3
B-024 B-029 B B E-047
B B Lg

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B

I-004 I-035
B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B ES15320050
E-014 B

32–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Back-up Light

IGNITION SWITCH
ON OR START

A11
ENGINE
INSTRUMENT
COMPARTMENT
PANEL FUSE
EF03 FUSE AND
AND RELAY BOX F17 RELAY BOX
20A I-001 10A E-041
E-048
E-050
C3 D4 E13

GL
32
Y
E-062
5
E-023

RW
1
BACK-UP
ON LIGHT
SWITCH
OFF E-010
2
W
E-023
1 E-062
W

E-057
18
I-014
W

I-035
14
B-001
W

1
BACK-UP
LIGHT
B-015
2
BW

B-017

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7

A13 A12 A11 A10
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 1 2
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

I-001
E-010
W
B
I-035
B
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8
E13 E14 E15 E16
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 D1 D2
12 17 22 27 32 37 42 1 2 C1 C2 C3
4 8 D3 D4
16 21 26 31 36 41 E-050
3 7 11 E-048
15 20 25 30 35 40 W E-041
2 6 10 E-062 B W
14 19 24 29 34 39 B-015
B
1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 E-057 Gr
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 W
ES15320040

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–15

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Brake Light

BATTERY

B+
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
SB3
FUSE AND
60A RELAY BOX
E-014
E-042

32
B1 B2

R
D1 D2
INSTRUMENT
PANEL FUSE
AND RELAY BOX
EF25
E-047
10A
I-002
B9
RY

1
BRAKE
SWITCH
I-003

3
Y

13 I-035
B-001
Y
Y

4 2 4
REAR RIGHT HIGH REAR LEFT
STOP COMBINATION MOUNTED STOP COMBINATION
…
LIGHT LIGHT STOP LIGHT LIGHT LIGHT
B-029 B-028 B-024
1 1 1
B

B-030 B-017

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 I-002
I-035 B13 B14 B15 B16
B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 W
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 B

3
2 1 4 2
B1 D1 B
1 E-042 E-047
3 2 1 B-029 3 2 1 B-024
B2 Lg Lg E-014
6 5 4 B 6 5 4 B B-028 I-003 D2
W B
ES15320030

32–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
Front Combination Light and Rear Combination Light

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Fuse 48-31
"Low beam" does not come on (one side) Low beam bulb -
Wire harness or connector -
Fuse 48-31
32
Low beam bulb -
Combination switch 32-35
"Low beam" does not come on (both sides)
Low beam relay 48-17
Wire harness -
Body Control Module (BCM) -
Bulb -
"High beam" does not come on (one side) Fuse 48-31
Wire harness or connector -
Bulb -
Fuse 48-31

"High beam" does not come on (both Combination switch 32-35

sides) High beam relay 48-17
Wire harness -
Body Control Module (BCM) -
Fuse 48-32
Position light bulb (all) -
Wire harness or connector -
Position light does not come on (all)
Combination switch 32-35
Position light relay -
Body Control Module (BCM) -
Fuse 48-32
Position light does not come on (one side) Position light bulb -
Wire harness or connector -

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–17

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Rear Fog Light

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Fuse 48-32
Rear fog light relay -
Rear fog light bulb -
Rear fog light does not come on Combination switch 32-35
Rear Fog Light Switch 32-43
Wire harness or connector -
Body Control Module (BCM) -
32
Turn Signal Light and Hazard Warning Light

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Fuse 48-26
Bulb -
Hazard warning light and turn signal light
Wire harness or connector -
do not come on
Hazard Warning Light Switch 32-54
Combination switch 32-35

Hazard warning light does not come on Hazard Warning Light Switch 32-54
(turn signal light is normal) Wire harness or connector -

Turn signal light does not come on (hazard Combination switch 32-35
warning light is normal) Wire harness or connector -

Brake Light

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Bulb -
Fuse -
Brake light does not come on (all)
Brake light switch 25-21
Wire harness or connector -
Corresponding brake light bulb -
Only one brake light does not come on
Wire harness or connector -

32–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Interior Front Dome Light (w/ map light)

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Dome light bulb -
Wire harness or connector -
Dome light does not come on Fuse 48-32
Dome light 32-49
Body Control Module (BCM) -

Back-up Light

Symptom Suspected Area See page 32

Back-up light bulb -
Fuse -
Back-up light does not come on (all)
Back-up Light Switch 32-52
Wire harness or connector -

Diagnosis Procedure
High, Low Beam Light Does Not Come On
Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check high, low beam light fuse and relay

a. Check the high, low beam light fuse and relay (See page 48-31).

NG Replace high, low beam light fuse

and relay

2 Check combination switch

a. Check the combination switch (See page 32-36).

NG Replace combination switch

3 Check high, low beam light bulb

a. Check if the high, low beam light filament is blown.

NG Replace high, low beam light bulb

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–19

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

4 Check high, low beam power supply circuit and ground

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the front left combination light
connector E-039. V
+ -
d. Measure the voltage between the front left
combination light connector E-039 and the body
ground according to the table below. 2 4 6 8 10
1 3 5 7 9
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
32 E-039
E-039 (7) - Switch in low
9 to 16 V
Body ground beam
E-039 (9) - Switch in high
9 to 16 V
Body ground beam

RS15320400

e. Disconnect the front right combination light

connector E-061.
f. Measure the voltage between the front right
combination light connector E-061 and the body
V
ground according to the table below. + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 2 4 6 8 10
1 3 5 7 9
E-061 (7) - Switch in low
9 to 16 V
Body ground beam
E-061
E-061 (9) - Switch in high
9 to 16 V
Body ground beam

RS15320410

32–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

g. Disconnect the front left combination light

connector E-039.
h. Check for continuity between the front left
combination light connector E-039 and ground
E-035 according to the table below. + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 2 4 6 8 10
1 3 5 7 9
E-039 (5) - E-
Always Continuity
035
E-039

32
E-035
RS15320401

i. Disconnect the front right combination light

connector E-061.
j. Check for continuity between the front right
combination light connector E-061 and ground
E-063 according to the table below. + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 2 4 6 8 10
1 3 5 7 9
E-061 (5) - E-
Always Continuity
063
E-061

E-063
RS15320411

NG Repair or replace related wire

harness

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–21

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

5 Check engine compartment wire harness

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the engine compartment fuse and relay
box connector E-049 and front left combination light
connector E-039. + -

d. Check for continuity between the engine 2 4 6 8 10

compartment fuse and relay box connector E-049 1 3 5 7 9

and the front left combination light connector E-039

according to the table below. E-039

32 Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6
F10 F11 F12 F13
E-049 (F8) - E- F7 F8 F9 F14 F15 F16
Always Continuity
039 (7)
E-049
E-049 (F1) - E-
Always Continuity
039 (9) RS15320420

e. Disconnect the engine compartment fuse and relay

box connector E-049 and front right combination
light connector E-061.
f. Check for continuity between the engine
compartment fuse and relay box connector E-049 + -
and the front right combination light connector E-
061 according to the table below. 2
1
4
3
6
5
8
7
10
9

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition E-061

E-049 (F9) - E-
Always Continuity
061 (7)
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6
F10 F11 F12 F13
E-049 (F7) - E- F7 F8 F9 F14 F15 F16
Always Continuity
061 (9)
E-049

RS15320430

32–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

g. Disconnect the engine compartment fuse and relay

box connector E-043 and engine compartment wire
harness connector E-046.
h. Check for continuity between the engine
compartment fuse and relay box connector E-043 + -
and the engine compartment wire harness H1 H2 H3
connector E-046 according to the table below. H4 H5 H6 H7 H8

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition E-043

E-043 (H6) - E-
Always Continuity
046 (17)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
E-043 (H7) - E-
Always Continuity
046 (3) 32
E-046

RS15320440

NG Repair or replace engine

compartment wire harness

6 Check instrument panel wire harness

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the combination light switch connector
I-030 and instrument panel wire harness connector
I-031. + -
3 2 1
d. Check for continuity between the combination light
7 6 5 4
switch connector I-030 and the instrument panel
wire harness connector I-031 according to the table
below. I-030

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12
I-030 (6) - I-
Always Continuity
031(17)
I-030 (7) - I- I-031
Always Continuity
031(3) RS15320450

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–23

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

e. Disconnect the combination light switch connector

I-029 and instrument panel fuse and relay box
connector I-002.
f. Check for continuity between the combination light
switch connector I-029 and the instrument panel + -
fuse and relay box connector I-002 according to the 2 1

table below. 6 5 4 3

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition I-029

I-029 (1) - I-
Always Continuity
002(B18)
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
B13 B14 B15 B16
I-029 (2) - I- B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20
Always Continuity
32 002(B3)
I-002

RS15320460

g. Disconnect the combination light switch connector

I-030 and BCM connector I-004.
h. Check for continuity between the combination light
switch connector I-030 and the BCM connector
I-004 according to the table below. + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 3 2 1

I-030 (5) - I- 7 6 5 4
Always Continuity
004(B3)
I-030

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10B11B12B13
B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B21B22B23B24B25

I-004
RS15320470

NG Repair or replace instrument panel

wire harness

Replace BCM

32–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Turn Signal Light Does Not Come On

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check flasher fuse and relay

a. Check the flasher fuse and relay (See page 48-32).

NG Replace flasher fuse and relay

2 Check combination switch

32
a. Check the combination switch (See page 32-36).

NG Replace combination switch

3 Check turn signal light bulb

a. Check if the turn signal light filament is blown.

NG Replace turn signal light bulb

4 Check turn signal light power supply and ground

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the front left combination light
connector E-039. V
+ -
d. Connect the negative battery cable.
e. Measure the voltage between the front left
combination light connector E-039 and the body 2 4 6 8 10
1 3 5 7 9
ground according to the table below.

Multimeter Specified
Condition E-039
Connection Condition
E-039 (1) - Switch in left
9 to 16 V
Body ground turn

RS15320480

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–25

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

f. Disconnect the rear left combination light connector

B-024.
g. Measure the voltage between the rear left
combination light connector B-024 and the body
V
ground according to the table below. + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 3 2 1
6 5 4
B-024 (5) - Switch in left
9 to 16 V
Body ground turn
B-024

32
RS15320490

h. Disconnect the left side turn signal light connector

E-045.
i. Measure the voltage between the left side turn
signal light connector E-045 and the body ground
V
according to the table below. + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
1 2
E-045 (1) - Switch in left
9 to 16 V
Body ground turn
E-045

RS15320500

j. Disconnect the front right combination light

connector E-061.
k. Measure the voltage between the front right
combination light connector E-061 and the body
V
ground according to the table below. + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
2 4 6 8 10
E-061 (1) - Switch in right 1 3 5 7 9
9 to 16 V
Body ground turn
E-061

RS15320510

32–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

l. Disconnect the rear right combination light

connector B-029.
m. Measure the voltage between the rear right
combination light connector B-029 and the body
V
ground according to the table below. + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
3 2 1
B-029 (5) - Switch in right 6 5 4
9 to 16 V
Body ground turn
B-029

32
RS15320520

n. Disconnect the right side turn signal light connector

E-056.
o. Measure the voltage between the right side turn
signal light connector E-056 and the body ground
V
according to the table below. + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 1 2

E-056 (1) - Switch in right

9 to 16 V
Body ground turn
E-056

RS15320530

p. Check the ground, disconnect the front left

combination light connector E-039 and ground
E-035.
q. Check for continuity between the front left
combination light connector E-039 and the ground + -
E-035 according to the table below.

Multimeter Specified 2 4 6 8 10
Condition 1 3 5 7 9
Connection Condition
E-039 (2) - E-
Always Continuity E-039
035

E-035

RS15320540

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–27

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

r. Disconnect the rear left combination light connector

B-024 and ground B-017.
s. Check for continuity between the rear left
combination light connector B-024 and the ground
B-017 according to the table below. + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 3 2 1
6 5 4

B-024 (1) - B-
Always Continuity
017
B-024

32
B-017

RS15320550

t. Disconnect the left side turn signal light connector

E-045 and ground E-035.
u. Check for continuity between the left side turn
signal light connector E-045 and the ground E-035
according to the table below. + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
1 2
E-061(2) - E-
Always Continuity
035 E-045

E-035

RS15320560

v. Disconnect the front right combination light

connector E-061 and ground E-063.
w. Check for continuity between the front right
combination light connector E-061 and the ground
E-063 according to the table below. + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 2 4 6 8 10
1 3 5 7 9
E-061(2) - E-
Always Continuity
063
E-061

E-063
RS15320570

32–28 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

x. Disconnect the rear right combination light

connector B-029 and ground B-030.
y. Check for continuity between the rear right
combination light connector B-029 and the ground
B-030 according to the table below. + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 3 2 1
6 5 4
B-029 (1) - B-
Always Continuity
030
B-029

B-030
32
RS15320580

z. Disconnect the right side turn signal light connector

E-056 and ground E-063.
aa.Check for continuity between the right side turn
signal light connector E-056 and the ground E-063
according to the table below. + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 1 2

E-056 (2) - E-
Always Continuity E-056
063

E-063

RS15320590

NG Repair or replace related wire

harness

5 Check body wire harness

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–29

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK)

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the body wire harness connectors
B-024 and B-037.
+ -
d. Check for continuity between the body wire 3 2 1
harness connectors B-024 and B-037 according to 6 5 4
the table below.
B-024
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
B-024 (5) - B-
Always Continuity 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
037 (5) 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

32 B-037

RS15320600

e. Disconnect the body wire harness connectors

B-029 and B-001.
f. Check for continuity between the body wire
harness connectors B-029 and B-001 according to
the table below. + -
3 2 1
6 5 4
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
B-029
B-029 (5) - B-
Always Continuity
001 (4)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

B-001

RS15320610

NG Repair or replace body wire harness

32–30 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

6 Check engine compartment wire harness

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness
connectors E-045 and E-046.
+ -
d. Check for continuity between the engine
compartment wire harness connectors E-045 and
E-046 according to the table below. 1 2

Multimeter Specified E-045

Condition
Connection Condition
32
E-045 (1) - E-
Always Continuity 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
046 (5) 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

E-046

RS15320620

e. Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness

connectors E-039 and E-046.
f. Check for continuity between the engine
compartment wire harness connectors E-039 and
E-046 according to the table below. + -

Multimeter Specified 2 4 6 8 10
Condition 1 3 5 7 9
Connection Condition
E-039 (1) - E-
Always Continuity E-039
046 (5)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

E-046

RS15320630

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–31

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

g. Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness

connectors E-056 and E-046.
h. Check for continuity between the engine
compartment wire harness connectors E-056 and
E-046 according to the table below. + -

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 1 2

E-056 (1) - E-
Always Continuity E-056
046 (1)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

32 E-046

RS15320640

i. Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness

connectors E-061 and E-046.
j. Check for continuity between the engine
compartment wire harness connectors E-061 and
E-046 according to the table below. + -

Multimeter Specified 2 4 6 8 10
Condition 1 3 5 7 9
Connection Condition
E-061 (1) - E-
Always Continuity E-061
046 (1)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

E-046

RS15320650

NG Repair or replace engine

compartment wire harness

32–32 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

7 Check instrument panel wire harness

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-037 and I-030. 3 2 1
+ -
d. Check for continuity between the instrument panel 7 6 5 4
wire harness connectors I-037 and I-030 according
to the table below.
I-030
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 32
I-037 (5) - I-030
Always Continuity
(3) 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

I-037
RS15320660

e. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness

connectors I-031 and I-030.
f. Check for continuity between the instrument panel
wire harness connectors I-031 and I-030 according 3 2 1
to the table below. + -
7 6 5 4

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition I-030

I-031 (5) - I-030

Always Continuity
(3)
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
I-031 (1) - I-030
Always Continuity
(1) 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12

I-031
RS15320670

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–33

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

g. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness

connectors I-035 and I-030.
h. Check for continuity between the instrument panel
wire harness connectors I-035 and I-030 according 3 2 1
to the table below. + -
7 6 5 4

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition I-030
I-035 (4) - I-030
Always Continuity
(1)
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

32
I-035

RS15320680

NG Repair or replace instrument panel

wire harness

System operates normally

32–34 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
LIGHTING SYSTEM

Combination switch
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the combination switch cover (See page 27-10).
4. Remove the combination switch.
a. Disconnect the combination switch wire harness
connector (1).
32

RS15320032

b. Pinch the claws on the upper and lower part of

combination switch by hand, and remove it by
sliding it outward slightly.

RS15320040

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–35

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Inspection
1. Check the combination switch assembly.
a. Using the ohm band of digital multimeter, check
for continuity between the terminals as shown in
the table. + -
2 1

Headlight Switch 6 5 4 3

Multimeter Switch Specified

Connection Condition Condition
1-2 Switch OFF No continuity
1-3 Switch OFF No continuity
2-3 Switch OFF No continuity
32
RS15320050

Switch in
1-2 Continuity
position light
Switch in
1-3 No continuity
position light
Switch in
2-3 No continuity
position light
Switch in low
1-2 Continuity
beam
Switch in low
1-3 Continuity
beam
Switch in low
2-3 Continuity
beam

If the result is not as specified, replace the combination switch assembly.

Headlight Switch (turn signal light switch)

Multimeter Switch Specified + -

Connection Condition Condition 3 2 1

7 6 5 4
Switch in right
1-2 Continuity
turn
Switch in left
2-3 Continuity
turn
Switch in low
5-6 Continuity
beam RS15320060

Switch in high
5-7 Continuity
beam
Switch in
4-7 Continuity
overtaking light

If the result is not as specified, replace the headlight combination switch assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

32–36 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Headlight Leveling Switch

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the headlight leveling switch.
a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, pry the both ends of headlight leveling
switch carefully to remove it.

L R
-0

RS15410080

b. Disconnect the headlight leveling switch wire

harness connector (1).

RS15320070

c. Press the fixing clips on both sides as shown in

the illustration, and remove the headlight
leveling switch.

RS15320071

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–37

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Inspection
1. Check the headlight leveling switch.
a. Turn the digital multimeter to ohm band, connect
the red probe of multimeter to the terminal 5,
and black probe to terminal 6. + -

Observe the resistance change on the 2 1

multimeter while turning the headlight leveling 6 5 4 3

switch.

Voltage (V)
Multimeter Switch
Connection Position (tolerance
± 0.5 V)
5-6 0 10.22
32
RS15320080

5-6 1 8.45
5-6 2 6.55
5-6 3 4.72

If the result is not as specified, replace the headlight leveling switch.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

32–38 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Front Combination Light

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for front right combination light and front left combination light.
• The procedures listed below are for front left combination light.
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the front combination light.
a. Disconnect the front combination light wire
harness connector.

RS15320090

b. Remove the front bumper (See page 45-6).

c. Remove the 3 fixing bolts from the front
combination light, and remove the front
combination light.
(Tightening torque: 5 ± 1 N·m)

RS15320100

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• When installing the front combination light, make sure the fitting clearance between the front combination
light and the hood, front fender, front bumper is appropriate. Adjust it as necessary.

Adjustment
1. Preparations:
a. The tire inflation pressure comes up to standard.
b. The vehicle is unloaded (besides spare tire and tools supplied with the vehicle, it is generally specified
to include the weight of driver).
c. Park the vehicle on a level ground.
d. Keep the lens surface of the front combination light free from dirt.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–39

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

e. Check if the power supply operates normally and the bulbs are installed correctly.
The headlight beam can be adjusted up and down, left and right by using the headlight leveling switch
or the adjustment nut at the rear of headlight. Always perform adjustment according to the international
standard.

No. Item Standard

1 Up and down offset of left/right low beam -252.9 mm/10 m ~ -84.3 mm/10 m
2 Left and right offset of left low beam -170 mm/10 m ~ +350 mm/10 m
3 Left and right offset of right low beam -170 mm/10 m ~ +350 mm/10 m
4 Up and down offset of left/right high beam -
5 Left and right offset of left high beam -170 mm/10 m ~ +350 mm/10 m
32 6 Left and right offset of right high beam -350 mm/10 m ~ +350 mm/10 m
7 High beam light intensity ≥ 18000 cd

2. The headlight leveling can be adjusted according to

the number of paasengers and loading condition.
there are 4 adjustment bands to select on the
headlight leveling knob: 0, 1, 2 and 3. 5
6

Turn up: Rise the headlight beam.

Turn down: Lower the headlight beam.
Adjust the light according to the table below. 1 2 3
4

A/C

Passenger and Luggage 1 3

2 4 6
5

Loading Condition
Knob Position RS15320030
Luggage
Passenger
Loading
Driver None 0
Driver + Front
None 0
Passenger
Full Occupied None 1
Full Luggage
Full Occupied 2
Loading
Full Luggage
Driver 3
Loading

CAUTION

• Whether the headlight leveling is correct or not will directly affects the driving safety. Be sure to adjust it
according to the related specification.

3. Manually headlight leveling: the headlight leveling can be changed by adjusting the following areas
manually as shown in the illustration.
a. Adjustment method for left headlight
• Beams left/right adjustment

32–40 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

When you rotate the screwdriver clockwise,

the beams move to left; when you rotate the
screwdriver counterclockwise, the beams
move to right.

RS15320120

• Beams up/down adjustment

When you rotate the screwdriver clockwise, 32
the beams move downward; when you rotate
the screwdriver counterclockwise, the beams
move upward.

RS15320130

b. Adjustment method for right headlight

• Beams left/right adjustment
When you rotate the screwdriver clockwise,
the beams move to right; when you rotate the
screwdriver counterclockwise, the beams
move to left.

RS15320140

• Beams up/down adjustment

When you rotate the screwdriver clockwise,
the beams move downward; when you rotate
the screwdriver counterclockwise, the beams
move upward.

RS15320150

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–41

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Rear Combination Light

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for rear right combination light and rear left combination light.
• The procedures listed below are for rear left combination light.
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the rear combination light.
a. Remove the C-pillar upper protector assembly
(See page 46-12).
b. Remove the rear combination light fixing nuts.
32 (Tightening torque: 5 ± 1 N·m)

RS15320160

c. Disconnect the rear combination light wire

harness connector (arrow) and remove the rear
combination light.

RS15320170

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• When installing the rear combination light, make sure the fitting clearance between the rear combination
light and the rear bumper is appropriate. Adjust it as necessary.

32–42 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Rear Fog Light Switch

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the center control panel.
4. Remove the rear fog light switch.
a. Disconnect the rear fog light connector (1) and
glass regulator lock switch connector (2), and
remove the instrument center panel assembly (3).

1 32
3

2
RS15420200

b. Remove the fixing screws on the fog light switch

set, and remove the fog light switch set.
(Tightening torque: 2.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15400351

c. Press the claws on both ends of the fog light

switch by hand, and push outward forcefully to
remove it.

RS15320190

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–43

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Inspection
1. Check the rear fog light switch.
a. Using the ohm band of digital multimeter, check
for continuity between the terminals of rear fog
light switch as shown in the table. + -

Multimeter Switch Specified 4

1
5
2
6
3
Connection Condition Condition
Switch not
1-3 No continuity
pushed
1-3 Switch pushed Continuity

If the result is not as specified, replace the rear

32
RS15320200

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the high mounted stop light.
a. Remove the fixing screws from the high
mounted stop light.
(Tightening torque: 2 ± 1 N·m)

RS15320280

b. Disconnect the rear nozzle connecting line and

high mounted stop light assembly wire harness
connector, and remove the high mounted stop
light assembly (1).

RS15320290

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

32–48 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Dome Light
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the dome light.
a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, insert the gap between the light cover and
the housing body, and pry the dome light cover
carefully.

RS15460210

b. Remove the fixing screws from the dome light.

(Tightening torque: 2.0 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15460220

c. Disconnect the dome light wire harness

connector and remove the dome light (1).

1
RS15460230

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–49

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Inspection
1. Check the dome light.
a. Using the ohm band of digital multimeter, check
for continuity between the terminals of dome
light as shown in the table. + -

Multimeter Switch Specified

Connection Condition Condition
1-2 OFF Continuity
2 - Ground OFF No continuity
1 2
1-2 DOOR Continuity
2 - Ground DOOR No continuity
32
RS15320300

2 - Ground ON Continuity
1-2 ON No continuity

If the result is not as specified, replace the dome light.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

32–50 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Back-up Light
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the rear wheel house (See page 45-24).
4. Remove the back-up light.
a. Disconnect the back-up light wire harness
connector.

RS15320221

b. Remove the fixing screws from the back-up light

and remove the back-up light.
(Tightening torque: 2 ± 1 N·m)

RS15320222

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–51

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Back-up Light Switch

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the battery and battery tray (See page 16-7).
4. Remove the back-up light switch.
a. Disconnect the back-up light switch wire
harness connector.

RS15170160

b. Using a socket wrench, remove the back-up

light switch.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 2 N·m)

RS15170170

CAUTION

• The transmission fluid may flow out when removing the back-up light switch. Be sure to place a proper
container under the transmission before removal to prevent the workplace from being contaminated.

32–52 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Inspection
1. Check the back-up light switch
a. Using the ohm band of digital multimeter, check
for continuity between the terminals of back-up
light switch as shown in the table. + -

Multimeter Switch Specified

1 2
Connection Condition Condition
Switch OFF
1-2 (switch not No continuity
pushed)
Switch ON
1-2 Continuity
(switch pushed)
32
RS15170180

If the result is not as specified, replace the back-up light switch.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Always check the transmission fluid for leakage after installing the back-up light switch. Replace the
back-up light switch O-ring with a new one if necessary.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–53

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Hazard Warning Light Switch

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the center outlet panel cover.
4. Remove the hazard warning light switch.
a. Disconnect the hazard warning light switch
connector and remove the A/C center outlet
assembly (1). 1

RS15420180

b. Press the claws on both ends of the hazard

warning light switch by hand, and push outward
forcefully to remove it.

RS15320310

Inspection
1. Check the hazard warning light switch.
a. Using the ohm band of digital multimeter, check
for continuity between the terminals of hazard
warning light switch as shown in the table. + -

Multimeter Switch Specified 2 1

Connection Condition Condition 6 5 4 3

1-5 Switch not

No continuity
4-5 pushed
1-5
1-4 Switch pushed Continuity RS15320320
4-5

If the result is not as specified, replace the hazard warning light switch.

32–54 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

32 - LIGHTING SYSTEM

2. Check the switch illumination.

a. Connect the positive (+) battery lead to terminal
2 and negative (-) battery lead to terminal 6, + -
then check that the switch illumination comes
on.
OK: LED comes on. 2 1

6 5 4 3
If the result is not as specified, replace the
hazard warning light switch.

RS15320330

Installation 32
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 32–55

- MEMO -

32–56 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

WIPER AND WASHER
GENERAL INFORMATION 33-3 Front Washer Nozzle Assembly 33-18
Description 33-3 Removal 33-18
Specifications 33-5 Inspection 33-18
Tool 33-5 Installation 33-18
Circuit Diagram 33-6 Rear Wiper Blade 33-19
Removal 33-19
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 33-8
Installation 33-19
Problem Symptoms Table 33-8
Rear Wiper Arm Assembly 33-20
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 33-10 Removal 33-20
Wiper & Washer Switch Assembly 33-10 Installation 33-20
Removal 33-10 Rear Wiper Motor Assembly 33-21
Inspection 33-11 Removal 33-21 33
Installation 33-11 Inspection 33-22
Front Wiper Blade 33-12 Installation 33-22
Removal 33-12 Rear Washer Nozzle Assembly 33-23
Installation 33-12 Removal 33-23
Front Wiper Arm Assembly 33-13 Inspection 33-23
Removal 33-13 Installation 33-24
Installation 33-13 Washer Fluid Reservoir 33-25
Front Wiper Motor 33-14 Removal 33-25
Removal 33-14 Inspection 33-26
Inspection 33-14 Installation 33-26
Installation 33-15 Washer Pump 33-27
Front Wiper Link Rod 33-16 Removal 33-27
Removal 33-16 Installation 33-28
Inspection 33-17 Inspection 33-29
Installation 33-17 Washer Line Assembly 33-30
Removal 33-30
Installation 33-30

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 33–1

33–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

GENERAL INFORMATION
WIPER AND WASHER

Description

3
5
4

33
1 ×2
6

×2
×4
7
×2
×6

9
8
10

11
13

RS15330010

1 - Washer Line Assembly 2 - Front Washer Nozzle

3 - Sub Wiper Blade 4 - Sub Wiper Arm
5 - Main Wiper Blade 6 - Trim Cap
7 - Main Wiper Arm 8 - Front Wiper Link Rod
9 - Front Wiper Motor 10 - Guide Pipe Assembly
11 - Washer Fluid Reservoir 12 - Rear Washer Pump
13 - Front Washer Pump

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 33–3

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

6
7
1
5

2 3
4 44

RS15330020

1 - Rear Washer Nozzle Assembly 2 - Rear Wiper Motor Assembly

3 - Washer 4 - Glass Rear Washer
5 - Glass Front Washer 6 - Rear Wiper Arm Assembly
7 - Trim Cap 8 - Grommet
9 - Rubber Washer

The wiper and washer are the important equipments for cleaning the windshield. The wiper and washer
system is controlled by the wiper and washer switch assembly. The wiper and washer systems can operate
only when the ignition switch is turned to II (ON). The driver controls all the operations of the front and rear
wipers and washers by moving the switch control lever or rotating the knob on the control lever end.

33–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Front Wiper Motor Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Front Wiper Link Rod Fixing Nut 7 ± 1.5
Front Wiper Arm Assembly Fixing Nut 15 ± 2.5
Rear Wiper Arm Assembly Fixing Nut 10 ± 1.5
Rear Wiper Motor Assembly Fixing Bolt 7±1
Rear Wiper Motor Assembly Fixing Nut 7±1
Washer Fluid Reservoir Fixing Bolt 4.5 ± 1
Guide Pipe Assembly Fixing Bolt 4.5 ± 1 33
High Mounted Stop Light Fixing Screw 2±1

Tool
Special Tool

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 33–5

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

Circuit Diagram

IGNITION SWITCH
BATTERY
ON

A12 B+

INSTRUMENT ENGINE
15 PANEL FUSE COMPARTMENT
I WIPER AND RELAY FUSE AND
RELAY BOX F25 RELAY BOX
EF12 EF08
30A 53M 15A I-001 20A E-014
53S E-050
T 31
A5 A7 A8 A16 A9 A15 A14 A4 E19
RW
RW
GY
LW

B
Gr

R
B

R
33 L
A

I-033
C

B
1 1
FRONT REAR
WASHER WASHER E-063
M M
MOTOR MOTOR
E-065 E-031
2 2
GY

RY
E-046
19 10 I-031

RW
D
GB
E

G RW
F
Gr
RW

RW
RW

GY
RY

PIN NO. 5 6 7 8 9 2 1 3 4

OFF

INT
FRONT
WIPER LO FRONT
WIPER
HI SWITCH
I-025
OFF
FRONT
WASHER
WASHER
REAR
WASHER

B
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050 E-031
1 2
E-065 1 2
E13 E14 E15 E16 W
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 E-014 Gr Gr

1 2 3 4
A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 I-001 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
A13 A12 A11 A10 I-025 E-046
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 W 5 6 7 8 9 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
W W
ES15330010

33–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

R
A

R
1
REAR
WIPER
SWITCH
I-026

33
2

RW
RW
F
I-014 E-057
RW
D 13
17 6 I-037
B-037

RW
GB

W
E 3

B-027
2 1
T-004
L
C 12
RW
GB

RW
L

2 5 4 1
LOW FRONT REAR
WIPER WIPER
HIGH MOTOR M
M MOTOR
E-053 T-001

1 6 2 3
RW

RW
B

RW
B
T-004
E-052 3 B-027

B-017

2 1
6 5 4 3 B-027
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 I-026
B-037 W
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
W 2 1 W

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 I-014 3 2 1
T-001
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 W E-053 1 2 3 W
B
6 5 4

ES15330020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 33–7

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
HINT:
Use the table below to help determine the cause of the problem symptom. Check each suspected area in
sequence. Repair, replace or adjust the fault part as necessary.

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Fuse 48-31
Both front wiper and washer systems do
Wiper and wiper switch 33-10
not operate
Wire harness or connector -
Fuse -
33
Front wiper system does not operate in LO Wiper and wiper switch 33-10
or HI Front wiper motor 33-14
Wire harness or connector -
Wiper intermittent relay -
Front wiper system does not operate in INT Front wiper and wiper switch 33-11
Wire harness or connector -
Fuse 48-31
Wiper and wiper switch 33-10
Front wiper system does not operate
Front washer pump 33-29
Wire harness or connector -
Wiper intermittent relay -
Front wiper arm and blade do not return to Wiper and wiper switch 33-10
original position when front wiper switch is
off Front wiper motor 33-14
Wire harness or connector -
Fuse 48-33
Rear washer nozzle assembly -
Both rear wiper and washer systems do not
Rear washer pump -
operate
Wiper and wiper switch 33-10
Wire harness or connector -
Wiper and wiper switch 33-10
Rear wiper system does not operate Rear wiper motor assembly -
Wire harness or connector -

33–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Rear washer nozzle assembly 33-23
Wiper and wiper switch 33-10
Rear washer system does not operate
Rear washer pump 33-29
Wire harness or connector -
Rear wiper arm and blade do not return to Rear wiper motor assembly 33-22
original position when rear wiper switch is
off Wire harness or connector -

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 33–9

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Wiper & Washer Switch Assembly
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the combination switch cover (See page 27-10).
4. Remove the wiper and washer switch assembly.
a. Disconnect the wiper and washer switch
assembly connectors.

RS15330290

b. Press the claws of the wiper and washer switch

assembly, and pull out the wiper and washer
switch assembly.

RS15330300

33–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

Inspection
1. Inspect the wiper and washer switch assembly.
a. Check for continuity between the terminals of
the wiper and washer switch assembly
according to the table below. 1 2 3 4

Multimeter Switch Specified

5 6 7 8 9

Connection Condition Condition

5-6
INT Continuity
7-8
5-8 LO Continuity
8-9 HI Continuity RS15330310

5-6 OFF Continuity

FRONT 33
3-4 Continuity
WASHER
REAR
1, 2 - 3 Continuity
WASHER

If the result is not as specified, replace the wiper and washer switch assembly.

b. Check for continuity between the terminals of

the wiper and washer switch assembly
according to the table below.
2 1

Multimeter Switch Specified

Connection Condition Condition
1-2 ON Continuity
1-2 OFF No continuity

RS15330320

If the result is not as specified, replace the wiper and washer switch assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Install the connector in place when installing the front wiper switch assembly.
• Always operate carefully to prevent components from being damaged when installing the front wiper
switch assembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 33–11

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

Front Wiper Blade

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for sub wiper blade and main wiper blade.
• The following procedures are for main wiper blade.
1. Remove the main wiper blade.
a. Lift the front wiper arm assembly and make the
front wiper arm assembly and the main wiper
blade at a right angle.
b. Pull out the main wiper blade from the front
wiper arm assembly in the direction of arrow.

RS15330130

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

33–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

Front Wiper Arm Assembly

Removal
1. Remove the front wiper arm assembly.

CAUTION

• Prevent front windshield assembly from being scratched by the front wiper arm assembly when removing
the front wiper arm assembly.

a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective

tape, remove 2 fixing nut trim caps from the front
wiper arm assembly.
33

RS15330030

b. Remove 2 fixing nuts from the front wiper arm

assembly and remove the front wiper arm
assembly.
(Tightening torque: 15 ± 2.5 N·m)

RS15330031

Installation
Always adjust the front wiper arm assembly to the proper position when installing it.
Pay attention to the locating point on the front
windshield assembly when assembly. The front wiper
blade should be pressed against the locating point as
shown in the illustration.

RS15330100

Other installation procedures are in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 33–13

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

Front Wiper Motor

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the front wiper arm assembly (See page 33-13).
4. Remove the front windshield lower garnish assembly (See page 45-25).
5. Remove the front wiper motor.
a. Disconnect the front wiper motor connector (1).
b. Remove 4 fixing bolts (arrow) from the front
wiper motor.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

33
1

RS15330040

c. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective

tape, pry off the front wiper link rod from the
front wiper motor and remove the front wiper
motor (1).

RS15330050

Inspection
1. Check the front wiper motor.
a. Check the LO operation.

Measurement Condition Specified Condition

Battery positive (+) → Terminal 5
Motor low speed (LO) running
Battery negative (-) → Terminal 6

If the result is not as specified, replace the front wiper motor.

b. Check the HI operation.

Measurement Condition Specified Condition

Battery positive (+) → Terminal 4
Motor high speed (HI) running
Battery negative (-) → Terminal 6

If the result is not as specified, replace the front wiper motor.

33–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

c. Check the automatic return function.

- Connect the positive (+) battery lead to
terminal 5 and the negative (-) battery lead to
terminal 6. When the motor is running at low 3 2 1
speed (LO), disconnect the terminal 5 to stop 6 5 4
the front wiper motor at any position other
than the automatic stop position.
- Connect the positive (+) battery lead to
terminal 2 and the negative (-) battery lead to
terminal 6 to run the motor to the original
position at low speed. RS15330080
- Check if the front wiper motor can stop
automatically after running to the original
position.
OK: The motor stops automatically after
running to the original position, which 33
indicates that the motor can return
automatically.
If the result is not as specified, replace the front wiper motor.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Apply grease to the crank arm pivot when installing the front wiper motor.
• Adjust and make sure the front wiper motor and front wiper link rod are at the original position before
installing the front wiper motor fixing bolts. Otherwise, the wiper system will not operate normally.
• Always operate carefully to prevent other components from being damaged when installing the front
wiper motor.
• Tighten the fixing bolts to the specified torque after installing the front wiper motor.
• Install the front wiper motor connector in place.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 33–15

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

Front Wiper Link Rod

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the front wiper arm assembly (See page 33-13).
4. Remove the front windshield lower garnish assembly (See page 45-25).
5. Remove the front wiper link rod.
a. Remove 2 washers from the front wiper link rod.

RS15330060

b. Remove 6 fixing nuts from the front wiper link

rod.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15330070

c. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective

tape, pry off the front wiper link rod from the
front wiper motor and remove the front wiper link
rod.

RS15330051

33–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

Removal
1. Remove the rear wiper arm assembly.
a. Remove the trim cap from the rear wiper arm
assembly.

33 RS15330110

b. Remove the fixing nut from the rear wiper arm

assembly, and remove the rear wiper arm
assembly (1).
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1.5 N·m) 1

RS15330120

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

33–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

Rear Wiper Motor Assembly

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the rear wiper arm assembly (See page 33-20).
4. Remove the rear wiper motor assembly.
a. Remove the grommet from the rear wiper motor
assembly.

RS15330140

b. Remove the fixing nut (1) from the rear wiper

motor assembly.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1 N·m) 1
c. Remove the glass front washer (2) from the rear 2
wiper motor assembly.

RS15330150

d. Remove the back door outside handle assembly (See page 44-41).
e. Disconnect the rear wiper motor assembly
connector (1).
f. Remove 2 fixing bolts (arrow) from the rear 2
wiper motor assembly, and remove the rear
wiper motor assembly (2).
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1 N·m)

RS15330160

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 33–21

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

Inspection
1. Check the rear wiper motor assembly.
a. Check the operation of rear wiper motor assembly.

Measurement Condition Specified Condition

Battery positive (+) → Terminal 1
Motor operates normally
Battery negative (-) → Terminal 3

If the result is not as specified, replace the rear wiper motor assembly.
b. Check the automatic return function.
- Connect the positive (+) battery lead to
terminal 1 and the negative (-) battery lead to 1 2 3
terminal 3. When the motor is running,
disconnect the terminal 1 to stop the front
33 wiper motor at any position other than the
automatic stop position.
- Connect the positive (+) battery lead to
terminal 2 and the negative (-) battery lead to
terminal 3 to make the motor run again.
- Check that the motor can return RS15330180
automatically.
OK: The motor can return automatically.
If the result is not as specified, replace the rear wiper motor assembly.
2. Check the grommet for deterioration, deformation or damage. Replace the grommet with a new one if
necessary.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Always operate carefully to prevent other components from being damaged when installing the rear
wiper motor assembly.
• Tighten the fixing nuts and bolts to the specified torque after installing the rear wiper motor assembly.
• Install the rear wiper motor assembly connector in place.

33–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

Rear Washer Nozzle Assembly

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the rear washer nozzle assembly.
a. Remove 2 fixing screws from the high mounted
stop light.
(Tightening torque: 2 ± 1 N·m)

33
RS15320280

b. Disconnect the port (1) between the washer line

and rear washer nozzle assembly.
c. Press the rear washer nozzle assembly clamps
in the directions of the arrows as shown in the
illustration and remove the rear washer nozzle
assembly.
1

RS15330210

Inspection
1. Check the rear washer nozzle for blockage,
deformation or damage. Replace the rear washer
nozzle if necessary.

RS15330220

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 33–23

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Install the washer line port in place when installing the rear washer nozzle assembly.
• Always operate carefully to prevent the components from being damaged when installing the rear
washer nozzle assembly.

33–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

Washer Fluid Reservoir

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the front bumper (See page 45-6).
4. Collect the washer fluid with a container.
5. Remove the front washer pump (See page 33-27).
6. Remove the guide pipe assembly.
a. Remove the fixing bolt (arrow) from the guide
pipe assembly, and remove the guide pipe
assembly (1).
(Tightening torque: 4.5 ± 1 N·m)
1
33

RS15330230

7. Remove the washer fluid reservoir.

a. Remove 3 fixing bolts from the washer fluid
reservoir, and remove the washer fluid reservoir.
(Tightening torque: 4.5 ± 1 N·m)

RS15330240

b. Disconnect the rear washer pump connector (1).

c. Disconnect the rear washer pump line (2).
1

RS15330350

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 33–25

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

d. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective

tape, pry off the rear washer pump from the
washer fluid reservoir.

RS15330351

Inspection
1. Check the washer fluid reservoir for leakage,
33 deformation or damage. Replace the washer fluid
reservoir if necessary.
2. Check the internal and external sides of washer
fluid reservoir for dirt. Remove the dirt or replace
the washer fluid reservoir if necessary.
3. Check the grommet for damage. Replace the
grommet if necessary.

RS15330250

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

33–28 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

Inspection
1. Check the front washer pump.
a. Fill in the washer fluid reservoir with washer
fluid.
b. Connect the positive (+) battery lead to terminal
2 of the front washer pump and the negative (-)
battery lead to terminal 1.
c. Check that the washer fluid flows out of the front
washer pump. 1 2

OK: Washer fluid flows out of the front

washer pump.

RS15330280

If the result is not as specified, replace the front washer pump. 33

2. Check the rear washer pump.
a. Fill in the washer fluid reservoir with washer
fluid.
b. Connect the positive (+) battery lead to terminal
2 of the rear washer pump and the negative (-)
battery lead to terminal 1. 1 2

c. Check that the washer fluid flows out of the rear

washer pump.
OK: Washer fluid flows out of the rear
washer pump.

RS15330281

If the result is not as specified, replace the rear washer pump.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 33–29

33 - WIPER AND WASHER

Washer Line Assembly

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the headlight assembly (See page 32-39).
4. Remove the bumper assembly (See page 45-6).
5. Remove the washer line assembly.
a. Disconnect the port (1) between the washer line
and washer pump, and collect the washer fluid
with a container.

33
1

RS15330192

b. Remove the front windshield lower garnish assembly (See page 45-25).
c. Disconnect the ports between washer line and
front washer nozzles, and disengage the clips
(arrow) to remove the washer line (1).

RS15330190

d. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective

tape, remove the clips from the washer line and
remove the washer line.

RS15330191

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

33–30 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

DOOR LOCK
GENERAL INFORMATION 34-3 Front Door Key Cylinder 34-26
Description 34-3 Removal 34-26
Specifications 34-7 Installation 34-26
Tools 34-7 Front Door Lock Striker 34-27
Circuit Diagram 34-8 Removal 34-27
Installation 34-27
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 34-11
Rear Power Door Lock Assembly 34-28
Problem Symptoms Table 34-11
Removal 34-28
Diagnostic Help 34-11
Disassembly 34-29
Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting 34-12
Assembly 34-30
Ground Inspection 34-12
Inspection 34-30
Diagnosis Tool 34-12
Installation 34-30
Diagnosis Procedure 34-13
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Chart 34-14
Rear Door Lock Striker 34-31 34
Removal 34-31
B1301 34-15
Installation 34-31
B1302 34-15
Back Door Lock 34-32
B1303 34-15
Removal 34-32
B1305 34-15
Installation 34-32
B1306 34-15
Back Door Key Cylinder 34-33
B1307 34-15
Removal 34-33
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 34-23 Installation 34-33
Front Power Door Lock Assembly 34-23 Hood Lock 34-34
Removal 34-23 Removal 34-34
Disassembly 34-24 Installation 34-35
Assembly 34-25 Wireless Key 34-36
Inspection 34-25 Removal 34-36
Installation 34-25 Installation 34-37

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 34–1

34–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

34 - DOOR LOCK

GENERAL INFORMATION
DOOR LOCK

Description

5
7
3

RS15340010

1 - Hood Upper Lock Body Assembly 2 - Hood Lower Lock Body Assembly
3 - Front Right Power Door Lock Assembly 4 - Front Left Power Door Lock Assembly
5 - Rear Right Power Door Lock Assembly 6 - Rear Left Power Door Lock Assembly
7 - Back Door Lock

1. Power door lock system

a. The power door lock system can lock/unlock all doors by wireless key operation.
• Wireless key sends the lock/unlock request signals to BCM. Then, BCM sends these request
signals to the lock fastener of each door in order to lock/unlock all doors simultaneously.
• After inserting the key into the driver side door key cylinder, all doors can be locked/unlocked by
turning the key clockwise or counterclockwise, but anti-theft function cannot be set/released.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 34–3

34 - DOOR LOCK

b. Function

Component Function
Door Control Main Locking Bar Lock/unlock all doors.
Lock/unlock the front left door with the fastener.
Front Left Door Lock It has built-in door unlock/lock switch and sends the
unlock/lock signal to BCM to unlock/lock each door.
Front Right Door Lock Lock/unlock the front right door with the fastener.
Rear Left Door Lock Lock/unlock the rear left door with the fastener.
Rear Right Door Lock Lock/unlock the rear right door with the fastener.

2. Wireless door lock system

a. This system locks/unlocks all doors remotely. The wireless door lock system has the following features:
• A key-integrated type transmitter is used which contains the following 2 switches: door lock switch
and door unlock switch.
34 • A LED is built in the transmitter to check the battery condition.
b. System function

Function Description
Press the lock switch on the wireless key to lock all
All doors lock function
doors.
Press the unlock switch on the wireless key to unlock
All doors unlock function
all doors.
The turn signal lights blink once with door locked and
Answer-back function blink twice with the door unlocked to indicate that the
corresponding operation has been completed.
If the door is not opened within 30 seconds after the
Auto lock function door is unlocked by wireless key, the door will lock
again automatically.

c. Wireless key match

If the wireless key is lost, damaged or the BCM
is replaced, the wireless key needs to rematch.
The detailed operation procedures are as
follows:
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the
latest version) to the Data Link Connector
(DLC), and make it communicate with the
vehicle electronic module by the data ENG

network. Then turn the ignition switch to II

ABS

SRS

(ON) to enter diagnosis procedures and BCM

select "BCM". ICM

RS15340020

34–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

34 - DOOR LOCK

• "SELECT FUNCTION [KEY MATCHING]" is

displayed on the screen, and then click "OK".
SELECT FUNCTION

Read code

Erase code

Read datastream

Key matching

Write configuration

RS15340030

• "This function is for matching remote-controller,

CLICK OK to continue." is displayed on the
screen. Communicating information

This function is for matching remote-controller,

34
CLICK OK to continue.

RS15340040

• "this function can match up to 2 remote

controllers! Please press 'send' key for more
than 1 s. If to match two remotes, please Communicating information

press the send key in turn and keep for more

than 1 s separately. Complete? (click "OK" to
exit remote match mode)" is displayed on the this function can match up to 2 remote controllers!
Please press ‘send’ key for more than 1s.

screen. If to match two remotes, please press the send key in turn and keep for more than 1s separately.
Complete?(click “OK” to exit remote match mode)

RS15340050

• Key match is completed.

d. Wireless key
The wireless key controls the locking and unlocking of the door.
Wireless lock: the turn signal lights blink once; with all doors closed and unlocked, press the lock button
on the wireless key, all doors will be locked and turn signal lights blink once.
Wire unlock: the turn signal lights blink twice; with the door locked, press the unlock button on the
wireless key , all doors will be unlocked.
When the key is inserted, the lock button on the wireless key does not operate, so the remote controller
can only perform unlock operation; when the unlock operation is performed under lock condition, the
turn signal lights blink twice and the door unlocks.
e. The vehicle security has 4 modes:
Lock mode
• Enter the lock mode when the following conditions are met:
- Remove the key.
- All doors and hood are closed.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 34–5

34 - DOOR LOCK

- All doors are locked by the wireless key.

• When the vehicle is in lock mode, there will be the following features:
- The turn signal lights blink once and the anti-theft indicator on the instrument cluster blinks
normally to indicate that the vehicle is in lock state.
- In the lock state, if any door is not open within 30 seconds after unlocking the door by the
wireless key, the door will lock again automatically.
Lock deactivation mode
• The lock mode of the entire vehicle will be deactivated if the following occurs:
- When the unlock button on the wireless key is pressed, the turn signal lights blink twice, and the
security indicator on the instrument cluster stops blinking.
• If the following occurs within approximately 30 seconds after deactivating the lock mode of the entire
vehicle, the vehicle will not return to lock mode and will not lock automatically.
- Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
- Any door is open.
Alarm mode
34 • When the vehicle is in lock mode, the alarm will be triggered if the following occurs:
- Open any door manually.
- Open the hood.
• When the vehicle is in alarm mode, the following occurs:
- The turn signal lights blink continuously for approximately 28 seconds and do this again after an
interval of 3 seconds. Repeat this procedure for 10 times. At the same time, the security indicator
blinks quickly to indicate the system is in a state of insecurity.
Alarm deactivation mode
• The following operations will deactivate the alarm mode:
- Press the lock button on the wireless key.
- Press the unlock button on the wireless key.
- If any door which triggers the alarm or the hood is open:
If all doors are locked completely during alarm mode cycle, the turn signal lights will complete the
blink cycle, and all doors will lock again automatically after an interval of 3 seconds. At this time,
the vehicle body anti-theft system is reactivated.
• Deactivate the fast blinking of the security indicator.
- When the system detects break-in, the security indicator will blink quickly. At this time, press the
lock or unlock button of the wireless key to lock the vehicle or deactivate the lock mode and the
security indicator will stop blinking.

34–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

34 - DOOR LOCK

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Front Power Door Lock Assembly Fixing Screw 7 ± 1.5
Front Power Door Lock Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Front Door Outside Handle Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Rear Power Door Lock Assembly Fixing Screw 7 ± 1.5
Hood Upper Lock Body Assembly Fixing Screw 7 ± 1.5
Hood Lower Lock Body Assembly Fixing Screw 7 ± 1.5
Back Door Key Cylinder Fixing Nut 7 ± 1.5
Back Door Lock Fixing Screw 7 ± 1.5
Rear Door Lock Striker Fixing Screw 23 ± 2 34
Front Door Lock Striker Fixing Screw 23 ± 2

Tools
Special Tool

༛⨲≑䔺

X-431 3G Diagnostic Tester

RS15350021

General Tool

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 34–7

34 - DOOR LOCK

Circuit Diagram

BATTERY
IGNITION SWITCH
ON OR START
B+ ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
SB3 FUSE AND
60A RELAY BOX
E-014
E-042
B1 B2
R

D1 D2 A11
INSTRUMENT
PANEL FUSE
EF06 AND RELAY BOX
10A E-047
SC04 EF24
I-001
30A 15A
I-002

34 B13 B1 B19
RB
R

O
R

B5 B6 B19 B24 B20

BCM(A/B)
I-004
I-005
A14
BrY

3 I-037
B-037
BrY
BrY

BrY

1 FRONT LEFT 1 FRONT RIGHT 1 REAR LEFT 1 REAR RIGHT

DOOR DOOR DOOR DOOR
CONTACT CONTACT CONTACT CONTACT
SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH
B-010 B-033 B-016 B-031

A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

I-002 B-037
I-001
W W
W

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B1 D1

B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25
B2 D2
A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 I-004
E-042 E-047
B
Lg Lg

I-005 B
1
B-010 B-016 B-031 B-033
B Lg Lg Lg Lg E-014
ES15340010

34–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

34 - DOOR LOCK

1 1 1 REAR
FRONT FRONT REAR
RIGHT LEFT RIGHT
LEFT
DOOR DOOR DOOR
M DOOR
LOCK
M LOCK
M LOCK M LOCK
ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY
UNLOCK LOCK
ASSEMBLY
H-001 L-001 4 R-001
F-001 5 4
4 2 3 1 5
BrG

LW
LR

LR
Br
B

34
F-003 H-004 L-002 R-003
9 7 8 5 6 I-036 5 6 I-015 3 8 B-011 3 8 B-032
B

I-033
LW

LW
LR

LR
1

I-035 B-001
BrG

LW
LR
Br

A8 B4 B11 B12
UNLOCK LOCK LOCK UNLOCK BCM(A/B)
I-005
I-004

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13

B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 5 4 3 2 1
A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 12 11 10 9 8 7 6
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1

I-004
B
I-015 I-036
I-005 W W
B

3 2 1 1 2
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 1 2
5 4 3
3 4
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

B-011 B-032 F-001 H-001 L-001 R-001

W W W W W W
I-035
B ES15340020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 34–9

34 - DOOR LOCK

IGNITION SWITCH
START

B15
INSTRUMENT
PANEL FUSE DIAGNOSTIC
EF09 AND RELAY BOX CONNECTOR
30A I-001 I-038
I-002 7
A3

W
RB

B2 A15 A16
BCM(A/B)
I-004

34 A13 A12 B8 B9 B21

I-005
O
W

1 6 I-008
A-003
SECURITY
INDICATOR
I-023
O

B
2
37
SRS
B

CONTROL
I-007
MODULE
I-006 A-005

A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8

A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1

I-001 I-002
W W
I-005
B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 A-005 1 2
A-003
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Y W
3 4 5 6

1 2
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 I-038 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 W I-023
Lg
I-004
B
ES15340030

34–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

34 - DOOR LOCK

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
Power Door Lock Control System

Symptom Suspected Area See page

BCM fuse 48-32
Door control main locking bar -

All doors lock/unlock functions do not Front left door lock assembly 34-23
operate Other door lock assemblies 34-28
Wire harness or connector -
Body Control Module (BCM) -
Front left door lock assembly 34-23 34
Only driver side door lock/unlock functions
Wire harness or connector -
do not operate
Body Control Module (BCM) -
Front right door lock assembly 34-23
Only passenger side door lock/ unlock
Wire harness or connector -
functions do not operate
Body Control Module (BCM) -
Rear left door lock assembly 34-28
Only rear left door lock/unlock functions do
Wire harness or connector -
not operate
Body Control Module (BCM) -
Rear right door lock assembly 34-28
Only rear right door lock/unlock functions
Wire harness or connector -
do not operate
Body Control Module (BCM) -

Wireless Door Lock Control System

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Wireless key battery 34-36

Only wireless control function does not Anti-theft match -

operate Wire harness or connector -
Body Control Module (BCM) -
Turn signal lights 32-47
Only no answer-back
Body Control Module (BCM) -

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 34–11

34 - DOOR LOCK

5. Visually check the related wire harness and connector.

6. Check and clean all the wire harness connectors and grounds related to the current DTC.
7. If multiple trouble codes were set, use the circuit diagrams and look for any common ground circuit or
power supply circuit applied to the DTC.

Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting

If the malfunction is intermittent, perform the followings:
• Check if the connectors are loose.
• Check if the wire harnesses are worn, pierced, pinched or partially broken.
• Monitor the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) data that is related to this circuit.
• Wiggle the related wire harnesses and connectors and observe if the signal is interrupted in the related
circuit.
• If possible, try to duplicate the conditions under which the DTC was set.
• Look for the data that has changed or the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
• Look for broken, bent, protruded or corroded terminals.
34 • Inspect the window glass regulator, the window glass regulator switch etc. components and mounting
areas for damage, foreign matter, etc. that will cause incorrect signals.
• Remove the BCM control module assembly from the malfunctioning vehicle and install it to a new vehicle
and perform a test. If the DTC cannot be cleared, the BCM control module assembly is malfunctioning. If
the DTC can be cleared, reinstall the BCM control module assembly to the original vehicle.

Ground Inspection
Ground points are very important to the proper operation of electrical equipment and circuits. Ground points
are often exposed to moisture, dirt and corrosive elements. Corrosion (rust) can increase resistance which will
change the way in which a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can affect
the electronically controlled circuit. Perform the following operations when checking the ground points:
1. Remove the ground nut.
2. Check all the matching surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
3. Clean as necessary to ensure that the contacting is in a good condition.
4. Reinstall the ground nut securely.
5. Check if the new accessories interfere with the ground circuit.
6. If several wire harnesses are secured to a ground hole, check if they are installed correctly. Make sure all
the wire harnesses are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path.

Diagnosis Tool
X-431 3G diagnostic tester
When connecting the X-431 3G diagnostic tester:
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC) for
communication with the vehicle.
• DLC is located at the driver side and installed on the instrument panel fuse and relay box bracket.
• DLC is a trapezoidal design which can hold 16 terminals.

Digital multimeter
When using the digital multimeter:
• Troubleshoot the electrical malfunctions and wire harness system.
• Troubleshoot basic malfunction.
• Measure voltage, current and resistance.

34–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

34 - DOOR LOCK

Diagnosis Procedure
HINT:
Use the following procedure to troubleshoot the power door lock system.

1 Vehicle brought to workshop

2 Check battery voltage

Standard Voltage: 11 to 14 V
If the voltage is below 11 V, recharge or replace the battery before proceeding to next step.

34
3 Check for DTCs (current DTC and history DTC)

DTC For current DTC, go to step 4

occurs

No For history DTC, go to step 5

DTC

4 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) chart

5 Circuit inspection

6 Repair

7 Clear DTCs (current DTC and history DTC)

8 Check for DTCs (current DTC and history DTC)

DTC Go to step 4
output

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 34–13

34 - DOOR LOCK

No DTC Go to next step

output

9 Confirmation test

10 End

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Chart

DTC Code DTC Definition
B1301 Central Lock Control Circuit Low Current
34 B1302 Central Lock Control Circuit High Current
B1303 Central Lock Control Circuit Stuck On
B1305 Central Unlock Control Circuit Low Current
B1306 Central Unlock Control Circuit High Current
B1307 Central Unlock Control Circuit Stuck On

34–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

34 - DOOR LOCK

DTC B1301 Central Lock Control Circuit Low Current

DTC B1302 Central Lock Control Circuit High Current

DTC B1303 Central Lock Control Circuit Stuck On

DTC B1305 Central Unlock Control Circuit Low Current

DTC B1306 Central Unlock Control Circuit High Current

DTC B1307 Central Unlock Control Circuit Stuck On

Self-diagnosis Detection Logic 34

DTC Detection Warning Light
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition Condition
Central Lock Control
B1301
Circuit Low Current
• Fuse
Central Lock Control
B1302 • Window glass
Circuit High Current
regulator switch
Central Lock Control • Power window
B1303
Circuit Stuck On glass regulator
Ignition switch II (ON) ON
Central Unlock Control motor
B1305
Circuit Low Current • Wire harness or
connector
Central Unlock Control
B1306 • BCM control
Circuit High Current
module assembly
Central Unlock Control
B1307
Circuit Stuck On

CAUTION

• When performing the circuit diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for the specific circuit
and the component information.

1 Check fuse (SC04)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Pull out fuse (SC04) from the instrument panel fuse and relay box.
d. Check if the fuse is blown.

NG Replace fuse (SC04)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 34–15

34 - DOOR LOCK

2 Check front left power door lock fastener

a. Check the front left power door lock fastener.

NG Replace the front left power door

lock fastener

3 Measure BCM system voltage

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the BCM wire harness connector I-004.
34
d. Connect the negative battery cable. V
+ -
e. Using a digital multimeter, measure BCM system
voltage according to the value(s) in the table below.

Multimeter Specified
Condition B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10B11B12B13
Connection Condition B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B21B22B23B24B25

I-004 (B5) -
Always 9 to 16 V I-004
Body ground
I-004 (B6) -
Always 9 to 16 V
Body ground
I-004 (B19) -
Always 9 to 16 V
Body ground RS15340590

4 Check instrument panel wire harness

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-004 and I-002.
+ -
d. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-004 and I-002 according to the
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
value(s) in the table below. B9 B10 B11 B12
B13 B14 B15 B16
B17 B18 B19 B20

Multimeter Specified
Condition I-002
Connection Condition
I-004 (B13) - I-
Always Continuity B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10B11B12B13
002 (B5) B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B21B22B23B24B25

I-004 (B13) - I-
Always Continuity I-004
002 (B6)
RS15340400
I-004 (B13) - I-
Always Continuity
002 (B19)

34–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

34 - DOOR LOCK

e. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness

connectors I-005 and I-037.
f. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-005 and I-037 according to the + -
value(s) in the table below. A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition I-005
I-005 (A14) - I-
Always Continuity
037 (3)
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

I-037 RS15340410

34
g. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-005 and I-036.
h. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-005 and I-036 according to the + -
value(s) in the table below.
A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
I-005 (A8) - I- I-005
Always Continuity
036 (7)

5 4 3 2 1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6

I-036
RS15340450

i. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness

connectors I-004 and I-036.
j. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-004 and I-036 according to the + -
value(s) in the table below.

Multimeter Specified B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10B11B12B13

Condition B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B21B22B23B24B25
Connection Condition
I-004 (B4) - I- I-004
Always Continuity
036 (8)
I-004 (B11) - I-
Always Continuity 5 4 3 2 1
036 (5) 12 11 10 9 8 7 6

I-004 (B12) - I-
Always Continuity
036 (6) I-036
RS15340460

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 34–17

34 - DOOR LOCK

k. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness

connectors I-004 and I-015.
l. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-004 and I-015 according to the + -
value(s) in the table below.

Multimeter Specified B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10B11B12B13

Condition B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B21B22B23B24B25
Connection Condition
I-004 (B11) - I- I-004
Always Continuity
015 (5)
I-004 (B12) - I- 5 4 3 2 1
Always Continuity 12 11 10 9 8 7 6
015 (6)

I-015

RS15340490

34
m. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-004 and I-035.
n. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-004 and I-035 according to the + -
value(s) in the table below.

Multimeter Specified B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10B11B12B13

Condition B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B21B22B23B24B25
Connection Condition
I-004 (B11) - I- I-004
Always Continuity
035 (10)
I-004 (B12) - I- 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Always Continuity
035 (1) 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

I-035
RS15340510

o. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness

connector I-004 and ground I-007.
p. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the instrument panel wire harness
connector I-004 and ground I-007 according to the + -
value(s) in the table below.

Multimeter Specified B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10B11B12B13

Condition B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B21B22B23B24B25
Connection Condition
I-004 (B8) - I- I-004
Always Continuity
007
I-004 (B9) - I-
Always Continuity
007
I-004 (B21) - I-
Always Continuity I-007
007
RS15340580

34–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

34 - DOOR LOCK

NG Repair or replace instrument panel

wire harness

5 Check body wire harness

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the body wire harness connectors
B-037 and B-010.
+ -
d. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the body wire harness connectors B-037
and B-010 according to the value(s) in the table
below. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Multimeter
Condition
Specified 34
Connection Condition B-037

B-037 (3) - B-
Always Continuity
010 (1) 1

B-010

RS15340420

e. Disconnect the body wire harness connectors

B-037 and B-033.
f. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the body wire harness connectors B-037
and B-033 according to the value(s) in the table + -
below.

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

B-037 (3) - B-
Always Continuity
033 (1) B-037

B-033

RS15340430

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 34–19

34 - DOOR LOCK

g. Disconnect the body wire harness connectors

B-037 and B-016.
h. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the body wire harness connectors B-037
and B-016 according to the value(s) in the table + -
below.

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

B-037 (3) - B-
Always Continuity
016 (1) B-037

B-016

RS15340440

34
i. Disconnect the body wire harness connectors
B-001 and B-011.
j. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the body wire harness connectors B-001
and B-011 according to the value(s) in the table + -
below.

Multimeter Specified 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Condition 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Connection Condition
B-001 (10) - B-
Always Continuity B-001
011 (3)
B-001 (1) - B-
Always Continuity 3 2 1
011 (8) 8 7 6 5 4

B-011 RS15340520

NG Repair or replace body wire harness

34–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

34 - DOOR LOCK

6 Check 4-door wire harnesses

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the front left door wire harness
connectors F-003 and F-001.
+ -
d. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the front left door wire harness connectors
F-003 and F-001 according to the value(s) in the 1 2 3 4 5

table below. 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Multimeter Specified F-003

Condition
Connection Condition
F-003 (9) - F-
Always Continuity 1 2
001 (4)
5 4 3
F-003 (7) - F-
001 (2)
Always Continuity
F-001
34
RS15340470
F-003 (8) - F-
Always Continuity
001 (3)
F-003 (5) - F-
Always Continuity
001 (1)
F-003 (6) - F-
Always Continuity
001 (5)

e. Disconnect the front right door wire harness

connectors H-004 and H-001.
f. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the front right door wire harness
connectors H-004 and H-001 according to the + -
value(s) in the table below.
1 2 3 4 5
Multimeter Specified
Condition 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Connection Condition
H-004 (5) - H- H-004
Always Continuity
001 (5)
H-004 (6) - H-
Always Continuity
001 (1) 1 2
5 4 3

H-001
RS15340500

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 34–21

34 - DOOR LOCK

g. Disconnect the rear left door wire harness

connectors L-002 and L-001.
h. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the rear left door wire harness connectors
L-002 and L-001 according to the value(s) in the + -
table below.

Multimeter Specified 1 2 3
Condition
Connection Condition 4 5 6 7 8

L-002 (3) - L-
Always Continuity L-002
001 (4)
L-002 (8) - L-
Always Continuity 1 2
001 (1) 3 4

L-001

RS15340530

34
i. Disconnect the rear right door wire harness
connectors R-003 and R-001.
j. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the rear right door wire harness
connectors R-003 and R-001 according to the + -
value(s) in the table below.

Multimeter Specified 1 2 3
Condition
Connection Condition 4 5 6 7 8

R-003 (3) - R-
Always Continuity R-003
001 (4)
R-003 (8) - R-
Always Continuity 1 2
001 (1) 3 4

R-001

RS15340560

NG Repair or replace related wire

harness

Replace BCM

34–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

34 - DOOR LOCK

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Front Power Door Lock Assembly
Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the front door protector assembly (See page 44-19).
4. Remove the front left door protector bracket (See page 44-19).
5. Remove the front door protective film (See page 44-20).
6. Detach the clips from the front left power door lock assembly.
a. Detach the clips (1) from the front left door 34
outside handle lever.
b. Detach the clip (2) from the front left door inside
2
handle lever.

RS15340150

7. Remove the front left power door lock assembly.

a. Disconnect the front left power door lock
assembly connector (arrow).

RS15340151

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 34–23

34 - DOOR LOCK

b. Remove 3 fixing screws (1) from the front left

power door lock assembly.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)
1
c. Remove the fixing bolt (2) from the front left
power door lock assembly, and remove the front
left power door lock assembly.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)
2

RS15340152

d. Disconnect the clip (arrow) from the front left

door inside upright lock rod, and remove the
front left door inside upright lock rod (1).

34 1

RS15340160

Disassembly
1. Remove the front left power door lock latch.
a. Remove the clip (1) from the front left door
fastener assembly.
b. Remove the clip (2) from the front left power
door lock latch, and remove coupling lever (3)
between the front left door fastener assembly 2
and the front left power door lock latch.
3

RS15340170

c. Remove 3 fixing screws (arrow) between the

front left door fastener assembly and the front
left power door lock latch, and separate the front
left door fastener assembly and the front left
power door lock latch.

RS15340081

34–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

34 - DOOR LOCK

Assembly
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

Inspection
1. Check the front left power door lock assembly (fastener assembly).
a. As shown below, apply battery voltage to the front left power door lock assembly (fastener assembly)
terminals and check the operation of the front left power door lock assembly.
OK
+ -
Measurement
Specified Condition
Condition
Battery positive (+) - UNLOCK
Terminal 5
Lock
Battery negative (-) -
Terminal 1 LOCK

Battery positive (+) - 34

Terminal 1
Unlock
Battery negative (-) -
Terminal 5 1 2

5 4 3

RS15340080

If the result is not as specified, replace the front left power door lock assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 34–25

34 - DOOR LOCK

Front Door Key Cylinder

Removal
1. Remove the front door protector assembly (See page 44-19).
2. Remove the front door protective film (See page 44-20).
3. Remove the front left door outside handle assembly.
a. Remove the clips (arrow) from the front left door
handle lever and remove the clip (1) from the
front left door key cylinder.
b. Remove 2 fixing bolts (2) from the front left door
outside handle assembly, and remove the front
left door outside handle assembly (3). 1
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

34 RS15440310

c. Remove the clip (1) from the front left door

handle lever and remove the front left door
handle lever (2).
1
d. Remove the clip (3) from the front left door key
cylinder lever and remove the front left door key
cylinder lever (4). 2 3

RS15340084

4. Remove the front left door key cylinder.

a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, remove the clips from the front left door in
the direction of arrow, and remove the front left
door key cylinder.

RS15340095

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

34–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

34 - DOOR LOCK

Front Door Lock Striker

Removal

CAUTION

• When removing the front door lock striker, prevent the body paint surface from being scratched.

HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the front left door lock striker.
a. Remove 2 fixing screws (arrow) from the front
left door lock striker and remove the front left
door lock striker (1).
(Tightening torque: 23 ± 2 N·m) 34
1

RS15440410

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• When installing the front door lock striker, prevent the body paint surface from being scratched.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 34–27

34 - DOOR LOCK

Rear Power Door Lock Assembly

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the rear door protector assembly (See page 44-28).
4. Remove the rear left door inside upright lock rod holder.
a. Remove the clip (arrow) from the rear left door
inside upright lock rod holder, and remove the
rear left door inside upright lock rod assembly
1
(1) and rear left door inside upright lock rod
holder (2).
34 2

RS15440530

5. Remove the rear left door protector bracket (See page 44-29).
6. Remove the rear door protective film (See page 44-29).
7. Remove the rear left door cross rod.
a. Remove the clip (arrow) from the rear left door
cross rod.
b. Detach the rear left door cross rod from the 1
guide lever clamps (1), and remove the rear left 2
door cross rod (2).

RS15440562

8. Loosen the clips from the rear left power door lock assembly.
a. Remove the clip (1) from the rear left door inside
handle lever.
b. Remove the clip (arrow) from the lower part of
the rear left door outside handle lever.

RS15340210

34–28 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

34 - DOOR LOCK

9. Remove the rear left power door lock assembly.

a. Disconnect the connector (arrow) of the rear left
power door lock assembly.

RS15440580

b. Remove 3 fixing screws (arrow) from the rear

left power door lock assembly, and remove the
rear left power door lock assembly.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m) 34

RS15440590

Disassembly
1. Remove the rear left power door lock latch.
a. Remove the clip (1) from the rear left door
fastener assembly.
b. Remove the clip (2) from the rear left power 2
door lock latch, and remove coupling lever (3)
between the rear left door fastener assembly 3
and the rear left power door lock latch. 1

RS15340220

c. Remove 3 fixing screws (arrow) between the

rear left door fastener assembly and the rear left
power door lock latch, and separate the rear left
door fastener assembly and the rear left power
door lock latch.

RS15340090

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 34–29

34 - DOOR LOCK

Assembly
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

Inspection
1. Check the rear left power door lock assembly (fastener assembly).
a. As shown below, apply battery voltage to the rear left power door lock assembly (fastener assembly)
terminals and check the operation of the rear left power door lock assembly.
OK
UNLOCK LOCK
+ -
Measurement
Specified Condition
Condition
Battery positive (+) -
Terminal 1
Lock
Battery negative (-) -
Terminal 4

34 Battery positive (+) -

Terminal 4
Unlock
Battery negative (-) -
Terminal 1

1 2
3 4
RS15340091

If the result is not as specified, replace the rear left power door lock assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

34–30 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

34 - DOOR LOCK

Rear Door Lock Striker

Removal

CAUTION

• When removing the rear door lock striker, prevent the body paint surface from being scratched.

HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the rear left door lock striker.
a. Remove 2 fixing screws (arrow) from the rear
left door lock striker and remove the rear left
door lock striker (1).
(Tightening torque: 23 ± 2 N·m) 34
1

RS15440640

b. Remove the back door key cylinder as shown in

the illustration.

RS15340180

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• When installing the back door key cylinder, prevent the body paint surface from being scratched.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 34–33

34 - DOOR LOCK

Hood Lock
Removal

CAUTION

• When removing the hood lock, prevent the body paint surface from being scratched.

1. Remove the hood upper lock body assembly.

a. Remove 2 fixing screws (arrow) from the hood
upper lock body assembly and remove the hood
upper lock body assembly (1).
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m) 1

RS15440200

2. Remove the hood lower lock body assembly.

a. Remove 2 fixing screws (arrow) from the hood
lower lock body assembly.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15340190

b. Disconnect the hood cable (arrow) from the

hood lower lock body assembly, and remove the
hood lower lock body assembly (1).
1

RS15440130

34–34 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

34 - DOOR LOCK

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• When installing the hood lock, prevent the body paint surface from being scratched.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 34–35

34 - DOOR LOCK

Wireless Key
Removal

CAUTION

• DO NOT push the terminals with your hands when removing the wireless key cover.
• DO NOT pry up the battery forcibly when removing the wireless key cover; Otherwise, the terminals may
be damaged.
• DO NOT touch the battery with wet hands when removing the wireless key cover; Otherwise, the water
may cause rust.
• DO NOT touch or move any components inside the transmitter when removing the wireless key cover.
Failure to do so may interfere with proper operation.

1. Remove the wireless key cover.

34 a. Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with
protective tape, pry out the wireless key cover.

RS15340120

b. Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with

protective tape, pry out both ends of the
wireless key cover.

RS15340130

c. Remove the remote controller battery (1).

RS15340140

34–36 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

34 - DOOR LOCK

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Check that the wireless key operates properly after installing the wireless key.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 34–37

- MEMO -

34–38 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
GENERAL INFORMATION 35-3 B1701 35-18
Description 35-3 B1702 35-18
Operation 35-5 B1703 35-25
Specification 35-5 B1704 35-25
Tools 35-5 B1705 35-32
Circuit Diagram 35-6 B1706 35-32
Instrument Cluster Terminal List 35-13 B1723 35-36

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 35-14 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 35-37

Problem Symptoms Table 35-14 Instrument Cluster (Digital Type) 35-37
DTC Confirmation Procedure 35-16 Removal 35-37
Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting 35-16 Installation 35-38
Ground Inspection 35-16 Instrument Cluster (Pointer Type) 35-39
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Removal 35-39
Chart 35-17 Installation 35-40
35

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 35–1

35–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

GENERAL INFORMATION
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Description
Instrument Cluster (Digital Type)

20 19 18 17 16 15

21 14

22 13
12
35
23 11
+ -

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
RS15350010

1 - Charging System Warning Light 2 - Daytime Running Light Indicator

3 - Brake System Malfunction Warning Light 4 - Speedometer
5 - Clock/Trip/Instantaneous Fuel Consumption 6 - Total Mileage
7 - Door Open Warning Light 8 - Maintenance Indicator
9 - High Coolant Temperature Warning Light 10 - Reset Button
11 - ABS Warning Light (if equipped) 12 - Fuel Gauge
13 - Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light 14 - Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light
15 - Right Turn Signal Indicator 16 - Position Indicator
17 - Rear Fog Indicator 18 - Tachometer
19 - Headlight High Beam Indicator 20 - Left Turn Signal Indicator
21 - Engine Malfunction Warning Light 22 - Low Fuel Level Warning Light
23 - SRS Warning Light (if equipped)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 35–3

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Instrument Cluster (Pointer Type)

20 19 18 17 16 15 14

21 + -
13

22 12

11
23

35
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
RS15350020

1 - Fuel Gauge 2 - Brake System Malfunction Warning Light

3 - ABS Warning Light (if equipped) 4 - High Coolant Temperature Warning Light
5 - Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light 6 - Charging System Warning Light
7 - SRS Warning Light (if equipped) 8 - Door Open Warning Light
9 - Total Mileage 10 - Reset Button
11 - Clock/Trip/Instantaneous Fuel Consumption 12 - Right Turn Signal Indicator
13 - Engine Malfunction Warning Light 14 - Low Fuel Level Warning Light
15 - Rear Fog Indicator 16 - Headlight High Beam Indicator
17 - Position Indicator 18 - Maintenance Indicator
19 - Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light 20 - Tachometer
21 - Daytime Running Light Indicator 22 - Left Turn Signal Indicator
23 - Speedometer

This vehicle is equipped with two types of instrument clusters: digital type instrument cluster and pointer type
instrument cluster. The instrument cluster is a highly integrated electronic instrument display system and
mainly consists of tachometer, fuel gauge, vehicle speed display, comprehensive information display center
and warning indication symbols. The comprehensive information display center mainly displays the vehicle
information. This information contains the following: clock, trip, total mileage, instantaneous fuel consumption,
vehicle speed (digital type instrument cluster) or speed (pointer type instrument cluster).

35–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Operation
The instrument cluster located on the upper left of instrument panel assembly is used to monitor and display
the operation status of each system and component in the vehicle. Instrument cluster receives signals from
each sensor and switch, and displays the operation status of each system through the meter, display, indicator
and warning light. It also reminds and informs the driver by flashing the light and sounding the buzzer. As a
result, it will be helpful for the driver to debug possible troubles in time, thus avoiding the malfunction or
accidents efficiently.

Specification
Torque Specification

Description Torque (N·m)

Instrument Cluster Fixing Screw 2 ± 0.5

Tools
Special Tool 35

༛⨲≑䔺
X-431 3G Diagnostic Tester

RS15350021

General Tool

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 35–5

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Circuit Diagram
Instrument Cluster (Page 1 of 7)

BATTERY IGNITION SWITCH

ON OR START

B+ A11
ENGINE INSTRUMENT PANEL
COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX
F25 FUSE AND I-001
RELAY BOX EF02 EF06
20A 15A I-002
E-014 10A
E-048
E-041
D3 C2 A2 B19
L

O
R

35
11 13

LCD A
BUZZER
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
I-027
ICM

15 5 12
YW
OB
L

18 8 I-037
B-037
YW
OB

7
DIAGNOSTIC 13 5
CONNECTOR REVERSING RADAR
I-038 CONTROL MODULE
B-021

A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 I-001 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B

A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16 I-002
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 W B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20
W
E-014

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

I-027 I-038
L W
B-021
W
D1 D2
C1 C2 C3 E-048 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 B-037 E-041
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 D3 D4
B W W
ES15350010

35–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Instrument Cluster (Page 2 of 7)

A A

OPEN DIRVER
DOOR SEAT BELT BRAKE
ICM
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
I-027

1 19 18 26

BrY

VW
LR

Y
BrY

3 4 14 I-037 16 I-031
B-037 E-046
BrY

BrY
35

VW
Y

2
1 1
DRIVER BRAKE
PARKING
SEAT BELT FLUID
BRAKE
SWITCH LEVEL
SWITCH
B-006 SENSOR
B-005 E-051
1 2
B

B
B-009
E-035
BrY

BrY

1 FRONT LEFT 1 FRONT RIGHT 1 REAR LEFT 1 REAR RIGHT

DOOR DOOR DOOR DOOR
CONTACT CONTACT CONTACT CONTACT
SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH
B-010 B-033 B-016 B-031

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

B-037 E-046
W W
I-027
L

1 2 B-005 1 B-010 B-033 B-016 B-031

1 2 1
W Lg Lg Lg Lg
B-006 E-051
B B
ES15350020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 35–7

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Instrument Cluster (Page 3 of 7)

A A

INSTRUMENT
CHARGING SRS ABS CLUSTER
I-027

16 17 14

GY
GB

7 I-014 2 I-008 20 I-031

E-057 A-003 E-046
35
GB

31 E-062
E-023

GY
GB

1 7 27
GENERATOR SRS ABS
(GENERATOR CONTROL CONTROL
INDICATION) MODULE MODULE
E-029 A-005 E-036

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
13 1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 E-036
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
I-027
L B
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 6 5 4 3

E-046 I-008
W W
A-005
Y

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 16 21 26 31 36 41
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 3 7 11
15 20 25 30 35 40 E-062 1 2 3 E-029
2 6 10 B Gr
14 19 24 29 34 39
1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38
I-014
W
ES15350030

35–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Instrument Cluster (Page 4 of 7)

TACHO- SPEED- FUEL

METER HIGH LOW OMETER LOW GAUGE
ENGINE TEMP OIL FUEL
MALFUNCTION
INSTRUMENT
ICM CLUSTER
I-027

20 10 23 31 7 9 27 21

BrW
OBr
BrY

YW
OG

O
V
I-014 15 I-035
14 2 4 11 1 17 5
E-057 B-001

O
11 25 E-062
1
35
E-023
FUEL
LEVEL
OBr

OW
BrY

SENSOR
OG

B-013

1 2
OIL

B
19 18 15 61 51 PRESSURE 2
SWITCH VEHICLE
ECM SPEED B-008
E-001
E-055 SENSOR
E-008

1 2 3 4
B-013
W

E-055
B
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 I-035
B
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 I-027
L

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 I-014
E-001 E-008
1 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 W 1 2 3
W B
ES15350040

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 35–9

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Instrument Cluster (Page 5 of 7)

BATTERY

B+
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
SB3 FUSE AND RELAY BOX
60A E-014
E-042
B1 B2

R
D1 D2

INSTRUMENT
30 85 30 85 PANEL FUSE
REAR AND RELAY
EF19 POSITION INTEGRATION
FOG BOX
15A LIGHT RELAY
LIGHT RELAY I-001
RELAY I-002
87 86 87 86
B-035

35 EF14
10A
E-047

E13 B17 B5 E14 B3 A16

B
OG

TO HEAD LIGHT TO HEAD LIGHT

SWITCH SWITCH I-033
B-001 B-037
7 TO REAR FOG 16 I-037
I-035
LIGHT SWITCH
OG

32 28

REAR FOG POSITION

LIGHT INDICATOR LIGHT INDICATOR INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER

B
I-027

D1 B1
A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16 D2 B2
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20

E-047 E-042
I-001 Lg Lg
I-002
W W

B-035 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
E8 E9 E10 E11
E6 E7 E12 E13 E14 W

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 B-037
W

B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 B-001
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 W
I-027 E-014
L
ES15350050

35–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Instrument Cluster (Page 6 of 7)

BATTERY

B+

3 2 ENGINE
F03 COMPARTMENT
HIGH
10A FUSE AND
BEAM
RELAY BOX
RELAY 3 1
DAYTIME E-043
5 1
RUNNING E-049
F09 LIGHT E-014
10A RELAY
5 2

F7 H7 F11 H2 F15

B
W

E-035 35
TO DIMMER TO BCM
AND TURN
SIGNAL SWITCH

E-046
12 14 I-031
W

25 29

HIGH BEAM DAYTIME RUNNING

INDICATOR LIGHT INDICATOR INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER

B B
I-027

H1 H2 H3
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
F10 F11 F12 F13 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
F7 F8 F9 F14 F15 F16

E-049 E-043 E-046

W W W

B
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 I-027
L E-014

ES15350060

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 35–11

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Instrument Cluster (Page 7 of 7)

DIMMER AND
TURN SIGNAL
SWITCH
I-030
3 1
GR
LW

LW 4 HAZARD BACK-UP
LIGHT LIGHT
SWITCH SWITCH
G 1 I-022 E-010
2

W
E-023
1 E-062
LW B25

35
BCM (A/B)

W
I-005
L B13 I-004
E-057
18
I-014
A10
LW

B
L

I-007

22 24 30 2 3

LEFT RIGHT
TURN TURN
SIGNAL SIGNAL ICM
INSTRUMENT
INDICATOR INDICATOR
CLUSTER

B
I-027

4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
2 1
16 21 26 31 36 41
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 I-027 3 7 11 E-062
15 20 25 30 35 40 6 5 4 3
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 L 2 6 10 B
14 19 24 29 34 39
1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38 I-022
G

3 2 1
I-030
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 7 6 5 4 W
A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 I-005
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B

I-014
W

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13

I-004 E-010
B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 1 2
B B
ES15350070

35–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Instrument Cluster Terminal List

Terminal No. Definition Terminal No. Definition
1 Door Open Indication Signal 17 Airbag Indication Signal
2 Back-up Light Switch Signal 18 Parking Brake Switch Signal
Driver Seat Belt Unfastened
3 GND 19
Indication Signal
Engine Malfunction Indication
4 - 20
Signal
Data Signal (Reversing Radar
5 21 Fuel Level Indication Signal
Control Module Assembly)
Left Turn Signal Light Indication
6 - 22
Signal
Engine Coolant Temperature
7 Vehicle Speed Signal Output 23
Indication Signal

DTC B1702 Fuel Sensor Connected to Ground

BATTERY IGNITION SWITCH

ON OR START

B+ ENGINE A11
INSTRUMENT PANEL
COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND RELAY BOX
FUSE AND
F25 EF02 EF06 I-001
RELAY BOX
20A E-014 15A 10A I-002
E-041 E-048
D3 C2 A2 B19

O
R
11 13

35 LOW
FUEL
GAUGE
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
FUEL
I-027

ICM

3 21
O
B

15 I-035
B-001
O

I-007
1
FUEL
LEVEL
SENSOR
B-013

2
B

B-008

D1 D2
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 D3 D4 C1 C2 C3
B13 B14 B15 B16
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 E-041 E-048
W B
I-002
W
I-027
L
1 2 3 4

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B-013
A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 W
A13 A12 A11 A10
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

I-001 E-014
W I-035
B ES15350080

35–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Self-diagnosis Detection Logic

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
• Fuel level sensor malfunction
Fuel Sensor not
• Wire harness or connector (Sensor
B1701 Connected or Short to
circuit open or short to power supply)
Plus
• Instrument cluster malfunction
Ignition switch II (ON)
• Fuel level sensor malfunction
Fuel Sensor • Wire harness or connector (Sensor
B1702
Connected to Ground circuit short to ground)
• Instrument cluster malfunction

CAUTION

• When performing electrical equipment diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for related
circuit and component information. nformation. 35

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check wire harness and connector (fuel level sensor)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery terminal cable.
c. Disconnect the fuel level sensor and fuel pump
assembly connector B-013 (arrow).

RS15350030

d. Check the wire harness, connector and terminals for deformation, bend or damage.

NG Repair or replace fuel level sensor

wire harness and connector

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 35–19

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

2 Check fuel level sensor

a. Connect the negative battery terminal cable.

b. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
c. Check the remaining oil amount segments from fuel + -

gauge in the instrument cluster (pointer type or

digital type).
d. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK). 4 3 2 1
e. Disconnect the negative battery terminal cable.
f. Disconnect the fuel level sensor and fuel pump
assembly connector B-013.
g. Using the digital multimeter, measure the RS15350040
resistance value between terminal 1 and terminal 2
of fuel level sensor.
h. Check if the fuel level sensor is normal according to the correspondence between the oil amount segments
and the standard resistance of fuel level sensor shown in the table below.
35 Instrument Cluster (Digital Type)

Fuel Level Sensor

Fuel Gauge Position Fuel Gauge Display Condition
Resistance (Ω)
1/8 (alarm) 1st segment (normal on) 275 - 214
1/4 2nd segment 214 - 165
3/8 3rd segment 165 - 130
1/2 4th segment 130 - 107
5/8 5th segment 107 - 91
6/8 6th segment 91 - 82
7/8 7th segment 82 - 61
Full 8th segment 61 - 32

Instrument Cluster (Pointer Type)

Fuel Level Sensor

Fuel Gauge Position Fuel Gauge Display Condition
Resistance (Ω)
1/6 (alarm) 1st segment (blinking) 275 - 214
1/6 (alarm) 1st segment (normal on) 275 - 175
1/3 2nd segment 175 - 130
1/2 3rd segment 130 - 97
2/3 4th segment 97 - 88
5/6 5th segment 88 - 70
Full 6th segment 70 - 32

NG Repair or replace fuel pump

assembly

35–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

3 Check fuel level sensor power source circuit

a. Connect the negative battery terminal cable.

b. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
c. Disconnect the fuel level sensor and fuel pump
assembly connector B-013. V
+ -
d. Using the digital multimeter, check for a short circuit
to power supply in fuel level sensor according to
the table below. 1 2 3 4

Standard Voltage
B-013

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Voltage RS15350100

B-013-1 - Ignition switch II Approximately

B-013-2 (ON) 0V
35
NG Repair or replace fuel level sensor
wire harness and connector

4 Check fuel level sensor ground circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery terminal cable.
c. Disconnect the fuel level sensor and fuel pump
assembly connector B-013.
+ -
d. Using the digital multimeter, check for a short circuit
to ground in fuel level sensor according to the table
below. 1 2 3 4

Standard Condition
B-013

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition RS15350110

B-013-1 -
Always No continuity
B-013-2

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 35–21

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

e. Using the digital multimeter, check if the fuel level

sensor ground is in good condition according to the
table below.
Standard Condition
+ -
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
B-013-2 - 1 2 3 4
Always Continuity
Body ground
B-013

RS15350120

NG Repair or replace fuel level sensor

35 wire harness and connector

5 Check wire harness and connector (fuel level sensor - instrument cluster)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery terminal cable.
c. Disconnect the fuel level sensor and fuel pump
assembly connector B-013 and instrument cluster
connector I-027. + -

d. Using the digital multimeter, check for continuity 1 2 3 4

between connector B-013 and connector I-027
according to the table below. B-013
Standard Condition

Multimeter Specified
Condition 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Connection Condition 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

B-013-1 -
Always Continuity
I-027-21
I-027

RS15350130

35–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

e. Disconnect the body wire harness connector

B-001.
f. Using the digital multimeter, check for continuity
between connector B-013 and connector B-001
according to the table below. + -

Standard Condition
1 2 3 4

Multimeter Specified
Condition B-013
Connection Condition
B-013-1 -
Always Continuity
B-001-15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

B-001

RS15350140

g. Disconnect the instrument cluster wire harness

connector I-035. 35
h. Using the digital multimeter, check for continuity
between connector I-035 and connector I-027
according to the table below. + -

Standard Condition 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition I-027

I-035-15 -
Always Continuity
I-027-21
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

I-035
RS15350150

NG Repair or replace relevant wire

harnesses and connectors

6 Reconfirm DTCs

a. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to clear the DTCs in the instrument cluster control system.
b. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK) and wait for a few seconds.
c. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
d. Use the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to read the DTCs in the instrument cluster control system again.
e. Check if the same DTCs are still output.

No System operates normally

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 35–23

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Yes

Replace instrument cluster

35–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

DTC B1703 Coolant Temperature Sensor not Connected or Short to Plus

DTC B1704 Coolant Temperature Sensor Connected to Ground

BATTERY IGNITION SWITCH

ON OR START

B+ ENGINE A11
INSTRUMENT PANEL
COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND RELAY BOX
FUSE AND
F25 EF02 EF06 I-001
RELAY BOX
20A E-014 15A 10A I-002
E-041 E-048
D3 C2 A2 B19

O
R
11 13

ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
HIGH
TEMP
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER 35
E-005 I-027
2 1 ICM

3 23
GW
RB

Br
B

E-023 I-014
20 29 4
E-062 E-057

I-007
GW
RB

49 52 15

ECM
E-055

E-062
B

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B
A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 I-001
A13 A12 A11 A10 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 2 1
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 W E-014

I-014 E-005
W B
ES15120020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 35–25

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Self-diagnosis Detection Logic

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
• Coolant temperature sensor
Coolant Temperature malfunction
B1703 Sensor not Connected • Wire harness or connector (Sensor
or Short to Plus circuit open or short to power supply)
• Instrument cluster malfunction
Ignition switch II (ON)
• Coolant temperature sensor
Coolant Temperature malfunction
B1704 Sensor Connected to • Wire harness or connector (Sensor
Ground circuit short to ground)
• Instrument cluster malfunction

CAUTION
35
• When performing electrical equipment diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for related
circuit and component information. nformation.

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check wire harness and connector (coolant temperature sensor)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery terminal cable.
c. Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor E-005.
d. Check the connector and terminals for deformation, bend or damage.

NG Repair or replace fuel level sensor

wire harness and connector

35–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

2 Check coolant temperature sensor

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery terminal cable.
+ -
c. Remove the coolant temperature sensor.
d. Using the digital multimeter, check the resistance 1 2
value between terminals of coolant temperature
sensor according to the table below.
Standard Resistance

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
RS15350050
Terminal 1 -
At 20°C 2.5 kΩ ± 5%
Terminal 2
Terminal 1 - Boil water
300 to 400 Ω
Terminal 2 temperature
35
NG Repair or replace coolant
temperature sensor

3 Check coolant temperature sensor power source circuit

a. Connect the negative battery terminal cable.

b. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).
c. Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor
connector E-005. V
+ -
d. Using the digital multimeter, check for a short circuit
to power supply in the coolant temperature sensor
according to the table below.
2 1
Standard Voltage

Multimeter Specified E-005

Condition
Connection Voltage
E-005-1 - Body Ignition switch II Approximately
ground (ON) 0V
E-005-2 - Body Ignition switch II Approximately
ground (ON) 0V
RS15350160

NG Repair or replace coolant

temperature sensor wire harness
and connector

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 35–27

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

4 Check coolant temperature sensor ground circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery terminal cable.
c. Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor
connector E-005.
+ -
d. Using the digital multimeter, check for a short circuit
to ground in coolant temperature sensor according
to the table below.
2 1
Standard Condition

Multimeter Specified E-005

Condition
Connection Condition
E-005-1 - Body
Always No continuity
ground
E-005-2 - Body
Always No continuity
35 ground
RS15350170

NG Repair or replace coolant

temperature sensor wire harness
and connector

5 Check wire harness and connector (coolant temperature sensor - engine control module)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery terminal cable.
c. Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor
connector E-005 and Engine Control Module
2 1
(ECM) connector E-055. + -

d. Using the digital multimeter, check for continuity

E-005
between connector E-005 and connector E-055
according to the table below.
Standard Condition
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
Multimeter Specified 3
Condition 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1
Connection Condition
E-005-1 -
Always Continuity
E-055-52 E-055

E-005-2 -
Always Continuity RS15350180
E-055-49

35–28 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

e. Disconnect the engine wire harness connector

E-023.
f. Using the digital multimeter, check for continuity
between connector E-005 and connector E-023
according to the table below. + - 2 1

Standard Condition
E-005
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 42 37 32 27 22 17 12 8 4
E-005-1 - 41 36 31 26 21 16
Always Continuity 11 7 3
E-023-29 40 35 30 25 20 15
10 6 2
39 34 29 24 19 14
E-005-2 -
Always Continuity 38 33 28 23 18 13 9 5 1
E-023-20

E-023

RS15350190

g. Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness

connector E-062. 35
h. Using the digital multimeter, check for continuity 4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
between connector E-062 and connector E-055 3 7 11
16 21 26 31 36 41
according to the table below. + -
2 6 10
15 20 25 30 35 40
14 19 24 29 34 39
Standard Condition 1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition E-062

E-062-20 -
Always Continuity
E-055-49 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
E-062-29 - 3
Always Continuity 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1
E-055-52

E-055
RS15350200

NG Repair or replace engine

compartment wire harness and
connector

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 35–29

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

6 Check wire harness and connector (instrument cluster - engine control module)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery terminal cable.
c. Disconnect the Engine Control Module (ECM)
connector E-055 and instrument cluster connector
I-027. + -
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
d. Using the digital multimeter, check for continuity 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

between connector E-055 and connector I-027

according to the table below.
I-027
Standard Condition

Multimeter Specified
Condition 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
5 4
Connection Condition 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
3
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1
E-055-15 -
Always Continuity
I-027-23

35 E-055
RS15350210

e. Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness

connector E-057.
f. Using the digital multimeter, check for continuity
between connector E-055 and connector E-057
according to the table below + -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Standard Condition
E-057
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
E-055-15 - 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
5 4
Always Continuity
E-057-4 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
3
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 2 1

E-055

RS15350220

35–30 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

g. Disconnect the instrument cluster wire harness

connector I-014.
h. Using the digital multimeter, check for continuity
between connector I-014 and connector I-027
according to the table below. + -

Standard Condition
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Multimeter Specified 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
Condition
Connection Condition
I-014-4 -
Always Continuity I-014
I-027-23

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

I-027 RS15350230

NG Repair or replace relevant wire

harness and connector 35
OK

7 Reconfirm DTCs

No System operates normally

Yes

Replace instrument cluster

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 35–31

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

DTC B1705 Over Voltage

DTC B1706 Under Voltage

BATTERY IGNITION SWITCH

ON OR START

B+ ENGINE A11
INSTRUMENT PANEL
COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND RELAY BOX
FUSE AND
F25 EF02 EF06 I-001
RELAY BOX
20A E-014 15A 10A I-002
E-041 E-048

35 D3 C2 A2 B19

L
O
R

11 13

INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
I-027
ICM

3
B

I-007

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
B13 B14 B15 B16
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

I-002
W
I-027
L

D1 D2
D3 D4 C1 C2 C3 B
A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 I-001
A13 A12 A11 A10
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 W
E-041 E-048 E-014
W B

ES15350090

35–32 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Self-diagnosis Detection Logic

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
• Charging system malfunction
B1705 Over Voltage • Wire harness or connector malfunction
• Instrument cluster malfunction
Ignition switch II (ON) • Battery malfunction
• Charging system malfunction
B1706 Under Voltage
• Wire harness or connector malfunction
• Instrument cluster malfunction

CAUTION

• When performing electrical equipment diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for related
circuit and component information. nformation.
35

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check battery

a. Using the digital multimeter, measure the voltage between the positive battery terminal and negative
battery terminal.
b. The battery voltage should be between 9 and 16 V.

NG Check charging system (See page

16-7)

2 Check wire harness and connector (instrument cluster - battery)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery terminal cable.
c. Disconnect the instrument cluster connector I-027.
d. Connect the negative battery terminal cable.
e. Turn the ignition switch to II (ON).

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 35–33

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

f. Using the digital multimeter, measure the supply

voltage between the instrument cluster connector
I-027 and the body ground according to the
value(s) in the table below to check if the system
power source circuit is normal. V
+ -
Standard Voltage

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

I-027-11 - Body Ignition switch II

11 to 14 V
ground (ON)
I-027
I-027-13 - Body Ignition switch II
11 to 14 V
ground (ON)

RS15350240

NG Repair or replace instrument cluster

35 wire harness and connector

3 Check wire harness and connector (instrument cluster - body ground)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery terminal cable.
c. Disconnect the instrument cluster connector I-027.
d. Using the digital multimeter, check for continuity
+ -
between the instrument cluster connector I-027 and
the body ground according to the table below to
check if the system ground circuit is normal.
Standard Condition 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Voltage I-027

I-027-3 - Body
Always Continuity
ground

RS15350250

NG Repair or replace instrument cluster

wire harness and connector

35–34 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

4 Reconfirm DTCs

No System operates normally

Yes

Replace instrument cluster

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 35–35

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

DTC B1723 EEPROM Checksum Error

Self-diagnosis Detection Logic

DTC Detection
DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition
EEPROM Checksum
B1723 Ignition switch II (ON) • Instrument cluster malfunction
Error

CAUTION

• When performing electrical equipment diagnosis and test, always refer to the circuit diagram for related
circuit and component information. nformation.

35 Diagnosis Procedure

1 Reconfirm DTCs

No System operates normally

Yes

Replace instrument cluster

35–36 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Instrument Cluster (Digital Type)
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the instrument cluster (digital type).
a. Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with
protective tape, disengage the fixing clamps
from the instrument cluster cover and remove
the instrument cluster cover.

35
RS15350060

CAUTION

• Operate gently and carefully to prevent damage to the component during removal.

b. Remove 4 fixing screws (arrow) from the

instrument cluster and disengage the instrument
cluster from the instrument panel assembly
dowel pins (1).
(Tightening torque: 2 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15350070

c. Disconnect the instrument cluster connector

(arrow).

RS15350080

d. Remove the instrument cluster (digital type).

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 35–37

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• During installation, be sure to align the instrument cluster positioning hole with the instrument panel
assembly dowel pin, and engage the clamps in place.
• Be sure to tighten the fixing screws in place.
• Be sure to install the connector in place.
• Operate carefully to prevent damage to other components during installation.

35–38 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Instrument Cluster (Pointer Type)

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery terminal cable.
3. Remove the instrument cluster (pointer Type).
a. Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with
protective tape, disengage the fixing clamps
from the instrument cluster cover and remove
the instrument cluster cover.

RS15350060

35
CAUTION

• Operate gently and carefully to prevent damage to the component during removal.

b. Remove 4 fixing screws (arrow) from the

instrument cluster and disengage the instrument
cluster from the instrument panel assembly
dowel pins (1).
(Tightening torque: 2 ± 0.5 N·m)

1 RS15350090

c. Disconnect the instrument cluster connector

(arrow).

RS15350080

d. Remove the instrument cluster (pointer type).

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 35–39

35 - INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

35–40 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

AUDIO SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION 36-3 Inspection 36-13
Description 36-3 Installation 36-13
Operation 36-4 Front Speaker 36-14
Specifications 36-4 Removal 36-14
Tool 36-4 Inspection 36-15
Circuit Diagram 36-5 Installation 36-15
Audio System Control Module Rear Speaker (if equipped) 36-16
Terminal List 36-7 Removal 36-16
Inspection 36-17
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 36-8
Installation 36-17
Problem Symptoms Table 36-8
Antenna Wire Harness
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 36-10 (w/Antenna Amplifier) 36-18
Single Disc CD Player Assembly 36-10 Removal 36-18
Removal 36-10 Inspection 36-19
Inspection 36-11 Installation 36-19
Installation 36-11 Antenna Assembly 36-20
Electrically Modulating Radio Removal 36-20 36
Receiver Assembly 36-12 Inspection 36-21
Removal 36-12 Installation 36-21

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 36–1

36–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
AUDIO SYSTEM

Description

4
3
5
2
6

RS15360010

1 - Radio Receiver Assembly 2 - Antenna Wire Harness (w/Antenna Amplifier)

3 - Front Right Speaker 4 - Antenna Assembly
5 - Rear Right Speaker 6 - Rear Left Speaker
7 - Front Left Speaker

The audio system mainly indicates the radio receiver. The primary function of the radio receiver is to receive
the frequency modulation and amplitude modulation broadcast signals sent from the broadcast station, and
convert the broadcast signal into the audio signal.
The radio receiver consists of the amplitude modulation tuner (AM) that receives amplitude modulation
broadcast signal and the frequency modulation tuner (FM) that receives frequency modulation broadcast
signal.
This model uses two types of radio receiver assemblies: single disc CD player assembly and electrically
modulating radio receiver assembly. The single disc CD player provides with radio receiver function and
single CD playing function.
This model uses the following two types of speaker configurations: 2-speaker and 4-speaker. The 2-speaker
consists of 2 front speakers, and the 4-speaker consists of 2 front speakers and 2 rear speakers.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 36–3

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

Operation
Essentially, the radio receiver is a tuner. The radio receiver demodulates the radio frequency signal received
from the antenna, and outputs the low power audio signal, which is amplified by the inner amplifier circuit and
converted into original sound.

Specifications
Torque specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Single Disc CD Player Assembly Fixing Bolt 5±1
Electrically Modulating Radio Receiver Assembly
5±1
Fixing Bolt
Front Speaker Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Rear Speaker Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Fixing Bolt Between Antenna Wire Harness (w/
5±1
Antenna Amplifier) and Antenna Assembly
Antenna Amplifier Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
36
Tool
General Tool

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

36–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram
Audio System (page 1 of 2)

BATTERY IGNITION
SWITCH ON

B+ A12
ENGINE INSTRUMENT
COMPARTMENT PANEL FUSE
F25 FUSE AND AND RELAY BOX
EF01 EF10
RELAY BOX I-001
20A 10A 5A
E-014 I-002
E-041 E-048
D3 C2 A1 B6

36
ANTENNA
POWER
SUPPLY
R

I-020
1
B

I-007 TO BACKLIGHT
W

POWER
V

A8 A4 A7 A5 A6

AUDIO A
I-021

A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B

A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20
E-014

I-001 I-002
W W

A7 A5 A3 A1
1 D1 D2
I-021 C1 C2 C3
D3 D4
A8 A6 A4 A2 B I-020
B E-041 E-048
W B

ES15360010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 36–5

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

Audio System (page 2 of 2)

AUDIO B
I-019

B1 B2 B7 B8 B3 B4 B5 B6

BrW
GW

WY
YW

GY
LG

Gr
L

36
9 18 8 17 I-035 1 2 I-015 1 2 I-036
B-001 H-004 F-003
GW

WY
YW

GY
LG

Gr
L

1 2 1 2 2 1 2 1

REAR RIGHT REAR LEFT FRONT RIGHT FRONT LEFT

SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER SPEAKER
B-026 B-025 H-005 F-002

B7 B5 B3 B1 2 1 H-005
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
B

26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 B8 B6 B4 B2
2 1
F-002
B
I-019
Br
I-035
B

5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 12 11 10 9 8 7 6

B-026 B-025
B B
I-015 I-036
W W ES15360020

36–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

Audio System Control Module Terminal List

Connector A to Connector I-021

Terminal No. Terminal Name Terminal Definition

A1 - -
A2 - -
A3 - -
A4 BATT Battery Power Supply
A5 ANTENNA Antenna
A6 ILLUM Backlight Power Supply Cable
A7 ON Ignition Switch Power Supply
A8 GND Ground

Connector B to Connector I-019

Terminal No. Terminal Name Terminal Definition

36
B1 RR Rear Right Speaker
B2 RR Rear Right Speaker
B3 RF Front Right Speaker
B4 RF Front Right Speaker
B5 LF Front Left Speaker
B6 LF Front Left Speaker
B7 LR Rear Left Speaker
B8 LR Rear Left Speaker

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 36–7

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Speaker (loose installation) 36-14
Noise occurs Noise source (interference) -
Radio receiver assembly (malfunction) 36-12
Radio receiver assembly operation panel
36-12
(malfunction)

Radio receiver assembly does not operate Fuse (blown) 48-32

Wire harness and connector (malfunction) -
Radio receiver assembly (malfunction) 36-12
36 Fuse (blown) -
Radio receiver assembly operation panel
36-12
(malfunction)
Speaker does not sound
Wire harness and connector (malfunction) -
Speaker (malfunction) 36-14
Radio receiver assembly (malfunction) 36-12
Radio receiver assembly operation panel
36-12
(malfunction)
Optional equipment (interference) -
Radio broadcast signal cannot be received
Antenna assembly (malfunction) 36-20
(poor reception)
Antenna wire harness (w/antenna
36-18
amplifier) (malfunction)
Radio receiver assembly (malfunction) 36-12
Radio receiver assembly operation panel
36-12
(malfunction)
CD cannot be ejected
CD (malfunction) -
Radio receiver assembly (malfunction) 36-12
CD (malfunction) -

CD cannot be inserted or CD is ejected CD (dirty) -

right after insertion CD insertion direction (incorrect) -
Radio receiver assembly (malfunction) 36-12

Sound quality is bad only when CD is CD (malfunction) -

played (volume is too low) Radio receiver assembly (malfunction) 36-12

36–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

HINT:
When checking the general malfunctions of audio system, perform inspection at spacious area nearby free of
obstacles.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 36–9

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Single Disc CD Player Assembly
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the single disc CD player assembly.

CAUTION

• Handle and operate carefully to prevent the components from being scratched or damaged during
removal.

a. Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with

protective tape, pry out the instrument center 5
6

panel assembly.
SRS
AIRBAG

36
1 2 3
4

A/C

1 3 5

2 4 6

RS15360011

b. Disconnect the rear fog light and window glass

regulator lock switch connectors (arrow), and
remove the instrument center panel assembly
(1).

RS15360012

c. Remove 2 fixing bolts from the single disc CD

player assembly.
(Tightening torque: 5 ± 1 N·m)

A/C

RS15420210

36–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

d. Disconnect the single disc CD player assembly

connectors (1) and antenna (2).
e. Remove the single disc CD player assembly (3).
3
2

RS15420220

Inspection
1. Check the single disc CD player assembly connector and terminals for deformation or damage. Replace it
if necessary.
2. Check the antenna connector for damage. Replace it if necessary.
3. Check the single disc CD player assembly housing for deformation or damage. Replace it if necessary.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. 36
CAUTION

• Tighten the fixing bolts to the specified torque.

• Install each connector in place.
• Operate carefully to avoid damaging other components during installation.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 36–11

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

Electrically Modulating Radio Receiver Assembly

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove electrically modulating radio receiver assembly.

CAUTION

• Handle and operate carefully to prevent the components from being scratched or damaged during
removal.

a. Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with

protective tape, pry out the instrument center 5
6

panel assembly.
SRS
AIRBAG

1 2 3
4

36 A/C

1 3 5

2 4 6

RS15360020

b. Disconnect the rear fog light and window glass

regulator lock switch connectors (arrow) and
remove the instrument center panel assembly
(1).

RS15360030

c. Remove the 2 fixing bolts from the electrically

modulating radio receiver assembly.
(Tightening torque: 5 ± 1 N·m)

A/C

RS15360040

36–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

d. Disconnect the electrically modulating radio

receiver assembly connectors (1) and antenna
(2).
e. Remove the electrically modulating radio 3
2
receiver assembly (3).

RS15420220

Inspection
1. Check the electrically modulating radio receiver assembly connector and terminals for deformation or
damage. Replace it if necessary.
2. Check the antenna connector for damage. Replace it if necessary.
3. Check the electrically modulating radio receiver assembly housing for deformation or damage. Replace it if
necessary.

Installation 36
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Tighten the fixing bolts to the specified torque.

• Install each connector in place.
• Operate carefully to avoid damaging other components during installation.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 36–13

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

Front Speaker
Removal
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the front left door protector assembly (See page 44-17).
4. Remove the front left speaker.
a. Remove 4 fixing screws from the front left
speaker.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

36 RS15440270

CAUTION

• Never touch the cone paper and other components of the speaker during removal; otherwise, it will affect
the sound effect or damage the speaker.

b. Disconnect the front left speaker connector

(arrow).
c. Remove the front left speaker (1).

RS15440280

36–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

Inspection
1. Check the front speaker assembly.
a. Using the ohm band of digital multimeter, measure the resistance of the front speaker according to the
table below.
Standard Resistance

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition 1

Terminal 1 - Approximately 2
Always
Terminal 2 4Ω

RS15360050

If the result is not as specified, replace the front speaker assembly.

2. Check the speaker cone paper for damage or deformation. Replace it if necessary.
3. Check the speaker connector for damage and the terminals for bend or poor connection. Replace it if
necessary. 36
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Tighten the fixing screws in place.

• Install the connectors in place.
• Operate carefully to avoid damaging other components during installation.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 36–15

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

Rear Speaker (if equipped)

Removal
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the rear left speaker.
a. Disconnect the rear left speaker connector
(arrow).

RS15460260
36
b. Remove 3 fixing screws (arrow) from the rear
left speaker cover bracket, and remove the rear
left speaker cover bracket.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15360060

c. Remove 4 fixing screws (arrow) from the rear

left speaker.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15360070

d. Remove the rear left speaker.

36–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

Inspection
1. Check the rear speaker assembly.
a. Using the ohm band of digital multimeter, measure the resistance of the rear speaker according to the
table below.
Standard Resistance

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
1
Terminal 1 - Approximately
Always
Terminal 2 5.6 Ω 2

RS15360080

If the result is not as specified, replace the rear speaker assembly.

CAUTION

• Tighten the fixing screws in place.

• Install the connectors in place.
• Operate carefully to avoid damaging components during installation.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 36–17

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

Antenna Wire Harness (w/Antenna Amplifier)

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the single disc CD player assembly (See page 36-10) or electrically modulating radio receiver
assembly (See page 36-12).
4. Remove the instrument panel assembly (See page 42-12).
5. Remove the right side A-pillar protector (See page 46-7).
6. Remove the roof (See page 46-21).
7. Remove the antenna wire harness.
a. Disconnect the antenna wire harness (w/
antenna amplifier) connector (arrow).

36
RS15360090

b. Detach the fixing clamps (arrow) between the

antenna wire harness (w/antenna amplifier) and
the instrument panel crossmember assembly
and the body.

RS15360100

c. Remove 2 fixing screws (arrow) between the

antenna amplifier and the body.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15360110

36–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

d. Remove the fixing bolt (arrow) between the

antenna wire harness (w/antenna amplifier) and
the antenna assembly.
(Tightening torque: 5 ± 1 N·m)

RS15360120

e. Remove the antenna wire harness (w/antenna amplifier).

Inspection
1. Check the antenna wire harness (w/antenna amplifier) and connector for deformation or damage. Replace
themt if necessary.
2. Check the antenna amplifier for wear, deformation, cracks or damage. Replace it if necessary.
3. Check the antenna wire harness (w/antenna amplifier) metal end for deformation or damage. Replace it if
necessary.
36
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Set the antenna wire harness (w/antenna amplifier) fixing clamps in place.
• If the fixing clamp is deformed or damaged, replace it with a new one.
• Install the connectors in place.
• Operate carefully to avoid damaging components during installation.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 36–19

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

Antenna Assembly
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the interior front dome light assembly (See page 32-49).
4. Remove the antenna assembly.
a. Remove the fixing bolt (arrow) between the
antenna wire harness (w/antenna amplifier) and
the antenna assembly.
(Tightening torque: 5 ± 1 N·m)

RS15360120

36 b. Detach the attachment parts (arrow) between

the antenna assembly and the body.

RS15360130

c. Remove the antenna assembly from the roof.

RS15360140

36–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

36 - AUDIO SYSTEM

Inspection
1. Check the antenna assembly for wear, cracks, deformation or damage. Replace it if necessary.
2. Check the antenna pole for looseness or disengagement. Replace it if necessary.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Tighten the fixing bolts to the specified torque.

• Always insert the dowel pin into the body positioning hole and set it in place.
• Operate carefully to avoid damaging components during installation.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 36–21

- MEMO -

36–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION 37-3 DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 37-7
Description 37-3 Problem Symptoms Table 37-7
Operation 37-4 Self-checking Function 37-7
Reversing Radar Normal Alarm
Display 37-4
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 37-8
Reversing Radar Sensor 37-8
Specification 37-4
Tool 37-4 Removal 37-8
Installation 37-9
Circuit Diagram 37-5
Reversing Radar Control
Reversing Radar Control Module
Module Assembly 37-10
Assembly Terminal List 37-6
Removal 37-10
Installation 37-10

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 37–1

37–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

37 - REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM

Description

3
1
4

RS15370010

1 - Reversing Radar Control Module Assembly 2 - Left Reversing Radar Sensor

3 - Right Reversing Radar Sensor 4 - Instrument Cluster (Built-in Buzzer)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 37–3

37 - REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM

Operation
Reversing radar system (if equipped), an auxiliary system used when driver is reversing, consists of reversing
radar sensor (probe), reversing radar control module assembly and alarm device (instrument cluster built-in
buzzer). Reversing radar system is activated when the vehicle is shifted to reverse range. When the reversing
radar sensor senses obstacles behind, the instrument cluster built-in buzzer will sound. This can help the
driver to eliminate blind corner and blurred vision, thus improving the driving safety when reversing.

Reversing Radar Normal Alarm Display

The reversing radar system consists of two reversing radar sensors and one reversing radar control module
assembly. It is activated when the shift lever is shifted to R position and reversing at the speed of 5 km/h.
The response way of reversing radar system is buzzer response. The sound frequency of the buzzer varies
with the change of the actual distance between the radar sensors and the obstacles:

Alarm Type 1st Section 2nd Section 3rd Section 4th Section 5th Section
Displayed Area Safe Area Pre-warning Area Amble Area Park Area Park Area
Alarm Distance
> 150 95 - 150 65 - 90 40 - 60 ≤ 35
(cm)
Sound Frequency No Sound 1 Hz (ON 500 ms/ 2 Hz (ON 250 ms/ 4 Hz (ON 125 ms/ Continuous
of Buzzer (OFF) OFF 500 ms) OFF 250 ms) OFF 125 ms) Sound

37 Specification
Torque specification

Description Torque (N·m)

Fixing Bolt Between Reversing Radar Control
7 ± 1.5
Module Assembly and Body

Tool
General Tool

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

37–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

37 - REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram

IGNITION SWITCH
ON OR START

A11
INSTRUMENT ENGINE
PANEL FUSE COMPARTMENT
EF03 AND RELAY BOX FUSE AND
F17
20A I-001 RELAY BOX
10A E-041
E-048
C3 D4 E13 E-050

GL
Y

E-062
5
E-023

RW
1
BACK-UP
ON LIGHT
SWITCH
OFF E-010
2
W
E-023
1 E-062 LEFT REVERSING RIGHT REVERSING
RADAR SENSOR RADAR SENSOR
W

B-019 B-023
E-057
18
I-014 37
W

2 W 1 2 1 2
INSTRUMENT
12 YW
CLUSTER BR

BR
W

I-027 5 OB

I-037 I-035
18 8 14

GW
WL

BR
B-037 B-001
B-017
YW
OB

13 5 1 7 15 16

REVERSING RADAR CONTROL MODULE B-021

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 1 2

I-035
B E-010
I-027 B
L
4 8 12 17 22 27 32 37 42
16 21 26 31 36 41
3 7 11
15 20 25 30 35 40 E-062 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 B-021
A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7
2 6 10 B A13 A12 A11 A10 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
14 19 24 29 34 39 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 W
1 5 9 13 18 23 28 33 38

I-001
W

1 2 D1 D2
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E-050
E13 E14 E15 E16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 B-037 D3 D4
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 W
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 W
E-041
B-019 B-023 W
Gr Gr
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 E-057 C1 C2 C3 E-048
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 W B ES15370010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 37–5

37 - REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM

Reversing Radar Control Module Assembly Terminal List

Pin No. Terminal Definition Pin No. Terminal Definition
1 Power Supply (Reversing Signal) 9 -
2 - 10 -
3 - 11 -
4 - 12 -
5 Clock Signal (to Instrument Cluster) 13 Data Signal (to Instrument Cluster)
6 - 14 -
7 Left Reversing Radar Sensor Signal 15 Right Reversing Radar Sensor Signal
8 - 16 GND

37–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

37 - REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
Symptom Suspected Area See page
Fuse -
Back-up light switch 32-52
Reversing radar system does not function Reversing radar sensor -
(buzzer in instrument cluster does not
sound) Wire harness and connector -
Reversing radar control module assembly 37-10
Instrument cluster 35-37

Self-checking Function
Reversing radar system has malfunction self-checking function, and the function instructions are as follows:
If the reversing radar sensor wire harness and connector are damaged or there is a malfunction in the
reversing radar sensor, the instrument cluster will alarm after switching the ignition switch to II (ON) and
shifting the shift lever to R.
The specific warnings are as follows: 37
1. The system is normal: the buzzer does not sound, and the reversing radar system enters normal operation
mode.
2. When there are malfunctions in one or two sensors, it enters "malfunction remind mode" and the buzzer
sounds twice. When there are malfunctions in one sensor, the other sensor can enter normal operation
mode after the buzzer sounds twice.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 37–7

37 - REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Reversing Radar Sensor
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the rear bumper (See page 45-19).
4. Remove the reversing radar sensor.
a. Disconnect the left and right reversing radar
sensor wire harness connectors (arrow)
respectively.

RS15370140
37
b. Press the clamping areas on the reversing radar
sensors, and remove the left and right reversing
radar sensor from the outside of the rear
bumper assembly.

RS15450250

CAUTION

• DO NOT press the outer surface of the sensor firmly during removal.

37–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

37 - REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
HINT:
When installing the reversing radar sensor, align the
boss at the end of reversing radar sensor and the
groove on the rear bumper assembly, and then firmly
install the reversing radar sensor as shown in the
illustration.

RS15370150

CAUTION

• Make sure to install each connector in place.

• Operate carefully to avoid damaging the reversing radar sensors when installing the rear bumper.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 37–9

37 - REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM

Reversing Radar Control Module Assembly

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the C-pillar lower protector assembly (See page 46-10).
4. Remove the trunk carpet assembly (See page 46-25).
5. Remove the rear speaker cover (w/speaker cover bracket) (See page 46-26).
6. Remove the trunk trim cover assembly (See page 46-26).
7. Remove the reversing radar control module assembly.
a. Disconnect the reversing radar control module
assembly connector (1).
b. Remove 2 fixing bolts (arrow) between the
reversing radar control module assembly and
the body.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)
1

37 RS15370160

c. Remove the reversing radar control module assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Make sure to tighten the fixing bolts to the specified torque.

• Make sure to install each connector in place.
• Operate carefully to avoid damaging the components when installing the interior protector.

37–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

HORN
GENERAL INFORMATION 38-3 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 38-7
Description 38-3 High Pitched Horn 38-7
Specifications 38-4 Removal 38-7
Tool 38-4 Inspection 38-7
Circuit Diagram 38-5 Installation 38-8
Horn Cover 38-9
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 38-6
Removal 38-9
Problem Symptoms Table 38-6
Inspection 38-10
On-vehicle Inspection 38-6
Installation 38-10

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 38–1

38–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

38 - HORN

GENERAL INFORMATION
HORN

Description

3 38

RS15380010

1 - Horn Cover 2 - High Pitched Horn Relay and High Pitched Horn
Fuse
3 - High Pitched Horn

This vehicle is equipped with high pitched horn system.

The horn system consists of the following components:
Horn: the high pitched horn is installed on the crossmember near the condenser.
Horn cover: the horn cover is installed on the steering wheel.
High pitched horn relay and high pitched horn fuse: the high pitched horn relay and high pitched horn fuse are
in the engine compartment fuse and relay box.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 38–3

38 - HORN

Specifications
Torque specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

High Pitched Horn Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
High Pitched Horn Bracket Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Horn Cover Fixing Bolt 10 ± 1.5

Tool
General Tool

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

38–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

38 - HORN

Circuit Diagram

BATTERY

B+

F02
ENGINE
10A COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
RELAY BOX
3 2
E-014
HORN E-043
RELAY E-049

5 1

F3 H3
L

E-046
15 I-031
R

38
L

I-028
2 1 A-009
HORN
BW

E-032
1
SPIRAL
CABLE
BW
B

1
HORN
SWITCH
A-001

E-063

H1 H2 H3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 E-049 E-043 E-046
F10 F11 F12 F13 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
F7 F8 F9 F14 F15 F16 W H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 W W

B 1
1 2 E-032
1 I-028
Gr Lg A-001
E-014 W

ES15380010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 38–5

38 - HORN

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
Symptom Suspected Area See page
High pitched horn fuse 48-31
High pitched horn relay 38-6
High pitched horn does not sound High pitched Horn 38-7
Horn cover and spiral cable -
Wire harness -

On-vehicle Inspection
1. Check the high pitched horn relay
+ - 3

a. Remove the relay from the engine compartment

5
fuse and relay box.
2 4 1
b. Measure the resistance according to the table
below.

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
38
When battery
voltage is not
3-5 applied between No continuity RS15380071

terminal 2 and
terminal 1
When battery
voltage is
3-5 applied between Continuity
terminal 2 and
terminal 1

If the result is not as specified, replace the relay.

38–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

38 - HORN

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
High Pitched Horn
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the front bumper (See page 45-6).
4. Remove the high pitched horn assembly.
a. Disconnect the high pitched horn connector (1).
b. Remove the fixing bolt from the high pitched
horn assembly, and remove the high pitched
horn (2).
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15380030

5. Remove the high pitched horn bracket. 38

a. Remove the fixing bolt from the high pitched
horn bracket, and remove the high pitched horn
bracket (1).
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15380040

Inspection
1. Check the high pitched horn assembly.
a. Apply battery voltage to the terminals of high + -
pitched horn connector and check the operation
of high pitched horn according to the table
below.

Specified
Measurement Condition
Condition
Battery Positive (+) →
Terminal 2 1 2

Sounds
Battery Negative (-) → RS15380070

Terminal 1

If the result is not as specified, replace the high pitched

horn assembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 38–7

38 - HORN

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Tighten the fixing bolt to the specified torque when installing the high pitched horn assembly.

38–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

38 - HORN

Horn Cover
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

WARNING

• Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the negative (-) battery cable to prevent the airbag from
being activated.

3. Remove the horn cover assembly.

a. Set the front wheels straight ahead.
b. Using a proper tool, loosen 2 fixing bolts from
the horn cover.
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1.5 N·m)
6
7
F

38
RS15380050

c. Disconnect the driver airbag connector (1).

d. Disconnect the high pitched horn connector (2)
and remove the horn cover (3).

3
1

RS15380060

CAUTION

• Operate carefully when removing the horn cover assembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 38–9

38 - HORN

Inspection
1. Check the spiral cable for wear or damage. Replace it if necessary.
2. Check the high pitched horn connector for poor connection, deformation or damage. Replace it if
necessary.
3. Check if the horn cover ground is in good condition.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Tighten the fixing bolts to the specified torque when installing the horn cover assembly.

38–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

OTHER SYSTEM
GENERAL INFORMATION 39-3 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 39-5
Description 39-3 Cigarette Lighter 39-5
Circuit Diagram 39-4 Removal 39-5
Installation 39-6

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 39–1

39–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

39 - OTHER SYSTEM

GENERAL INFORMATION
OTHER SYSTEM

Description

RS15390010

1 - Cigarette Lighter Assembly 2 - Cigarette Lighter Housing

3 - Cigarette Lighter Fixing Bush 4 - Gearshift Panel Assembly
5 - Auxiliary Fascia Console Assembly

The cigarette lighter is located on the auxiliary fascia console assembly.

CAUTION

• The rated voltage of the cigarette lighter is 12 V. DO NOT use electrical equipment with higher rated
voltage.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 39–3

39 - OTHER SYSTEM

Circuit Diagram

IGNITION SWITCH
ACC OR ON

A13
INSTRUMENT
PANEL FUSE
EF11 AND RELAY BOX
20A I-001
B-035
RY E8

CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
39 B-003

1
B

B-009

A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 1

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5
A13 A12 A11 A10 E8 E9 E10 E11
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 E6 E7 E12 E13 E14 2

B-035 B-003
I-001
W W
W

ES15390010

39–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

39 - OTHER SYSTEM

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Cigarette Lighter
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Take off the ashtray (1).
A/C

RS15390020

4. Remove the shift knob and the shift lever boot assembly.
a. Rotate the shift knob (1) counterclockwise to
remove it. A/C

b. Using an interior crow plate, pry off the snap-fits

on the shift lever boot, and remove the shift
1
39
lever boot.

RS15390021

5. Remove the gearshift panel assembly.

a. Using an interior crow plate, pry off the clamps
and snap-fits on the gearshift panel assembly.
3 4
2
1

RS15390022

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 39–5

39 - OTHER SYSTEM

b. Disconnect the cigarette lighter connector and

remove the gearshift panel assembly (1).
1

RS15420080

6. Remove the cigarette lighter.

a. Remove the cigarette lighter (1).

RS15390023

39 b. Press the fixing clips of the cigarette lighter

fixing bush and take out the cigarette lighter
housing.

RS15390040

c. Press the fixing clips of the cigarette lighter

fixing bush and take out the cigarette lighter
fixing bush.

RS15390050

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

39–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS
GENERAL INFORMATION 40-3 Installation 40-50
Description 40-3 Rear Door Glass Regulating
Specifications 40-8 Switch 40-51
Tools 40-9 Removal 40-51
Circuit Diagram 40-10 Inspection 40-52
Installation 40-52
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 40-12 Rear Door Glass Assembly 40-53
Problem Symptoms Table 40-12 Removal 40-53
B1310 40-16 Installation 40-54
B1312 40-16 Rear Triangular Glass 40-55
B1314 40-16 Removal 40-55
B1316 40-16 Installation 40-55
B1319 40-23 Rear Door Glass Guide Rail
B1321 40-23 Assembly 40-56
B1323 40-23 Removal 40-56
B1325 40-23 Installation 40-56
B1328 40-30 Rear Door Glass Regulator
B1330 40-30 Assembly 40-57
B1332 40-30 Removal 40-57
B1334 40-30 Disassembly 40-57
B1337 40-30 Assembly 40-57
B1341 40-30 Inspection 40-58
Installation 40-58
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 40-40 40
Rear Door Glass Outer
Front Door Glass Regulating
Weatherstrip 40-59
Control Switch Assembly 40-40
Removal 40-59
Removal 40-40
Installation 40-59
Inspection 40-41
Power Window Lock Switch 40-60
Installation 40-41
Removal 40-60
Front Door Glass Assembly 40-42
Inspection 40-61
Removal 40-42
Installation 40-62
Installation 40-43
Front Windshield Assembly 40-63
Front Triangular Glass 40-44
Removal 40-63
Removal 40-44
Installation 40-65
Installation 40-45
Rear Windshield Assembly 40-69
Front Door Glass Guide Rail
Removal 40-69
Assembly 40-46
Removal 40-46 Installation 40-70
Adjustment 40-70
Installation 40-47
Rear Window Defogger 40-72
Front Door Power Glass Regulator
Assembly 40-48 General Information 40-72
Removal 40-48 Description 40-72
Disassembly 40-48 Circuit Diagram 40-73
Assembly 40-48 Problem Symptoms Table 40-74
Inspection 40-49 Rear Defogger Switch 40-75
Installation 40-49 Removal 40-75
Front Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip 40-50 Inspection 40-76
Removal 40-50 Installation 40-77

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–1

40–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

GENERAL INFORMATION
WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Description

5
40
6

RS15400010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–3

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

1 - Front Windshield Assembly 2 - Rear Left Triangular Glass

3 - Rear Left Door Glass Assembly 4 - Front Left Door Glass Assembly
5 - Front Left Triangular Glass 6 - Rear Windshield Assembly
7 - Front Right Triangular Glass 8 - Front Right Door Glass Assembly
9 - Rear Right Door Glass Assembly 10 - Rear Right Triangular Glass

40–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

7 4
5
8 6

1
40

RS15400020

1 - Auxiliary Fascia Console Assembly 2 - Front Left Door Power Glass Regulator Assembly
3 - Rear Left Door Power Glass Regulator Assembly 4 - Rear Right Door Power Glass Regulator
Assembly
5 - Front Right Door Power Glass Regulator 6 - Rear Door Glass Regulating Switch
Assembly
7 - Front Door Glass Regulating Control Switch 8 - Power Window Lock Switch
Assembly

The power window control system controls the power window glass UP/DOWN function by operating the
power glass regulating switch on the auxiliary fascia console. The main control devices of this system include:
front door glass regulating control switch assembly (at the front of auxiliary fascia console assembly and built
in the driver side window switch and front passenger side window switch) and rear door glass regulating
switch (at the rear of auxiliary fascia console assembly and built in the rear left door side window switch and
rear right door side window switch). Press the corresponding power glass regulating switch can transmit the
UP/DOWN signal to the corresponding power glass regulator motor, thus controlling the UP/DOWN operation
of corresponding window glass.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–5

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Main Components Function

Component Description
Locates on the instrument center panel assembly, controls the
operation of passenger and rear door power window glass.
Power window lock switch When the power window lock switch is in the lock position, only
the driver side power window switch can control the UP/DOWN
operation of driver side power window glass.
Locates on the auxiliary fascia console.
Power glass regulating switch Each power glass regulating switch controls the UP/DOWN
operation of corresponding window glass.
Receives the switch signal and performs conversion in order to
Power glass regulator motor
activate the motor to change the window glass position

System function

Function Description
All the power window glass switches have the manual UP
function. The window glass goes up when the power glass
Manual UP function
regulating switch is pulled up and stops after the switch is
released.
All the power window glass switches have the manual DOWN
function. The window glass goes down when the power glass
Manual DOWN function
regulating switch is pressed and held (> 300 ms), and stops
after the switch is released.
40 All the power glass regulating switches have the automatic
DOWN function. The window glass will go down automatically
Automatic DOWN function
when the power glass regulating switch is pressed (< 300 ms).
Press the switch again to stop the window glass partway.
When the power window lock switch is pressed, the
corresponding window glass cannot be operated with the power
glass regulating switch of all the passenger. Only the driver side
Power window LOCK function
window glass can be operated at this time. This function can be
canceled only when the power widow lock switch is pressed
again.

40–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Operation Inspection
1. Check the power window lock switch.
a. Check that the passenger side power window
glass and rear door window glass cannot be 5
6

operated with the passenger side power glass

regulating switch and rear door glass regulating
switch when the power window lock switch is
SRS
AIRBAG

pressed.
OK: Operation for the passenger side power
glass regulating switch and rear door glass
regulating switch is failed.
b. Check that the passenger side power window
glass and rear door window glass can be RS15400021
operated with the passenger side power glass
regulating switch and rear door glass regulating
switch when the power window lock switch is
pressed again.
OK: Passenger side power glass regulating
switch and rear door glass regulating switch
function properly.

2. Check the manual UP/DOWN function.

a. Check that the driver side power window glass operates as follows:
Normal

Condition Power Window Switch Switch Operation Power Window

Pull UP (close)
Ignition switch II (ON) Driver side 40
Push DOWN (open)

b. Check that the power window glasses other than driver side power window glass operate as follows:
Normal

Condition Power Window Switch Switch Operation Power Window

Pull UP (close)
Passenger side
Push DOWN (open)
• Ignition switch II (ON) Pull UP (close)
• Window lock switch Rear left side
OFF Push DOWN (open)
Pull UP (close)
Rear right side
Push DOWN (open)

3. Check the remote manual UP/DOWN function.

a. Check that the driver side power window glass operates as follows:
Normal

Condition Power Window Switch Switch Operation Power Window

Fully pull UP (close)
Ignition switch II (ON) Driver side
Fully push DOWN (open)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–7

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

b. Check that the power window glasses other than driver side power window glass operate as follows:
Normal

Condition Power Window Switch Switch Operation Power Window

Pull UP (close)
Passenger side
Push DOWN (open)
• Ignition switch II (ON) Pull UP (close)
• Window lock switch Rear left side
OFF Push DOWN (open)
Pull UP (close)
Rear right side
Push DOWN (open)

Specifications
Description Torque (N·m)
Front Door Glass Front Guide Rail Fixing Screw 3.5 ± 0.5
Front Door Glass Front Guide Rail Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Front Door Glass Rear Guide Rail Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Rear Door Glass Front Guide Rail Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Rear Door Glass Rear Guide Rail Fixing Screw 3.5 ± 0.5
Front Door Glass Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Rear Door Glass Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
40 Front Door Power Glass Regulator Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Rear Door Power Glass Regulator Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Front Door Power Glass Regulator Motor Fixing
3.5 ± 0.5
Screw
Rear Door Power Glass Regulator Motor Fixing
3.5 ± 0.5
Screw
Front Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Rear Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Blower Speed Switch Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Fog Switch Set Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Air Spring Hinge Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Fixing Bolt Between Back Door Hinge and Rear
7 ± 1.5
Windshield Assembly
Back Door Outside Handle Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5

40–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Tools
Special Tool

Interior Crow Plate

RS15460020

General Tool

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–9

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Circuit Diagram

BATTERY

B+
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
SB3 FUSE AND RELAY BOX
60A E-014
E-042
B1 B2
R

D1 D2

INSTRUMENT
PANEL FUSE
AND RELAY BOX
SC04 EF24 E-047
30A 15A I-002

B13 B1

2 2 1 1
FRONT FRONT REAR REAR
LEFT RIGHT LEFT RIGHT
RB

M POWER M POWER M POWER M POWER

WINDOW WINDOW WINDOW WINDOW

MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR
1 F-004 1 H-003 2 L-003 2 R-002
RW

GB
RY

Gr
Br
Br

40 L-002 R-003
2 1 B-011 2 1 B-032

GB
Gr
Br

Y
R

F-003 H-004 B-037

4 3 4 3 11 1 12 2
I-036 I-015 I-037
LW

GB
RY

Gr
Br

W
V

B5 B6 B19 B24 B14 B1 B16 B15 B23 B22 B18 B17

DOWN UP DOWN UP DOWN UP DOWN UP
BCM (B)
I-004

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
B13 B14 B15 B16 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25
B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20

I-004
I-002 B
W
B1 B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 B-037 E-042
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 W B2 Lg E-014
3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4
12 11 10 9 8 7 6

D1
F-004 H-003 L-003 R-002 E-047
I-015 I-036 B-011 B-032 2 1 Gr Gr Gr Gr D2 Lg
W W W W ES15400010

40–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

REAR POWER
WINDOW SWITCH
B-007
FRONT LEFT POWER FRONT RIGHT POWER
WINDOW SWITCH WINDOW SWITCH 2 UP DOWN 3
B-004 B-002

UP DOWN UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT

REAR REAR

1 DOWN UP 4
7 9 6 7 9 6
6
BrG

BrG
BrB

BrB
GB

LR
Lg
G
B

B
B-009
B

B-001 B-037
2 11 3 12 6 I-035 10 20 9 19
I-037

TO
BACKLIGHT
B

POWER
1 6
WINDOW
LOCK
SWITCH
I-010
5
BrG
BrB

BrB
GB

LR
Lg
G
B

I-006
40
A1 A9 A3 A2 A7 A6 A5 A4
UP DOWN UP DOWN UP DOWN UP DOWN
BCM (A)
I-005

4 5 6
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3
A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
I-010
B

I-005
B I-035
B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 B-037 5 4 3 2 1 B-002 B-004 B-007

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 W 10 9 8 7 6 B B B

ES15400020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–11

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
Symptom Suspected Area See page
Front power glass regulator motor fuse -
Wire harness or connector -
The driver side power window cannot be
operated with the driver side glass Driver side glass regulating switch 40-41
regulating and control switches
Power glass regulator motor (driver side) 40-49
BCM (Body Control Module) -
Front power glass regulator motor fuse -
Wire harness or connector -
The passenger side window glass cannot
Passenger side glass regulating switch 40-41
be operated with the passenger side glass
regulating switch Passenger side power glass regulator
40-49
motor
BCM (Body Control Module) -

The power window has intermittent Ground -

problem Wire harness or connector

Diagnostic Help
1. Connect the X-431 3G Diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC), and make it
40 communicate with the vehicle electronic module by the data network.
2. Confirm that the malfunction is current, and carry out the diagnostic test and repair procedures.
3. If the DTC cannot be deleted, the malfunction is current.
4. Refer to any Technical Bulletin that may apply to the malfunction.
5. Visually check the related wire harness and connector.
6. Check and clean all the wire harness connectors and grounds related to the current DTC.
7. If multiple trouble codes were set, use the circuit diagrams and look for any common ground circuit or
power supply circuit applied to the DTC.

Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting

If the malfunction is intermittent, perform the followings:
• Check if the connectors are loose.
• Check if the wire harnesses are worn, pierced, pinched or partially broken.
• Monitor the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) data that is related to this circuit.
• Wiggle the related wire harness and connector and observe if the signal is interrupt in the related circuit.
• If possible, try to duplicate the conditions under which the DTC was set.
• Look for the data that has changed or the DTC to reset during the wiggle test.
• Look for broken, bent, protruded or corroded terminals.
• Check for conditions that would cause the incorrect signals such as breakage, foreign matter, etc. when
installing the components such as window glass regulator, window glass regulating switch etc.
• Remove the BCM control module assembly from the malfunctioning vehicle and install it to a new vehicle
and perform a test. If the DTC cannot be cleared, the BCM control module assembly is malfunctioning. If
the DTC can be cleared, reinstall the BCM control module assembly to the original vehicle.

40–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Ground Inspection
Ground points are very important to the proper operation of electrical equipment and circuits. Ground points
are often exposed to moisture, dirt and corrosive elements. Corrosion (rust) can increase resistance which will
change the way in which a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can affect
the electronically controlled circuit. Perform the following operations when checking the ground points:
1. Remove the ground nut.
2. Check all the matching surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
3. Clean as necessary to ensure that the contacting is in a good condition.
4. Reinstall the ground nut securely.
5. Check if the new accessories interfere with the ground circuit.
6. If several wire harnesses are secured to a ground hole, check if they are installed correctly. Make sure all
the wire harnesses are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path.

Diagnosis Tools
X-431 3G Diagnostic Tester
When connecting the X-431 3G diagnostic tester:
• Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester (the latest version) to the Data Link Connector (DLC), and make it
communicate with the vehicle.
• The DLC is located in the driver side (it is attached to the instrument panel crossmember fuse and relay
box bracket).
• The DLC is rectangular in design and can accommodate up to 16 terminals.

Digital Multimeter
When using the digital multimeter:
• Troubleshoot the electrical problems and wiring systems.
• Look for the basic fault. 40
• Measure the voltage, current and resistance.

Diagnostic Flow
HINT:
Use the following procedures to troubleshoot the window glass system.

1 Vehicle brought to workshop

2 Check battery voltage

Standard voltage: 11 to 14 V
If the voltage is below 11 V, replace or recharge the battery before proceeding to the next step.

DTC For current DTC, go to step 4

occurs

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–13

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

No For history DTC, go to step 5

DTC

4 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) chart

5 Circuit inspection

6 Repair

7 Clear DTCs (current DTC and history DTC)

8 Check for DTCs (current DTC and history DTC)

40 DTC Go to step 4
output

No DTC Go to the next step

output

9 Confirmation test

10 End

40–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Chart

DTC Code DTC Definition

B1310 FL Window Up Control Circuit Low Current
B1312 FL Window Up Control Circuit Stuck On
B1314 FL Window Down Control Circuit Low Current
B1316 FL Window Down Control Circuit Stuck On
B1319 FR Window Up Control Circuit Low Current
B1321 FR Window Up Control Circuit Stuck On
B1323 FR Window Down Control Circuit Low Current
B1325 FR Window Down Control Circuit Stuck On
B1328 RL Window Up Control Circuit Low Current
B1330 RL Window Up Control Circuit Stuck On
B1332 RL Window Down Control Circuit Low Current
B1334 RL Window Down Control Circuit Stuck On
B1337 RR Window Up Control Circuit Low Current
B1341 RR Window Down Control Circuit Low Current

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–15

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

DTC B1310 FL Window Up Control Circuit Low Current

DTC B1312 FL Window Up Control Circuit Stuck On

DTC B1314 FL Window Down Control Circuit Low Current

DTC B1316 FL Window Down Control Circuit Stuck On

40–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

BATTERY

B+
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
SB3 FUSE AND RELAY BOX
60A E-014
E-042
B1 B2 FRONT LEFT POWER
WINDOW SWITCH
R

D1 D2 B-004

INSTRUMENT UP DOWN
PANEL FUSE
AND RELAY BOX
SC04 EF24 E-047
30A 15A I-002
7 9 6
B13 B1

BrG

BrG
BrB
FRONT
LEFT
RB

M POWER
R

WINDOW
MOTOR B-009
1 F-004
B-001
RW

2 11
Br

I-035
R

F-003
4 3
I-036

BrG
BrB
LW

B5 B6 B19 B24 B14 B1 A1 A9

40
DOWN UP UP DOWN BCM (A/B)
I-004
I-005

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
B13 B14 B15 B16
B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

I-002
W
I-035
B

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13

B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 2 1
A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9
I-004 F-004 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
B Gr

I-005
5 4 3 2 1 B1 D1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 B
10 9 8 7 6
B2 D2
B

I-036 E-042 E-047 B-004

E-014 ES15400050
W Lg Lg B

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–17

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Self-diagnosis Detection Logic

DTC Detection Warning Light

DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition Condition
FL Window Up Control
B1310 • Fuse
Circuit Low Current
• Glass regulating
FL Window Up Control
B1312 control switch
Circuit Stuck On
• Power glass
FL Window Down Ignition switch II (ON) ON regulator motor
B1314 Control Circuit Low
• Wire harness or
Current
connector
FL Window Down • BCM control
B1316 Control Circuit Stuck module assembly
On

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check fuse (SC04)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Pull out the fuse (SC04) in the instrument panel fuse and relay box.
d. Check if the fuse is blown.

NG Replace fuse (SC04)

40
OK

2 Check front left door glass regulating switch

a. Check the front left door glass regulating control switch (See page 40-41).

NG Replace front left door glass

regulating switch

3 Check front left power glass regulator motor

a. Check the front left power glass regulator motor (See page 40-49).

NG Replace front left power glass

regulator motor

4 Check BCM power supply control circuit

40–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the BCM wire harness connector I-
004. V
+ -
d. Connect the negative battery cable.
e. Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage
of BCM system according to the value(s) in the
table below. B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10B11B12B13
B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B21B22B23B24B25

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition I-004

I-004 (B5) -
Always 9 to 16 V
Body ground
I-004 (B6) -
Always 9 to 16 V
Body ground
RS15401400
I-004 (B19) -
Always 9 to 16 V
Body ground

NG Repair or replace related wire

harness and connector

5 Check front left door wire harness

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK). 40

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the front left door wire harness
connectors F-003 and F-004.
+ -
d. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the front left door wire harness connectors
1 2 3 4 5
F-003 and F-004 according to the value(s) in the
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
table below.
F-003
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
F-003 (3) -
Always Continuity 2 1
F-004 (1)
F-003 (4) - F-004
Always Continuity
F-004 (2)
RS15401431

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–19

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

NG Replace front left door wire harness

6 Check instrument panel wire harness

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-036 and I-004.
+ -
d. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-036 and I-004 according to the
5 4 3 2 1
value(s) in the table below. 12 11 10 9 8 7 6

Multimeter Specified
Condition I-036
Connection Condition
I-036 (3) - B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10B11B12B13
Always Continuity B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B21B22B23B24B25
I-004 (B1)
I-036 (4) - I-004
Always Continuity
I-004 (B14)
RS15401432

e. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness

connectors I-035 and I-005.
40 f. Using a digital multimeter, check the continuity
between the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-035 and I-005 according to the + -
value(s) in the table below. A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
I-005
I-035 (2) -
Always Continuity
I-005 (A1)
I-035 (11) - 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Always Continuity
I-005 (A9) 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

I-035
RS15401531

40–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

g. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness

connectors I-002 and I-004.
h. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-002 and I-004 according to the + -
value(s) in the table below.

Multimeter Specified B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
Condition B13 B14 B15 B16
Connection Condition B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20

I-002 (B13) -
Always Continuity I-002
I-004 (B5)
I-002 (B13) -
Always Continuity B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10B11B12B13
I-004 (B6) B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B21B22B23B24B25

I-002 (B13) -
Always Continuity I-004
I-004 (B19)
RS15401510

NG Replace instrument panel wire

harness

7 Check body wire harness

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the body wire harness connectors 40
B-001 and B-004.
+ -
d. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the body wire harness connectors B-001 5 4 3 2 1
and B-004 according to the value(s) in the table 10 9 8 7 6

below.
B-004
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
B-001 (2) - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Always Continuity 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
B-004 (7)
B-001 (11) -
Always Continuity B-001
B-004 (6)
RS15401433

NG Replace body wire harness

8 Check if the DTCs occur again

a. Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
b. Read the DTCs.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–21

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Result Proceed to
DTC B1310, B1312, B1314, B1316 are output NG
No DTC is output OK

NG Replace BCM

System is normal

40–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

DTC B1319 FR Window Up Control Circuit Low Current

DTC B1321 FR Window Up Control Circuit Stuck On

DTC B1323 FR Window Down Control Circuit Low Current

DTC B1325 FR Window Down Control Circuit Stuck On

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–23

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

BATTERY

B+
FRONT RIGHT POWER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT WINDOW SWITCH
SB3 FUSE AND RELAY BOX B-002
60A E-014
E-042 UP DOWN

B1 B2
R

D1 D2
7 9 6
INSTRUMENT
PANEL FUSE
AND RELAY BOX

BrB
GB

B
SC04 E-047
30A I-002

B13

B
2
FRONT
B-001
RIGHT 3 12 6 I-035
M POWER
R

WINDOW
MOTOR TO
1 H-003 BACKLIGHT

V
POWER
1 6
RY

WINDOW
V

LOCK
R

SWITCH
H-004 I-010
4 3
I-015 5
BrB
GB

B
RY

I-006
40 B5 B6 B19 B16 B15
BCM (A/B)
DOWN UP UP DOWN
I-004
I-005

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
B13 B14 B15 B16
B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

I-002
W
I-035
B

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13

B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 2 1
A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9
I-004 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
H-003
B Gr

I-005
5 4 3 2 1 B1 D1 B
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
10 9 8 7 6 4 5 6
B2 D2 1 2 3
B
I-015 E-042 E-047 B-002 I-010
W Lg Lg B B E-014 ES15400040

40–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Self-diagnosis Detection Logic

DTC Detection Warning Light

DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition Condition
FR Window Up Control
B1319 • Fuse
Circuit Low Current
• Window glass
FR Window Up Control
B1321 regulating switch
Circuit Stuck On
• Window glass
FR Window Down Ignition switch II (ON) ON regulator motor
B1323 Control Circuit Low
• Wire harness or
Current
connector
FR Window Down • BCM control
B1325 Control Circuit Stuck module assembly
On

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check fuse (SC04)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Pull out the fuse (SC04) in the instrument panel fuse and relay box.
d. Check if the fuse is blown.

NG Replace fuse (SC04)

40
OK

2 Check front right door glass regulating switch

a. Check the front right door glass regulating switch (See page 40-41).

NG Replace front right door glass

regulating switch

3 Check power glass regulator lock switch

a. Check the power glass regulator lock switch (See page 40-61).

NG Replace power glass regulator lock

switch

4 Check front right glass regulator motor

a. Check the front right glass regulator motor (See page 40-49).

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–25

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

NG Replace front right glass regulator

motor

5 Check BCM power supply control circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness
connector I-004. V
+ -
d. Connect the negative battery cable.
e. Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage of
BCM system according to the value(s) in the table
below. B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10B11B12B13
B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B21B22B23B24B25

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition I-004

I-004(B5) -
Always 9 to 16 V
Body ground
I-004 (B6) -
Always 9 to 16 V
Body ground
RS15401400
I-004 (B19) -
Always 9 to 16 V
Body ground

40 NG Repair or replace instrument panel

wire harness and connector

6 Check front right door wire harness

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the front right door wire harness
connectors H-004 and H-003.
+ -
d. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the front right door wire harness
connectors H-004 and H-003 according to the
1 2 3 4 5
value(s) in the table below.
6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Multimeter Specified
Condition H-004
Connection Condition
H-004 (3) -
Always Continuity
H-003 (1) 2 1

H-004 (4) -
Always Continuity H-003
H-003 (2)
RS15401490

40–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

NG Replace front right door wire

harness

7 Check instrument panel wire harness

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-015 and I-004.
+ -
d. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-015 and I-004 according to the 5 4 3 2 1
value(s) in the table below. 12 11 10 9 8 7 6

Multimeter Specified
Condition I-015
Connection Condition
I-015 (3) -
Always Continuity B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10B11B12B13
I-004 (B15) B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B21B22B23B24B25

I-015 (4) -
Always Continuity I-004
I-004 (B16)
RS15401500

e. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness

connectors I-002 and I-004.
f. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
40
between the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-002 and I-004 according to the + -
value(s) in the table below.

Multimeter Specified B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
Condition B13 B14 B15 B16
Connection Condition B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20

I-002 (B13) -
Always Continuity I-002
I-004 (B5)
I-002 (B13) -
Always Continuity B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10B11B12B13
I-004 (B6) B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B21B22B23B24B25

I-002 (B13) -
Always Continuity I-004
I-004 (B19)
RS15401510

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–27

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

g. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness

connectors I-035 and I-005.
h. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-035 and I-005 according to the + -
value(s) in the table below. A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
I-005
I-035 (3) -
Always Continuity
I-005 (A3)
I-035 (12) - 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Always Continuity
I-005 (A2) 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

I-035
RS15401530

i. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness

connectors I-035 and I-010.
j. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-035 and I-010 according to the + -
value(s) in the table below.

Multimeter Specified 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Condition
Connection Condition 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

I-035 (6) -
40 I-010 (1)
Always Continuity
I-035

4 5 6
1 2 3

I-010

RS15401540

NG Replace instrument panel wire

harness

40–28 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

8 Check body wire harness

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the body wire harness connectors
B-001 and B-002.
+ -
d. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the body wire harness connectors B-001
and B-002 according to the value(s) in the table 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
below. 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

Multimeter Specified
Condition B-001
Connection Condition
B-001 (3) -
Always Continuity 5 4 3 2 1
B-002 (7) 10 9 8 7 6

B-001 (6) -
Always Continuity B-002
B-002 (9)
RS15401520
B-001 (12) -
Always Continuity
B-002 (6)

NG Replace body wire harness

9 Check if the DTCs occur again 40

a. Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
b. Read the DTCs.

Result Proceed to
DTC B1319, B1321, B1323, B1325 are output NG
No DTC is output OK

NG Replace BCM

System is normal

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–29

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

DTC B1328 RL Window Up Control Circuit Low Current

DTC B1330 RL Window Up Control Circuit Stuck On

DTC B1332 RL Window Down Control Circuit Low Current

DTC B1334 RL Window Down Control Circuit Stuck On

DTC B1337 RR Window Up Control Circuit Low Current

DTC B1341 RR Window Down Control Circuit Low Current

40–30 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

BATTERY

B+
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
SB3 FUSE AND RELAY BOX
60A E-014
E-042
B1 B2
R

D1 D2

INSTRUMENT
PANEL FUSE
AND RELAY BOX
SC04 EF24 E-047
30A 15A I-002

B13 B1
1 1
REAR REAR
LEFT RIGHT
RB

M POWER M POWER
R

WINDOW WINDOW
MOTOR MOTOR
2 L-003 2 R-002

GB
Gr
Br

L-002 R-003
2 1 B-011 2 1 B-032

40
GB
Gr
Br

Y
R

B-037
11 1 12 2
I-037
GB
Gr
W

B5 B6 B19 B24 B23 B22 B18 B17

DOWN UP DOWN UP
BCM (B)
I-004

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
B13 B14 B15 B16 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13
B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20
B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25

I-002 I-004
W B

3 2 1 B
8 7 6 5 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 B1 D1
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 E-014
2 1 B2 D2

B-011 B-032 B-037 L-003 R-002 E-042 E-047

W W W Gr Gr Lg Lg ES15400030

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–31

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

REAR POWER
WINDOW SWITCH
B-007

2 UP DOWN 3

LEFT RIGHT
REAR REAR

1 DOWN UP 4
6

LR
Lg
G

B
B

B-001 B-037
6 I-035 10 20 9 19
I-037

TO
BACKLIGHT
B

POWER
1 6
WINDOW
LOCK
SWITCH
I-010
5
VB

LR
Lg
G
B

40 I-006
A7 A6 A5 A4
UP DOWN UP DOWN
BCM (A)
I-005

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14

I-005
B I-035
B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5 4 3 2 1 4 5 6
B-037 B-007 1 2 3 I-010
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 10 9 8 7 6
W B B
ES15400060

40–32 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Self-diagnosis Detection Logic

DTC Detection Warning Light

DTC Code DTC Definition Possible Cause
Condition Condition
RL Window Up Control
B1328
Circuit Low Current
RL Window Up Control
B1330
Circuit Stuck On • Fuse
RL Window Down • Window glass
B1332 Control Circuit Low regulating switch
Current • Window glass
RL Window Down Ignition switch II (ON) ON regulator motor
B1334 Control Circuit Stuck • Wire harness or
On connector
RR Window Up Control • BCM control
B1337 module assembly
Circuit Low Current
RR Window Down
B1341 Control Circuit Low
Current

Diagnosis Procedure

1 Check fuse (SC04)

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 40
c. Pull out the fuse (SC04) in the instrument panel fuse and relay box.
d. Check if the fuse is blown.

NG Replace fuse (SC04)

2 Check rear door glass regulating switch

a. Check the rear door glass regulating switch (See page 40-52).

NG Replace rear door glass regulating

switch

3 Check power glass regulator lock switch

a. Check the power glass regulator lock switch (See page 40-61).

NG Replace power glass regulator lock

switch

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–33

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

4 Check rear door glass regulator motor

a. Check the rear door glass regulator motor (See page 40-58).

NG Replace rear door glass regulator

motor

5 Check BCM power supply control circuit

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the BCM wire harness connector I-004.
d. Connect the negative battery cable. V
+ -
e. Using a digital multimeter, measure the voltage of
BCM system according to the value(s) in the table
below.
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10B11B12B13
Multimeter Specified B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B21B22B23B24B25
Condition
Connection Condition
I-004
I-004 (B5) -
Always 9 to 16 V
Body ground
40 I-004 (B6) -
Always 9 to 16 V
Body ground
I-004 (B19) - RS15401400
Always 9 to 16 V
Body ground

NG Repair or replace instrument panel

wire harness and connector.

40–34 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

6 Check rear door wire harness

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the rear left door wire harness
connectors L-002 and L-003.
+ -
d. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the rear left door wire harness connectors
L-002 and L-003 according to the value(s) in the
table below. 1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8

Multimeter Specified
Condition L-002
Connection Condition
L-002 (1) -
Always Continuity
L-003 (2) 2 1

L-002 (2) -
Always Continuity L-003
L-003 (1)
RS15401600

e. Disconnect the rear right door wire harness

connectors R-003 and R-002.
f. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the rear right door wire harness
connectors R-003 and R-002 according to the + -
value(s) in the table below.
40
Multimeter Specified
Condition 1 2 3
Connection Condition 4 5 6 7 8

R-003 (1) -
Always Continuity R-003
R-002 (2)
R-003 (2)-
Always Continuity
R-002 (1) 2 1

R-002

RS15401610

NG Replace rear door wire harness

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–35

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

7 Check body wire harness

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the body wire harness connectors
B-011 and B-037.
+ -
d. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the body wire harness connectors B-011
and B-037 according to the value(s) in the table 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4
below.

Multimeter Specified
Condition B-011
Connection Condition
B-011 (2) -
Always Continuity
B-037 (11) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B-011 (1) -
Always Continuity
B-037 (1) B-037
RS15401620

e. Disconnect the body wire harness connectors

B-032 and B-037.
f. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the body wire harness connectors B-032
and B-037 according to the value(s) in the table + -
below.
40 3 2 1
Multimeter Specified 8 7 6 5 4
Condition
Connection Condition
B-032 (2) -
Always Continuity B-032
B-037 (12)
B-032 (1) -
Always Continuity
B-037 (2) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

B-037
RS15401630

NG Repair or replace body wire harness

40–36 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

8 Check instrument panel wire harness

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-037 and I-004.
+ -
d. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-037 and I-004 according to the
value(s) in the table below. 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
I-037 (11) -
Always Continuity I-037
I-004 (B23)
I-037 (1) - B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10B11B12B13
Always Continuity B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B21B22B23B24B25
I-004 (B22)
I-004 RS15401640
I-037 (12) -
Always Continuity
I-004 (B18)
I-037 (2) -
Always Continuity
I-004 (B17)

e. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness

connectors I-002 and I-004.
f. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity 40
between the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-002 and I-004 according to the + -
value(s) in the table below.

Multimeter Specified B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
Condition B13 B14 B15 B16
Connection Condition B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20

I-002 (B13) -
Always Continuity I-002
I-004 (B5)
I-002 (B13) -
Always Continuity B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10B11B12B13
I-004 (B6) B14B15B16B17B18B19B20B21B22B23B24B25

I-002 (B13) -
Always Continuity I-004
I-004 (B19)
RS15401510

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–37

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

g. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness

connectors I-037 and I-005.
h. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the instrument panel wire harness
connectors I-037 and I-005 according to the + -
value(s) in the table below. A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9
A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1

Multimeter Specified
Condition
Connection Condition
I-005
I-037 (10) -
Always Continuity
I-005 (A7)
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
I-037 (20) -
Always Continuity
I-005 (A6) 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

I-037 (9) -
Always Continuity
I-005 (A5)
I-037 RS15401680
I-037 (19) -
Always Continuity
I-005 (A4)

NG Replace instrument panel wire

harness

9 Check body wire harness

a. Turn the ignition switch to B (LOCK).

40
b. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
c. Disconnect the body wire harness connectors
B-037 and B-007.
+ -
d. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the body wire harness connectors B-037
and B-007 according to the value(s) in the table
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
below. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Multimeter Specified
Condition B-037
Connection Condition
B-037 (10) -
Always Continuity
B-007 (2) 5 4 3 2 1
10 9 8 7 6
B-037 (20) -
Always Continuity
B-007 (1) B-007
RS15401660
B-037 (9) -
Always Continuity
B-007 (4)
B-037 (19) -
Always Continuity
B-007 (3)

40–38 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

e. Disconnect the body wire harness connectors

B-001 and B-007.
f. Using a digital multimeter, check for continuity
between the body wire harness connectors B-001
and B-007 according to the value(s) in the table + -
below.

Multimeter Specified 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Condition 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Connection Condition
B-001 (6) -
Always Continuity B-001
B-007 (6)

5 4 3 2 1
10 9 8 7 6

B-007
RS15401670

NG Replace body wire harness

10 Check if the DTCs occur again

a. Connect the X-431 3G diagnostic tester to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
b. Read the DTCs.

Result Proceed to 40
DTC B1319, B1321, B1323, B1325 are output NG
No DTC is output OK

NG Replace BCM

System is normal

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–39

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Front Door Glass Regulating Control Switch Assembly

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the front glass regulator installation panel assembly.
a. Using an interior crow plate, pry out the clamps A/C

and snap-fits from the front glass regulator

installation panel assembly.

RS15400050

b. Disconnect the front door glass regulating

control switch assembly connectors (arrow), and
remove the front glass regulator installation
panel assembly (1).
1
40

RS15400060

4. Remove the front door glass regulating control switch assembly.

a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape, remove the claws (arrow) from the front door glass
regulating control switch assembly.
b. Remove the front left door glass regulating
switch (1) and front right door glass regulating
switch (2).

1 2

RS15400070

40–40 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Inspection
1. Check the front door glass regulating control switch assembly.
a. Check for continuity of front door glass
regulating control switch assembly as shown in
the table.
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8

RS15400080

Area Multimeter Connection Switch Condition Specified Condition

UP Continuity
6-9
Front left door glass OFF No continuity
regulating switch DOWN Continuity
7-9
OFF No continuity
UP Continuity
7-9
Front right door glass OFF No continuity
regulating switch DOWN Continuity
6-9
OFF No continuity
40
If the result is not as specified, replace the front door glass regulating control switch assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–41

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Front Door Glass Assembly

RS15400090

6. Remove the front left door glass run.

a. Lower the front left door glass assembly to the
proper position, pull out the front left door glass
40 run from the slot, and remove the front left door
glass run.

RS15400110

7. Remove the front left door glass assembly.

CAUTION

• When removing the front door glass assembly, avoid damage of the window glass caused from dropping.

a. Raise the front left door glass assembly to the proper position.

40–42 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

b. Remove 2 fixing bolts from the front left door

glass assembly, and remove the front left door
glass assembly.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15400100

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• When installing the front door glass assembly, avoid damage of the window glass caused from dropping.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–43

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Front Triangular Glass

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the front door protector assembly (See page 44-19).
4. Remove the outside rear view mirror (See page 41-7).
5. Remove the front door glass assembly (See page 40-42).
6. Remove the front left door glass outer triangular block assembly.
a. Using an interior crow plate, remove the clip
from the front left door glass outer triangular
block assembly, and remove the front left door
glass outer triangular block assembly.

RS15400120

7. Remove the front door glass front guide rail assembly (See page 40-46).
40 8. Remove the front door glass outer weatherstrip (See page 40-50).
9. Remove the front left triangular glass.

CAUTION

• When removing the triangular glass, avoid damage of the window glass caused from dropping.

a. Remove the front left triangular glass run (1),

and remove the front left triangular glass.

40–48 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Inspection
1. Check the front door power glass regulator motor.
a. Apply battery voltage to the terminals of the
power glass regulator motor connector, and
check the operation of the power glass regulator
motor according to the table below.

1 2

RS15400181

Measurement Condition
Specified Condition
Battery Positive (+) Battery Negative (-)
1 2 UP smoothly
2 1 Down smoothly

If the result is not as specified, replace the front door power glass regulator motor.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION 40
• After the front door power glass regulator is installed, make sure that the window glass can go up and
down smoothly and freely without any vibration, chattering or shock loading, etc.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–49

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Front Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the front left door glass outer weatherstrip.
a. Remove the fixing screw from the front left door
glass outer weatherstrip.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15400190

b. Lift up the front left door glass outer

weatherstrip, and then pull it out to the right, and
remove the front left door glass outer
weatherstrip.

RS15400200

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

40–50 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Rear Door Glass Regulating Switch

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the rear glass regulator installation panel assembly.
a. Using an interior crow plate, pry out the clamps
from the rear glass regulator installation panel
assembly.

RS15400210

b. Disconnect the rear door glass regulating switch

connector (arrow), and remove the rear glass
regulator installation panel assembly (1).

1
40
RS15400220

4. Remove the rear door glass regulating switch.

a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, remove the claws from the rear door glass
regulating switch and remove the rear door
glass regulating switch.

RS15400230

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–51

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Inspection
1. Check the rear door glass regulating switch.
a. Check the continuity of rear door glass
regulating switch as shown in the table.

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10

RS15400240

Area Multimeter Connection Switch Condition Specified Condition

UP Continuity
1-6
Rear left door glass OFF No continuity
regulating switch DOWN Continuity
2-6
OFF No continuity
UP Continuity
3-6
Rear right door glass OFF No continuity
regulating switch DOWN Continuity
4-6
OFF No continuity
40
If the result is not as specified, replace the rear door glass regulating switch.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

40–52 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Rear Door Glass Assembly

RS15400250

5. Remove the rear left door glass run.

a. Lower the rear left door glass assembly to the
proper position, pull out the rear left door glass
run from the slot, and remove the rear left door
glass run. 40

RS15400260

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–53

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

6. Remove the rear left door glass assembly.

CAUTION

• When removing the rear door glass assembly, avoid damage of the window glass caused from dropping.

a. Raise the rear left door glass assembly to the proper position.
b. Remove 2 fixing bolts from the rear left door
glass assembly, and remove the rear left door
glass assembly.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15400270

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• When installing the rear door glass assembly, avoid damage of the window glass caused from dropping.

40–54 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Rear Triangular Glass

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the rear door glass assembly (See page 40-53).
4. Remove the rear door glass outer weatherstrip (See page 40-59).
5. Remove the rear left triangular glass.
a. Remove the rear left triangular glass run (1),
and remove the rear left triangular glass.

RS15400300

CAUTION
40
• When removing the rear left triangular glass, avoid damage of the window glass caused from dropping.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• When installing the rear left triangular glass, avoid damage of the window glass caused from dropping.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–55

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Rear Door Glass Guide Rail Assembly

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the rear door glass assembly (See page 40-53).
4. Remove the rear left door glass guide rail assembly.
a. Remove the fixing screw (1) from the rear left
door glass guide rail assembly.
(Tightening torque: 3.5 ± 0.5 N·m)
1
b. Remove 2 fixing bolts (arrow) from the rear left
door glass guide rail assembly, and remove the
rear left door glass guide rail assembly.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15400310

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

40 CAUTION

• After the glass regulating system is installed, make sure that the window glass can go up and down
smoothly and freely without any vibration, chattering or shock loading, etc.

40–56 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Rear Door Glass Regulator Assembly

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the rear door glass assembly (See page 40-53).
4. Remove the rear left door glass regulator assembly.
a. Disconnect the connector (1) from the rear left
door glass regulator assembly (for power glass
regulator).
b. Remove 6 fixing bolts (arrow) from the rear left
door glass regulator assembly, and remove the
rear left door glass regulator assembly.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

1
RS15400320

c. Remove 6 fixing bolts (arrow) from the rear left

door glass regulator assembly, and remove the
rear left door glass regulator assembly (for
manual glass regulator). 40
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15320311

Disassembly
1. Remove the rear left door glass regulator motor (for power glass regulator).
a. Remove 3 fixing screws connecting the rear left
door glass regulator motor and the rear left door
glass regulator bracket, and remove the rear left
door glass regulator motor.
(Tightening torque: 3.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15400330

Assembly
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–57

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Inspection
1. Check the rear left door glass regulator motor.
a. Apply battery voltage to the terminals of the
power glass regulator motor connector, and
check the operation of the glass regulator motor
according to the table below.
1 2

RS15400331

Measurement Condition
Specified Condition
Battery Positive (+) Battery Negative (-)
2 1 Turn smoothly
1 2 Turn smoothly in reverse direction

If the result is not as specified, replace the rear left door glass regulator motor.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

40 CAUTION

• After the rear door glass regulator is installed, make sure that the window glass can go up and down
smoothly and freely without any vibration, chattering or shock loading, etc.

40–58 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Rear Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the rear left door glass outer weatherstrip.
a. Remove the fixing screw from the rear left door
glass outer weatherstrip.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15400340

b. Lift up the rear left door glass outer weatherstrip,

and then pull it out to the right, and remove the
rear left door glass outer weatherstrip.

RS15400350

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–59

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Power Window Lock Switch

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the instrument center panel assembly.
a. Using an interior crow plate, pry out the clamps
and snap-fits on the instrument center panel 5
6

assembly.
SRS
AIRBAG

1 2 3
4

A/C

1 3 5

2 4 6

RS15420190

b. Disconnect the rear fog light connector (1) and

power window lock switch connector (2), and
remove the instrument center panel assembly
(3).

1
3

40
2
RS15420200

4. Remove the fog light switch set.

a. Remove 3 fixing screws from the fog light switch
set, and remove the fog light switch set.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15400351

40–60 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

5. Remove the power window lock switch.

a. Remove 2 claws from the power window lock
switch, and remove the power window lock
switch.

RS15400352

Inspection
1. Check the power window lock switch.
a. Check for continuity at the power window lock
switch according to the table below.
1 2 3

4 5 6

RS15400353

40
Multimeter Connection Switch Condition Specified Condition
1-5 Switch not pushed No continuity
1-5 Switch pushed Continuity

If the result is not as specified, replace the fog light switch set.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–61

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

2. Check the power window lock switch illumination.

a. Apply battery voltage to the terminals of the
power window lock switch connector, and check
the operation of the power window lock switch
1 2 3
according to the table below.
4 5 6

RS15400353

Measurement Condition
Specified Condition
Battery Positive (+) Battery Negative (-)
6 5 LED comes on

If the result is not as specified, replace the fog light switch set.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

40–62 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Front Windshield Assembly

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the roof (See page 46-21).

CAUTION

• It is not necessary to completely remove the roof assembly when removing it, but it is necessary to lower
the front of the roof assembly so that the windshield can be removed.

4. Remove the front windshield lower garnish (See page 45-25).

5. Remove the front windshield stopper assembly.

CAUTION

• DO NOT drop the front windshield assembly when removing the front windshield stopper assembly.

a. Press the clips on the front windshield stopper

assembly in the direction of arrow as shown in
the illustration, and remove the front windshield
stopper assembly.
b. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, pry out the front windshield moulding, and
remove the front windshield moulding.
40

RS15400360

6. Remove the front windshield assembly.

a. Cut the adhesive with a knife.

7. Clean the vehicle body.

a. Using a knife, cut away any extra adhesive on
the contact surface of the vehicle body as
shown in the illustration.
Adhesive

RS15400390

CAUTION

• Allow the primer to dry for at least 3 minutes.

• DO NOT apply primer to the adhesive.
• DO NOT apply too much primer.
• DO NOT keep any opened primer M for later use.

a. Using a brush, apply a coat of primer M to the

contact surface of the body. Primer M
Primer M
b. The width of the primer is 13 - 15 mm.

40
Primer M Adhesive

RS15400430

5. Apply a coat of primer G to the contact surface of the front windshield.

CAUTION

• Allow the primer to dry for at least 3 minutes.

• DO NOT apply primer to the adhesive.
• DO NOT apply too much primer.
• DO NOT keep any of the opened primer G for later use.

40–66 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

• Have an assistant when installing the rear windshield assembly to avoid personal injury.

40 Adjustment
1. Adjust the rear windshield assembly.
a. Loosen the hinge fixing bolts on the body, and
adjust the door position.
b. Tighten the door hinge bolts to the specified
torque after the adjustment.
(Tightening torque: 15 ± 2.5 N·m)

INSTRUMENT
PANEL FUSE
AND RELAY BOX
SC04 EF24 E-047
30A 15A I-002

B13 B1
1 1
REAR REAR
LEFT RIGHT
RB

M POWER M POWER
R

WINDOW WINDOW
MOTOR MOTOR
2 L-003 2 R-002

GB
Gr
Br

40
L-002 R-003
2 1 B-011 2 1 B-032
GB
Gr
Br

Y
R

B-037
11 1 12 2
I-037
GB
Gr
W

B5 B6 B19 B24 B23 B22 B18 B17

DOWN UP DOWN UP
BCM (B)
I-004

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
B13 B14 B15 B16 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13
B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20
B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25

I-002 I-004
W B

3 2 1 B
8 7 6 5 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 B1 D1
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 E-014
2 1 B2 D2

B-011 B-032 B-037 L-003 R-002 E-042 E-047

W W W Gr Gr Lg Lg ES15400030

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–73

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Problem Symptoms Table

Symptom Suspected Area See page

Fuse -

The rear defogger switch is turned on but Rear window defogger wire -
does not operate (indicator on) Wire harness or connector -
Rear defogger switch 40-76
Fuse -
The rear defogger switch is turned on but
Rear defogger switch 40-76
does not operate (indicator off)
Wire harness or connector -

The rear defogger have intermittent Ground -

problem Wire harness or connector -

40–74 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

Rear Defogger Switch

Removal
HINT:
The rear defogger switch is installed on the A/C control panel assembly, and cannot be disassembled.
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the instrument center panel assembly.
a. Using an interior crow plate, pry out the clamps
and snap-fits on the instrument center panel 5
6

assembly.
SRS
AIRBAG

1 2 3
4

A/C

1 3 5

2 4 6

RS15420190

b. Disconnect the rear fog light connector (1) and

glass regulator lock switch connector (2), and
remove the instrument center panel assembly
(3).

1
3
40

2
RS15420200

4. Remove the blower speed switch.

a. Remove 4 fixing screws from the blower speed
switch.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15420230

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–75

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

b. Disconnect the blower speed switch connector

(1).
c. Remove the clips (arrow) from the blower speed
switch, and remove the blower speed switch
cables.

1
RS15400490

d. Remove the blower speed switch.

Inspection
1. Check the rear defogger switch assembly.
a. Check for continuity at the rear defogger switch
assembly according to the table below.
+ -

1 8

9 16

40 RS15290100

Multimeter Connection Switch Condition Specified Condition

4 - 12 Switch OFF (switch not pushed) No continuity
4 - 12 Switch ON (switch pushed) Continuity

If the result is not as specified, replace the A/C control panel assembly.

40–76 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

40 - WINDSHIELD/WINDOW GLASS

2. Check the defogger switch assembly illumination.

a. Disconnect the defogger switch assembly connector.
b. Apply battery voltage to the terminals of the
defogger switch connector, and check the
operation of the defogger switch assembly + -

illumination according to the table below.

1 8

9 16

RS15290100

Measurement Condition
Specified Condition
Battery Positive (+) Battery Negative (-)
11 12 LED comes on

If the result is not as specified, replace the A/C control panel assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 40–77

- MEMO -

40–78 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

REAR VIEW MIRROR
GENERAL INFORMATION 41-3 Outside Rear View Mirror Lens 41-9
Description 41-3 Removal 41-9
Specifications 41-4 Installation 41-9
Tool 41-4 Inside Rear View Mirror 41-10
Circuit Diagram 41-5 Removal 41-10
Installation 41-10
DIAGNOSIS & TESTING 41-6
Outside Rear View Mirror
Problem Symptoms Table 41-6 Adjustment Switch 41-11
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 41-7 Removal 41-11
Outside Rear View Mirror 41-7 Inspection 41-12
Removal 41-7 Installation 41-13
Inspection 41-7
Installation 41-8

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 41–1

41–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

41 - REAR VIEW MIRROR

GENERAL INFORMATION
REAR VIEW MIRROR

Description

4
1
3

0
L R

RS15410010

1 - Left Outside Rear View Mirror 2 - Outside Rear View Mirror Adjustment Switch
Assembly
3 - Inside Rear View Mirror 4 - Right Outside Rear View Mirror

This vehicle is equipped with manual outside rear view mirror or power outside rear view mirror (optional) and
inside rear view mirror. 41
The manual outside rear view mirror means that the driver can adjust the mirror surface manually to achieve
the required visual angle. The power outside rear view mirror means that the driver can operate the outside
rear view mirror adjustment switch in the vehicle to control the rotation of the motor inside the outside rear
view mirror, thus adjust the mirror surface to achieve the required visual angle.
It is necessary to adjust the inside rear view mirror manually to the desired direction. When driving at night,
the rear view mirror angle can be adjusted by pulling back the anti-dazzling rod to reduce glare.
The power outside rear view mirror adjustment switch is located on the left side of the instrument panel on the
driver side. With the ignition switch II (ON), adjust the outside rear view mirror switch to "L" or "R" position to
select the left or right outside rear view mirror to be adjusted, and then adjust the rear view mirror up or down
and left or right to achieve the required visual angle.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 41–3

41 - REAR VIEW MIRROR

Specifications
Torque Specification

Description Torque (N·m)

Outside Rear View Mirror Fixing Nut 7 ± 1.5
Inside Rear View Mirror Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Inside Rear View Mirror Seat Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5

Tool
Special Tool

Digital Multimeter

RS15080020

41–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

41 - REAR VIEW MIRROR

Circuit Diagram

IGNITION
SWITCH ON

A12
INSTRUMENT
PANEL FUSE
EF10 AND RELAY BOX
5A I-001
I-002
B6
Y

I-033
GW

B
7 8

L R L R DN UP DN UP OPERATION
SW
POWER REAR
VIEW MIRROR
SWITCH
I-034
LEFT RIGHT SELECT
MIRROR MIRROR SW

2 3 6 4 5
L

RW
GR

VW
W

I-036 L I-015
12 10 11 12 10 11
F-003 H-004
41
GR

VW
W

3 1 2 3 1 2
LEFT POWER RIGHT UP RIGHT UP RIGHT POWER
REAR VIEW REAR VIEW
M M M M
MIRROR MIRROR
MOTOR LEFT DOWN LEFT DOWN MOTOR
F-005 H-002

A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 5 4 3 2 1

A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 10 9 8 7 6

I-001 I-002 I-034

W W B

5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 12 11 10 9 8 7 6

F-005 H-002
I-015 I-036 W W
W W
ES15410010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 41–5

41 - REAR VIEW MIRROR

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

Problem Symptoms Table
Symptom Suspected Area See page
Fuse 48-32
Outside rear view mirror adjustment switch 41-12
Outside rear view mirror cannot operate
Outside rear view mirror 41-7
Wire harness or connector -

Outside rear view mirror intermittent Ground wire 48-28

malfunction Wire harness or connector -

41–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

41 - REAR VIEW MIRROR

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Outside Rear View Mirror
Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the front left door protector assembly (See page 44-19).
4. Remove the left outside rear view mirror assembly.
a. Disconnect the left outside rear view mirror wire
harness connector (1).
b. Remove 3 fixing nuts (2) from the left outside 2
rear view mirror assembly.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15410030

c. Remove the left outside rear view mirror assembly.

Inspection 41
1. Check the outside rear view mirror assembly.
a. Disconnect the outside rear view mirror
connector. + -

b. Apply battery voltage to the terminals of outside

rear view mirror connector and check the
operation of outside rear view mirror according
to the table below.

Specified
Measurement Condition
Condition
1 2 3 4 5 6
Battery Positive (+) → Terminal 2
UP
Battery Negative (-) → Terminal 1 RS15410050

Battery Positive (+) → Terminal 1

DOWN
Battery Negative (-) → Terminal 2
Battery Positive (+) → Terminal 1
LEFT
Battery Negative (-) → Terminal 3
Battery Positive (+) → Terminal 3
RIGHT
Battery Negative (-) → Terminal 1

If the result is not as specified, replace the outside rear view mirror assembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 41–7

41 - REAR VIEW MIRROR

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• When installing the outside rear view mirror assembly, install the connector in place and tighten the nuts
to the specified torque.
• Operate carefully to prevent damage to the components during installation.
• Securely install the outside rear view mirror assembly and make sure that it can be adjusted freely.

41–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

41 - REAR VIEW MIRROR

Outside Rear View Mirror Lens

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the left outside rear view mirror lens assembly.
a. Press the left part of left outside rear view mirror surface to tilt it.
b. Apply protective tape to the upper part of left outside rear view mirror.
c. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, remove the claw from the left outside rear
view mirror lens assembly, and remove the left
outside rear view mirror lens.

RS15410200

CAUTION

• Avoid breaking the claw when removing the outside rear view mirror lens assembly.
• Avoid damaging the lens due to dropping when removing the outside rear view mirror lens assembly.

41
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 41–9

41 - REAR VIEW MIRROR

Inside Rear View Mirror

Removal
1. Remove the inside rear view mirror assembly.
a. Remove the fixing screw from the inside rear view mirror.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)
b. Slide the inside rear view mirror assembly to
remove it in the direction of arrow as shown in
the illustration.

RS15410060

CAUTION

• DO NOT apply excessive force to the inside rear view mirror when sliding it.

2. Remove the inside rear view mirror seat assembly.

a. Remove the fixing screw from the inside rear
view mirror seat, and remove the inside rear
view mirror seat assembly.
41 (Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15410071

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Operate carefully during installing the inside rear view mirror. DO NOT apply excessive force to it to
prevent other components from being damaged.
• Tighten the fixing screw in place when installing the inside rear view mirror assembly.

41–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

41 - REAR VIEW MIRROR

Outside Rear View Mirror Adjustment Switch

Removal

CAUTION

• Avoid damaging the headlight adjustment switch installation panel when removing the outside rear view
mirror adjustment switch assembly.

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the headlight adjustment switch installation panel.
a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, pry out the headlight adjustment switch
installation panel.

-0
L R

RS15410080

b. Disconnect the headlight adjustment switch

connector (1) and the outside rear view mirror
switch connector (2), and remove the headlight
adjustment switch installation panel (3). 41

1
2 3

RS15410090

4. Remove the outside rear view mirror switch assembly.

a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, disengage 4 claws from the outside rear
view mirror switch, and remove the outside rear
view mirror switch assembly.

RS15410100

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 41–11

41 - REAR VIEW MIRROR

Inspection
1. Check the outside rear view mirror adjustment switch assembly.
a. Adjust the outside rear view mirror adjustment
switch to "L" position, and measure the
continuity of the left outside rear view mirror + -

switch.
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
Multimeter Switch Specified
Connection Condition Condition
6-7 UP Continuity
3-8 OFF No continuity
3-7 DOWN Continuity RS15410110
6-8 OFF No continuity
3-7 LEFT Continuity
2-8 OFF No continuity
2-7 RIGHT Continuity
3-8 OFF No continuity

If the result is not as specified, replace the outside rear view mirror adjustment switch assembly.
b. Adjust the outside rear view mirror adjustment
switch to "R" position, and measure the
continuity of the right outside rear view mirror + -

switch.
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
Multimeter Switch Specified
Connection Condition Condition
41
6-7 UP Continuity
5-8 OFF No continuity
5-7 DOWN Continuity RS15410110
6-8 OFF No continuity
5-7 LEFT Continuity
4-8 OFF No continuity
4-7 RIGHT Continuity
5-8 OFF No continuity

If the result is not as specified, replace the outside rear view mirror adjustment switch assembly.

41–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

41 - REAR VIEW MIRROR

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Install each connector in place when installing the outside rear view mirror adjustment switch assembly.
• Operate carefully to prevent damage to other components during installation.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 41–13

- MEMO -

41–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

INSTRUMENT PANEL
GENERAL INFORMATION 42-3 Instrument Panel Assembly 42-12
Description 42-3 Removal 42-12
Specifications 42-6 Disassembly 42-17
Tools 42-7 Assembly 42-19
Installation 42-19
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 42-8
Instrument Panel Crossmember
Auxiliary Fascia Console Assembly 42-8 Assembly 42-20
Removal 42-8 Removal 42-20
Installation 42-11 Installation 42-23

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 42–1

42–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

GENERAL INFORMATION
INSTRUMENT PANEL

Description
Auxiliary Fascia Console Assembly

7
2

1 4

8
6

×2
×2

×2
42

RS15420600

1 - Cigarette Lighter Assembly 2 - Shift Knob and Shift Lever Boot Assembly
3 - Ashtray Assembly 4 - Gearshift Panel Assembly
5 - Auxiliary Fascia Console Assembly 6 - Rear Window Glass Regulator Mounting Panel
Assembly
7 - Parking Brake Ornament 8 - Front Window Glass Regulator Mounting Panel
Assembly

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 42–3

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

Instrument Panel Assembly

×5

5
9

7
2

8
1

×2
12
11

×4

14
×4
13
×2

42
RS15420010

1 - Instrument Panel Assembly 2 - Right Defroster Vent Grille

3 - Left Defroster Vent Grille 4 - Left Outlet Assembly
5 - Hood Grip Assembly 6 - Instrument Cluster Cover
7 - Headlight Adjustment Switch Mounting Panel 8 - Driver side Lower Protector Assembly
9 - Center A/C Outlet Assembly 10 - Single Disc CD Player
11 - Instrument Center Panel Assembly 12 - Right Outlet Assembly
13 - PAB Cover Plate Assembly 14 - Instrument Panel Fixing Screw Cover

42–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

×2
5
×7

×3
×10

×3

×3 2

×2

RS15420012

1 - Front Passenger Airbag Assembly 2 - Right Defroster Duct Assembly

3 - A/C Duct Assembly 4 - Left Defroster Duct Assembly
5 - Instrument Panel Positioning Hole 6 - Defroster Duct Upper Body Assembly
7 - Defroster Duct Upper Body Assembly Bracket

The instrument panel of this model consists of instrument panel assembly, auxiliary fascia console assembly
and instrument panel crossmember system.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 42–5

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Auxiliary Fascia Console Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Driver side Lower Protector Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Front Passenger Airbag Assembly Fixing Bolt 12 ± 2
Blower Switch Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Instrument Panel Assembly Fixing Bolt 5±1
Instrument Panel Assembly Fixing Screw 3.5 ± 0.5
CD Player Mounting Bracket Body Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
CD Player Tray Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
A/C Duct Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Instrument Panel Positioning Hole Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Defroster Duct Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Defroster Duct Upper Body Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Defroster Duct Upper Body Bracket Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Crossmember Ground Wire Fixing Nut 7 ± 1.5
Crossmember Ground Wire Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Steering Column Upper Bracket Fixing Nut 25 ± 2.5
Steering Column Upper Bracket Fixing Bolt 30 ± 3
Instrument Panel Crossmember Upper Fixing Bolt 25 ± 3
42 Instrument Panel Crossmember Lower Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Instrument Panel Crossmember Lower Bracket
7 ± 1.5
Fixing Bolt
Body Controller Fixing Nut 7 ± 1.5
Single Disc CD Player Fixing Bolt 5±1
Instrument Panel Fuse and Relay Box Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5

42–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

Tools
Special Tools

Steering Wheel Remover

RS15420020

Interior Crow Plate

RS15420030

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 42–7

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Auxiliary Fascia Console Assembly
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Take off the ashtray assembly (1) and the cigarette
lighter assembly (2). A/C

RS15420040

4. Remove the shift knob and the shift lever boot assembly.
a. Rotate the shift knob counterclockwise to remove
it. A/C

42
RS15420050

b. Using an interior crow plate, pry off the snap-fits

on the shift lever boot assembly, and remove the
3 4
2
1

shift lever boot.

RS15420060

42–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

5. Remove the gearshift panel assembly.

a. Using an interior crow plate, pry off the clamps
and snap-fits on the gearshift panel assembly.
3 4
2
1

RS15390022

b. Disconnect the cigarette lighter connector

(arrow) and remove the gearshift panel
assembly (1). 1

RS15420080

6. Remove the front door window glass regulator installation panel assembly (See page 40-40).
7. Remove the parking brake ornament assembly.
a. Using an interior crow plate, pry off the snap-fits
on the parking brake ornament and remove the
parking brake ornament.
42

RS15420090

8. Remove the rear door window glass regulator mounting panel assembly (See page 40-51).
9. Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly.
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 42–9

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective

tape, remove the screw cover from the front of
the auxiliary fascia console assembly.

RS15420100

b. Remove the fixing screw from the front of the

auxiliary fascia console assembly.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15420110

c. Remove the fixing screw from the middle of the

auxiliary fascia console assembly.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15420130

d. Lift the seat track adjusting handle and move

the seat to the foremost position.

RS15430230

42–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

e. Remove the fixing screw from the rear of the

auxiliary fascia console assembly, and remove
the auxiliary fascia console assembly.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15420120

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Make sure to tighten the fixing screws to the specified torque when installing the auxiliary fascia console
assembly.
• Check each electrical equipment for proper operation after installing the auxiliary fascia console
assembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 42–11

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

Instrument Panel Assembly

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly (See page 42-8).

WARNING

• Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the negative battery cable to disable the supplementary
restraint system.
• When removing or installing the instrument panel, all components related to airbag should be operated
with the battery power source off. It is forbidden to operate them with the power source on. Because
within 60 seconds after the vehicle stops or fuse removed, there is enough power for activating the
airbag inside the airbag control module, and the airbag can be accidentally activated, causing personal
injury or vehicle damage.
• DO NOT expose the airbag components to hot air or flame.
• The removed airbag should be well kept. If triggered accidentally, the airbag may cause personal injury.

4. Remove the driver side lower protector assembly.

a. Remove 2 fixing screws (arrow) from the driver
side lower protector assembly.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)
b. Using an interior crow plate, pry off the clamps
from the driver side lower protector assembly,
and remove the driver side lower protector
assembly (1).

42
1

RS15420140

5. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape,

remove the PAB mounting hole cover assembly (1).

1 2 3
4

A/C

RS15420150

42–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

6. Loosen the front passenger airbag assembly.

a. Remove 2 fixing bolts from the front passenger
airbag assembly.
(Tightening torque: 12 ± 2 N·m)

RS15420151

b. Disconnect the connector from the front

passenger airbag assembly in the direction of
arrow as shown in the illustration.

RS15420160

7. Remove the enter A/C outlet assembly.

a. Using an interior crow plate, pry off the clamps
and snap-fits from the A/C outlet assembly.

2
3 42
1

BAND

LOUD DSP

MODE

1 2 3
4

A/C

RS15420170

b. Disconnect the hazard light connector (arrow)

and the center A/C outlet assembly (1).
1

RS15420180

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 42–13

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

8. Remove the instrument center panel assembly.

a. Using an interior crow plate, pry off the clamps
and snap-fits from the instrument center panel 5
6

assembly.
SRS
AIRBAG

1 2 3
4

A/C

1 3 5

2 4 6

RS15420190

b. Disconnect the rear fog light connector (1) and

window glass regulator lock switch connector
(2), and remove the instrument center panel
assembly (3).

1
3

2
RS15420200

9. Remove the single disc CD player.

a. Remove 2 fixing bolts from the single disc CD
player.
(Tightening torque: 5 ± 1 N·m)

A/C

RS15420210

b. Disconnect the connector (1) and antenna (2)

from the single disc CD player, and remove the
single disc CD player (3).
3
2

RS15420220

42–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

10.Release the blower switch.

a. Remove 4 fixing screws from the blower switch.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15420230

11. Remove the left outlet assembly.

HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
a. Using an interior crow plate, pry off the left outlet
assembly (1).

RS15420240

12.Remove the left defroster vent grille. 42

HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
a. Using an interior crow plate, pry the left defroster
vent grille (1).

RS15420241

13.Remove the headlight adjustment switch mounting panel (See page 41-11).
14.Remove the hood grip assembly (See page 44-15).
15.Remove the instrument cluster (See page 35-37).
16.Remove the steering wheel assembly (See page 27-8).
17.Remove the combination switch cover (See page 27-10).

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 42–15

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

18.Remove the spiral cable (See page 30-39).

19.Remove the combination switch (See page 32-35).
20.Remove the wiper and washer switch assembly (See page 33-10).
21.Remove the A-pillar protector assembly (See page 46-7).
22.Remove the instrument panel assembly.
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, remove the fixing screw covers from the
instrument panel assembly.

RS15420250

b. Remove 2 fixing screws from the instrument

panel assembly.
(Tightening torque: 3.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

42
RS15420260

c. Remove 5 fixing bolts from the instrument panel

body assembly.
(Tightening torque: 5 ± 1 N·m)

RS15420270

23.Remove the instrument panel assembly from the instrument panel positioning hole.

CAUTION

• The instrument panel wire harness must be separated from the instrument panel completely. Make sure
it does not intersect or interfere with the instrument panel.

42–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

Disassembly
1. Remove the CD player mounting bracket assembly (w/CD player tray).
a. Remove 4 fixing screws from the CD player
mounting bracket assembly, and remove the CD
player mounting bracket assembly (w/CD player
tray).
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15420280

2. Remove the CD player tray.

a. Remove 2 fixing screws (arrow) connecting the
CD player tray and the CD player mounting
bracket assembly, and remove the CD player
tray (1).
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m) 1

RS15420290

3. Remove the A/C duct assembly.

a. Remove 8 fixing screws (arrow) from the A/C
duct assembly, and remove the A/C duct 42
assembly (1). 1
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15420300

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 42–17

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

4. Remove the instrument panel positioning hole.

a. Remove 9 fixing screws (arrow) from the
instrument panel positioning hole and remove
the instrument panel positioning hole (1).
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15420310

5. Remove the defroster duct assembly.

a. Remove 2 fixing screws from the left defroster
duct assembly, and remove the left defrost duct
assembly (1).
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)
1

RS15420320

b. Remove 2 fixing screws from the right defroster

duct assembly, and remove the right defrost
duct assembly (1).
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)
42 1

RS15420330

6. Remove the defroster duct upper body bracket.

a. Remove 2 fixing screws (arrow) from the
defroster duct upper body bracket and remove
the defroster duct upper body bracket (1).
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15420340

42–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

7. Remove the defroster duct upper body assembly.

a. Remove 6 fixing screws from the defroster duct
upper body assembly and remove the defroster
duct upper body assembly (1).
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m) 1

RS15420341

8. Remove the front passenger airbag assembly.

a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with tape, remove
the claws from the front passenger airbag
assembly, and remove the front passenger
airbag assembly.

RS15420350

Assembly
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

Installation 42
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Make sure to tighten the fixing screws to the specified torque when installing the instrument panel
assembly.
• Check the airbag for proper installation.
• Check that the horn operates properly after installing the instrument panel assembly.
• Check the SRS warning light and make sure the supplementary restraint system operates properly after
installing the instrument panel assembly.
• Check each electrical equipment for proper operation after installing the instrument panel assembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 42–19

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

Instrument Panel Crossmember Assembly

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

WARNING

• Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the negative battery cable to disable the supplementary
restraint system.
• When removing or installing the instrument panel, all components related to airbag should be operated
with the battery power source off. It is forbidden to operate them with the power source on. Because
within 60 seconds after the vehicle stops or fuse removed, there is enough power for activating the
airbag inside the airbag control module, and the airbag can be accidentally activated, causing personal
injury or vehicle damage.
• DO NOT expose airbag components to hot air or flame.
• The removed airbag should be well kept. If triggered accidentally, the airbag may cause personal injury.

3. Remove the steering wheel assembly (See page 27-8).

4. Remove the spiral cable (See page 30-39).
5. Remove the combination switch (See page 32-35).
6. Remove the wiper and washer switch assembly (See page 33-10).
7. Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly (See page 42-8).
8. Remove the instrument panel assembly (See page 42-12).
9. Remove the body controller.
a. Disconnect the body controller connector (1).
b. Remove 2 fixing nuts (arrow) from the body
controller and remove the body controller (2).
42 (Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

2
1

RS15420422

10.Remove the instrument panel fuse and relay box.

a. Remove 2 fixing bolts from the instrument panel
fuse and relay box.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15420510

42–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

b. Disconnect the instrument panel fuse and relay

box connector (arrow) and remove the instrument
panel fuse and relay box (1).

RS15420423

11. Remove the airbag wire harness.

a. Disconnect the connector (1) connecting the
airbag wire harness and the instrument panel
wire harness.
b. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, remove the clips from the airbag wire
harness, and separate the airbag wire harness
and the instrument panel crossmember.

RS15420400

12.Remove the instrument panel wire harness.

a. Disconnect the connector (1) connecting the
front left door wire harness and the instrument
panel wire harness.
b. Remove the fixing bolt (arrow) from the
instrument panel wire harness ground wire and
2 42
remove the ground wire (2).
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m) 1

RS15420380

c. Disconnect the connector (1) connecting the

front right door wire harness and the instrument
panel wire harness.
d. Remove the fixing bolt (arrow) from the
instrument panel wire harness ground wire and 2
remove the ground wire (2). 1
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15420390

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 42–21

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

e. Remove the fixing nut (arrow) from the

instrument panel wire harness ground wire and
remove the ground wire (1).
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15420500

f. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective

tape, remove the clips from the instrument panel
wire harness, and separate the instrument panel
wire harness and the instrument panel
crossmember.

RS15420402

13.Remove the instrument panel crossmember assembly.

a. Disconnect the ignition switch connector (1).

42
1

RS15420401

b. Remove 2 fixing nuts from the steering column

upper bracket.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 2.5 N·m)

RS15270110

42–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

42 - INSTRUMENT PANEL

c. Remove 2 fixing nuts from the steering column

lower bracket.
(Tightening torque: 23 ± 2.5 N·m)

RS15420011

d. Remove 4 fixing bolts (arrow) from the

instrument panel crossmember assembly lower
bracket, and remove the instrument panel
crossmembe assembly lower bracket (1).
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15420421

e. Remove 6 fixing bolts (arrow) from the upper

part of the instrument panel crossmember
assembly.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 3 N·m)
f. Remove 2 fixing bolts (1) from the lower part of
the instrument panel crossmember assembly,
and remove the instrument panel crossmember 2
42
assembly (2).
1
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15420420

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Make sure to tighten the fixing bolts to the specified torque when installing the instrument panel
crossmember assembly.
• Check the airbag for proper installation.
• Check that the horn operates properly after installing the instrument panel crossmember assembly.
• Check the SRS warning light and make sure the supplementary restraint system operates properly after
installing the instrument panel crossmember assembly.
• Check each electrical equipment for proper operation after installing the instrument panel crossmember
assembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 42–23

- MEMO -

42–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

SEAT
GENERAL INFORMATION 43-3 Rear Seat Assembly 43-13
Description 43-3 Removal 43-13
Specifications 43-6 Disassembly 43-14
Assembly 43-15
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 43-7
Installation 43-15
Front Seat 43-7
Inspection 43-16
Removal 43-7
Rear Seatback Upper Lock Hook 43-17
Disassembly 43-8
Removal 43-17
Assembly 43-12
Installation 43-17
Installation 43-12
Inspection 43-12

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 43–1

43–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

43 - SEAT

GENERAL INFORMATION
SEAT

Description
Driver Seat Assembly

3
2

9
4

43
7 ×2 5
×
2

RS15430010

1 - Driver Seat Headrest Assembly 2 - Driver Seat Headrest Guide With Button
3 - Driver Seat Headrest Guide Without Button 4 - Driver Seatback Assembly
5 - Driver Seat Outer Shield Assembly 6 - Driver Seat Reclining Adjuster Handle
7 - Driver Seat Cushion Assembly 8 - Driver Seat Belt Buckle Assembly
9 - Driver Seat Inner Shield Assembly

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 43–3

43 - SEAT

Front Passenger Seat Assembly

3
2

9
4

×2 7
5 ×2

43 6

RS15430011

1 - Front Passenger Seat Headrest Assembly 2 - Front Passenger Seat Headrest Guide With
Button
3 - Front Passenger Seat Headrest Guide Without 4 - Front Passenger Seatback Assembly
Button
5 - Front Passenger Seat Outer Shield Assembly 6 - Front Passenger Seat Reclining Adjuster Handle
7 - Front Passenger Seat Cushion Assembly 8 - Front Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Assembly
9 - Front Passenger Seat Inner Shield Assembly

43–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

43 - SEAT

Rear Seat Assembly

11
12
13
14 3
2

4
5

×2

43
7
8
×2

RS15430020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 43–5

43 - SEAT

1 - Rear Seat Left Headrest Assembly 2 - Rear Seat Left Headrest Guide With Button
3 - Rear Seat Left Headrest Guide Without Button 4 - Rear Left Seatback Unlock Handle
5 - Rear Seat Left Plastic Clamp 6 - Rear Seatback Assembly
7 - Rear Seatback Lock 8 - Rear Seatback Upper Lock Hook
9 - Rear Seat Cushion Assembly 10 - Rear Seat Right Headrest Assembly
11 - Rear Seat Right Headrest Guide Without Button 12 - Rear Seat Right Headrest Guide With Button
13 - Rear Right Seatback Unlock Handle 14 - Rear Seat Right Plastic Clamp
15 - Rear Right Seatback Lock 16 - Rear Right Seatback Upper Lock Hook

The front seats can be moved forward and backward by seat adjusting handle, and the seatback reclining can
be adjusted by seat reclining adjuster handle.
The rear seat position is not adjustable; however, the seatback can be put down forward by pulling the
seatback unlock handle to help increase the storage space of the luggage compartment.

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Front Seat Rear Fixing Bolt 25 ± 3
Front Seat Front Fixing Bolt 25 ± 3
Front Seat Belt Buckle Bolt 50 ± 5
Rear Seat Fixing Bolt 25 ± 3
Rear Seatback Lock Fixing Bolt 25 ± 3
Rear Seatback Upper Lock Hook 25 ± 2

43–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

43 - SEAT

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Front Seat
Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for front passenger seat and driver seat.
• The procedures listed below are for driver seat.
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the seat assembly.
a. Pull up the seat adjusting handle and move the
seat to the foremost position.

RS15430230

b. Disconnect the connector (1) under the seat

assembly (for driver seat).
c. Remove 2 fixing bolts on the rear side of the
seat assembly.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 3 N·m)

43
1

RS15430030

d. Pull up the seat adjusting handle and move the

seat to the rearmost position.

RS15430240

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 43–7

43 - SEAT

e. Remove 2 fixing bolts on the front side of the

seat assembly.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 3 N·m)

RS15430040

f. Remove the seat headrest assembly.

g. Pull up the driver seat adjusting handle and move the seat to the center position. At the same time,
operate the driver seatback reclining adjuster handle and move the seatback to an upright position, and
remove the driver seat assembly.

CAUTION

• When taking out the driver seat assembly, avoid scratching the body, shield or damaging the carpet, etc.

Disassembly
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for front passenger seat and driver seat.
• The procedures listed below are for driver seat.

CAUTION

• Be sure to wear protective gloves and safety shoes when disassembling the seat assembly. Sharp parts
on the seat may injure your hands.

43
1. Remove the hook connecting the seatback and
seat cushion.

RS15430050

43–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

43 - SEAT

2. Remove the seat inner shield assembly.

a. Remove 3 fixing screws from the seat inner
shield assembly.

RS15430060

b. Remove the seat inner shield assembly.

3. Remove the belt buckle.
a. Remove the fixing bolt on the belt buckle.
(Tightening torque: 50 ± 5 N·m)

RS15430070

b. Remove the belt buckle.

4. Remove the seat reclining adjuster handle.
a. As shown in the illustration, using a screwdriver
wrapped with tape to disengage the guide, and
remove the seat reclining adjuster handle. 43

RS15430080

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 43–9

Assembly
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

CAUTION

• Be sure to wear protective gloves and safety shoes when assembling the front seat. Sharp parts on the
seat may injure your hands.
• Be careful not to damage the front seat cover.
• Replace the damaged hog rings during assembly.
• During assembly, keep the seat cover clean and tidy, and try to prevent wrinkles.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Be sure to wear protective gloves and safety shoes when installing the front seat. Sharp parts on the seat
may injure your hands.
• Be careful not to damage the body paint surface.
• Avoid scratch or damage the carpet when installing the front seat.

Inspection
After completing the installation of the seat assembly, check the basic functions of the seat assembly, and
confirm that the following functions operates normally:
1. Move the seat to the foremost and rearmost positions by pulling up the seat adjusting handle, and check if
the seat is difficult to move and stuck, etc. If the above conditions occur, repair or replace it in time.
2. Adjust the seatback reclining to the maximum and minimum angle by pulling up the seat reclining adjuster
handle, and check if the seat is difficult to move and stuck, etc. when performing the above operation.
43 If the above conditions occur, repair or replace it in time.
3. Check if the fixing bolts are set in position. Tighten them to the specified torque as necessary.

43–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

43 - SEAT

Rear Seat Assembly

Removal
1. Remove the rear seat headrest assembly.
2. Remove the rear seat cushion assembly.

CAUTION

• Avoid deforming the rear seat cushion frame when removing the rear seat cushion.

a. As shown in the illustration, put your hands

around the hook on one side of the rear seat
cushion assembly, and then raise the rear seat
cushion assembly to disengage the hook. Use
the same procedure for hook on the other side.

RS15430160

b. Remove the rear seat cushion assembly.

3. Remove the rear seatback assembly.
a. Remove 2 fixing bolts in the front of the rear
seatback assembly support.
43
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 3 N·m)

RS15430170

b. Open the back door, and take out the trunk floor carpet.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 43–13

43 - SEAT

c. Remove 2 fixing bolts on the back of the rear

seatback assembly support.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 3 N·m)

RS15430180

d. Remove the rear seatback assembly.

CAUTION

• Avoid scratch or damage the body and carpet when removing the rear seat assembly.

Disassembly
1. Remove 2 hog rings from the bottom of the rear
seatback.

RS15430220

43
2. Remove the rear seatback unlock handle.
a. Unzip the rear seatback from the back and take
out the iron support.
b. Remove the rear seatback unlock handle
counterclockwise.

RS15430200

43–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

43 - SEAT

3. Remove the rear seatback lock.

a. Remove 3 fixing bolts from the rear seatback
lock, and remove the rear seatback lock.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 3 N·m)

RS15430201

4. Remove the rear seat headrest guide.

a. Disengage the claws on the rear seat headrest
guides and remove the rear seat headrest
guides.
5. Remove the rear seat plastic clamp.
a. Disengage the rear seat plastic clamp claws,
and remove the rear seat plastic clamp.

RS15430210

Assembly
Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly.

WARNING

• Be sure to wear protective gloves and safety shoes when assembling the rear seat. Sharp parts on the
seat may injure your hands.
43
• Be careful not to damage the rear seat cover.
• Try to avoid wrinkles when installing the hog rings.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Be sure to wear protective gloves and safety shoes when installing the rear seat assembly. Sharp parts
on the seat may injure your hands.
• Be careful not to damage the body.
• Avoid scratch or damage the carpet when installing the rear seat assembly.
• When installing the rear seat cushion, make sure that the seat belt buckle is not under the seat cushion.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 43–15

43 - SEAT

Inspection
After installing the rear seat assembly, check the basic functions of the rear seat assembly, and confirm that
the following functions operates normally:
1. Pull up the rear seatback unlock handle and check if the rear seatback lock is unlock and difficult to lock.
Repair or replace it as necessary.
2. Check if the fixing bolts are set in position. Tighten them to the specified torque as necessary.

43–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

43 - SEAT

Rear Seatback Upper Lock Hook

Removal
1. Remove part of the rear door opening weatherstrip (See page 46-15).
2. Remove the rear doorsill pressure plate assembly (See page 46-13).
3. Remove the C-pillar lower protector assembly (See page 46-10).
4. Remove the rear seatback upper lock hook.
a. Remove 2 fixing bolts from the seatback upper
lock hook.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 3 N·m)

RS15430190

b. Remove the seatback upper lock hook.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 43–17

- MEMO -

43–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

ENGINE HOOD/DOOR
GENERAL INFORMATION 44-3 Installation 44-26
Description 44-3 Rear Door Assembly 44-27
Specifications 44-7 Removal 44-27
Tool 44-8 Installation 44-32
Adjustment 44-32
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 44-9
Inspection 44-35
Hood 44-9
Rear Door Contact Switch 44-36
Removal 44-9
Removal 44-36
Installation 44-10
Installation 44-36
Adjustment 44-10
Back Door Lock Striker 44-37
Inspection 44-12
Removal 44-37
Hood Hinge 44-13
Installation 44-37
Removal 44-13
Adjustment 44-37
Installation 44-14
Air Spring 44-38
Hood Cable Assembly 44-15
Removal 44-38
Removal 44-15
Installation 44-39
Installation 44-16
Back Door Hinge 44-40
Front Door Assembly 44-17
Removal 44-40
Removal 44-17
Installation 44-40
Installation 44-23
Back Door Outside Handle
Adjustment 44-23 Assembly 44-41
Inspection 44-25 Removal 44-41
Front Door Contact Switch 44-26 Installation 44-41
Removal 44-26

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 44–1

44–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

GENERAL INFORMATION
ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

Description
Hood

8 5

6
2× 4

7 2
3 2×

RS15440010

44
1 - Hood 2 - Hood Left Hinge
3 - Hood Upper Lock Body Assembly 4 - Hood Support Rod Assembly
5 - Left Adjustment Block 6 - Hood Support Rod Clamp
7 - Hood Right Hinge 8 - Right Adjustment Block

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 44–3

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

Front Left Door

4 1
3

7
5

6
11

×3
14
×2 13

15
×2
12
×2

×
16
3
×4

9 ×
2 17
8
×
6

10
18

44 20
22

21
19
23
×
2

RS15440020

44–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

1 - Front Left Door Glass Run 2 - Front Left Door Glass Assembly
3 - Front Left Door Assembly 4 - Front Left Door Outside Handle Assembly
5 - Front Left Door Glass Outer Triangular Block 6 - Front Left Door Outside Rear View Mirror
Assembly
7 - Front Left Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip 8 - Front Left Power Door Lock Assembly
9 - Front Left Door Glass Rear Guide Rail Assembly 10 - Front Left Door Buffer Block Assembly
11 - Front Left Door Triangular Glass Assembly 12 - Front Left Door Triangular Glass Run
13 - Front Left Door Glass Front Guide Rail 14 - Front Left Door Upper Hinge
Assembly
15 - Front Left Door Lower Hinge 16 - Front Left Speaker Assembly
17 - Front Left Door Power Glass Regulator 18 - Front Left Door Protective Film
19 - Front Left Door Protector Bracket Assembly 20 - Front Left Door Inside Armrest Cover
21 - Front Left Door Inside Armrest Assembly 22 - Front Left Door Protector Assembly
23 - Front Left Door Inside Square Block Assembly 24 - Front Left Door Inside Handle Assembly

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 44–5

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

2
13

1
11 4
12
5 6

10 7

×3
×2

RS15440030

44 1 - Back Door 2 - Back Door Right Hinge Assembly

3 - Air Spring Hinge Fixing Bolt Washer 4 - Rear Wiper Arm Assembly
5 - Trim Cover 6 - Back Door Outside Handle Assembly
7 - Seal Ring 8 - Back Door Lock Striker
9 - Back Door Lock 10 - Rear Wiper Motor Assembly
11 - Air Spring 12 - Air Spring Hinge
13 - Back Door Left Hinge Assembly

The vehicle is equipped with a back door with pneumatic support rod, and has a structure of five doors & one
cover (front left door, rear left door, front right door, rear right door, back door and hood).

44–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

Specifications
Torque specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Hood Support Rod Assembly Fixing Screw 2 ± 0.5
Hood Upper Lock Body Assembly Fixing Screw 7 ± 1.5
Hood Lower Lock Body Assembly Fixing Screw 7 ± 1.5
Fixing Nut Between Hood and Hood Hinge 20 ± 2
Fixing Bolt Between Hood and Hood Hinge 25 ± 2
Front Door Inside Handle Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Front Door Protector Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Front Door Inside Armrest Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Front Speaker Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Front Door Protector Bracket Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Front Door Upper Hinge Fixing Bolt (Door Side) 32 ± 3
Front Door Lower Hinge Fixing Bolt (Door Side) 32 ± 3
Front Door Upper Hinge Fixing Bolt (Body Side) 32 ± 3
Front Door Lower Hinge Fixing Bolt (Body Side) 32 ± 3
Front Door Lock Striker Fixing Screw 20 ± 2
Front Power Door Lock Assembly Fixing Screw 7 ± 1.5
Front Power Door Lock Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Rear Door Lock Striker Fixing Screw 20 ± 2
Front Door Contact Switch Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Rear Door Contact Switch Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Fixing Screw Between Back Door Lock Striker and
Rear Wiper Motor Assembly
7 ± 1.5
44
Back Door Outside Handle Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Rear Speaker Cover Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Back Door Hinge Assembly Fixing Nut 15 ± 2.5
Spring Hinge Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Air Spring Ball Pin 20 ± 3
Rear Door Upper Hinge Fixing Bolt (Door Side) 32 ± 3
Rear Door Lower Hinge Fixing Bolt (Door Side) 32 ± 3
Rear Door Upper Hinge Fixing Bolt (Body Side) 32 ± 3
Rear Door Lower Hinge Fixing Bolt (Body Side) 32 ± 3
Rear Power Door Lock Assembly Fixing Screw 7 ± 1.5
Rear Door Outside Handle Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 ± 1.5
Rear Door Protector Bracket Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Rear Door Inside Handle Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 44–7

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

Description Torque (N·m)

Rear Door Inside Armrest Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5

Tool
General Tool

Interior Crow Plate

RS15460020

44–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Hood
Removal

CAUTION

• When removing the hood, make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents.
• When removing the hood, prevent the body paint surface from being scratched.

WARNING

• When removing the hood assembly, an assistant is needed to hold the hood.
• Prevent the hood from dropping or sudden closing to cause accidents during operation.

1. Remove the hood adjustment block.

a. Turn the engine adjustment block counterclockwise
and remove the engine adjustment blocks (1).
2. Remove the hood upper lock body assembly.
a. Remove 2 fixing screws (2) from the hood upper 1 1
2
lock body assembly and remove the hood upper
lock body assembly.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15440050

3. Remove the hood support rod clamp.

a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective 44
tape, remove the hood support rod clamp.

RS15440061

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 44–9

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

4. Remove the hood support rod assembly.

a. Remove 2 fixing screws (arrow) from the hood
support rod assembly, and remove the hood
support rod assembly (1).
(Tightening torque: 2 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15440060

5. Remove the hood.

a. Remove 4 fixing nuts (arrow) between the hood
and the hood hinge, and remove the hood (1).
(Tightening torque: 20 ± 2 N·m)

RS15440070

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• When installing the hood, make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents.
• When installing the hood, prevent the body paint surface from being scratched.
44

WARNING

• When installing the hood assembly, an assistant is needed to hold the hood.
• Prevent the hood from dropping or sudden closing to cause accidents during operation.

Adjustment
1. Adjust the hood.
a. Loosen the fixing bolts and fixing nuts on the hood hinge.
b. Adjust the hood clearance to standard range and pre-tighten the fixing bolts and fixing nuts on the
hinge.

44–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

The standard ranges of clearance between the installation positions of hood and each part are as
follows:
The clearance "a" between the hood and the front combination light is 4.5 ± 1.5 mm.
The clearance "b" between the hood and the front fender is 4.0 ± 1.0 mm.
The clearance "c" between the hood and the front bumper is 7 ± 2.5 mm.

HOOD

COMBINATION LIGHT

HOOD

b
HOOD FENDER

c
BUMPER

RS15440101

c. After adjustment, tighten the fixing nuts between the hood hinge and the hood to the specified torque.
(Tightening torque: 20 ± 2 N·m)
d. After adjustment, tighten the fixing bolts between the hood hinge and the body to the specified torque.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 2 N·m)
44
2. Adjust the height of the front end of the hood with the adjustment block.
a. Raise or lower the front end of the hood by
rotating the adjustment block clockwise or
counterclockwise, and adjust the alignment
between the hood and the front fender to make
sure that the alignment is within the standard
range.
Standard alignment: 0 ± 1.0 mm

RS15440051

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 44–11

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

3. Adjust the hood lower lock body.

a. Slightly loosen the fixing screws of the hood
lower lock body assembly and adjust the hood
lower lock body in the direction of arrow as
shown in the illustration.

RS15440090

b. Tighten the hood lower lock body fixing screws to the specified torque after adjustment.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)
c. Check that the hood upper lock body can engage with the hood lower lock body smoothly.
4. Adjust the hood upper lock body.
a. Slightly loosen the fixing screws of the hood
upper lock body assembly and adjust the hood
upper lock body in the direction of arrow as
shown in the illustration.

RS15440100

b. Tighten the hood upper lock body fixing screws to the specified torque after adjustment.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)
c. Check that the hood lower lock body can engage with the hood upper lock body smoothly.

44 Inspection
After the hood is adjusted, perform the following inspections:
1. Check the hood for wear or deformation during assembly, and repair it as necessary.
2. Check if the bolts, nuts and screws are installed in place. Tighten them to the specified torque as
necessary.
3. Check if the clearance and alignment between the hood and the front fender, the front combination light
and the front bumper are within the specified range, and adjust them as necessary.

44–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

Hood Hinge
Removal

CAUTION

• When removing the hood hinge, prevent the body paint surface from being scratched.
• When removing the hood hinge, avoid dropping the hood and causing damage to the body or glass
during operation.

WARNING

• When removing the hood hinge, an assistant is needed to hold the hood.
• When removing the hood hinge, make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents.
• When removing the hood hinge, avoid dropping or sudden closing the hood to cause accidents during
operation.

HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the hood hinge.
a. Remove 2 fixing nuts (arrow) between the hood
hinge and the hood.
(Tightening torque: 20 ± 2 N·m)

44
RS15440071

b. Remove 2 fixing bolts (arrow) between the hood

hinge and the body, and remove the hood hinge.
(Tightening torque: 25 ± 2 N·m)

RS15440110

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 44–13

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• After installing the hood hinge, it is necessary to adjust the hood.

• When installing the hood hinge, prevent the body paint surface from being scratched.
• When installing the hood hinge, avoid dropping the hood and causing damage to the body or glass
during operation.

WARNING

• When installing the hood hinge, make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents.
• When installing the hood hinge, an assistant is needed to hold the hood.
• When installing the hood hinge, avoid dropping or sudden closing the hood to cause accidents during
operation.

44–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

Hood Cable Assembly

Removal

CAUTION

• When removing the hood cable assembly, make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents.
• When removing the hood cable assembly, prevent the body paint surface from being scratched.

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Remove the battery tray and tray bracket (See page 16-8).
3. Remove the air filter assembly (See page 10-7).
4. Remove the hood lower lock body assembly.
a. Remove 2 fixing screws (arrow) from the hood
lower lock body assembly.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15440091

b. Disconnect the hood cable (arrow) from the

hood lower lock body assembly, and remove the
hood lower lock body assembly (1).
1

RS15440130

5. Remove the hood grip assembly.

a. Loosen the plastic fixing nut (arrow) on the hood
grip assembly.

RS15440120

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 44–15

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

b. As shown in the illustration, pull the hood grip

assembly (1) outward and move the hood cable
(2) downward to get the hood cable (2) out of
the guide of hood grip assembly (1).

2 1

RS15440140

c. As shown in the illustration, pull the hood grip

assembly (1) upward and move the hood cable
(2) to the left to separate the hood cable (2) from 1
the hood grip assembly (1).

RS15440150

6. Remove the hood cable assembly.

a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, remove the clamps from the hood cable
assembly, and remove the hood cable
assembly.

44
RS15440780

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• When installing the hood cable assembly, make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents.
• When installing the hood cable assembly, prevent the body paint surface from being scratched.
• After the installation of the hood cable assembly is completed, make sure the hood can be opened
smoothly without sticking.

44–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

Front Door Assembly

Removal

CAUTION

CAUTION

• When removing the front left door protective film, be careful not to damage the front left door protective
film.
• Place them properly after removal, and avoid the adhesive sticker on the front left door protective film
from sticking to other components.
44
a. Lightly pull one end of the front left door
protective film to tear it off.

RS15440290

12.Remove the outside rear view mirror (See page 41-7).

44–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

13.Remove the front left door inside lock plunger.

a. Remove the clip (arrow) from the front left door
inside lock plunger, and remove the front left 1
door inside lock plunger (1).

RS15440300

14.Remove the front left door inside handle lever.

a. Remove the clip (arrow) from the front left door
inside handle lever.
b. Detach the front left door inside handle lever
from the guide lever clamp (1), and remove the
front left door inside handle lever (2).

1
2

RS15440320

15.Remove the front door glass outer weatherstrip (See page 40-50).
16.Remove the front door glass assembly (See page 40-42).
17.Remove the front door glass front guide rail assembly (See page 40-46).
18.Remove the front door triangular glass (See page 40-44).
19.Remove the front door power glass regulator assembly (See page 40-48).
20.Remove the front left door outside handle assembly.
a. Remove the clip (arrow) from the front left door 44
handle lever, and remove the clip (1) from the
front left door key cylinder.
b. Remove 2 fixing bolts (2) from the front left door
outside handle assembly, and remove the front 3
left door outside handle assembly (3).
1
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15440312

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 44–21

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

c. Remove the clip (1) from the front left door

handle lever, and remove the front left door
handle lever (2).
1
d. Remove the clip (3) from the front left door key
cylinder, and remove the front left door key
cylinder lever (4). 2 3

RS15340084

21.Remove the front left power door lock assembly.

a. Disconnect the connector (arrow) of the front left
power door lock assembly.

RS15440330

b. Remove 3 fixing screws (1) from the front left

44
RS15440340

22.Remove the front left door assembly.

a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, remove the front left door dust boot (1).
b. Remove 2 fixing bolts (2) between the front left
door upper hinge and the door.
(Tightening torque: 32 ± 3 N·m) 2
c. Remove 2 fixing bolts (3) between the front left
1
door lower hinge and the door.
(Tightening torque: 32 ± 3 N·m)
3

RS15440350

44–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

23.Remove the front left door hinge.

a. Remove 4 fixing bolts (arrow) between the front
left door hinges and the body, and remove the
front left door upper hinge (1) and front left door
lower hinge (2).
(Tightening torque: 32 ± 3 N·m)
1

RS15440380

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Replace the damaged fixing clamps when installing the front door protector.
• Stick the protective film in specified position, not in a wrong position or a asymmetric position between
the left and right sides or covering the holes of other installation parts.
• DO NOT drag the protective film when assembling it. Assemble it in its original condition and ensure that
the sheet metal is clean before assembly.
• The finished protective film should have no defects, such as wrinkles, bubbles or turnups.
• The finished protective film should have powerful adherence. The protective film sticking should be
finished at one time. Avoid repeat and reverse sticking.

WARNING

• When installing the front door, an assistant is needed to hold the front door.
• When installing the front door, make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents.
• When installing the front door, avoid dropping the hood to cause accidents during operation. 44

Adjustment
1. Adjust the front left door.
a. Loosen the fixing bolts on the front left door
hinges and adjust the front left door position in
the direction of arrow as shown in the
illustration.

RS15440390

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 44–23

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

b. Tighten the fixing bolts on the front left door hinges to the specified torque after adjustment.
(Tightening torque: 32 ± 3 N·m)
c. Loosen the fixing bolts on the front left door
hinges and adjust the front left door position in
the direction of arrow as shown in the
illustration.

RS15440400

d. Tighten the fixing bolts on the front left door hinges to the specified torque after adjustment.
(Tightening torque: 32 ± 3 N·m)
e. The standard ranges of clearance and alignment between the installation positions of front door and
each part are as follows:
The clearance "a" between the front door outer panel and the side body outer panel is 4.0 ± 1.0 mm.
The clearance "b" between the front door outer panel and the front fender is 4.0 ± 1.0 mm.
The clearance "c" between the front door outer panel and the rear door outer panel is 4.0 ± 1.0 mm.

a SIDE BODY
OUTER PANEL

FRONT DOOR
OUTER PANEL

44
FRONT DOOR FRONT
FRONT OUTER PANEL DOOR OUTER PANEL
FENDER
REAR DOOR OUTER PANEL

b c

RS15440102

The clearance "a" between the front door outer panel and the outer triangular trim board is 4.0 ±
1.5 mm.
The clearance "b" between the front door outer panel and the rear door outer panel is 4.0 ± 1.0 mm.
The clearance "c" between the front door outer panel and the side body outer panel is 5.0 ± 1.5 mm.

44–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

FRONT DOOR
OUTER TRIANGULAR OUTER PANEL
BOARD

FRONT DOOR OUTER PANEL

REAR DOOR OUTER PANEL

b
FRONT DOOR
OUTER PANEL

c
SIDE BODY
OUTER PANEL

RS15440103

The clearance between the front left door outer panel and the front fender is 4.0 ± 1.0 mm, and the
alignment is 0 - 1.0 mm.
2. Adjust the front left door lock striker.
a. Slightly loosen the fixing screws on the front left
door lock striker and tap it with a plastic hammer
in the direction of arrow as shown in the
illustration to adjust the lock striker position.
44

RS15440420

b. Tighten the fixing screws on the front left door lock striker to the specified torque after adjustment.
(Tightening torque: 20 ± 2 N·m)

Inspection
After the front left door is adjusted, perform the following inspections:
1. Check the front left door for wear or deformation during assembly, and repair it as necessary.
2. Check if the bolts are set in position. Tighten them to the specified torque as necessary.
3. Check if the clearances and alignment between the front left door installation position and each component
are within the specified range. Adjust them if necessary.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 44–25

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

Front Door Contact Switch

HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.

Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the front left door contact switch.
a. Disconnect the front left door contact switch
connector (arrow).

RS15440430

b. Remove the fixing screw (arrow) from the front

left door contact switch, and remove the front
left door contact switch (1).
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15440440

44
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

44–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

Rear Door Assembly

RS15440450

left power door lock assembly.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

44
RS15440590

c. Remove the rear left power door lock assembly.

17.Remove the rear door glass outside weatherstrip (See page 40-59).
18.Remove the rear door glass assembly (See page 40-53).
19.Remove the rear door glass rear guide rail assembly (See page 40-56).
20.Remove the rear door triangular glass (See page 40-55).
21.Remove the rear door power glass regulator assembly (See page 40-57).
22.Remove the rear door manual glass regulator assembly (See page 40-57).

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 44–31

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

23.Remove the rear left door assembly.

a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, remove the rear left door dust boot (1).
b. Remove 2 fixing bolts (2) between the rear left
door upper hinge and the door.
2
(Tightening torque: 32 ± 3 N·m)
c. Remove 2 fixing bolts (3) between the rear left 1
door lower hinge and the door.
(Tightening torque: 32 ± 3 N·m) 3

RS15440600

24.Remove the rear left door hinge.

a. Remove 4 fixing bolts (arrow) between the rear
left door hinges and the body, and remove the
rear left door upper hinge (1) and rear left door
1
lower hinge (2).
(Tightening torque: 32 ± 3 N·m)

RS15440610

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Adjustment
1. Adjust the rear left door.
a. Loosen the fixing bolts on the rear left door
44 hinges and adjust the rear left door position in
the direction of arrow as shown in the
illustration.

RS15440620

b. Tighten the fixing bolts on the rear left door hinges to the specified torque after adjustment.
(Tightening torque: 32 ± 3 N·m)

44–32 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

c. Loosen the fixing bolts on the rear left door

hinges and adjust the rear left door position in
the direction of arrow as shown in the
illustration.

RS15440630

d. Tighten the fixing bolts on the rear left door hinges to the specified torque after adjustment.
(Tightening torque: 32 ± 3 N·m)
The standard ranges of clearance between the installation positions of the rear door and each part are
as follows:
The clearance "a" between the rear door outer panel and the side body outer panel is 4.0 ± 1.0 mm.
The clearance "b" between the rear door outer panel and the front door outer panel is 4.0 ±1.0 mm.
The clearance "c" between the rear door outer panel and the rocker panel is 5.0 ± 1.5 mm.

SIDE BODY
a OUTER PANEL

REAR DOOR
OUTER PANEL

FRONT
DOOR OUTER PANEL
REAR DOOR

44
OUTER PANEL

REAR DOOR OUTER PANEL

c
ROCKER PANEL

RS15440104

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 44–33

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

The clearance "a" between the rear door outer panel and the front door outer panel is 4.0 ±1.0 mm.
The clearance "b" between the rear door outer panel and the side body outer panel is 4.0 ± 1.0 mm.
The standard alignment between the rear door outer panel and the side body outer panel is 0 ± 1.0 mm.

FRONT DOOR OUTER PANEL

REAR DOOR
OUTER PANEL

REAR DOOR OUTER PANEL

SIDE BODY
OUTER PANEL

RS15440105

44 2. Adjust the rear left door lock striker.

a. Slightly loosen the fixing screws on the rear left
door lock striker and tap it with a plastic hammer
in the direction of arrow as shown in the
illustration to adjust the striker position.
b. Tighten the fixing screws on the rear left door
lock striker to the specified torque after
adjustment.
(Tightening torque: 20 ± 2 N·m)

RS15440650

44–34 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

Inspection
After the rear left door is adjusted, perform the following inspections:
1. Check the rear left door for wear or deformation during assembly, and repair it as necessary.
2. Check if the bolts are set in position. Tighten them to the specified torque as necessary.
3. Check if the clearances and alignment between the rear left door installation position and each component
are within the specified range. Adjust them if necessary.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 44–35

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

Rear Door Contact Switch

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the rear left door contact switch.
a. Remove the fixing screw (arrow) from the rear
left door contact switch, and remove the rear left
door contact switch (1).
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15440670

b. Disconnect the rear left door contact switch

connector (arrow).

RS15440660

44
Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

44–36 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

Back Door Lock Striker

Removal
1. Remove the back door lock striker.
a. Remove 2 fixing screws (1) between the back
door striker and the rear wiper motor assembly. 2
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)
b. Remove 2 fixing bolts (2) between the back door
3
lock striker and the back door outside handle
assembly, and remove the back door lock striker
(3). 1
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15440701

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Adjustment
1. Adjust the back door lock striker.
a. Loosen the fixing screws between the back door lock striker and the rear wiper motor assembly.
b. Loosen the fixing bolts between the back door
lock striker and the back door outside handle
assembly, and tap the lock striker with a plastic
hammer in the direction of arrow as shown in
the illustration to adjust the striker position.

RS15440702 44
c. Tighten the fixing screws between the back door lock striker and the rear wiper motor assembly to the
specified torque after adjustment.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)
d. Tighten the fixing bolts between the back door lock striker and the back door outside handle assembly
to the specified torque after adjustment.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 44–37

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

Air Spring
Removal
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the tonneau cover assembly.
a. Remove the tonneau cover assembly as shown
in the illustration.

RS15460350

4. Remove the rear speaker cover.

a. Disconnect the rear speaker connector (arrow).

RS15460260

b. Remove 4 fixing screws (arrow) from the rear

44 speaker cover, and remove the rear speaker
cover.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15460360

44–38 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

5. Remove the air spring assembly.

CAUTION

• When removing the air spring assembly, an assistant is needed to prevent personal injury.

a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective

tape, pry the fixing clip on the upper of the air
spring.
b. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, pry the fixing clip on the lower of the air
spring, and remove the air spring assembly (1). 1

RS15440740

c. Remove the air spring ball pin (1)

counterclockwise from the body.
(Tightening torque: 20 ± 3 N·m)

RS15440730

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
44
CAUTION

• When installing the air spring assembly, pay attention not to damage the body paint surface or the glass.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 44–39

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

Back Door Hinge

Removal

WARNING

• During removal, an assistant is needed to prevent personal injury.

1. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape,

pry the fixing clip from the upper of the air spring.

RS15440741

2. Remove the air spring hinge.

a. Remove 2 fixing bolts (arrow) from the air spring
hinge and remove the air spring hinge (1).
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15440720

44
b. Remove the rear windshield assembly (See page 40-69).
c. Remove 2 fixing nuts (arrow) from the back door
hinge assembly and remove the back door
hinge assembly (1). 1 1
(Tightening torque: 15 ± 2.5 N·m)

RS15440731

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

44–40 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

44 - ENGINE HOOD/DOOR

Back Door Outside Handle Assembly

Removal
1. Remove the back door outside handle assembly.
a. Remove 2 fixing bolts (arrow) from the back
door outside handle assembly, and remove the
back door outside handle assembly.
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 1.5 N·m)

RS15440700

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 44–41

- MEMO -

44–42 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

EXTERIOR
GENERAL INFORMATION 45-3 Rear Bumper 45-19
Description 45-3 Removal 45-19
Specifications 45-5 Installation 45-21
Tool 45-5 Rear Bumper Mounting Bracket 45-22
Removal 45-22
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 45-6
Installation 45-23
Front Bumper 45-6
Rear Wheel House 45-24
Removal 45-6
Removal 45-24
Installation 45-8
Installation 45-24
Front Bumper Mounting Bracket 45-9
Front Windshield Lower Garnish 45-25
Removal 45-9
Removal 45-25
Installation 45-10
Installation 45-26
Front Bumper Support Bracket 45-11
Front Windshield Crossmember
Removal 45-11 Front End Panel 45-27
Installation 45-12 Removal 45-27
Front Bumper Crossmember 45-13 Installation 45-27
Removal 45-13 Engine Crossmember 45-28
Installation 45-13 Removal 45-28
Front Wheel House 45-14 Installation 45-28
Removal 45-14 Fuel Tank Cap 45-29
Installation 45-14 Removal 45-29
Front Fender 45-15 Installation 45-29
Removal 45-15 Name Plate 45-30
Installation 45-18 Removal 45-30
Installation 45-30

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 45–1

45–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

45 - EXTERIOR

GENERAL INFORMATION
EXTERIOR

Description

3 1

×5
2

×11

4
15
×4

×7

14
×
3
13
6

12
×
2
10

× ×
3 2

× ×3
3 9

8 ×7

45
11 7

RS15450010

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 45–3

45 - EXTERIOR

1 - Front Windshield Lower Garnish 2 - Front Windshield Lower Garnish Left End
3 - Front Windshield Lower Garnish Right End 4 - Front Windshield Crossmember Front End Panel
5 - Engine Crossmember 6 - Front Left Fender
7 - Front Left Wheel House 8 - Front Bumper Left Mounting Bracket
9 - Front Bumper Left Support Bracket 10 - Front Bumper Crossmember
11 - Front Bumper 12 - Front Bumper Right Support Bracket
13 - Front Bumper Right Mounting Bracket 14 - Front Right Wheel House
15 - Front Right Fender

1
5

×
3

45 2

×3
×2

×2

RS15450020

1 - Rear Bumper 2 - Rear Right Bumper Mounting Bracket

3 - Rear Right Wheel House 4 - Rear Left Wheel House
5 - Rear Left Bumper Mounting Bracket

45–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

45 - EXTERIOR

The exterior primarily consists of the following parts: front bumper, front bumper mounting bracket, front
bumper support bracket, front bumper crossmember, front fender, front windshield lower garnish, front
windshield crossmember front end panel, engine crossmember, front wheel house, rear bumper, rear bumper
mounting bracket, rear wheel house, etc.

Specifications
Torque Specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Front Windshield Crossmember Front End Panel
10 ± 1
Fixing Bolt
Front Windshield Lower Garnish Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Engine Crossmember Fixing Bolt 10 ± 1
Front Bumper Crossmember Fixing Nut 20 ± 2
Fuel Tank Cap Fixing Bolt 7±1
Headlight Fixing Bolt 5±1
Front Bumper Upper Fixing Bolt 5±1
Coupling Screw Between Front Bumper and Front
1.5 ± 0.5
Fender
Front Bumper Mounting Bracket Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Front Bumper Support Bracket Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Front Fender Fixing Bolt 10 ± 1
Rear Bumper Upper Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Rear Bumper Mounting Bracket Fixing Screw 2.0 ± 0.5
Rear Wheel House Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Fixing Screw Between Rear Bumper and Rear Bump
1.5 ± 0.5
Bracket
Rear Fog Light Fixing Screw 2 ± 0.5
Rear Back-up Light Fixing Screw 2 ± 0.5
45
Daytime Running Light Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5

Tool
General Tool

Interior Crow Plate

RS15460020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 45–5

45 - EXTERIOR

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
Front Bumper
Removal

CAUTION

• Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the front bumper assembly.
• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched when removing the front bumper assembly.

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the front bumper assembly.
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
a. Remove 3 fixing clamps (arrow) from the front
left wheel house.
b. Remove the fixing screw (1) between the front
left bumper and the front fender.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m) 1

RS15450060

c. Remove 4 fixing bolts from the front bumper

upper part.
(Tightening torque: 5 ± 1 N·m)
45

RS15450070

45–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

45 - EXTERIOR

d. Remove 2 fixing clamps from the front bumper

lower part.

RS15450400

e. Disengage the claws on the front bumper.

RS15450340

CAUTION

• Try to prevent breakage to the claws when removing the bumper assembly.

f. Disconnect the daytime running light connector,

and remove the front bumper assembly.

RS15450080

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 45–7

45 - EXTERIOR

4. Disassembly the front bumper assembly.

a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, disengage the claws on the towing eyelet
cover, and remove the towing eyelet cover.
b. Remove the fixing bolts from the daytime
running light.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15450320

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing the front bumper assembly.
• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched when installing the front bumper assembly.
• Make sure that the front bumper is installed correctly and the fitting clearance between the front bumper
and the body is appropriate when installing the front bumper assembly.

45–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

45 - EXTERIOR

Front Bumper Mounting Bracket

Removal

CAUTION

• Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the front bumper mounting
bracket.
• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched when removing the front bumper mounting
bracket.

RS15450090

b. Disengage the claws on the front bumper left

mounting bracket assembly, and remove the
front bumper left mounting bracket assembly
(1). 1
45

RS15450360

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 45–9

45 - EXTERIOR

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing the front bumper mounting
bracket assembly.
• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched when installing the front bumper mounting
bracket assembly.

45–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

45 - EXTERIOR

Front Bumper Support Bracket

Removal

CAUTION

• Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the front bumper support
bracket assembly.
• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched when removing the front bumper support
bracket assembly.

RS15450100

b. Disengage the claws on the front bumper left

support bracket assembly, and remove the front
bumper left support bracket assembly (1).
45

RS15450370

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 45–11

45 - EXTERIOR

Removal

CAUTION

• Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the front wheel house
assembly.
• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched when removing the front wheel house
assembly.

HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the front left wheel house assembly.
a. Remove 10 fixing clamps from the front left
wheel house assembly, and remove the front left
wheel house assembly.

RS15450280

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing the front wheel house
45 assembly.
• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched when installing the front wheel house
assembly.

45–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

45 - EXTERIOR

Front Fender
Removal

CAUTION

• Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the front fender.
• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched when removing the front fender.

HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the front wheel house (See page 45-14).
4. Remove the front bumper assembly (See page 45-6).
5. Remove the front bumper mounting bracket (See page 45-9).
6. Remove 1 plastic clamp (1) and the fixing bolt (2)
from the headlight assembly.
(Tightening torque: 5 ± 1 N·m)

1 2

RS15450190

7. Remove the front windshield lower garnish left end

(1).

1
45

RS15450390

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 45–15

45 - EXTERIOR

8. Remove the left turn light.

a. Push the left turn light cover forward, and then
use a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape
to remove the left turn light cover.

RS15450130

b. Disconnect the left turn light connector (arrow)

and remove the left turn light (1).

RS15450140

9. Remove the front left door outer triangular block assembly.

a. Using an interior crow plate, pry off 3 fixing
clamps from the front left door outer triangular
block assembly, and remove the front left door
outer triangular block assembly.

45
RS15450150

10.Remove the front left fender.

a. Remove the fixing bolt connecting the front left
fender and the body under the A-pillar.
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1 N·m)

RS15450160

45–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

45 - EXTERIOR

b. Remove 2 fixing bolts connecting the front part

of the front left fender and the body.
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1 N·m)

RS15450161

c. Remove the fixing bolt connecting the front left

fender and the body under the front windshield.
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1 N·m)

RS15450170

d. Remove the fixing bolt connecting the lower part

of the front left fender and the body.
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1 N·m)

RS15450180

45
e. Remove the fixing bolt connecting the upper
part of the front left fender and the body.
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1 N·m)

RS15450191

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 45–17

45 - EXTERIOR

f. Remove the fixing bolt connecting the inner part

of the front left fender and the body, and remove
the front left fender.
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1 N·m)

RS15450200

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

g. Disconnect the back-up light connector (2).
h. Disconnect the reversing radar connector (3).
i. Disconnect the license plate light connector (4), 3
and remove the rear bumper assembly.
45
1 2
4
RS15450460

45–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

45 - EXTERIOR

8. Disassembly the rear bumper assembly.

a. Disengage 3 claws on the towing eyelet cover
and remove the towing eyelet cover.
b. Disengage 2 claws on the license plate light and
remove the license plate light.

RS15450252

c. Disengage 5 claws on the sensor and remove

the sensor.

RS15450250

d. Remove 3 fixing screws from the back-up light

and remove the back-up light (1).
(Tightening torque: 2 ± 0.5 N·m)
e. Remove 3 fixing screws from the rear fog light 1 2
and remove the rear fog light (2).
(Tightening torque: 2 ± 0.5 N·m)

Removal

CAUTION

• Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the rear wheel house
assembly.
• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched when removing the rear wheel house
assembly.

HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the rear left wheel house assembly.
a. Remove 2 fixing crews (arrow) from the rear left
wheel house assembly.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)
b. Remove the fixing clamp (1) from the rear left
wheel house assembly, and remove the rear left
wheel house assembly.
1

RS15450270

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing the rear wheel house
45 assembly.
• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched when installing the rear wheel house
assembly.

45–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

45 - EXTERIOR

Front Windshield Lower Garnish

Removal

CAUTION

• Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the front windshield lower
garnish assembly.
• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched when removing the front windshield lower
garnish assembly.

1. Remove the wiper arm assembly (See page 33-13).

2. Remove the front windshield lower garnish left end
(1) (use the same removal procedure for right side
and left side).
1

RS15450120

3. Remove the front windshield lower garnish assembly.

a. Remove the engine compartment rear rubber
strip (1).
b. Remove 5 fixing screws from the front
windshield lower garnish.
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

45
RS15450030

c. Disconnect the washer hose, and remove the

front windshield lower garnish assembly (1).

RS15450040

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 45–25

45 - EXTERIOR

4. Disengage the front windshield lower garnish assembly.

a. Remove the washer hose (1) from the washer
hose clips (arrow).

RS15450290

b. Press the nozzle clamps in the direction of

arrow and remove the front nozzles as shown in
the illustration.

RS15450300

5. Remove the front windshield lower garnish foamed

plastic (1).

45 RS15450310

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing the front windshield lower
garnish assembly.
• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched when installing the front windshield lower
garnish assembly.

45–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

45 - EXTERIOR

Front Windshield Crossmember Front End Panel

Removal

CAUTION

• Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the front windshield
crossmember front end panel assembly.
• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched when removing the front windshield
crossmember front end panel assembly.

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the wiper arm assembly (See page 33-13).
4. Remove the front windshield lower garnish assembly (See page 45-25).
5. Remove the front wiper motor (See page 33-14).
6. Remove the wiper link rod (See page 33-16).
7. Remove the front windshield crossmember front end panel assembly.
a. Remove 11 fixing bolts from the front windshield
crossmember front end panel assembly.
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1 N·m)

RS15450050

b. Remove the front windshield crossmember front end panel assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
45
CAUTION

• Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing the front windshield
crossmember front end panel assembly.
• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched when installing the front windshield
crossmember front end panel assembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 45–27

45 - EXTERIOR

Engine Crossmember
Removal

CAUTION

• Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the engine crossmember
assembly.
• Try to prevent the body paint surface from being scratched when removing the engine crossmember
assembly.

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the wiper arm assembly (See page 33-13).
4. Remove the front windshield lower garnish assembly (See page 45-25).
5. Remove the wiper motor assembly (See page 33-14).
6. Remove the wiper link rod (See page 33-16).
7. Remove the front windshield crossmember front end panel assembly (See page 45-27).
8. Remove the engine crossmember assembly.
a. Remove 4 fixing bolts from the engine
crossmember assembly.
(Tightening torque: 10 ± 1 N·m)

• If the name plate "QQ" is to be reused, be careful not to damage it.

• When removing the name plate "QQ", prevent scratching the interior and body paint.

e. Remove the name plate "QQ".

Installation
1. Clean the body surface.
a. Using a heat light, heat the body surface, and remove the double-sided tape on the body.
b. Wipe off all the tape adhesive residue with cleaner.
2. Clean the name plate "QQ" (if the name plate "QQ" is to be reused).
45 a. Using a heat light, heat the name plate, and remove the double-sided tape on the "QQ" name plate.
b. Wipe off all the tape adhesive residue with cleaner.
c. Apply new double-sided tape to the name plate "QQ".
3. Install the name plate "QQ".
a. Using a heat light, heat the body and the name plate "QQ".
b. Remove the release paper from the name plate "QQ" and install the name plate "QQ" in place.

CAUTION

• DO NOT overheat the body and the name plate.

• DO NOT remove the release paper on the name plate in advance.
• DO NOT touch the name plate adhesive surface with the hand.
• After removing the release paper, prevent foreign matter from attaching on the outside adhesive.
• Align the name plate with the assist tool when attaching the name plate.

45–30 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

45 - EXTERIOR

4. The installation distance ranges for the name plate "QQ" are as follows:
a. When attaching the name plate "QQ", keep it
horizontal and centered.
b. The distance "a" between the lower side of the
name plate "QQ" and the lower side of the rear
windshield is 45.0 ± 2 mm.
b
c. The distance "b" between the right side of the
name plate "QQ" and the right side of the rear a 44
windshield is 130.0 ± 2 mm.

RS15450420

5. The installation distance ranges for the rear name plate "CAC" are as follows:
a. When attaching the rear name plate "CAC",
keep it horizontal and centered.
b. The distance "a" between the lower side of the
rear name plate "CAC" and the trunk outside
handle assembly is 19.0 ± 2 mm. a

RS15450430

6. The installation distance ranges for the front name plate "CAC" are as follows:
a. Install the front name plate "CAC" to the
installation hole.
b. The distance "a" between the lower side of the
front name plate "CAC" and the lower part of the
hood is 28.0 ± 2 mm. b

c. The distance "b" between the left side of the a

front name plate "CAC" and the left side of the
hood is 36.6 ± 2 mm.
45
RS15450450

7. The installation distance ranges for the name plate "Chery" are as follows:
a. When attaching the "Chery" name plate, keep it
horizontal and centered.
b. The distance "a" between the lower side of the
name plate "Chery" and the lower side of the
rear windshield is 50.0 ± 2 mm.
b
c. The distance "b" between the left side of the CHERY
name plate "Chery" and the left side of the rear a
windshield is 110.0 ± 2 mm.

RS15450440

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 45–31

- MEMO -

45–32 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

INTERIOR
GENERAL INFORMATION 46-3 Rear Door Opening Weatherstrip 46-15
Description 46-3 Removal 46-15
Specifications 46-6 Installation 46-15
Tool 46-6 Back Door Weatherstrip 46-16
Removal 46-16
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 46-7
Installation 46-17
A-pillar Protector Assembly 46-7
Sun Visor Assembly 46-18
Removal 46-7
Removal 46-18
Installation 46-7
Installation 46-19
B-pillar Protector Assembly 46-8
Passenger Grip Assembly 46-20
Removal 46-8
Removal 46-20
Installation 46-9
Installation 46-20
C-pillar Lower Protector Assembly 46-10
Roof 46-21
Removal 46-10
Removal 46-21
Installation 46-11
Installation 46-22
C-pillar Upper Protector Assembly 46-12
Front Floor Carpet Assembly 46-23
Removal 46-12
Removal 46-23
Installation 46-12
Installation 46-24
Rear Doorsill Pressure Plate
Trunk Carpet Assembly 46-25
Assembly 46-13
Removal 46-25
Removal 46-13
Installation 46-25
Installation 46-13
Trunk Trim Cover Assembly 46-26
Front Door Opening Weatherstrip 46-14
Removal 46-26
Removal 46-14
Installation 46-27
Installation 46-14

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 46–1

46–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

46 - INTERIOR

GENERAL INFORMATION
INTERIOR

Description

4
3
9

11
10

8
6
7

RS15460010

1 - Roof 2 - Right C-pillar Upper Protector Assembly

3 - Right C-pillar Lower Protector Assembly 4 - Left C-pillar Upper Protector Assembly
5 - Left C-pillar Lower Protector Assembly 6 - Rear Left Doorsill Pressure Plate Assembly
7 - Left B-pillar Protector Assembly 8 - Left A-pillar Protector Assembly
9 - Rear Right Doorsill Pressure Plate Assembly 10 - Right B-pillar Protector Assembly
11 - Right A-pillar Protector Assembly

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 46–3

46 - INTERIOR

1
3

8
6

7
RS15460012

1 - Rear Left Passenger Grip Assembly 2 - Rear Right Passenger Grip Assembly
3 - Front Right Passenger Grip Assembly 4 - Interior Front Dome Light
5 - Interior Front Dome Light Cover 6 - Left Sun Visor Assembly
7 - Left Sun Visor Holder B Assembly 8 - Right Sun Visor Holder B Assembly
9 - Right Sun Visor Assembly

46–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

46 - INTERIOR

8
1

6
5

RS15460011

46
1 - Back Door Weatherstrip 2 - Trunk Carpet Assembly
3 - Left Trunk Trim Cover Assembly 4 - Rear Left Door Opening Weatherstrip
5 - Front Left Door Opening Weatherstrip 6 - Front Floor Carpet Assembly
7 - Front Right Door Opening Weatherstrip 8 - Rear Right Door Opening Weatherstrip
9 - Right Trunk Trim Cover Assembly

The interior consists of the following parts: roof, sun visor assembly, door opening weatherstrip, passenger
grip assembly, doorsill pressure plate assembly, pillar protector assmbly and carpet assembly, etc.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 46–5

46 - INTERIOR

Specifications
Torque specifications

Description Torque (N·m)

Front Seat Upper Part Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5
Front Seat Belt Guide Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5
Rear Seat Belt Lower Part Fixing Bolt 50 ± 5
C-pillar Lower Protector Assembly Fixing Screw 5 ± 0.5
Rear Doorsill Pressure Plate Assembly Fixing screw 5 ± 0.5
Interior Front Dome Light Fixing Screw 2 ± 0.5
Sun Visor Holder A Assembly Fixing Screw 7±2
Sun Visor Holder B Assembly Fixing Screw 1.5 ± 0.5
Passenger Grip Assembly Fixing Screw 7±2
Instrument Panel Assembly Fixing Screw 3.5 ± 0.5
Rear Speaker Cover Fixing Screw 5 ± 0.5
Rear Speaker Cover Bracket Fixing Screw 5 ± 0.5

Tool
Special Tool

Interior Crow Plate

RS15460020

46–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

46 - INTERIOR

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
A-pillar Protector Assembly
Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the front door opening weatherstrip (See page 46-14).
2. Remove the A-pillar protector assembly.

CAUTION

• DO NOT scratch the interior and body paint when removing the A-pillar protector assembly.

a. Using an interior crow plate, pry off the fixing clamps from the A-pillar protector assembly.
b. Pull out the snap-fits on the A-pillar protector
assembly from the installation hole on the
instrument panel, and remove the A-pillar
protector assembly.

RS15460080

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Replace the damaged fixing clamps and fasten the A-pillar protector assembly fixing clamps in place
when installing the A-pillar protector assembly. 46
• The A-pillar protector assembly and the front door opening weatherstrip should be fitted closely after
installing the A-pillar protector assembly.
• The A-pillar protector assembly and the instrument panel and roof headlining should be fitted closely
after installing the A-pillar protector assembly.
• DO NOT scratch the interior and body paint when installing the A-pillar protector assembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 46–7

46 - INTERIOR

B-pillar Protector Assembly

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the front door opening weatherstrip (See page 46-14).
2. Remove the rear door opening weatherstrip (See page 46-15).
3. Remove the rear doorsill pressure plate assembly (See page 46-13).
4. Remove the B-pillar protector assembly.
a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, remove the front seat belt lower fixing bolt
cover.

RS15460090

b. Remove the fixing bolt from the lower part of the

front seat belt.
(Tightening torque: 50 ± 5 N·m)

RS15460100

c. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective

46 tape, remove the guide cover from the upper
part of the front seat belt.

RS15460110

46–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

46 - INTERIOR

d. Remove the fixing bolt from the front seat belt

guide.
(Tightening torque: 50 ± 5 N·m)

RS15460120

e. Using an interior crow plate, pry off the fixing

clamps from the B-pillar protector assembly, pull
out the front seat belt from the B-pillar protector
assembly, and remove the B-pillar protector
assembly.

RS15460130

CAUTION

• DO NOT scratch the interior and body paint when removing the B-pillar protector assembly.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Replace the damaged fixing clamps and fasten the B-pillar protector assembly fixing clamps in place
when installing the B-pillar protector assembly.
• The B-pillar protector assembly and the door opening weatherstrip should be fitted closely after installing 46
the B-pillar protector assembly.
• The B-pillar protector assembly and the roof headlining should be fitted closely after installing the B-pillar
protector assembly.
• DO NOT scratch the interior and body paint when installing the B-pillar protector assembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 46–9

46 - INTERIOR

C-pillar Lower Protector Assembly

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the rear seat assembly (See page 43-13).
2. Remove the rear door opening weatherstrip (See page 46-15).
3. Remove the rear doorsill pressure plate assembly (See page 46-13).
4. Remove the left C-pillar lower protector assembly.
a. Remove the fixing bolt from the lower part of
rear left seat belt.
(Tightening torque: 50 ± 5 N·m)

RS15460140

b. Remove the fixing screw from the left C-pillar

lower protector assembly.
(Tightening torque: 5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15460150

c. Using an interior crow plate, pry off the fixing

46 clamp and snap-fits from the left C-pillar lower
protector assembly, and remove the left C-pillar
lower protector assembly.

RS15460151

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the front left door opening weatherstrip.

CAUTION

• DO NOT damage the front door opening weatherstrip during removal.

a. Remove the front left door opening weatherstrip

by gently pulling it along edges from one corner
of the front left door opening weatherstrip.

RS15460050

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• The fitting between the front door opening weatherstrip and the body should be tightened properly and
the weatherstrip should not fall off easily.
• When installing the door opening weatherstrip, tap all around uniformly with a rubber hammer to install it
in place. The surface of the weatherstrip should have no defects, such as tapped dents, deformation and
warpage after assembly.
• After assembling the front door opening weatherstrip, do not remove or install it unless it is necessary; or
46 the weatherstrip holding force of fitting may be reduced.

46–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

46 - INTERIOR

Rear Door Opening Weatherstrip

Removal
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the rear left door opening weatherstrip.

CAUTION

• DO NOT damage the rear door opening weatherstrip during removal.

a. Remove the rear left door opening weatherstrip

by gently pulling it along edges from one corner
of the rear left door opening weatherstrip.

RS15460060

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• The fitting between the rear door opening weatherstrip and the body should be tightened properly and
the weatherstrip should not fall off easily.
• When installing the rear door opening weatherstrip, tap all around uniformly with a rubber hammer to
install it in place. The surface of the weatherstrip should have no defects, such as tapped dents,
deformation and warpage after assembly.
• After assembling the rear door opening weatherstrip, do not remove or install it unless it is necessary; or
the weatherstrip holding force of fitting may be reduced. 46

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 46–15

46 - INTERIOR

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 46–17

46 - INTERIOR

Sun Visor Assembly

Removal

CAUTION

• Avoid damage to the interior and the roof when removing the sun visor assembly.

HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
1. Remove the left sun visor assembly.
a. Disengage the one side of the left sun visor
assembly from the holder B assembly.

RS15460170

b. Remove 2 fixing screws from the left sun visor

holder A assembly, and remove the left sun
visor assembly (1).
1
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 2 N·m)

RS15460180

46
2. Remove the left sun visor holder B assembly.
a. Remove the fixing screw from the left sun visor
holder B assembly, and remove the left sun
visor holder B assembly (1).
(Tightening torque: 1.5 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15460190

46–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

46 - INTERIOR

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Avoid damage to the interior and roof when installing the sun visor assembly.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 46–19

46 - INTERIOR

Passenger Grip Assembly

Removal

CAUTION

• Avoid damage to the interior and roof when removing the passenger grip assembly.

HINT:
• Use the same procedures for rear left/rear right side and front right side.
• The procedures listed below are for front right side.
1. Remove the front right passenger grip assembly.
a. Remove 2 fixing screws from the front right
passenger grip assembly, and remove the front
right passenger grip assembly (1).
(Tightening torque: 7 ± 2 N·m)

RS15460200

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• Avoid damage to the interior and roof when installing the passenger grip assembly.

46–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

46 - INTERIOR

Roof
Removal

CAUTION

• Be sure to wear safety equipment when removing the roof assembly.

• Avoid damage to the interior and body paint when removing the roof assembly.

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the sun visor assembly (See page 46-18).
4. Remove the front door opening weatherstrip (See page 46-14).
5. Remove the rear door opening weatherstrip (See page 46-15).
6. Remove the back door weatherstrip (See page 46-16).
7. Remove the passenger grip assembly (See page 46-20).
8. Remove the A-pillar protector assembly (See page 46-7).
9. Remove the B-pillar protector assembly (See page 46-8).
10.Remove the C-pillar lower protector assembly (See page 46-10).
11. Remove the C-pillar upper protector assembly (See page 46-12).
12.Remove the interior front dome light assembly.
a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, remove the interior front dome light cover.

RS15460210

b. Remove 2 fixing screws from the interior front

dome light assembly. 46
(Tightening torque: 2 ± 0.5 N·m)

RS15460220

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 46–21

46 - INTERIOR

c. Disconnect the interior front dome light

connector, and remove the interior front dome
light assembly (1).

1
RS15460230

CAUTION

• DO NOT scratch the ornament surface when removing the interior dome light assembly.

13.Remove the roof.

a. Remove 5 plastic clamps from the roof.

RS15460240

b. Remove the roof from the rear door.

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION
46
• Replace the damaged fixing clamps and fasten the roof fixing clamps in place when installing the roof.
• The roof and the pillar upper protector should be fitted closely when installing the roof.
• The roof and the door opening weatherstrip should be fitted closely after installing the roof.

46–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

46 - INTERIOR

Front Floor Carpet Assembly

Removal

CAUTION

• Please wear protective gloves when removing the front floor carpet assembly.
• Avoid damage to the interior and body paint when removing the front floor carpet assembly.

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the front seat assembly (See page 43-7).
4. Remove the rear seat cushion assembly (See page 43-13).
5. Remove the rear doorsill pressure plate assembly (See page 46-13).
6. Remove the B-pillar protector assembly (See page 46-8).
7. Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly (See page 42-8).
8. Remove the fixing screws from the instrument panel.
HINT:
• Use the same procedures for right side and left side.
• The procedures listed below are for left side.
a. Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective
tape, remove the instrument panel fixing screw
cover.

RS15460310

b. Remove the fixing screw from the instrument

panel.
(Tightening torque: 3.5 ± 0.5 N·m) 46

RS15460320

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 46–23

46 - INTERIOR

9. Remove the front floor carpet assembly.

a. Remove the tightening covers (1) on the left
side of the front floor carpet assembly.
b. Remove the plastic clamp (2) on the left side of
the front floor carpet assembly.

RS15460340

c. Remove the tightening covers (1) on the right

side of the front floor carpet assembly.
d. Remove the plastic clamp (2) on the right side of
the front floor carpet assembly.

2 1

a. Disconnect the rear speaker connector.

RS15460260

46–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

46 - INTERIOR

b. Remove 3 fixing screws (1) from the rear

speaker cover.
(Tightening torque: 5 ± 0.5 N·m)
c. Remove the fixing screw (2) from the rear
speaker cover bracket.
(Tightening torque: 5 ± 0.5 N·m)
1
2

RS15460270

8. Remove the trunk trim cover assembly.

a. Remove the plastic clamps from the trunk trim
cover, and remove the trunk trim cover
assembly.

RS15460290

Installation
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

CAUTION

• The trunk trim cover assembly and the back door weatherstrip should be fitted closely when installing it.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 46–27

- MEMO -

46–28 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

BODY DIMENSIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION 47-3 Body Opening Dimensions (Top View) 47-7
Description 47-3 Body Frame Dimensions 47-8
Engine Compartment Dimensions 47-3 Body Assembly Dimensions 47-9
Body Opening Dimensions (Front View) 47-4 Side Body Assembly Dimensions 47-9
Body Opening Dimensions (Side View) 47-5 Front Body Assembly Dimensions 47-15
Body Opening Dimensions (Rear View) 47-6 Rear Body Assembly Dimensions 47-18

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 47–1

47–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

47 - BODY DIMENSIONS

GENERAL INFORMATION
BODY DIMENSIONS

Description
• All measurements should be made from the bare metal. Remove the trim and bumper covers as
necessary.
• Repair the badly damaged areas before taking measurements for underbody alignment.
• Monitor the upper body structure for excessive stress or movement while making any corrections to the
underbody structure.
• Remove all the necessary glass to prevent breakage.
• All dimensions are shown in millimeters (mm).

Engine Compartment Dimensions

m
0 8m 13
08
13 mm

RS15470060

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 47–3

47 - BODY DIMENSIONS

Body Opening Dimensions (Front View)

m 13
m 04
04 mm
13

RS15470070

47–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

47 - BODY DIMENSIONS

Body Opening Dimensions (Side View)

13
9m
11

m
98

m
107

m
m

1000 mm

1405 mm

1055 mm

1410 mm
569 mm

647 mm

795 mm

668 mm

944 mm
RS15470080

47–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

47 - BODY DIMENSIONS

Body Assembly Dimensions

1. Gap is indicated by the standard distance measurement symbol .
2. Alignment measurement method and instructional symbol description:
a. Reference surface is indicated by .
b. The pointed surface is indicated by .
c. If the level is higher than the reference surface, the number is positive, whereas negative.

Side Body Assembly Dimensions

A 17
A A
18 22
19 A 20
A A
A

21
12
16

A 13

A 11

A A

A
2 14
A 10
A A 15 A 9

3 A 4
1
A

A
A

7
A 5 6

RS15470010
47
The clearance between fender and front bumper at
A-1: 0 - 1.5 mm FENDER

The alignment between fender and front bumper at

A-1: 0 - 0.5 mm
FRONT BUMPER

1.5
0- 5
0.
0-

RS15470130

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 47–9

47 - BODY DIMENSIONS

The clearance between headlight and fender at A-2:

2.0 ± 1.5 mm
HEADLIGHT

FENDER

2.
0±
1.
5
RS15470200

The clearance between side light and fender at A-3:

1.0 ± 0.5 mm

SIDE LIGHT

1.0±0.5
FENDER

RS15470210

The clearance between fender and front door at A-4:

4.0 ± 1.0 mm
The alignment between fender and front door at A-4:
0 - 1.0 mm FRONT DOOR
FENDER

4.0±1.0

0-1.0

RS15470310

The clearance between fender and side body at A-5:

1.0 - 5.0 mm
47 The alignment between fender and side body at A-5:
0 ± 1.5 mm FENDER SIDE BODY

1.0-5.0

0±1.5

RS15470320

47–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

47 - BODY DIMENSIONS

The clearance between front door and side body at

A-6: 3.5 - 7.5 mm FRONT DOOR

3.5-7.5
SIDE BODY

RS15470340

The clearance between rear door outer panel and

rocker at A-7: 3.5 - 7.5 mm
REAR DOOR OUTER PANEL

3.5-7.5
ROCKER

RS15470400

The clearance between rear door outer panel and side

REAR DOOR OUTER PANEL
body outer panel at A-8: 4.0 ± 1.0 mm
The alignment between rear door outer panel and side
body outer panel at A-8: 0 - 1.0 mm
SIDE BODY OUTER PANEL
0-

4.0
1.0

±1
.0

RS15470390

The clearance between side body outer panel and fuel

filler outer panel at A-9: 3.5 ± 1.0 mm
The alignment between side body outer panel and fuel 47
filler outer panel at A-9: 0 - 0.2 mm SIDE BODY
OUTER PANEL

3.5±1.0 FUEL FILLER

OUTER PANEL

0-0.2

RS15470430

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 47–11

47 - BODY DIMENSIONS

The clearance between side body outer panel and rear

bumper at A-10: 0 - 1.5 mm
The alignment between side body outer panel and rear SIDE BODY
bumper at A-10: 0 - 0.5 mm OUTER PANEL

0-1
.5

0-0
.5
REAR BUMPER

RS15470420

The clearance between side body outer panel and rear

combination light at A-11: 2.0 ± 1.5 mm

REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT

SIDE BODY OUTER PANEL

2.0±1.5

RS15470410

The clearance between side body outer panel and rear

door outer panel at A-12: 4.0 ± 1.0 mm

.0
0-0

±1
The alignment between side body outer panel and rear
4.0
-1. SIDE BODY
OUTER PANEL
door outer panel at A-12: -1.0 - 0 mm
REAR DOOR
OUTER PANEL

RS15470380

The clearance between front door outer panel and rear

door outer panel at A-13: 4.0 ± 1.0 mm
47 The alignment between front door outer panel and rear FRONT DOOR OUTER PANEL
door outer panel at A-13: 0 - 1.0 mm REAR DOOR OUTER PANEL

4.0±1.0

0-1.0

RS15470370

47–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

47 - BODY DIMENSIONS

The clearance between outside handle and front door

at A-14: < 0.7 mm
FRONT DOOR

<0.7

OUTSIDE HANDLE

RS15470360

The clearance between front door outer panel and rear

door outer panel at A-15: 4.0 ± 1.0 mm
The alignment between front door outer panel and rear
door outer panel at A-15: 0 - 1.0 mm
FRONT DOOR
OUTER PANEL REAR DOOR OUTER PANEL

4.0±1.0

0-1.0

RS15470350

The clearance between side body and front door at

A-16: 4.0 ± 1.0 mm
The alignment between side body and front door at
.5
SIDE BODY
A-16: 0 - 0.5 mm 0-0

.0
±1
4.0

FRONT DOOR

RS15470290

The clearance between front door and outer mirror

base at A-17: 1.0 ± 0.5 mm
47
FRONT DOOR
The alignment between front body and outer mirror
base at A-17: -1.5 ± 0.5 mm

OUTER MIRROR BASE

-1

1.
.5

0±
±0

0.
.5

RS15470280

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 47–13

47 - BODY DIMENSIONS

The clearance between side body and outer cover at

A-18: 0 - 1.5 mm SIDE BODY
The alignment between side body and outer cover at
A-18: -1.5 - 0 mm

-1.

0-1
5
-0

.5
OUTER COVER

RS15470250

The clearance between side body and fender at A-19:

2.5 ± 1.0 mm SIDE BODY

The alignment between side body and fender at A-19:

-0.7 - 0.5 mm
FENDER

0
1.
5±
2. .5
-0
.7
-0

RS15470240

The clearance between side outer cover and outer

mirror base at A-20: 4.0 ± 1.5 mm
The alignment between side outer cover and outer
mirror base at A-20: -1.0 ± 1.5 mm OUTER MIRROR
SIDE OUTER COVER BASE

4.0±1.5

-1.0±1.5

RS15470230

The clearance between side outer cover and fender at

A-21: 0 - 1.5 mm
47 SIDE OUTER COVER

FENDER

0-1.5

RS15470220

47–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

47 - BODY DIMENSIONS

The clearance between side outer cover and outer

mirror base at A-22: 1.0 - 2.0 mm
SIDE OUTER COVER
The alignment between side outer cover and outer
mirror base at A-22: 0 - 1.0 mm

0-1.0

1.0-2.0
OUTER MIRROR BASE

RS15470260

Front Body Assembly Dimensions

B
3

8 B B

B
B

6
5

B 7

RS15470020

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 47–15

47 - BODY DIMENSIONS

The clearance between windshield glass and roof at

B-1: 6.0 ± 1.0 mm
The alignment between windshield glass and roof at ±1.0
-3.5
B-1: -3.5 ± 1.0 mm
0
±1.
6.0
WINDSHIELD GLASS
ROOF

RS15470460

The clearance between windshield glass and side

body at B-2: 6.0 ± 1.0 mm

SS
GLA
H IELD
W INDS

6.0
±1.
0
Y
BOD
SIDE

RS15470450

The clearance between hood and fender at B-3:

4.0 ± 1.0 mm HOOD

The alignment between hood and fender at B-3:

-0.5 ± 1.0 mm
-0.5±1.0

FENDER
4.0±1.0

RS15470440

The clearance between hood and headlight at B-4:

4.5 ± 1.5 mm
47
HOOD
1.5
±
4.5

HEADLIGHT

RS15470100

47–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

47 - BODY DIMENSIONS

The clearance between headlight and front bumper at

B-5: 4.5 ± 1.5 mm

HEADLIGHT

5
±1.
4.5
FRONT BUMPER

RS15470110

The clearance between hood and front bumper at B-6:

5.5 - 10.5 mm HOOD

5.5-
10.5
BUMPER

RS15470090

The clearance between daytime running light and front

bumper at B-7: ≤ 2.5 mm

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

≤2.5
FRONT BUMPER

RS15470120

The clearance between hood and cowl garnish at B-8:

4.0 - 9.0 mm
47
4.0-9.0
HOOD

COWL GARNISH

RS15470500

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 47–17

47 - BODY DIMENSIONS

Rear Body Assembly Dimensions

C C

C
C C 6 8
4

5
3
7

C
1 C

C 2

9 &+(5< 44

RS15470030

The clearance between roof and back glass at C-1:

3.5 - 7.5 mm ROOF
3.5-7

47
.5

BACK GLASS

RS15470480

47–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

47 - BODY DIMENSIONS

The clearance between rear combination light and

back glass at C-2: 5.0 - 8.0 mm
REAR COMBINATION
BACK GLASS
LIGHT

5.0
-8.
0

RS15470150

The clearance between hinge assembly tailgate and

back glass at C-3: 0 - 1.0 mm
HINGE ASSEMBLY
TAILGATE

BACK GLASS

0-1.0

RS15470680

The alignment between hinge and roof at C-4:

0 ± 0.7 mm
HINGE

0±0.7
ROOF

RS15470670

The clearance between hinge up and hinge down at

C-5: 0.5 - 2.5 mm
.5

47
0.5-2

HINGE UP

HINGE DOWN

RS15470660

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 47–19

47 - BODY DIMENSIONS

The alignment between roof and high mounted stop

light at C-6: -1.0 - 0 mm

ROOF

-1.0-0

HIGN MOUNTED
STOP LIGHT

RS15470650

The clearance between high mounted stop light and

back glass at C-7: 3.5 - 7.5 mm
HIGN MOUNTED
STOP LIGHT

3.5-7.5
BACK GLASS

RS15470140

The clearance between high mounted stop light and

roof at C-8: 0.5 - 2.0 mm
ROOF

0.5
-2.
0
HIGN MOUNTED
STOP LIGHT

RS15470470

The clearance between rear combination light and rear

bumper at C-9: 0 - 3.7 mm
47
REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT

7
3.
0-

REAR BUMPER

RS15470170

47–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

47 - BODY DIMENSIONS

The clearance between cover and rear bumper at

REAR BUMPER
C-10: 0.5 ± 0.5 mm
The alignment between cover and rear bumper at

0.5±0.5
C-10: -0.5 ± 0.5 mm

-0.5±0.5
COVER

RS15470190

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 47–21

- MEMO -

47–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

WIRE HARNESS
WIRE HARNESS INFORMATION 48-3 VEHICLE FUSE & RELAY 48-30
General Information 48-3 General Information 48-30
Description 48-3 Description 48-30
Circuit Diagram Information 48-3 Fuse & Relay 48-31
Circuit Diagram Instruction 48-4 Engine Compartment Fuse and
Electrical Troubleshooting 48-7 Relay Box 48-31
Wire Harness Troubleshooting 48-7 Instrument Panel Fuse and Relay Box 48-32
Voltage Test 48-7 VEHICLE WIRE HARNESS
Circuit Continuity Test 48-7 LAYOUT 48-34
Short Circuit Test 48-7 General Information 48-34
Electrical Troubleshooting Tools 48-8 Description 48-34
Electrical Repair 48-10 Vehicle Wire Harness Layout 48-35
Wire Harness Repair 48-10 Entire Vehicle Wire Harness Layout 48-35
Fuse Replacement 48-10 Engine Wire Harness, Injector and
Electrical Components 48-11 Ignition Wire Harness and Battery
Negative Wire Harness 48-36
VEHICLE POWER DISTRIBUTION 48-14
Engine Compartment Wire Harness 48-38
General Information 48-14
Instrument Panel Wire Harness 48-40
Description 48-14
Body Wire Harness 48-42
Circuit Diagram 48-15
Front Left Door Wire Harness 48-44
VEHICLE GROUND DISTRIBUTION 48-25 Front Right Door Wire Harness 48-45
General Information 48-25 Rear Left Door Wire Harness 48-46
Description 48-25 Rear Right Door Wire Harness 48-47
Circuit Diagram 48-26 Back Door Wire Harness 48-48
Airbag Wire Harness 48-49

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 48–1

48–2 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

48 - WIRE HARNESS

WIRE HARNESS INFORMATION

WIRE HARNESS

General Information
Description
The wire harness information contains basic introductions of circuit diagrams, inspection methods of cables
and connectors, as well as layout of connector positions and wire harness positions, etc.

Circuit Diagram Information

The circuit diagrams are classified into each chapter in Service Manual. If a component appears in a specific
system, its related information (such as wire harness, connector, terminal, etc.) will appear in the circuit
diagram and be introduced in detail. For example, the information of Engine Control Module (ECM) is mainly
introduced in chapter 6. If the component wire harnesses involve other systems, the component information
will also appear in the corresponding systems.
Chery automobile offers related circuit diagram information of the vehicle electrical equipment to help the
technicians determine and detect the vehicle malfunction effectively.
Functions and features of the circuit diagram:
• The power supply circuit is on the top of the page, while the ground circuit is at the bottom.
• Components (such as switches and fuses) are displayed on the circuit diagram in the form of simple icon.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 48–3

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Circuit Diagram Instruction

EXAMPLE

[1] BATTERY
IGNITION SWITCH
ON OR START [13]
B+ ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
SB5 FUSE AND RELAY BOX [14]
[2] E-014
30A
E-049
D3
[3] A
A11 A13

2 3
INSTRUMENT
[4] MAIN
RELAY EF14 PANEL FUSE [15]
AND RELAY BOX
10A
1 5 I-004
EF19
15A

A4 A3 A1 [12]
VR
SENSOR
I-003
BW

[5]
RW

1 2

G
B
I-013
[6] 2 E-010

[8] [16]
BW

10 13 3 4
1 CONTROL
MODULE
I-001
MOTOR 5 7
[7] M E-011
GR

TO BACKLIGHT [17]
V

POWER
I-006
2 6 1 6
B-008 SWITCH
[9]
B

I-009
5 [19]
[18]
[10] LIGHT
E-014 [11]
B-003 3 5
4

B-002 I-006

D1 D2 D3 D4 D5

48 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
A16 A15 A14
A6 A5 A4
A13 A12 A11 A10
A9
A3
A8
A2
A7
A1
[20] D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12

E-049
I-001 I-004 [21] W
W W

2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 5 6 1 2 B+
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 6 5 4 3
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
E-014
I-009 I-003
B-008 I-013 B-003
E-011 W W
W W W
Gr
ES15480000

48–4 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

48 - WIRE HARNESS

The following is a list of the symbols defined in the circuit diagram.

RS15480010

CAUTION

• DO NOT connect a jumper wire from power supply end to body ground, as this may damage the wire
harnesses or electrical components.

2. Voltmeter
The voltmeter is used to measure the circuit
voltage. The measurement range should be higher Power circuit
than 15 V. Measure the voltage by connecting the
Voltmeter
positive probe (red) of the voltmeter to the positive
lead of the test component and the negative probe Black
V
- +
(black) to the negative lead or body ground.

Ground Red
RS15480020

48–8 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

48 - WIRE HARNESS

3. Ohmmeter
The ohmmeter is used to measure the resistance
between two points in a circuit, or to check the
circuit for an open or short.
Power Supply
Line

Ground Line
- +

Ohmmeter

RS15480030

CAUTION

• DO NOT connect the ohmmeter to the circuit when applying voltage to the circuit, as this may result in
inaccurate measured data or even damaging the ohmmeter.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 48–9

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Electrical Repair
Wire Harness Repair

CAUTION

• Measure the length of the lead to be repaired and select a proper substitute lead before servicing.
• If there are several leads to be repaired, please stagger the repaired parts.

1. Peel off 0.5 inch insulating layer from the lead to be repaired and the substitute lead.
2. Connect the original lead to the substitute lead with the heat shrink tube and compress the metal core of
the heat shrink tube with a tool, so that the original lead and the substitute lead can be connected firmly.
3. Heat the heat shrink tube to shrink the outer rubber layer and ensure that the sealing of repaired area is in
good condition.
4. Wrap the repaired lead with insulating tape.

Fuse Replacement

CAUTION

• The energizing test should be performed after replacing the fuse. If the fuse is blown again, check the
corresponding circuit for short. If any electrical equipment or additional device which exceeds the rated
current is installed, replace it with the fuse with higher amperes.

1. Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch before servicing.
2. Remove the blown fuse with a fuse puller.
3. Replace the fuse with a new one which has the
same specification.
Pull

Puller

Fuse

RS15480040

48–10 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Electrical Components
1. Battery cable
Disconnect the negative battery cable (arrow)
before servicing the electrical components.

RS15480050

2. Sensor, switch and relay

Do not drop or tap the sensor, switch or relay to
avoid damaging the components during servicing.

RS15480060

CAUTION

• Use the relay of the same specification with the original one during replacement.

3. Connector
a. Disconnect the connector.
Hold the connector by hand and press the
connector clip to disconnect it.

RS15480090

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 48–11

48 - WIRE HARNESS

CAUTION

• DO NOT pull the wire harness forcibly to avoid damaging the components when disconnecting the
connector.

There are a variety of ways to fix the connector

clips, and the common disconnection methods
are shown in the illustration.

RS15480100

b. Install the connector.

A "click" can be heard when the connector is
installed in place.

ick
Cl

RS15480110

c. Replace the connector terminal.

As shown in the illustration (1), insert a suitable
tool into the terminal to lift up the fixing clip, and 1
then pull out the terminal from behind.
During installation, push the terminal from the
back of the connector to ensure that the fixing
clip is installed in place as shown in the
illustration (2). 2

RS15480070

48–12 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

48 - WIRE HARNESS

d. Check the connector terminal.

Pull a single wire harness terminal gently to
check if it is installed in place.

RS15480120

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 48–13

48 - WIRE HARNESS

VEHICLE POWER DISTRIBUTION

General Information
Description
The power distribution system provides secure, reliable and efficient power for all electrical equipment on the
vehicle.
The power distribution system consists of the following components:
• Battery
• Engine compartment fuse and relay box
• Instrument panel fuse and relay box
• Ignition switch
• Fuse
• Relay

48–14 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Circuit Diagram
Power Distribution (Page 1 of 10)

BATTERY

- +

B+

BODY TRANSMISSION
A ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
RELAY BOX
3 2
E-014
MAIN E-040
SB1 RELAY E-050
60A 5 1
B

F13 F14
15A 5A

A1 E9 E11 E10

ECM

ABS POWER UPSTREAM OXYGEN SENSOR

DOWNSTREAM OXYGEN SENSOR
IGNITION COIL 1
IGNITION COIL 2
IGNITION COIL 3
INJECTOR 1
INJECTOR 2
INJECTOR 3
CANISTER SOLENOID VALVE

B
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8
A1 E13 E14 E15 E16
E-014 E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20

E-040
E-050
W
W

ES15480011

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 48–15

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Power Distribution (Page 2 of 10)

A A ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
SB5 F04 F05 F07 RELAY BOX
40A 30A 15A 10A E-043
E-049
E-050
B

30 85 COOLING 3 2 COOLING 3 1 3 2
FAN FAN FUEL A/C
(HIGH (LOW PUMP COMPRESSOR
SPEED) SPEED) RELAY RELAY
87 86 RELAY 5 1 RELAY 5 2 5 1

F12 E18 F10 E1 H8 E2 E8 E20

COOLING ECM FUEL PUMP A/C COMPRESSOR

FAN MOTOR

H1 H2 H3
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6
E13 E14 E15 E16 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 F10 F11 F12 F13
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 F7 F8 F9 F14 F15 F16

E-050 E-043 E-049

W W W

ES15480012

48–16 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Power Distribution (Page 3 of 10)

A A

ENGINE
F03 COMPARTMENT
10A FUSE AND
RELAY BOX
E-043
E-049
3 1 3 2 3 1
DAYTIME
LOW HIGH
RUNNING
BEAM BEAM
LIGHT
RELAY RELAY
RELAY
5 2 5 1 5 2

F10 F11 F08 F09

10A 10A 10A 10A

F8 F9 H6 F1 F7 H7 F11 H2 F15

E-035

FRONT RIGHT BCM

COMBINATION
LIGHT
FRONT LEFT
COMBINATION
LIGHT DIMMER AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH LEFT DAYTIME
RUNNING LIGHT
RIGHT DAYTIME
RUNNING LIGHT

H1 H2 H3
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6
H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 F10 F11 F12 F13
F7 F8 F9 F14 F15 F16

E-043 E-049
W W

ES15480013

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 48–17

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Power Distribution (Page 4 of 10)

ENGINE
A A COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
RELAY BOX
F02
E-043
10A
E-049
E-050
F23 F22 F25
3 2 10A 25A 20A
HORN
RELAY
C
5 1

F3 H3 E5 F2 E19

HORN HORN SWITCH ECM ABS FRONT WIPER

MOTOR

H1 H2 H3
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6
E13 E14 E15 E16 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 F10 F11 F12 F13
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 F7 F8 F9 F14 F15 F16

E-050 E-043 E-049

W W W

ES15480014

48–18 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Power Distribution (Page 5 of 10)

C
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE AND
RELAY BOX
E-041
SB3
F16 F15 F17 F18 E-042
60A
10A 5A 10A 10A E-049
E-050

E12 F16 E13 E14 E15 D4 D3 B1 B2

ABS GENERATOR

ECM BACK-UP VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

LIGHT SWITCH

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 B1
D1 D2 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6
E13 E14 E15 E16 F10 F11 F12 F13
E9 E10 E11 E12 E17 E18 E19 E20 D3 D4 F7 F8 F9 F14 F15 F16
B2

E-050 E-049
E-041 E-042
W W
W Lg

ES15480015

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 48–19

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Power Distribution (Page 6 of 10)

B+ IG1 IG2 ACC ST

OFF IGNITION
SWITCH
ACC I-024
ON
ST

A10 A11

INSTRUMENT
SC01 PANEL FUSE
40A AND RELAY
BOX
H
I-001
I-002
E-047
E-048

EF02 EF01 EF03 EF04 EF05 EF06 EF07

15A 10A 20A 10A 10A 10A 5A

D2 D1 C2 A2 A1 C3 B8 B20 B19 B18

AUDIO SRS HEADLIGHT SWITCH

CONTROL DIMMER AND TURN
MODULE SIGNAL SWITCH

INSTRUMENT RESERVE BCM

CLUSTER INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER

48
A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 I-001 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 I-002
A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 W B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 W

B+
ACC
ST

C1 C2 C3
I-024 D1
IG1

B E-047
IG2 Lg E-048
D2
B
ES15480016

48–20 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Power Distribution (Page 7 of 10)

L L

A13 B15

INSTRUMENT
H H PANEL FUSE
AND RELAY
BOX
I-001
I-002
EF11 EF09 SC04 EF26 EF25 EF24 EF23
B-035
20A 30A 30A 10A 10A 15A 10A
E-048

E8 C1 A3 B13 B11 B9 B1 B10

STARTER BRAKE SWITCH

CIGARETTE BCM DIAGNOSTIC DOME LIGHT

LIGHTER CONNECTOR

48
A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 I-001 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 I-002
A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 W B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 W

C1 C2 C3
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 B-035
E8 E9 E10 E11
E6 E7 E12 E13 E14 W E-048
B

ES15480017

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 48–21

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Power Distribution (Page 8 of 10)

L L

H H

INSTRUMENT
EF21 EF17 EF19 PANEL FUSE
30A 15A 15A AND RELAY
BOX
M
I-002
B-035
87 86 30 85 30 85
REAR REAR
FOG INTEG-
BLOWER DEFR-
LIGHT RATION
RELAY OSTER
RELAY RELAY
RELAY
30 85 87 86 87 86

EF13
5A

B12 B14 B2 E1 B4 E13 B17 B5

A/C BLOWER REAR REAR

SWITCH SWITCH DEFROSTER FOG
SWITCH LIGHT
SWITCH

BLOWER MOTOR REAR DEFROSTER REAR FOG HEADLIGHT

LIGHT SWITCH

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 B-035 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 I-002
E8 E9 E10 E11 B13 B14 B15 B16
E6 E7 E12 E13 E14 W B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 W

ES15480018

48–22 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Power Distribution (Page 9 of 10)

A12

H H
INSTRUMENT
PANEL FUSE
AND RELAY
EF10 EF08 EF12 BOX
15 I-001
5A 15A 30A I
I-002
53M
WIPER
M RELAY
53S

T 31
N

B6 A4 A14 A5 A7 A8 A9 A15

REAR WIPER MOTOR

REAR WIPER SWITCH

POWER REAR VIEW FRONT WIPER SWITCH

MIRROR SWITCH
REAR DEFROSTER
SWITCH
AUDIO

A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8

A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20

I-001 I-002
W W

ES15480019

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 48–23

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Power Distribution (Page 10 of 10)

EF22
15A
INSTRUMENT
49 PANEL FUSE
30 85 AND RELAY
FLASHER POSITION BOX
INTEGRATION
LIGHT I-001
RELAY
RELAY I-002
49a 31
87 86 B-035
N

EF14 EF15
10A 10A

B7 A16 E14 A6 B3

I-033

HAZARD LIGHT SWITCH REAR FRONT HEADLIGHT

DIMMER AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH COMBI- COMBI- SWITCH
NATION NATION
LIGHT LIGHT
LICENSE BACKLIGHT
PLATE HEADLIGHT
LIGHT LEVELING
SWITCH

48
A16 A15 A14 A9 A8 A7 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8
A13 A12 A11 A10 B13 B14 B15 B16 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B9 B10 B11 B12 B17 B18 B19 B20 E8 E9 E10 E11
E6 E7 E12 E13 E14

I-001 I-002 B-035

W W W

ES15480020

48–24 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

48 - WIRE HARNESS

VEHICLE GROUND DISTRIBUTION

General Information
Description
The ground distribution system provides the centralized and convenient information about the ground
positions for the electrical equipment on the entire vehicle. Technicians can find the relevant electrical
equipment quickly through the ground points and solve the problem accurately and efficiently.

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 48–25

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Circuit Diagram
Ground Distribution (Page 1 of 4)

13
ABS CONTROL MODULE
38 E-036

E-034

2
FRONT LEFT
5 COMBINATION LIGHT
E-039
E-035 6

2 LEFT SIDE TURN SIGNAL LIGHT

E-045

2 RIGHT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

E-064

F15 ENGINE COMPARTMENT

FUSE AND RELAY BOX (F)
E-049

6 FRONT WIPER MOTOR

E-053

E-052

1 IGNITION COIL 3
2 6
E-019
E-062 E-023 E-017 E-018
1 IGNITION COIL 2
E-054 E-020

1 IGNITION COIL 1
E-021

2
ECM
E-055
3

3 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR

34
E-007
E-062 E-023
3 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
E-058 E-008

ES15480021

48–26 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Ground Distribution (Page 2 of 4)

2 COOLING FAN MOTOR

E-033

E-063 2
FRONT RIGHT
5 COMBINATION LIGHT
E-061
6

2 LEFT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

E-037

2 RIGHT SIDE TURN SIGNAL LIGHT

E-056

1 HORN
E-032

1 REAR WASHER MOTOR

E-031

1 FRONT WASHER MOTOR

E-065

2 SECURITY INDICATOR
I-023

I-006 6 HAZARD LIGHT SWITCH

I-022

9 A/C SWITCH
I-012

3
REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH
5 I-009

5 WINDOW LOCK SWITCH

I-010

6 HEADLIGHT SWITCH
I-029

3 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
I-027
48
I-007 B8

B9 BCM (B)
I-004
B21

A8 AUDIO (A)
I-021

ES15480022

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 48–27

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Ground Distribution (Page 3 of 4)

6 BLOWER SWITCH
I-011

I-017 12 A/C SWITCH

I-012

A16 INSTRUMENT PANEL

FUSE AND RELAY (A)
I-001

I-033 4
DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
5 I-038

6 HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH

I-032

8 POWER REAR VIEW MIRROR SWITCH

I-034

4 FRONT LEFT DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY

9
F-001
I-036 F-003

2 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND FUEL PUMP

B-013

B-008

4 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND FUEL PUMP

B-013

B-009 1 DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH

B-006

1 CIGARETTE LIGHTER
B-003

48 9 FRONT LEFT POWER WINDOW SWITCH

B-004

1 REAR RIGHT COMBINATION LIGHT

B-029

B-030

ES15480023

48–28 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Ground Distribution (Page 4 of 4)

1 LEFT LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

B-020

B-017 1 RIGHT LICENSE PLATE LIGHT

B-022

1 REAR LEFT COMBINATION LIGHT

B-024

1 HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT

B-028

2 LEFT REVERSING RADAR SENSOR

B-019

2 RIGHT REVERSING RADAR SENSOR

B-023

REVERSING RADAR
16
CONTROL MODULE
B-021

2 BACK-UP LIGHT
B-015

2 REAR FOG LIGHT

B-018

3 REAR WIPER MOTOR

3
T-001

1 REAR DEFROSTER NEGATIVE

5
T-002
B-027 T-004

6 SRS CONTROL MODULE

A-005
48
A-004

ES15480024

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 48–29

48 - WIRE HARNESS

VEHICLE FUSE & RELAY

General Information
Description
Each system should be equipped with fuses and relays to ensure normal operation of the vehicle electrical
system. The fuses and relays are integrated into the fuse and relay boxes which are installed in the following
specific positions of the vehicle:
Engine compartment fuse and relay box: located on the left side of the engine compartment and the rear side
of the front left combination light.
Instrument panel fuse and relay box: located on the lower left side of the instrument panel.

48–30 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Fuse & Relay

Engine Compartment Fuse and Relay Box

Daytime Cooling fan Fuel A/C

Horn
running (low speed) pump compressor
relay
light relay relay relay relay

F01 F02 10A F03 10A F04 30A F05 15A F06 F07 10A

F16 10A

F17 10A

F18 10A
F08 10A

F09 10A

F10 10A

F11 10A

F13 15A

F14 5A

F15 5A
F26

F12

F19

F20

F21
F27

F22 25A
Low High Cooling fan
Main
beam beam (high speed)
F28

F23 10A relay

relay relay relay

F25 20A
F24
SB1 SB2 SB3 SB4 SB5 Fuse
puller
60A 40A 60A 40A 40A

RS15480002

No. Description No. Description

Ignition Coil/Oxygen Sensor/Injector/
SB1 ABS F13
Canister
Ignition Coil/Oxygen Sensor/Injector/
SB2 Spare F14
Canister
SB3 Instrument Panel Fuse and Relay Box F15 ABS
SB4 Reserve F16 ECM
SB5 Cooling Fan (High Speed) F17 Reversing Switch
F01 - F18 Generator/Vehicle Speed Sensor
F02 Horn F19 -
F03 Daytime Running Light F20 -
F04 Cooling Fan (Low Speed) F21 -
48
F05 Fuel Pump F22 ABS
F06 - F23 ECM
F07 A/C Compressor F24 -
Front Wiper (Return)/Instrument Cluster/
F08 Front Left High Beam F25
Audio
F09 Front Right High Beam F26 -
F10 Front Left Low Beam F27 -
F11 Front Right Low Beam F28 -
F12 -

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 48–31

48–32
48 - WIRE HARNESS

40A

SC02
SC01

EF16

EF17 15A
5 4 3 11 10 9 8 2 1

14 13 12 7 6
EF18

EF19 15A EF14 10A

relay
Wiper

EF20 EF15 10A

SC03
Fuse
puller
Instrument Panel Fuse and Relay Box

EF21 30A EF11 20A EF08 15A EF01 10A

EF22 15A EF12 30A EF09 30A EF02 15A

EF23 10A EF03 20A

EF24 15A EF04 10A

relay
relay

EF25 10A EF05 10A

Blower
Flasher

EF26 10A EF06 10A

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 48–35

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Engine Wire Harness, Injector and Ignition Wire Harness and Battery Negative
Wire Harness

E-020 E-019 E-018 E-017 E-016 E-015

E-021

E-022

E-062
N-003
E-023

E-014

E-013

E-012
E-024 N-002
E-025 E-011

E-026 N-001
E-010
E-027

E-028

E-029

E-030

E-001 E-002 E-067 E-003 E-004 B-203

E-005 E-006 E-007 E-008 E-009
ES15480060

Connector Code Connector Color/Pin No. Connector Name

E-001 W/1 Oil Pressure Switch
48 E-002 B/1 Starter Solenoid Switch
E-003 B/2 Knock Sensor
E-004 B/3 Camshaft Position Sensor
E-005 B/2 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
E-006 B/4 Downstream Oxygen Sensor
E-007 B/3 Engine Speed Sensor
E-008 B/3 Vehicle Speed Sensor
E-009 B/4 Upstream Oxygen Sensor
E-010 B/2 Back-up Light Switch

48–36 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Connector Code Connector Color/Pin No. Connector Name

E-011 B/4 Step Motor
E-012 - Battery Positive
E-013 - Battery Positive
E-014 - Engine Compartment Fuse and Relay Box Power Supply
E-015 B/3 Throttle Position Sensor
E-016 B/4 Intake Pressure/Temperature Sensor
E-017 B/9 to Injector and Ignition Wiring Harness Connector E-018
E-018 B/9 to Engine Wiring Harness Connector E-017
E-019 Gr/3 Ignition Coil 3
E-020 Gr/3 Ignition Coil 2
E-021 Gr/3 Ignition Coil 1
E-022 B/2 Canister Solenoid Valve
E-023 B/42 to Engine Compartment Wiring Harness Connector E-062
E-024 B/2 Injector 3
E-025 B/2 Injector 2
E-026 B/2 Injector 1
E-027 G/1 Power Steering Pump Switch
E-028 - Generator
E-029 Gr/3 Generator Indication
E-030 W/1 A/C Compressor
E-067 - Starter
N-001 - Transmission Ground
N-002 - Body Ground
N-003 - Battery Negative

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 48–37

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Engine Compartment Wire Harness

E-055 E-054 E-053 E-052 E-051 E-050 E-049

E-048

I-031

E-047
E-046

I-014 B-036

E-045
E-056
E-044
E-057
E-043
E-058
E-042
E-059

E-060 E-041

E-040
E-061
E-039
E-062

E-023 E-038

E-063

E-064
E-065

E-031 E-032 E-033 E-034 E-035 E-036 E-037 ES15480070

E-044 B-012

B-036

I-037

B-037

I-035 B-001 B-002 B-003 B-004 B-005 B-006 B-007 B-008 B-009 B-010 B-011 L-002

ES15480090

Connector Code Connector Color/Pin No. Connector Name

Connector Code Connector Color/Pin No. Connector Name

L-001 W/4 Rear Left Door Lock Assembly
L-002 W/8 to Body Wiring Harness Connector B-011
48 L-003 Gr/2 Rear Left Power Window Motor

48–46 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Rear Right Door Wire Harness

R-001
R-002

R-003

B-032

ES15480130

Connector Code Connector Color/Pin No. Connector Name

R-001 W/4 Rear Right Door Lock Assembly
R-002 Gr/2 Rear Right Power Window Motor
R-003 W/8 to Body Wiring Harness Connector B-032 48

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd. 48–47

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Back Door Wire Harness

T-001

T-002

T-003

B-027

T-004

ES15480140

Connector Code Connector Color/Pin No. Connector Name

T-001 W/3 Rear Wiper Motor
T-002 B/1 Rear Defroster Negative (-)
48 T-003 B/1 Rear Defroster Positive (+)
T-004 W/6 to Body Wiring Harness Connector B-027

48–48 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

48 - WIRE HARNESS

Airbag Wire Harness

A-009 A-008 I-028 A-007 A-006

5
6

SRS
AIRBAG

1 2 3
L R 4

A/C

1 3 5

2 4 6

ID–6 Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

Tiggo 4FL T19 Manual
No ratings yet
Tiggo 4FL T19 Manual
2,218 pages
A19 PDF
100% (1)
A19 PDF
1,740 pages
Chery A Series Vehicle Service Manual
No ratings yet
Chery A Series Vehicle Service Manual
564 pages
T21FL Service Manual
No ratings yet
T21FL Service Manual
3,196 pages
Chery T21 Service Manual 2014: Foreword
No ratings yet
Chery T21 Service Manual 2014: Foreword
6 pages
Tiggo PDF
100% (1)
Tiggo PDF
1,866 pages
CHERY Service Manual - A13T
100% (2)
CHERY Service Manual - A13T
2,030 pages
Chery Tiggo Transfer Case Repair Manual
No ratings yet
Chery Tiggo Transfer Case Repair Manual
40 pages
Circuito Chery A3
No ratings yet
Circuito Chery A3
130 pages
Cowry Service Manual
100% (3)
Cowry Service Manual
383 pages
Chery A13TFL User Manual
No ratings yet
Chery A13TFL User Manual
245 pages
Du Mira Avy L250 2003-2009 FSM
No ratings yet
Du Mira Avy L250 2003-2009 FSM
1,240 pages
Hyundai Accent 1998-1999
No ratings yet
Hyundai Accent 1998-1999
2 pages
Chery QQ6 - Manual de Servicio Completo
100% (4)
Chery QQ6 - Manual de Servicio Completo
511 pages
Dongfeng-Haima-7 2013 en Manual de Taller-Origin-unofficial C3ebe1d38a
100% (1)
Dongfeng-Haima-7 2013 en Manual de Taller-Origin-unofficial C3ebe1d38a
654 pages
Manual de Mecánica Chery QQ SQR472 Parte 2
No ratings yet
Manual de Mecánica Chery QQ SQR472 Parte 2
271 pages
Owner's Manual For Chery Tiggo FL
100% (9)
Owner's Manual For Chery Tiggo FL
154 pages
Jac s5 Wiring Diagram
No ratings yet
Jac s5 Wiring Diagram
199 pages
Changan 1
No ratings yet
Changan 1
10 pages
Chery A15 Electrical Unit Pins Guide
No ratings yet
Chery A15 Electrical Unit Pins Guide
46 pages
Montero FSM 1998 Vol1 Engine-Trans-Fuel
No ratings yet
Montero FSM 1998 Vol1 Engine-Trans-Fuel
634 pages
Wiring - S18D - Chery Auto
No ratings yet
Wiring - S18D - Chery Auto
66 pages
600 - Z6 (CF625-3) - Technical Service Manual
100% (2)
600 - Z6 (CF625-3) - Technical Service Manual
266 pages
Sail NB Diesel MY15 28287957
100% (2)
Sail NB Diesel MY15 28287957
212 pages
ZS11 GCC&Chile&IsraelEU6D&X4 Service Diagnosis and Measurement Manual-20191213
No ratings yet
ZS11 GCC&Chile&IsraelEU6D&X4 Service Diagnosis and Measurement Manual-20191213
1,561 pages
CHANA DM MS201 Workshop Manual
No ratings yet
CHANA DM MS201 Workshop Manual
2,360 pages
Service Manual Hummer h1
No ratings yet
Service Manual Hummer h1
15 pages
2006 Subaru Baja Service Manual PDF
No ratings yet
2006 Subaru Baja Service Manual PDF
3,753 pages
Benni Mini 2013 Suspension Overview
No ratings yet
Benni Mini 2013 Suspension Overview
298 pages
Chery SQR477F Emission System Guide
No ratings yet
Chery SQR477F Emission System Guide
14 pages
Foton Vehicle Maintenance Manual 2014
100% (1)
Foton Vehicle Maintenance Manual 2014
656 pages
A13、A13A ServiceManual PDF
50% (2)
A13、A13A ServiceManual PDF
1,333 pages
Mitsubishi Galant Legnum Aspire 1996-2003 Manual RU
100% (1)
Mitsubishi Galant Legnum Aspire 1996-2003 Manual RU
562 pages
Hunter Changan Parts Catalog 1
100% (1)
Hunter Changan Parts Catalog 1
20 pages
Chery QQ - Manual de Tallerr
No ratings yet
Chery QQ - Manual de Tallerr
473 pages
Tehcnical Manual
No ratings yet
Tehcnical Manual
545 pages
2012 Explorer Workshop Manual Guide
No ratings yet
2012 Explorer Workshop Manual Guide
167 pages
Zna Rich 2014
100% (1)
Zna Rich 2014
33 pages
Sqr477f Engine Mechanical
100% (1)
Sqr477f Engine Mechanical
88 pages
As22 Gcc&Sa Dtc排故手册 en 20170401
100% (1)
As22 Gcc&Sa Dtc排故手册 en 20170401
1,877 pages
BMW E30 Maintenance 1
No ratings yet
BMW E30 Maintenance 1
187 pages
Home Dercomaster Public HTML Online Media Image CL CHGTEC Apoyo Modelos Cs1 2014 CHANGAN CX20 WORKSHOP MANUAL
100% (2)
Home Dercomaster Public HTML Online Media Image CL CHGTEC Apoyo Modelos Cs1 2014 CHANGAN CX20 WORKSHOP MANUAL
1,972 pages
Chery A113 Maintenance Manual
No ratings yet
Chery A113 Maintenance Manual
169 pages
IKCO - Saman - Soren - Electrical Circutes - Manual
No ratings yet
IKCO - Saman - Soren - Electrical Circutes - Manual
161 pages
Mini Van 1
100% (1)
Mini Van 1
584 pages
Daihatsu
No ratings yet
Daihatsu
1 page
G10 Maintanence Manual-Gasoline-20211027
No ratings yet
G10 Maintanence Manual-Gasoline-20211027
56 pages
Dokumen - Tips Manual Servicio Jac j2
100% (1)
Dokumen - Tips Manual Servicio Jac j2
243 pages
Chevrolet Groove Manual
100% (1)
Chevrolet Groove Manual
178 pages
Eclipse FSM 1990-1998 Enginechassibody
No ratings yet
Eclipse FSM 1990-1998 Enginechassibody
2,103 pages
Automotive Parts Catalog
100% (2)
Automotive Parts Catalog
211 pages
A46DE Transmission Service Specs
No ratings yet
A46DE Transmission Service Specs
227 pages
Suspension Rear CAVALIER
No ratings yet
Suspension Rear CAVALIER
4 pages
Chery Tiggo t11
No ratings yet
Chery Tiggo t11
152 pages
2006 Toyota Allion A18 Manual PDF
0% (1)
2006 Toyota Allion A18 Manual PDF
3 pages
Odyssey 3,5L 2012 J35 Rocker Arm Assembly - Ticking or Knocking at Idle
No ratings yet
Odyssey 3,5L 2012 J35 Rocker Arm Assembly - Ticking or Knocking at Idle
4 pages
Chery A19 Service Manual en
100% (61)
Chery A19 Service Manual en
20 pages
Introduction
No ratings yet
Introduction
28 pages
Introduction
No ratings yet
Introduction
30 pages
Vag BLG May 2006
100% (1)
Vag BLG May 2006
18 pages
Guide Reparation
No ratings yet
Guide Reparation
38 pages
Final Inspection and Packaging SOP
No ratings yet
Final Inspection and Packaging SOP
1 page
Cooker Installation and User Guide
No ratings yet
Cooker Installation and User Guide
28 pages
Open-Source Syringe Pump Assembly Guide
No ratings yet
Open-Source Syringe Pump Assembly Guide
14 pages
FL Bill Validator Bezel Installation Guide
No ratings yet
FL Bill Validator Bezel Installation Guide
46 pages
AMC 20-21 Programme To Enhance Aeroplane Electrical Wiring Interconnection System (EWIS) Maintenance
No ratings yet
AMC 20-21 Programme To Enhance Aeroplane Electrical Wiring Interconnection System (EWIS) Maintenance
71 pages
At-5200 Installation Instructions
No ratings yet
At-5200 Installation Instructions
2 pages
Tp48200a-Dt19c1, Tp48200a-Dt19c2, Tp48200a-Ht19c1 and Tp48200a-Ht19c2 Telecom Power User Manual
No ratings yet
Tp48200a-Dt19c1, Tp48200a-Dt19c2, Tp48200a-Ht19c1 and Tp48200a-Ht19c2 Telecom Power User Manual
114 pages
Sublime Analog Video
No ratings yet
Sublime Analog Video
34 pages
Manual Instalacion Viper 3100
No ratings yet
Manual Instalacion Viper 3100
16 pages
1762 Iq 16
No ratings yet
1762 Iq 16
12 pages
Nexgen: Operating & Maintenance Manual
No ratings yet
Nexgen: Operating & Maintenance Manual
130 pages
F3ae0684 9685 9687
100% (2)
F3ae0684 9685 9687
398 pages
Krups KP 2106
No ratings yet
Krups KP 2106
60 pages
Inductive Sensor With Analog Output NI25-CK40-LIU-H1141
No ratings yet
Inductive Sensor With Analog Output NI25-CK40-LIU-H1141
3 pages
Peterbilt 379 384 385 386 387 388 389 PMG Install Guide
100% (3)
Peterbilt 379 384 385 386 387 388 389 PMG Install Guide
12 pages
NGCP Electrical Works Cost Estimates
No ratings yet
NGCP Electrical Works Cost Estimates
47 pages
Microwave Connector Care Guide
No ratings yet
Microwave Connector Care Guide
11 pages
Pre Test and Post Test
No ratings yet
Pre Test and Post Test
12 pages
Endecotts Sieve Shakers AirSizer Minor Octagon EFL Manual
No ratings yet
Endecotts Sieve Shakers AirSizer Minor Octagon EFL Manual
92 pages
BS 91
No ratings yet
BS 91
10 pages
Industrial Weighing Indicator Guide
No ratings yet
Industrial Weighing Indicator Guide
44 pages
A90, V6.51 User Manual
88% (8)
A90, V6.51 User Manual
82 pages
DX200 Options Instructions For Cc-Link Communications Function
100% (1)
DX200 Options Instructions For Cc-Link Communications Function
49 pages
2009-10-20.PDF KOMTRAX Troubleshoot Guide - 68411
78% (9)
2009-10-20.PDF KOMTRAX Troubleshoot Guide - 68411
35 pages
P92-5522 Harness - 07-505 H.arapa
No ratings yet
P92-5522 Harness - 07-505 H.arapa
22 pages
Electronic Controller TKDZ Tk-8a For Atmospheric Solar Water Heaters
No ratings yet
Electronic Controller TKDZ Tk-8a For Atmospheric Solar Water Heaters
17 pages
2010-12-13 032343 Edm PDF
100% (1)
2010-12-13 032343 Edm PDF
10 pages
Install Manual
No ratings yet
Install Manual
190 pages